header advert
Orthopaedic Proceedings Logo

Receive monthly Table of Contents alerts from Orthopaedic Proceedings

Comprehensive article alerts can be set up and managed through your account settings

View my account settings

Visit Orthopaedic Proceedings at:

Loading...

Loading...

Volume 85-B, Issue SUPP_III March 2003

H. Singh C. Soo-lin B.A. Kareem K. Selvakumar O. Kim-Soon M.B.T. Abdullah

Introduction: Understanding the factors in progression of curves in spinal deformities are crucial to the planning of treatment. While clinical and genetic parameters appear to be involved in the progression of adolescent idiopathic scoliosis, it remains very difficult to objectively study this as it is difficult to find pedigree cohorts. We wish to report the difference in progression of adolescent idiopathic scoliosis curves in two essentially homogenous racial groups that utilise our Scoliosis service.

Methods and Results: Three hundred and twenty-four patients were treated at the Scoliosis service of our Institute from 1985 to 1998. The aetiology of the curves were as follows: 218 AIS, 37 Neuromuscular, 48 Congenital, 21 other diagnostic type, and 11 aetiology not known. The racial distribution of utilisation of service: 44% Malay, 44.7% Chinese, 2.0% Indian and 9.3% not known or mixed race. The Malay and Chines groups were matched and studied. There was no difference in the menarchal age, curve size at presentation and age at presentation to the service (P=0.3). Patients were analysed in two groups: below 10 years, and above 10 years at presentation.

The rate of progress of the AIS curves > 50° were fastest in the Chinese patients with a rate of 14.7°/year; with Malay patients progressing at 8.4°/year. Rates of progression of curves 30–50° were the same for both groups with Chinese at 7.7°/year, and Malays at 6.7°/year. Curves < 30° progressed at the same rate also with Chinese at 5.0°/year and Malays at 7.0°/year.

Conclusion: From our data, it appears that race (genetics) does influence the rate of progression of AIS curves.


F.M. Smith G. Latchford R.M. Hall P.A. Millner R.A. Dickson

Introduction: Given the timing and nature of adolescent-onset idiopathic scoliosis (AIS), this progressively deforming condition is highly likely to have a significant psychosocial impact. Body image dissatisfaction is a frequent finding in AIS patients, which is of concern, as there is a well-documented causative link between body image disturbance and the formation of disordered eating behaviour, reflected in the theoretical models for this area of psychopathology.

However, although AIS patients have frequently been observed to exhibit disturbed body image, there has been no previous attempt to assess indications of disordered eating behaviour. Given the prevalence of AIS in adolescent females and the possible medical consequences of disordered eating, this study aimed to investigate whether AIS patients have an increased likelihood of low body weight.

Methods and Results: Patients were recruited over a four month period from the regional scoliosis out-patient clinic at St James’ University Hospital; 44 female scoliosis patients participated, with a mean age of 16 (range 13 to 19). All those meeting the inclusion criteria (diagnosed with AIS, not diagnosed with any other serious medical condition), and attending clinic over the data collection period were asked to participate.

Weight, height, and BMI (weight (kg)/height(m)2) measurements taken from AIS participants were compared to age and gender-adjusted normative data. No uncoiling correction was made for the scoliosis in terms of body height. The International Classification of Diseases (ICD-10) body mass criterion for eating pathology was used to determine how many AIS participants were within the range considered eating disordered.

Independent-sample t-tests revealed that, when compared to the normative data, the AIS group did not differ significantly in terms of height (p=0.646). However, they were significantly lighter (p< 0.001), and had significantly lower BMI scores (p< 0.001); 25% of the sample had a BMI score within the range considered anorectic. Of these low-BMI patients, the mean index score was 15.6 (range 12.9–17.5). The mean weight was 40.25 kg (6st 4lbs), with a range from 31.5 to 49 kg (4st 13lbs – 7st 11lbs). The body mass data for this low-BMI group, both in terms of range and severity, is not within ‘normal’ body shape variation, and would not be expected in healthy adolescent females.

Conclusion: The relationship between a diagnosis of AIS and low body weight may indicate disordered eating behaviour and is thus a cause for considerable concern. This is of particular relevance in the light of the well-established relationship between eating psychopathology and osteoporosis, which may result if disordered eating produces a reduced peak bone mass. Organic health consequences may need to be added to a matter previously considered to be one of cosmetic deformation.


K.P. Muralikuttan D.S. Marks A.J. Stirling

Introduction: Percutaneous or semi-open needle biopsy is recommended to obtain histological or bacteriological diagnosis prior to definitive treatment of destructive vertebral lesions. The clinical efficacy of repeating biopsies when initial samples have been inconclusive has not been established. We have examined the accuracy of repeat biopsy in these cases.

Materials and Methods: 103 patients with destructive vertebral lesions underwent percutaneous trans-pedicular or open vertebral biopsy. Eighty-two were available for analysis, and in 33 (39%) the initial biopsy failed to establish a histological or microbiological diagnosis. Thirteen patients underwent a repeat biopsy. The remaining 20 patients underwent a definitive surgical procedure or were treated empirically.

Results: Repeat biopsy was inconclusive in six patients, two were confirmed as infection (one TB and one Staph Aureus) and five malignancy (four lymphoma and one chordoma).

There was no significant association between the type of biopsy (open or percutaneous), the vertebral level of the lesion or the use of adjuvant therapy in the malignant cases. As has already been shown from this unit, the commencement of ‘blind’ antibiotic therapy reduces the success of bacteriological culture but does not affect the histological appearance.

Conclusion: Repeat vertebral biopsy is indicated if the initial biopsy is inconclusive, especially if antibiotics have not been commenced or a diagnosis of lymphoma is suspected. It should be performed promptly so as not to compromise the definitive treatment.


C.J. Goldberg D.P. Moore E.E. Fogarty F.E. Dowling

Introduction: The arguments for and against school screening for scoliosis are long since over, and centres have continued or ceased as they thought best and as funding allowed. However, the programmes did amass considerable volumes of observations that, being part of the over-all epidemiological picture, could advance our understanding of adolescent idiopathic scoliosis and of minor asymmetries of back shape.

Methods and Results: A retrospective examination of the records from the school screening programme at this centre concentrated on subjects with minor asymmetry, those who at first review did not qualify as ‘scoliosis’ yet were noted to have failed the forward bend test. There were 91,811 examinations on 55,484 girls: 2170 were classified as ‘non-scoliosis asymmetry’. Of these, 1574 were noted but not referred; 360 were reviewed in clinic without radiograph,; 107 had straight spines on radiograph and 221 had Cobb angles < 10°. Eleven are known to have progressed to 10° or more, three passed 25°, two passed 40° and one underwent surgery. This gives an incidence in this subgroup of 0.51% for defined scoliosis. For scoliosis => 25°, it was 0.14%; for scoliosis => 40°, 0.092%; and 0.046% for surgery, none of which shows a significant difference from the equivalent rates for the population as a whole. (0.6% Cobb angle => 10°, 0.2% Cobb angle => 25°, 0.08% Cobb angle => 40°, 0.045% surgery. (Goldberg CJ et al. (1995). Spine. 20(12):1368–1374).

Conclusion: These findings are in accordance with previous reports on school screening, and it is not proposed to re-open the discussion. Their relevance is their relationship to significant scoliosis: since these children are not at increased risk of developing deformity, they cannot be, as has been proposed (Nissinen et al (2000) Spine. 25:570–574) instances of mild or early scoliosis, and they do not need intensive investigation, follow-up or treatment. Non-scoliosis asymmetry is closer to the increased fluctuating asymmetry displayed by this age group (Wilson and Manning. (1996) Journal of Human Evolution. 30:529–537) and begs a more biological approach to spinal deformity, asymmetry and back shape.


J.A. Bettany Saltikov P. van Schaik J. Warren S.L. Papastefanou

Introduction: The clinically significant threshold above which a scoliotic curve could be abnormal remains arbitrary. Data on normal adolescent and adult back shape are scarce. However clinical decision making based on subjective, visual criteria influences management. We aimed to produce measurable values of normal back shape, against which deformity could be defined. Method: 48 volunteering young adults perceiving themselves as “normal” participated in the study. All have been cleared previously by school screening. Their age (18–28 years old) precluded curve deterioration, but was close enough to adolescent measurements at the end of growth. Back shape was assessed with the ISIS system.

Results: A minority of 8% showed no curve, with 54% a single curve and the rest a double one. Right spinal asymmetry (77%) was more frequent than the left (52%). Mean values and 95% confidence intervals were 16.1° (14.0°–18.2°) for upper spinal asymmetry, 13.4° (10.1°–16.6°) for lower lateral asymmetry, 24.9 mm (20.6 mm–29.2 mm) for thoracic kyphosis and 14.9 mm (12.5 mm–17.2 mm) for lumbar lordosis. Increasing upper lateral asymmetry correlated with decreasing thoracic kyphosis (p< 0.01). Maximum skin surface angle correlated positively with only upper lateral asymmetry (p< 0.001).

Conclusion: Normal spines comprise of lateral asymmetries, where straight is the exception more than the rule. Scoliosis seems to be an exacerbation of this lateral asymmetry beyond 18° for the upper and 16° for the lower spinal asymmetry. Hypokyphosis is related to upper lateral spinal asymmetry. Skin surface angle is a very good indicator of only the upper lateral asymmetry.


M.A. Asher S.M. Lai D.C. Burton B.J. Manna

Introduction: It is now well recognised that the patient’s perception of the medical problem and the treatment for the medical problem are not always the same as the facts of the diagnosis and treatment process. The study being reported was conducted to determine the validity of the SRS-22 patient questionnaire for the discrimination of scoliosis patients based on curve pattern and curve size.

Materials: Three study groups were developed. The first or control group consisted of patients who had been referred for evaluation of suspected scoliosis but documented by X-ray not to have structural scoliosis of 10° or more. The second group, a non surgical group (NS) consisted of patients with documented idiopathic scoliosis who were either being evaluated and discharged, observed either short or long term, or who had been or would be braced. The third or surgical group (S) were being seen prior to primary idiopathic scoliosis surgery. Patients with comorbidities were excluded.

Methods: Deformity pattern and Cobb measurement were determined from standing frontal and sagittal plane radiographs. Each patient completed a SRS-22 outcomes questionnaire leaving off the satisfaction with management domain. Thus there were four domains: pain; self image; function; and mental health, five questions per domain. Scoring is 5 best and 1 lowest. Case series: Patients were gathered between October 1999 and September 2000. The control group consisted of 17 patients average age 13 years. Non surgical group included 72 patients of average age 16 years and average scoliosis of 33°. The surgical group consisted of 33 patients of average age 16 years with an average curve size of 64°.

Statistical analysis: The effect of curve pattern was studied with ANOVA and the effect of curve size by the Pearson correlation coefficient.

Results: There were 69 patients with single, 33 with double and three with triple curves. There was no difference in SRS domain or total scores based on curve pattern. There was a very significant correlation between curve size and SRS-22 score, p> 0.001 for pain; self image, function; and a total of these domains. For mental health there was also a significant relationship at p=0.0124.

Conclusion: The SRS-22 questionnaire successfully discriminates among persons with no scoliosis, moderate scoliosis, and large scoliosis by curve size. It does not discriminate among patients with single, double or triple curves.


K.M. Bagnall T. Rajwani R. Bhargava M. Moreau J. Raso J. Mahood A. Elander

Introduction: Although there are several known causes of scoliosis, most are of unknown cause and develop during adolescence, making adolescent idiopathic scoliosis (AIS) the most common form. It has long been hypothesised that unilateral closure of the neurocentral junction accompanied by continued growth on the opposite side could lead to vertebral rotation and subsequent lateral curvature. However, autopsy studies of neurocentral junction closure in children has revealed that these joints close at approximately six years of age consequently excluding this hypothesis as a cause of AIS. In contrast, a recent MRI study has suggested that in some children at least, the NCJ does not close until much later in development around the time of puberty thereby resurrecting this hypothesis as a potential cause of AIS. This study was designed to investigate closure time and pattern of closure of the NCJ in normal patients to determine whether further examination of this hypothesis might be warranted.

Methods and results: The morphology of the NCJs in 20 patients between the ages of 3 and 15 were observed in MR images taken for purposes other than spinal anomaly. The structure of individual NCJs were observed and reconstructed in 3-dimensions. The age at which NCJs became closed was determined and pattern of closure of a typical NCJ was created using the reconstructed images. The pattern of closure of the NCJs along the vertebral column was also determined and any differences between right and left sides at the same level was also noted.

The results showed that there was a sequence of closure along the vertebral column for the NCJs with those in the cervical and lumbar regions being the first to close and those at the approximate level of T8 being the last to close. While the NCJs in the cervical and lumbar regions close at 5–6 years of age, those in the thoracic region, that are the last to close, do so at approximately 12 years of age. No significant difference between the stage of closure of the left and right sides was seen at any level.

Conclusion: The results of this study have shown that the closure of the NCJs in those vertebrae that form at approximately the most common level for the apical vertebra associated with AIS (midthoracic) does not occur until the time of puberty. This contrasts sharply with previously held views on the age of closure. Although no significant difference in closure between left and right sides was seen among these particular patients it does not exclude unilateral closure as a cause of AIS at least in some patients. These results suggest that examination of this hypothesis should be resurrected and that further study is well warranted. MR examination of young patients with small, initial curves could be well worthwhile.


R. G. Burwell P. H. Dangerfield

Nachemson (1996), drawing upon the theses of Sahlstrand (1977) and Lidström (1988), articulated the view there are more girls than boys with progressive AIS for the following reason. The maturation of postural mechanisms in the nervous system is complete about the same time in boys and girls. Girls enter their skeletal adolescent growth spurt with immature postural mechanisms – so that if they have a predisposition to develop a scoliosis curve, the spine deforms. In contrast boys enter their adolescent growth spurt with mature postural mechanisms so that they are protected from developing a scoliosis curve. There is evidence that postural sway improves with age in boys and girls until about 10 years of age after which it is similar between the sexes (Hirashawa 1973, Odenrick and Sandstedt 1984) findings which need further evaluation. We term Nachemson’s concept the neuro-ossesous timing of maturation (NOTOM) hypothesis. It may have an evolutionary basis through natural selection towards sexual and skeletal development during adolescence being earlier in girls and later in boys.

The NOTOM hypothesis suggests a treatment to prevent progression of late-juvenile idiopathic scoliosis, early-AIS, and some secondary scolioses based on delaying the onset of puberty used therapeutically in girls with idiopathic precocious puberty (IPP, Grumbach and Styne 1998). The proposal is to administer a gonadorelin analogue which in the pituitary down-regulates the receptors to hypothalamic gonadotropin-releasing hormone (GnRH) causing a fall in both luteinizing hormone (LH) and follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH), which in turn causes a fall in oestrogens and androgens, and thereby delays or stops menarche and slows bone growth – as in girls and boys with IPP (Galluzzi et al 1998). Expert scrutiny of this therapeutic proposal is currently in progress.


C.H. Rivard C. Coillard M.A. Leroux J. Badeaux

Introduction: Until now, the non-surgical therapeutic approach for idiopathic scoliosis (IS) was based on rigid brace using three points pressure and distraction technique. For the first time we wanted to use a dynamic approach for the treatment of IS. For this goal we have developed a Dynamic Correction Brace (DCB) or SpineCor to use the forces of the dynamic spine to optimise the reduction of spinal curves and permit neuromuscular integration during the period of correction.

Methods and results: The effectiveness of the treatment depends on the reducibility of the curve with the brace. The goal of this study is to quantify the reducibility of scoliosis curves through a study of the variation of Cobb angle, during and after treatment.

Between 1993 and 1999, 113 adolescents with classic indications of idiopathic scoliosis were treated by the same orthopaedist with the DCB. The mean age at the beginning of the treatment is 12.9 years old. The potential reducibility (PR) of the curves was estimated by the percentage of reduction of the initial Cobb’s angle corresponding to the maximum correction obtained during the course of treatment and after the treatment for the patient at maturity. Fifty patients have completed their treatment and are at maturity.

From this cohort of patients treated by the DCB, 73.4% had a reduction of 5° or more than their principal Cobb angle; 22.8% were stable, but non-reducible, with a change of less than 5°; and 3.8% conserved an evolutive potential, with an increase in the Cobb angle of 5° or more. A significant difference was evident for PR between the group presenting an initial Cobb angle < 30° and those presenting an initial Cobb angle > 30° (p< 0.05). 65.8 per cent of the patients presented with an initial Cobb angle < 30° for a mean PR of 40.6% and were categorised according to the following: a) 26% of the patients had a PR ≤20%; b) 41% obtained a PR between 20% and 50%; and c) 33% had a PR > 50%. The other patients (34.2%) with an initial Cobb > 30° and a mean PR 22% were also categorised: 39% had a PR ≤20%; b) 48% had a PR between 20% and 50% and c) 13% > 50%. For patients who have completed their treatment 85% have a correction or are stabilised, 15% are worse or needed surgery during the treatment. For these patients, 53% have a correction of < 20%, 31% have a correction between 20 and 50%, and 16% have a correction of > 50%.

Conclusion: The reducibility of the curve during the treatment is very informative concerning the prognosis treatment. The effectiveness of a DCB is comparable to effectiveness of other rigid braces for which the results have been published.


K.M. Bagnall D. Demianczuk X. Wang M. Moreau J. Raso J. Mahood

Introduction: No appropriate animal model for studying adolescent idiopathic scoliosis (AIS) exists and this hampers research. In recent years, we have been examining a model in which scoliosis consistently develops in young chickens following pinealectomy and which has been shown to have many characteristics similar to those seen in AIS. Not all of the pinealectomised chickens develop scoliosis following the pinealectomy and so we have the opportunity to examine differences between the two groups. The obvious candidate for study of the mechanism underlying this phenomenon is melatonin which is the principal product of the pineal gland. In this study we have measured the serum melatonin levels of pinealectomised chickens that have developed scoliosis and compared these with similar measurements taken from chickens that have developed scoliosis.

Methods and results: Newly-hatched chickens were obtained from a local hatchery and kept in a single pen with standard heating and lighting. A 12:12 light dark cycle was introduced immediately and the two-thirds of the chickens were pinealectomised three days later. The remainder acted as controls. At weekly intervals following surgery, the chickens were radiographed in a supine position while anaesthetised and the presence of scoliosis was determined from the radiographs. Three weeks after surgery the chickens were euthanised and blood samples were collected and analysed using radioimmunological techniques to determine levels of serum melatonin. The samples were collected in the presence of red light in the middle of the dark cycle when melatonin levels have been shown to be at their highest.

Approximately 55% of the pinealectomised chickens developed scoliosis within the three weeks following surgery whereas none of the control chickens developed scoliosis. The results showed that the serum melatonin levels of pinealectomised chickens were significantly lower than the normal controls and were in fact all close to zero. However, there was no significant difference in serum melatonin levels between those chickens that developed scoliosis and those that did not.

Conclusion: The results of this study have shown that pinealectomy significantly reduces serum melatonin levels close to zero in all chickens. The results also show that there is no significant difference in serum melatonin levels between those pinealectomised chickens that develop scoliosis and those that do not. Unless there is a subtle threshold level that is unable to be detected using our methodology or that melatonin levels in the days immediately after surgery are of critical importance, these results suggest that other causes for this phenomenon need to be examined. An understanding of the underlying cause would be of great importance and might represent a significant breakthrough in the study of AIS.


V.J. Raso M.J Moreau E. Lou D.L. Hill J.K. Mahood N. Durdle

Introduction: Braces are the most generally accepted form of non surgical treatment for adolescent idiopathic scoliosis (AIS). Despite decades of usage controversy still exists regarding the efficacy of this treatment. We believe this controversy continues in part because there are few studies describing the mechanical effect of bracing and linking mechanically effective bracing to changes in the natural history of AIS. If braces are effective, is it because they apply significant mechanical support to a collapsing spine or are they effective for other reasons? A first step towards answering this question is to document the mechanical action of braces during activities of daily living. This would enable researchers to examine the effect of mechanical support on progression of the scoliosis. The objective of this study was to determine the temporal pattern of forces exerted by the pressure pad in Boston braces prescribed for the treatment of AIS.

Methods and results: A force transducer and a programmable data logger were designed to measure loads exerted by the pressure pad over extended periods of time. The loads were recorded at one minute intervals. Braces were adjusted to a prescribed load level and the patients were asked to set the brace tightness to match this target any time the brace was donned. Brace wear data were stratified into: not worn, worn at less than 80% of target, 80–120% of target and greater than 120% of target. Bracing was considered mechanically effective if the load was at least 80% of the prescribed level. Patients were aware of the study and consented to participate.

Thirteen patients were followed from 1 to 16 days, average was 9±5 days. Nine patients were asked to wear their braces 23 hours per day, two for 20 and two for 16 hours per day. Braces were not worn 34±27% of the time logged. When they were worn, patients adjusted the tightness of the brace such that it was < 80% of the target 29±20% of the time, within 20% of target 19±19% and over 120% of target 18±13% of the time. Patients wore their braces at or above the target levels 33% of the time logged or 8 hours in a typical day. Subjects had no difficulties using the data logger and none complained that it interfered with brace wear. Reviewing individual histories suggested that subjects did not alter their brace wear pattern because of the data logger.

Conclusion: The mechanical effectiveness of the brace varies considerably over the normal course of wear but seldom does it provide the support intended. While patients wear their braces for about 16 hours per day, it is mechanically effective for 8 hours only.


G. Nicholson M. Ferguson-Pell K. Smith M. Edgar T. Morley

Introduction: The clinical effectiveness of spinal bracing for the conservative treatment of adolescent idiopathic scoliosis is still not fully understood. Cohort studies on clinical effectiveness fail to adequately measure and control for confounding variables including spine flexibility, curve type, magnitude and maturity, distribution of corrective forces and compliance. This paper presents intermediate findings from a longitudinal study to objectively measure brace wear patterns and compliance in users of custom fitted TLSOs in the UK. Braces are fitted with data logging devices to measure temperature and humidity at the skin/brace interface. Previously reported measures of compliance have been in adolescents wearing Boston Braces using questionnaires, strap tension, interface pressure and skin temperature. They have shown compliance reported by the user can significantly over estimate actual compliance.

Methods and results: 20 patients are being studied over 18 months. TLSOs are fitted with data logging devices to measure temperature and humidity at the skin/brace interface. They are discrete sensors inserted into a pocket formed on the posterior of the brace. Measurements are recorded at 16 minute intervals and data downloaded every three to four months. Results clearly demonstrate compliance and daily wear routines. Temperature and humidity at the skin/brace interface during periods of wear are 35°C and > 80%RH respectively. Compliance ranges from 60–98%. Users who stick rigidly to their regime only remove their brace in the evening. Where poorer compliance is evident, the brace is worn sporadically during the day and evening, and worn full time at night.

Conclusion: Measurement of temperature and humidity at the skin/brace interface clearly demonstrates compliance and daily wear routines. Compliance varies from 60–98%. Where poor compliance is an issue it is intended to re-interview these individuals and obtain more detailed information about the reasons why they failed to use the brace.


A.J. Stirling M. Rafiq K. Mathur T.S.J. Elliott T. Worthington P.A. Lambert

Introduction: We have previously demonstrated significantly elevated IgG titres (ELISA) to a glycolipid antigen found in the cell wall of most gram positive bacteria in patients with discogenic radiculitis (sciatica).

This raised the possibility that the inflammation associated with disc protrusion might be initiated or accelerated by the presence of bacteria.

Aim of the study: To confirm whether bacteria were present in the disc material harvested at the time of discectomy. To determine whether the presence of bacteria correlated with elevation of Anti Lipid S antibody levels. To compare these results with Antibody levels and disc specimens from patients undergoing surgery for indications other than radiculitis.

Methods: This was a prospective study. Recognising the frequency of contamination in clean wound culture stringent aseptic precautions were taken. Disc material was harvested from 108 microdiscectomy patients with sciatica.

Disc material was also obtained from 11 patients undergoing discectomy for other indications (trauma, tumour scoliosis). Serology was obtained for all these patients.

Results: In the microdiscectomy group 50/112 (45%) had positive cultures after seven days incubation, of which 15 (30%) had positive serology. Thirty-one patients had Propionibacteria, nine Coagulase negative Staphylococci (CNS), six Propionibacteria and CNS, one Corynebacterium and three mixed growth.

Sixty-two (55%) patients had negative cultures and all except one had negative serology. There was a significant difference between patients with positive serology and culture compared with those with negative serology and culture (Fischer exact test P< 0.01). In some patients organisms were visible on microscopy prior to culture.

Thirteen of those with postive cultures and 25 of those with negative cultures had had one or more epidural injections prior to surgery. Epidural injection was not found to be significantly associated with postive culture.

None of the patients undergoing surgery for other indications had positive serology or positive cultures.

Conclusion: A significant proportion of patients with discogenic radiculitis have positive cultures with low virulence Gram positive organisms (predominantly Propionibacteria) and in a proportion a corresponding appropriate antibody response.


W.I. El Assuity M.A. El Masry Y.K. El Hawary C.R. Weatherley

Introduction: Spondylolytic spondylolisthesis is a not uncommon cause of back pain in adults. The initial management, especially for the low grade slips, is usually conservative. When this fails or is deemed inadequate surgical options are considered. The principles of surgical treatment involve a fusion of the painful segment or segments (usually with instrumentation), with an associated decompression if there is radicular leg pain. Some authors also propose a simultaneous reduction of the slip. Most reports in the literature on adults have a short follow-up.

Materials and method: This paper reports the results of surgery from two centres carried out between 1993 and 1998 on 75 adult patients using the same indication for surgery and the same surgical technique. The indication for surgery was a significant reduction in the quality of life with persistent low back and/or leg pain after conservative treatment for a minimum of six months. The surgery involved an in situ posterolateral fusion with pedicular fixation (Oswestry system) with a simultaneous decompression for radicular involvement. The average operating time was 2.5 hours (range 2–4) and the average blood loss 850 mls (range 300–2300). The mean follow-up was 61 months (range 24 to 95).

Results and conclusion: A solid fusion was considered to be present in 71 of the 75 cases (95%) using the Lenke and Bridwell (1997) criteria for radiological union. Seventy-two of the 75 cases (96%) had a very satisfactory clinical outcome (Ricciardi et al 1995). The complications were limited – two superficial wound infections and one deep wound infection which resolved after debridement of the wound. There were no neurological complications.

The authors believe that with careful patient selection an instrumented in-situ posterolateral fusion is a safe and effective operation for symptomatic low grade slips providing good long term results.


M. Rafiq D.S. Marks A.G. Thompson

Introduction: The long term integrity of the intervertebral disc following repair of pars interarticularis defects in the lumbar spine is uncertain. This study was undertaken to clarify this issue.

Materials and Methods: 26 patients with symptomatic lumbar spondylolyis underwent a modified Scott repair of the defects, between 1979 and 1993. The early results of these patients were presented to the British Scoliosis Society in 1998. Ten patients have been recalled and reviewed clinically and by MRI investigation at a mean follow-up of 10 years.

Results: Eight of the 10 patients are completely asymptomatic and the MRI appearances are normal. The remaining two patients are symptomatic; one has MRI evidence of disc degeneration and the other has normal MRI appearances.

Conclusion: Repair of the pars interarticularis defect in symptomatic spondylolysis gives excellent symptomatic relief following surgery. This long term review indicates that it protects the integrity of the adjacent intervertebral disc.


C. Bünger E.S. Hansen K. Høy P. Neumann B. Niedermann B.E. Lindblad P. Helmig M. Laursen F.B. Christensen

Introduction: Lumbar spine fusion is now an evidence based treatment principle of low back pain. However, much controversy still exists on the choice of surgical technique. Since the source of pain may be located in the intervertebral disc, a disc removal seems logical. Instrumented and non-instrumented fusion as well as PLIF have failed to restore lumbar lordosis.

Aim: The aim of the present study was to study fusion rates, functional outcome, lumbar lordosis and complications in a RCT design using radiolucent cages and titanium instrumentation.

Materials and methods: 148 patients were bloc randomised to either PLF (72) or ALIF + PLF (76) from April 1996 to February 2000. Inclusion criteria were disc degeneration or spondylolisthesis groups 1 and 2; Age> 20 years and < 65 years. Life quality was assessed pre-operatively, one and two years post-operatively by Dallas Pain Questionnaires and by Back and Leg Pain rating scales from 0 to 10.

Results and discussion: A preliminary follow-up at one year post-op of 56 patients in each group showed no difference in admission or blood loss (921/1008 ml) and peroperative morbidity, although the operation time was significantly longer in the ALIF+ group (mean 219/344 minutes). Sagittal lordosis was restored and maintained in the ALIF+ group (p< 0.01), in contrast to the PLF group. There was no difference in functional outcome. Average back pain lasting 14 days scored 4.5 in each group, and leg pain 3.2 in the ALIF+ group versus 4 in the PLF group (NS). The re-operation rate was significantly higher in PLF after both one and two years with 9% refusion versus no refusion in the ALIF+ group. Global patient satisfaction was equal in both groups: 78% versus 76% at one year and at two years 75% versus 80% in PLF and ALIF+ groups.

Conclusion: ALIF+ fusion demands higher operative resources compared to PLF, however ALIF+ restores lordosis and provides the highest union rate and significantly fewer reoperations. A cost/effectiveness analysis after long-term follow-up may also favour the ALIF+ treatment due to improved lordosis and perhaps less degeneration of adjacent motion segments.


S. Mohammad R. Shah B.A. Taylor

Aim: To test the null hypothesis that interbody cage fusion does not improve clinical outcome.

Methods and materials: This is a prospective study of 87 patients. Seventy-one of the 87 patients followed to the conclusion of the study at two years. Inclusion criteria: Patients undergoing interbody cage fusion with the Ray threaded cage, made of Titanium, and posterior stabilisation with Diapason pedicle screw instrumentation, all operated by the same surgeon. Exclusions: Surgery for infection, or tumour. Tools used for assessment: Oswestry low back pain questionnaire; Visual analogue pain score (VAS); SF36 general health questionnaire. Assessment time points were 1) Pre-op, and post-operatively at 2) 3 months, 3) 6 months, 4) 1 year and 5) 2 years. SF 36 was introduced later recruiting 71 of the 87 patients.

Results: There were 31 males and 56 females. Average age was 46 years (range 14–76) Fifty-one of the patients had no previous surgery, while 36 had previous surgery.

There was a significant, gradual improvement in symptoms of an average of 20 points (p< .001) over the first year on the Oswestry score. However, this plateaued between the first and second years. Over two years there was a greater than 20 point increase in all but three concepts of SF36, general health, reported health and mental health improving around 15 points (p< .001). Sixty-five per cent of the patients reported an overall improvement and 12% were worse, with most changes occurring in the first year.

In assessing the symptoms with Oswestry questionnaire there was a significant difference between first time and revision surgical groups. The revision group showed an improvement of 11 points (p< .001) at two years, most occurring in the latter part of the first year followed by some deterioration between the first and second years. In the primary surgery group there is a 28 point (p< .0001) improvement by two years. Most of the improvement in the primary group is achieved by the first six months.

Conclusions: Interbody fusion can significantly improve health and function assessed by Oswestry and SF36 outcome tools. Additional observations – unsatisfactory outcome in 12% of patients; expected progress at fixed times after surgery can assist planned rehabilitation. This paper introduces the concept of time staged assessment of symptoms in spinal fusion.


J.P. O’Brien P. Renton A. Sarwat

This paper presents radiological changes in femoral cortical allograft used to replace the disc in low back and leg pain syndromes. The technique originated with the use of patient’s own iliac crest but donor site pain and lack of rotational control with removal of the annulus resulted in a) femoral cortical allograft supplemented with b) posterior fixation, more recently of the trans-laminar screw variety.

Experience with over 200 patients with femoral cortical allograft indicated that the rejection rate is virtually nil. Early changes include the loss of line between donor and host bone as early as three to four weeks after surgery.

There is radiological evidence in some cases that radiological healing has taken place by four weeks. There is no radiological difference whether the patient’s own bone or allograft chips are used to pack the allograft cavity. At one year and beyond, the gap behind the allograft in the interbody space fills with host bone, thus avoiding any posterior migration of the allograft plug. There is some subsidence, over the first 12 months, into host bone. Attention to detail in surgical treatment of the end-plate is an important part of the technique.

Axial views show dramatic changes up to 10 years after surgery. Gradual erosion of allograft by host bone, both at the external and internal diameter, occurs. Finally, there is the merest shell of donor bone identified, the rest clearly replaced by host bone. Unfortunately, biopsy samples to corelate with the radiological films are not available.

Allograft bone in surgery was original with MacEwen of Glasgow (1880). Its use 30 years ago in scoliosis surgery was generally not successful. The interbody femoral cortical allograft succeeds by reason of the surgical principles involved: 1) Thorough clearance of all avascular (disc) tissue – thus, the provision of a thoroughly vascularised bed; 2) Rigid fixation (provided by the translaminar screw fixation). For reasons of cost, mechanics, biological behaviour and ease of shaping before insertion, femoral cortical allograft has provided an excellent long-term disc replacement.


S. Mohammad R. Shah A. Saifuddin B.A. Taylor

Aim: To test the null hypothesis that plain X-rays can provide the same assessment of sacral screw placement as CT.

Introduction: Engaging the anterior cortex of the sacrum provides additional strength to fixation and is a goal of surgery. The sacrum with its unique anatomy makes it a difficult bone to assess screw placement radiologically. This study examines the positioning of sacral screws as seen on X-rays and compares the result with spiral CT “gold standard”.

Materials and methods: Inclusion criteria: Sacral fixation using Diapason (Stryker) Titanium pedicle screws by one surgeon. Spiral CT, plain AP and lateral X-rays of the sacrum. Exclusion criteria: X-rays with more than three level fixation.

There were 66 patients (132 S1 screws). Surgical technique engaged the anterior cortex to enhance fixation. Two independent observers (a musculoskeletal radiologist and spinal fellow) who were blinded to outcome, reported findings in forms with constrained fields. Assessment of plain X-ray and CT was at separate times not less than three weeks apart. Variables noted: Screw position in pedicle, screw tip position, and angle of screw (sagittal on axial CT scans).

AP X-ray was divided, for each screw, into nine zones based on the first sacral foramina. The position of the screw tip in the zones was noted. The lateral X-ray was divided into three zones to note the tip of the screw in relation to the cortex. The extent of screw protrusion was measured. X-ray technique: Supine AP centred on fusion and lateral X-ray standing, X-ray source 200 cm from the film. CT: Images acquired on Picker PQ 6000 spiral CT with collimated thickness of 3 mm, pitch 1.25 and reconstructive index of 1.Para-sagittal and coronal reconstructions. Spiral CT was used to note the position of the screw within the pedicle and the relation of the screw tip to the anterior cortex. For screws within the pelvis any structure in close proximity was noted.

Results: On CT 10% of the screws had breached the pedicle compared with 2% on the plain X-rays. Anterior cortical perforation had been achieved in 48 out of 132 screws on CT. The sensitivity of the plain X-rays to perforation was 40% with a specificity of 92%. There was an average under estimation of the extent of screw perforation by 4.4 mm (95% confidence ±1 mm). There was a correlation between the position of the screw tip on the AP X-ray and the sensitivity of the lateral X-ray to detect a perforation. The sensitivity ranged from 52% for zone 1 to 15% in zone 8. 15/31 perforations were missed in zone 1, compared with 11/13 in zone 8. For screws penetrating 5 mm or more, in zone 8, 9 out of 10 were missed on lateral X-rays.

Eighty-five screws were placed at an angle of less than or equal to 25° to the sagittal; this included 28 out of 34 screws placed in zone 8. The inter-observer variance of screw angle measurement was 1.1° and intra-observer difference 1.7°. Overall 95% confidence of a single measurement was ±3.3°.

Conclusion: Plain X-rays and CT do not provide the same assessment of sacral screw placement. This is particularly true for sagitally placed screws with screw tips in zones 7–8.


M. Laursen F.B. Christensen E.S. Hansen K. Høy J. Gelineck B. Niedermann P. Helmig C. Bünger

Introduction: In the attempt to improve fusion rates in spondylodesis surgery, focus has been applied on numerous factors, including surgical strategies, instrumentation-devices and –material, technical preparation of the fusion bed, stringency of radiological outcome criteria, patient-related factors such as age, sex, tobacco consumption, and severity of underlying pathology. In recent years the development of new techniques for exploring mechanisms in cellular and molecular biology have further directed focus toward more advanced biological techniques and considerations. To the authors’ knowledge, little or no attention has been focused on one of the basic and important factors in the attempt to achieve fusion, ie the impact of bone graft quantity placed at the fusion bed.

The aim of this study was to investigate the influence of autologous bone graft quantity in posterolateral instrumented spinal fusion (PLF) in respect to fusion rates.

Methods and results: A prospective clinical study in 76 patients, in which CD-instrumented posterolateral lumbar or lumbosacral spine fusion surgery was performed. The quantity of autologous bone graft applied at the fusion bed was recorded peroperatively. Spinal fusion rates were assessed by AP/lateral radiographs at one-year follow-up by two independent observers, according to our strict classification system. The impact of bone graft quantity, tobacco consumption, age and sex of the patients were analysed in respect to fusion-rates by logistic regression.

According to our classification “fusion” was seen in 76% of the patients, “non-union” in 12.7% and “doubtful”fusion in 11.3%. In “fusion” segments, the median amount of bone used was 24.4 (13–53) g and 14.7 (12.5–23.4) g in “non-union” segments. The “non-union” rate was 7.1% for non-smokers in contrast to 21.4% for patients who smoked during the first six post-operative months. The impact on fusion rates by graft quantity and cigarette smoking were significant, p< 0.006 respectively 0.035. Age and gender did not influence fusion rates. Thirty-three percent of patients with “non-union” had a corresponding failure of the implant.

Conclusions: The quantity of graft used at the fusion bed is critical for successful fusion. Based on the results presented here, we recommend a minimum of 24 g of autogenous bone graft at each intervention segment in auto-grafted posterolateral spinal spondylodesis surgery. In addition, this study underlines the importance of tobacco arrest, in at least the first six post-operative months. The data presented here strongly support the importance of quantifying or optimally standardising the amount of graft placed at each intervention segment.


J. Dubousset P. Wicart V. Pomero A. Barois B. Estournet

Methods and results: From the last 15 years, we have observed 18 cases from various aetiologies of compression of the airway by the “billot” created by the protrusion of the vertebral bodies inside the thoracic cage. This status lead to atelectasia intermittent or permanent with subsequent recurrent lung infection and sometimes abscesses with impairment of the respiratory function perfectly demonstrated by CT scan as well as with bronchoscopy showing extrinsic bronchi stenosis. Such pathology necessitates an anterior vertebral body resection for decompression of the airway done in 15 patients and sometimes partial lung removal lobectomy done in 4 cases. Subsequently repeated lung infection disappeared in all cases but vital capacity only improved by 2%.

Discussion: This pushed us to study this point and to propose a new 3D entity called spinal penetration index seen as well on regular CT scan cut of the chest as on 3D volumetric reconstruction representing the amount of vertebral, rib, soft tissues and sometimes empty space protruding inside the thoracic cage. This presented as an endothoracic vertebral hump compared to the exothoracic classical rib hump. Compared to normal subject where the amount is less than 10%, it can reach 50% in some severe scoliotic cases. The deformity is evident and can be quantified easily with a computer programme. Done today with regular CT scan cuts at rest, in the near future this will be obtained with regular stereographic X-rays in a much less invasive manner with low dose radiation.

Conclusion: The spinal penetration index measure in 3D is the amount of protrusion of the spine and surrounding tissues inside the thoracic cage. It is an anatomical parameter entering into the measurement on the useful thoracic volume for breathing given by the thoracic skeleton. It is very different from vital capacity where diaphragm, joints, muscle function play an important role. This concept allows to quantify in 3D the results of surgery of the spine in a much better way for 3D consideration than the classical Cobb angle. It helps also for analysis of the chest for example before and after thoracoplasty and allows to classify the rib hump and the vertebral hump in a logical way with their therapeutic consequences.


S.H. Kamath D.K. Sengupta S. H. Mehdian J.K. Webb

Introduction: Surgical treatment is indicated in Scheuermann’s disease with severe kyphotic deformity, and/or unremitting pain. Proximal or distal junctional kyphosis and loss of correction have been reported in the literature, due to short fusion level, overcorrection, or posterior only surgery with failure to release anterior tethering. We reviewed surgically treated Scheuermann’s kyphosis cases, to evaluate the factors affecting the sagittal balance.

Methods and results: 35 cases (22 male, 13 female) of Scheuermann’s kyphosis were treated surgically in this centre during 1993–1999. Mean age at operation was 21.5 years (14–53 years). The kyphosis was high thoracic (Gennari Type I) in two cases, mid thoracic (Type II) in 11 cases, low thoracic or thoraco-lumbar (Type III) in eight cases, and whole thoracic (Type IV) in 14 cases. Mean pre-operative kyphosis (Cobb angle) was 81° (range 70° to 110°). Ten cases (mean kyphosis 77°) had one stage posterior operation only with segmental instrumentation. Twenty-five cases had combined anterior and posterior (A-P) surgery. Fifteen cases (mean kyphosis 81°) had one stage thoracoscopic release and posterior instrumentation, and 10 cases (mean kyphosis 89°) had open anterior release, followed by second stage posterior instrumentation. Minimum follow-up was 14 months (mean 45 months, range 14–140 months). The mean post-operative kyphosis was 47.2°. Kyphosis correction achieved ranged from 39% after posterior surgery only, to 42% after thoracoscopic A-P surgery, and 48% after open A-P surgery. Mean loss of correction was 12° after posterior only surgery, 9.5° after thoracoscopic A-P surgery, and 6° after open A-P surgery. Four cases of open A-P surgery had additional anterior cages to stabilise the kyphosis before posterior instrumentation; a mean 55% kyphosis correction was achieved in this group, and there was no loss of correction. Younger cases, under 25 years (n=16) had significantly better kyphosis correction (p< 0.05). Two cases (6%) developed distal junctional kyphosis due to fusion short of the first lordotic segment, requiring extension of fusion. Four cases (12%) developed proximal junctional kyphosis requiring extension of fusion; all of them had primary posterior surgery only. Location of the curve (Gennari Type) had no significant influence on the initial curve, degree of immediate correction, or loss of correction. Complications included infection (4 cases), pneumothorax (1 case), haemothorax (1 case), instrumentation failure (3 cases); 3 cases had persistent back pain.

Conclusion: Combined anterior release and posterior surgery achieves and maintains better correction of Scheuermann’s kyphosis. Loss of correction, and proximal junctional kyphosis are more frequent after posterior surgery only, and short fusion. Use of cages anteriorly prevents loss of correction. Correction is better achieved in younger patients, but is not influenced by the location of the curve.


K. Ravi Sankar J.B. Williamson P. Heaton A. Wills D. Jones

Introduction: Complications of homologous blood transfusion include transmission of infection and development of antibodies. Autologous pre-donation, acute normo-volaemic haemodilution and cell salvage have been used to reduce the use of homologous transfusions.

Surgery for spinal deformities often requires blood transfusion. In February 1999, we started an autologous pre-donation programme for children undergoing spinal deformity surgery.

Methods and results: The case records of the first 15 patients who took part in the programme have been scrutinised and data about pre-donation, haemoglobin, pre- and post-operative hameoglobin, blood loss, blood transfusions, use of blood products, and complications related to pre-donation of blood were obtained and analysed. Similar data from case records of 15 patients, who had surgery for spinal deformities before start of the programme, were used as control.

In the autologous pre-donation group, four received homologous transfusion and 11 escaped exposure to homologous blood or blood products. In comparison in control group 14 out of 15 received homologous transfusion. There was no significant difference between the two groups in terms of diagnosis, operating time, postoperative haemoglobin, body weight and age. Mean operative blood loss in autologous group was less (1190 mls) than in that of the control group (1529 mls).

Of the four patients who received homologous transfusion, two were transfused outside the hospital protocol.

Complications from pre-donation of blood occurred in three patients and were minor. They included minor bruising in two and difficult and painful venous cannulation in one.

Conclusion: In our practice autologous pre-donation resulted in avoidance of homologous blood transfusion in three quarters of patients undergoing spinal deformity surgery. By adopting strategies such as acute normo-volaemic haemodilution, cell salvage and strictly adhering to protocols for prescribing transfusion, we believe that the need for homologous transfusion could be obviated except in extreme cases.


M.A. Asher S.M. Lai D.C. Burton B.J. Manna

Introduction: The SRS-22 questionnaire is a disease specific instrument developed to assess the effect of idiopathic scoliosis on the patient from their vantage point. This study is being conducted to determine the responsiveness of the SRS-22 questionnaire to patient change associated with surgery.

Material and methods: This is a prospective study of surgically treated patients. The SRS-22 outcomes questionnaire consists of five domains: Pain; self image; function; mental health and satisfaction with management/surgery. There are five questions in each of the first four domains and two in the last. The scoring scale is 5 best and 1 lowest. Patients were tested pre-operatively and then at 3, 6 and 12 months post-operatively. Statistical analysis was done using the paired t-test. Comparisons were only performed on individuals with domain scores at the follow-up interval being tested. There were 33 patients (6 male and 27 female) average age 15.7 years with average Cobb size of 64°.

Results: Self image was significantly improved at three months and remained improved; Pre-operative 3.3; 3 months 4.2 p< 0.0001); 6 months 4.0 (p=0.079); and 12 months 4.2 (p> 0.0425). Function was significantly decreased at three months but returned to baseline at 6 and 12 months: Pre-operative 3.9; 3 months post-operative 3.3 (p=0.0024); 6 months 3.8 (ns) and 12 months 4.0 (ns). Surprisingly pain did not show significant change being 3.9 pre-operatively; 3.6 at 3 months; 3.5 at 6 months, and 4.1 at 12 months.

Conclusion: Based on these very preliminary data the SRS-22 questionnaire has been found to be responsive to self image and function changes in the post-surgical period. The function change was anticipated. The self image improvement occurred earlier than had been anticipated. The questionnaire was not responsive to pain change and did not reflect the substantial pain the patients had gone through at the time of the surgery. As anticipated the mental health domain was unchanged overall.


A. Gardner

Introduction: In 1998 the British Scoliosis Society was asked by the Board of Affiliated Societies to the BOA to provide information concerning the activity, numbers and training implications for specialists in our field. We had no systematic data so with the valuable assistance of the BOA a survey of spinal surgery activity was undertaken amongst 187 Orthopaedic Surgeons who had declared spinal surgery as a main interest in a previous BOA survey. One hundred and fifty questionnaires were returned (80.2%). This data was collated and analysed by the Statistical Department of the British Orthopaedic Association.

As a result of the information obtained a template for the organisation of management of spinal disorders in UK and its manpower implications was developed. This template was then circulated to the Presidents of all the British Spine Societies for consideration at their AGMs in 1999. There was widespread support. It is understood that the BOA have also discussed these proposals along with those from other affiliated societies and it is perhaps time for further action.

Methods and results: The results from the postal questionnaires were analysed along with information from other sources. Fifty-five surgeons were identified as being Specialist Spinal Surgeons (greater than 70% of their time), 120 Surgeons were designated Surgeons With An Interest (greater than 30% of their time), 25 Surgeons spent less than 30% of their time on spines. Sixty-two per cent (93 Surgeons) considered their facilities for spinal work were adequate, 34.7% (52) considered that they were inadequate and 3.3% (5) said that they were unacceptable. Forty-nine per cent (73) of those responding employed a triage system with 58.5% using a physiotherapist and 16.2% using a nurse. Five point nine per cent used a clinical assistant and 19.1% of triage was done by the Spinal Surgeon.

Regarding outpatient waiting times, 31% of Surgeons had a waiting time of three to six weeks for urgent appointments with 20% longer than six weeks. Sixty per cent had a waiting time of over six months for non urgent consultations. For urgent but not emergency surgery 70% had a waiting time of over three weeks and half of those were over six weeks. For non urgent spinal surgery 70% were waiting more than six months with 50% waiting more than nine months.

Conclusion: Our limited manpower and resources must be used with maximum efficiency while we wait for the inevitably slow build up to international best practice which is likely to take at least ten years with a fair wind.

The Template: 20 Regional Spine Centres each with at least five Specialist Spinal Surgoens (SSS) including one or two Neurosurgeons, total 100 Surgeons.

Sixty-five District Spine Centres (at least three per Region) with at least two Surgeons With An Interest (SWI) (Orthopaedic or Neuro), total 130 Surgeons. At present we have 55 SSS of whom 18 will be retired by 2005. We have around 120 SWI of whom only nine will be retired in 2005 taking retirement age at 65. We therefore have a shortfall of 63 SSS and perhaps 10 SWI a number of whom may wish to upgrade to SSS. According to Okafor and Sullivan (1998) the average European country of our size would have 150 SSS compared with our 55.

1.There is an urgent need for more Orthopaedic Surgeons and in particular Spinal Surgeons.

2.Surgeons need adequate facilities and infrastructure to allow them to work efficiently. Finance is required.

3. Until the training base for future Specialists involved in the management of spinal disorders is steadily expanded from bottom to top, little progress can be expected.


K.S. Conn D.J. Sharp A.D.H. Gardner

Introduction: In order to improve the provision of Spinal Surgery in the United Kingdom, the number of Specialist Spinal Surgeons and Surgeons with an Interest in Spinal Surgery needs to increase by 25% from the existing 175 surgeons. There is an expected shortage of Orthopaedic Specialist Registrars (SpRs) planning careers in Spinal Surgery not only to maintain the status quo, with one third of Specialist Spinal Surgeons due to retire in the next three years, but also to provide the needed expansion in numbers.

Methods and results: A postal survey of the 528 SpRs was performed with a response rate fo 71%. The critical question was the post accreditation intention as either a Specialist Spinal Surgeon (greater than 70% of elective work), as a Surgeon with an Interest in Spinal Surgery (more than 30% of elective work), a surgeon doing occasional Spinal Surgery (less than 30% of elective work) or one who avoids all Spinal Surgery. This attitude could then be taken into account when analysing the training provided and the perceptions of Spinal Surgery to identify factors which could be discouraging an interest in Spinal Surgery.

Sixty-nine per cent indicated that they intended to avoid all Spinal Surgery. Thirty-five (9%) intended becoming either Specialist Spinal Surgeons or Surgeons with a Spinal Interest but only nine (2%) are in their final two years of training. The declared intention to avoid Spinal Surgery increases from 54% in the first two years of training, to 70% in the middle two years, and to 75% in the final two years and post C.C.S.T. fellowships. There should be 24 newly accredited Specialist Spinal Surgeons based on a projection of the 4.3% response intending to become Specialist Spinal Surgeons. This leaves a shortfall of 34 Specialist Spinal Surgeons by 2005.

The survey has revealed three main features of Spinal Surgery which appear to have a negative effect on the attitude of the SpRs to Spinal Surgery and overwhelm the potentially attractive features. These are badly organised clinics; the perceived psychological complications of spinal patients; and a perceived inadequate exposure to Spinal Surgery during their training.

Conclusion: It is clear from the response of SpRs that there are important misconceptions concerning Spinal Surgery, together with the shortcomings of training and of the provision of services within the NHS. These have to be addressed urgently if the speciality is to become more attractive to them. Areas where positive action can be taken include the modification of training programmes so that all SpRs are exposed to Spinal Surgery in the formative first three years; properly structured spinal clinics; and above all the need for Spinal Surgeons to be encouraging and enthusiastic about a field of surgery which provides some of the exciting challenges in Orthopaedic Surgery.


R. Pollock J. Lehovsky T. Morley H. El Sebaie

Introduction: The aim of this study is to compare the efficacy of the AO Universal Spine System (AO USS) with Harrington-Luque instrumentation for the treatment of King type II idiopathic scoliosis.

Methods/Results: A retrospective analysis was performed on two groups of patients with King II adolescent idiopathic scoliosis. The first group consisted of 40 consecutive patients treated with Harrington-Luque instrumentation between 1990 and 1993. The second group consisted of 25 consecutive patients treated with AO USS instrumentation between 1994 and 1996. The groups were well matched with respect to age, sex and curve severity. Inclusion criteria were patients over the age of 12 years with a King II curve pattern and a Cobb angle of greater than 40°. Half of the patients in each group underwent anterior release prior to posterior fusion. All patients were followed up six monthly for 18 months. The thoracic curve, lumbar curve, kyphosis and lordosis were measured using the Cobb method.

The mean pre-operative thoracic and lumbar curves were 62° and 43.9° respectively in the Harrington group and 57.5° and 35.9° in the AO USS group. On average 11.4 levels were fused in the Harrington group compared to 10.9 levels in the AO USS group. The mean post-operative correction of the thoracic curve in the AO USS group of 64% was significantly greater than the 51% achieved in the Harrington group (p< 0.005). At 18 months there was a 7% loss of correction in the Harrington group and 9% in the AO USS group. The correction of lumbar curve of 41% in the Harrington group and 46% in the AO USS group at 18 months was not significantly different. In the sagittal plane the AO USS group had significantly better preservation of the lumbar lordosis but there was no difference in kyphosis correction. Blood loss was similar in both groups. Mean operative time of 132 minutes in the AO USS group was shorter than the mean time of 153 minutes in the Harrington group (p< 0.05). Two hooks in the Harrington group became dislodged and two in the AO group. There were no neurological complications in either group. All the patients in both groups achieved a solid fusion.

Conclusion: AO USS is a safe and effective instrumentation system for the treatment of King type II adolescent idiopathic scoliosis. Correction of the thoracic curve is superior to that achieved with Harrington-Luque instrumentation and operative time is shorter. AO USS enables better preservation of the lumbar lordosis than Harrington-Luque. There is no difference in blood loss, complication rate and fusion rates between the two techniques. It has become our instrumentation system of choice for this group of patients.


R.N. Dunn M.A. Edgar

Twenty-eight patients undergoing correction of thoraco-lumbar deformity were randomised to either the USS or Colorado 2 spinal instrumentation. Scoliosis was the deformity in 24 cases. Only once the surgical plan was decided upon was the instrumentation randomised, thus not influencing the use of anterior release or not.

Of the scoliotics, seven underwent anterior releases. The average duration was 107 minutes, blood loss 325 ml and number of levels 4.6 discs.

The USS group had 11 scoliosis cases. Nine were idiopathic, one neurofibromatosis and one neuromuscular. The average age at surgery was 18.7 years. The average number of levels fused was 11.4±1.6 (9–14). The average duration of surgery was 237±43.9 (180–330) minutes. The average blood loss was 2460±2204 (500–7500) ml. If the extreme blood loss of 7500 ml was excluded, then the average was 1900±1392 (500–4500). Costoplasties were performed in five cases. Only one case braced.

The Colorado 2 group had 13 scoliosis cases. Ten were idiopathic and three neuormuscular. The average age at surgery was 21.9 years. The average number of levels fused was 11±1.52 (9–14). The average duration of surgery was 198.3±34.9 (150–255) minutes. The average blood loss was 1766.7±863 (850–3800). Costoplasties were performed in five cases. Only one case braced.

Results: There was similar correction between the groups with Colorado 2 having an average of 52±16 (17–67)% and USS 62±17 (38–93)%. As regards instrumentation related failure, one USS hook cut out intra-operatively and needed to be replaced a level lower. In the Colorado group, there was also a laminar fracture. There were two screw cut outs, a hook pull out and two misplaced hooks in the Colorado group.

Conclusions: Both systems provided a similar amount of correction. There were more fixation point problems with the Colorado 2 group than the USS group. Some of these problems were related to insertion errors, but may have been due to migration during the correction process. This may indicate a benefit of the USS hook-screw fixation system.


C. Salanova J.F. Dubousset P. Moreno J. Boulot

Purpose of the study: To analyse post-operative imbalance after C.D.I. (Cotrel Dubousset Instrumentation) for idiopathic scoliosis according to the fused area, particularly the lower level of fusion. To recall a classification for determination of fusion area based on pre-operative standing coronal radiograph.

Patients and methods: To be included in this study the patients had to have an adolescent idiopathic scoliosis, at least two years of post-operative follow up. One hundred and twenty-two patients met the criteria; mean follow-up was three years, five months (minimum two years, maximum nine years). Scoliotic curves were classified as single structural (81), double structural (41). Balance was clinically analysed by plumbline, radiographically by a plumbline dropped from C7 to the sacrum and measuring deviation from the midpoint of the sacrum in centimetres. A curve with a deviation of 10 mms or less was considered as balanced.

Results: Imbalance in single structural curves was 70% when using stable vertebra (King) or “other vertebra” (beyond stable vertebra or one or two levels upper stable vertebra). Using end vertebra (J.MOE), (elected vertebra – C. Salanova) imbalance was 10%. In double structural (41 cases) imbalance was 50% using stable, or “other vertebra” 10% when elected vertebra was fused.

Conclusion: In this study there was a strong statistical relationship between the lower level of fusion and imbalance.


S. Mohammad T. Ursu A. Singh M.A. Edgar

Aim: To test the null hypothesis that older instrumentations with their complications do not produce a clinical improvement.

Introduction: Surgical treatment of adult scoliosis is difficult with a high incidence of complications. The presenting complaints and expectations from the surgery are different to those in adolescent scoliosis.

Methods and results: Inclusion: All cases of adult idiopathic scoliosis presenting at or after the age of 20 and requiring surgical treatment. Exclusions: Revisions. Average age of follow-up is 6 years (range 2 to 14 years) with 107 patients. For analysis three groups were decided on the basis of the age. A number of different instrumentation systems were used with time. Treatment varied according to senior author’s planning for the individual patient, ranging from posterior instrumentation, anterior release and posterior instrumentation, and combined anterior and posterior instrumentation.

Group I: Age 20–30 years, consisted of 64 patients. Average pre-operative primary curve was 56° with post-operative correction 50%. Deformity was the most common presenting complaint. Seventy-one per cent felt an overall improvement, the rest noticed no benefit.Twenty-two per cent would prefer not to have the surgery. Complications included four pseudoarthrosis, nine required further surgery, and one late infection.

Group II: Age 31–40 years, 20 patients with an average primary curve of 63°, and a correction of 56%. Fifteen per cent had significant pain at presentation. Seventy per cent felt an overall benefit although all noticed a cosmetic improvement. Complications: two pseudarthrosis, three subsequent surgical procedures.

Group III: Age > 41 years, 23 patients, an average primary curve of 72° with a correction of 39%. Eleven out of 23 had significant pain on presentation. Complications: four pseudoarthrosis, metal pull out in one. Further surgery was performed in nine. All felt some benefit from the treatment and despite the high proportion of complications, would have the surgery again.

Conclusions: There is a clinical benefit from surgical treatment of adult idiopathic scoliosis. There is a higher number of complications in the older age group.


P. Parisini T. Greggi M. Di Silvestre A. Miglietta

Introduction: Pedicle screw instrumentation as a part of scoliosis surgery has been shown to provide a better correction in lumbar deformities. The purpose of this retrospective study was to verify if segmental screw fixation has the same efficacy in correcting hypokyphotic thoracic deformities.

Methods and results: We considered 40 cases with AIS treated posteriorly by segmental fixation (CDI, Colorado or similar instrumentations) from 1987 to 1998. All patients presented with a predominant hypokyphotic thoracic curve and were divided into two groups (20 cases each) according to the fixation method selected: multiple, hook fixation (MHF) or segmental pedicle screw fixation (SPSF). In the PSF group, the pedicle screws were inserted at every other or every third vertebra in lumbar and thoracic areas, and correction was achieved by translation technique and derotation manoeuvre without distraction and compression on the concavity and convexity of the curve, respectively. At a follow-up longer than two years and in all of the cases, the average frontal correction in the PSF group decreased from 61.3° to 27.6°, and in the MHF group from 57.5° to 28°; the average hypokyphosis value improved from 12.9° to 25.6° in the PSF group, and from 15.3° to 17° in the MHF group. There were no major, visceral or neurological complications related to hook or pedicle screw placement.

Conclusion: According to the present results, segmental pedicle screws are more effective than multiple hooks in restoring thoracic kyphosis in AIS: pedicle screw fixation may play a role in reducing the need for the two-stage surgery.


B. Salanova P. Moreno J. Boulot

Study design: To analyse the long term effect of Harrington Instrumentation and fusion to the lumbar spine in the treatment of idiopathic scoliosis.

Objectives: To demonstrate there is a relationship between the strategy used (determination of fusion area) and pain or degenerative changes.

Summary of background data: The literature has been fairly controversial in terms of pain and degenerative changes beyond a fusion for idiopathic scoliosis according as the lower level of fusion. This is the first study in which the results are analysed according as the “strategy used” and not the sole level of fusion.

Methods: 250 patients operated on by Harrington instrumentation were clinically and radiographically reviewed. Pain was classified (as Moskowitz and Moe). To be included they should have an idiopathic scoliosis, a minimum follow up of 20 years (mean 26, max 36), 37% over 30 years, had to have been under 20 years at the time of surgery, and should have a full set of radiographs.

Curves were classified according to our own classification (Salanova et al) 1973–2000 in single structural. Thoracic 114, thoraco-lumbar 21 and double structural thoracic and lumbar, true double major (52), false D.M. (45). The double thoracic was identified with permanent T1 tilt (18). On P.OP standing the lower level of fusion was identified: E.V. (Salanova et al 1973–2000) SV (King) other vertebra. On follow up radiographs standing coronal and sagittal, lumbar coronal and sagittal degenerative changes were evaluated, slipping lateral and sagittal, discopathy over 50% and classified as none, moderate, complete.

Results: Mean age at surgery 15 years + 6. Mean age at follow up 49 years. Ten patients were reoperated on for various reasons. Overall results: Pain none 70, episodic 82, frequent 42, permanent 46. Degenerative changes none 155, moderate 62, complete 23. These data were evaluated according to the strategy used; there is a strong statistical relationship between strategy and final results. Our study proves that King’s classification for so-called King II curves is misleading.

Conclusion: This study is the most important ever published in terms of patients, methodology, and follow up. It shows that if a clear analysis of curve(s) before surgery is effectuated for determination of fusion area, if for single curves the lower level of fusion is the good one and for double structural the choice between selective thoracic fusion and double fusion is correctly determinated the long term results are not so bad.


FE. Dowling C.J. Goldberg D.P. Moore E.E. Fogarty

Introduction: Historically, the spinal curvature of adolescent idiopathic scoliosis was considered a life-threatening occurrence, which would result in early death from cardio-respiratory compromise. Consequently, corrective surgery had the primary intention of preventing this unacceptable outcome: cosmetic improvement was considered to be certainly important, but not the prime objective of the treatment. More recent work (e.g. Branthwaite MA. (1986) Br.J.Dis.Chest. 80:360–369) has shown that, while significant deformity presenting in early childhood does carry this outlook, those with an adolescent onset should not be significantly affected in this way. Consequently, any surgery recommended is primarily cosmetic, to improve the deformity when it is unacceptable to the patient and her parents. This, of necessity, changes the criteria by which treatment outcome should be assessed. Scoliosis surgery has generally been judged by the correction in Cobb angle and, more recently, the derotation of vertebrae. However, it is well known that neither factor accurately expresses cosmesis, the criterion by which the patient will judge the operation. Surface topography attempts to quantify the external appearance of a patient and so the cosmetic effect of surgery. Since 1995, when a surface topographic system (Quantec) was acquired by this department, 61 patients were operated for adolescent idiopathic scoliosis, of whom 35 underwent anterior release and posterior fusion for rigid thoracic curves.

Methods and Results: Pre- and post-operative radiographs were compared with topographic results from the same periods and with the latest scan at last review. The mean pre-operative Cobb angle was 74.5° and, postoperatively was 40.7°, a mean correction of 45.4% and was statistically significant (p< .001). This was accompanied by statistically significant reductions in upper and middle topographic spinal angles (p=0.001), an increase in thoracic kyphosis (p< 0.05), a decrease in lumbar lordosis (p=0.001), lower rib hump (p< 0.05), Suzuki hump sum (a measure of back asymmetry, p=0.001) and posterior trunk asymmetry score (POTSI, a measure of trunk balance, p=0.003). At final follow-up a mean of 2.2 years later, topographic spinal angles and POTSI maintained their improvement, still being statistically significantly less than their pre-operative values. Thoracic kyphosis, lumbar lordosis, rib hump and Suzuki hump sum had returned towards pre-operative levels and no longer showed statistically significant differences.

Conclusions:This confirms previous reports of the recurrence of the rib-hump. In conclusion, after two-stage spinal fusion for adolescent idiopathic scoliosis, significant improvement in cosmetic appearance can be achieved. However, over time certain aspects of the original deformity, particularly distortion of the back surface (rib hump or asymmetry) recurs.


N R Boeree

No matter what form of anterior scoliosis instrumentation a spinal surgeon chooses to use it is generally accepted that complete clearance of the intervertebral discs over the levels being instrumented should be undertaken. This improves the flexibility of the curve, potentially enhancing the correction that can be achieved but, perhaps more importantly, reduces the forces that must be exerted on the spine through the instrumentation, particularly at the upper and lower levels. Complete disc clearance may also facilitate intervertebral fusion.

The most challenging aspect of disc clearance is removal of the posterior aspect of the annulus and the posterior longitudinal ligament The standard surgical technique involves initial excision of the convex lateral and anterior annulus, followed by the gelatinous nuclear material. This is relatively easily and quickly achieved. However, careful, patient and painstaking piecemeal removal of the posterior annulus is then necessary and this is more time consuming. Care is clearly required to avoid injury to the adjacent dura and neurological structures. Access to the posterior annulus with a ronger becomes more difficult towards the far concave aspect of the disc.

Little information is published concerning the time required for standard disc clearance. However, in the author’s experience, and from personal information provided by other surgeons, 30 minutes per level is generally required.

Coblation is a relatively new surgical technology by which tissue is removed by vaporisation achieved through the production of an ionized plasma vapour. The depth of vaporisation is very limited and is achieved with virtually no heat production, resulting in minimal thermal damage to adjacent tissue.

The author has used coblation in anterior correction of scoliosis, and in his view the technique allows simpler, more controlled and thus ultimately safer clearance of the posterior annulus. Clearance is also achieved more quickly, the time required for each level undertaken being reduced to approximately 15 minutes.

The technique involves standard exposure and then excision of the bulk of the disc. The disc must be exposed back to the neural foramen and the convex lateral annulus cleared to this point The anterior annulus is also exposed in the usual manner and excised together with the nuclear material and as much of the posterior annulus that can be easily removed with a ronger. At this point a blunt dissector is introduced into the neural foramen and held in position. Starting at the convex aspect of the posterior annulus and working towards the concave side a ‘Versitor’ coblator wand is then used to remove the posterior annulus, working back to the tip of the dissector . The dissector is not particularly required for safety , the depth of vaporisation being only 0.5 mm, but to establish the posterior extent of the annulus. As this is vaporised the dissector is advanced as necessary .

No complications have been observed in the small number of cases undertaken thus far. Current generated by the sodium plasma can result in local neurological stimulation causing muscle twitching, similar to that seen with the use of diathermy, but this has not been associated with any neurological deficit


J.A. Ouellet J.K. Webb

Introduction: Historically, anterior spinal surgery for scoliosis has led to better coronal correction, though at the expense of sagittal alignment specifically at the thoracolumbar junction. The purpose of the study was to ascertain the effectiveness in maintenance of coronal and sagittal balance of anterior spinal surgery and instrumentation for AIS.

Methods: 17 patients with idiopathic scoliosis treated with anterior spinal fusion using a single rod AO USS construct were reviewed in a retrospective fashion. Inclusion in study group required a minimum two years follow-up with complete radiographic and clinical follow up.

Results: There were 14 lumbar curves of which seven were King I and seven thoracolumbar / lumbar curves. Seven patients had supplemental structural anterior support in the lumbar spine. Four had femoral allograft rings and three had cages (2 Harms, 1 Synex cages). Three thoracic curves were operated on of which two were King III, and one King II. The mean pre-operative Cobb angle was corrected from 48° to 14° post-op and 16° on the last follow-up (24 to 53 months) representing 71% of correction. Apical vertebral translation was corrected to 70%, comparable to the 60% correction of trunk shift at last follow-up.

Sagittal contour of instrumented segment for the thoracic curve did not change. The pre-operative sagittal contour across the instrumented levels for the 14 1umbar was 5.6° of lordosis which changed to 0.5° of lordosis post-operatively. At last follow-up it was 2° of kyphosis. Specifically there were 7 of 14 that had greater that 10° of surgically induced kyphosis across the fusion mass. At last follow-up three patients had further kyphosis across the instrumented levels. The overall sagittal vertical axis did not change irrespective of the focal sagittal alignment. There was a net increase in lumbar lordosis below the fusion mass. Three patients had asymptomatic pseudoarthroses. There was no failure of instrumentation and no patient required further surgery.

Conclusion: The authors conclude that single rod anterior spinal instrumentation for AIS is effective in maintaining coronal and sagittal alignment though one needs to pay particular attention to sagittal contour. The increase in lumbar lordosis below the fusion may well explain the maintained sagittal balance.


A. Nachemson A. Danielsson I. Wiklund K. Pehrsson

Introduction: A consecutive series of patients with adolescent idiopathic scoliosis, treated between 1968 and 1977 before 21 years of age, either with distraction and fusion using Harrington rods (ST, n=156; 145 females and 11 males) or with brace (BT, n=127; 122 females and 5 males) were followed at least twenty years after completion of the treatment to determine the long-term outcome in terms of health related quality of life (HRQL) in patients treated for adolescent idiopathic scoliosis. No results on long term outcome of HRQL have previously been presented for this group of patients.

Methods and Results: Ninety-four per cent of ST and 91% of BT patients filled in a questionnaire comprising the SF-36, Psychological General Well-Being Index (PGWB), Oswestry Disability Back Pain Questionnaire, parts of SRS/MODEM’s questionnaire and study-specific questions concerning the treatment, as a part of an unbiased personal follow-up examination. An age and sex-matched control group of 100 persons was randomly selected and subjected to the same examinations. There were no differences in terms of sociodemographic data between the groups. Both ST and BT patients had a slightly, but significantly reduced physical function using the SF-36 subscales, SF-36/Physical Component Summary (PCS) score as well as the Oswestry Disability Back Pain Questionnaire compared to the controls. Neither the mental subscales and the Mental Component Summary (MCS) score of SF-36 nor the PGWB index showed any significant difference between the groups. Forty-nine per cent of ST, 34% of BT and 15% of controls admitted limitation of social activities due to their back, (p< 0.001 ST vs. controls, BT vs. controls p= 0.010, and p=0.024 n.s. ST vs. BT), mostly due to difficulties to physically participate in activities or selfconsciousness about appearance. Pain was a minor reason for limitation. No correlation could be found between the outcome scores and curve size after treatment, curve type, total treatment time or age at completed treatment.

Conclusions: Patients treated for adolescent idiopathic scoliosis were found to have approximately the same HRQL as the general population. A minority of the patients (4%) had a severely decreased psychological well-being and a few (1.5%) were physically severely disabled due to the back.


V.J. Raso J.K. Mahood D. L. Hill M.J. Moreau

Introduction: Trunk asymmetry has been acknowledged as an important aspect of scoliosis that is difficult to treat. Recent innovations in the surgical management of idiopathic scoliosis have attempted to improve trunk symmetry as well as spine curvature. But there have been few reports in the literature describing the effectiveness of these procedures on trunk alignment. The objective of this study was to determine the long-term changes in spine and trunk alignment after surgery for scoliosis.

Methods and Results: 38 subjects were identified as candidates for this study. Fifteen were lost to follow-up. Of the remaining 23 subjects, 20 (15 female, 5 male; age at surgery 16±5 years) agreed to participate and had posterior-anterior radiographs and surface topography prior to derotational surgery, within six months of surgery, at two years post-operatively and 5-10 years after surgery. Three subjects had anterior instrumentation and 17 had posterior instrumentation. Cobb angles, surface trunk rotations, and cosmetic scores were measured at each visit. A questionnaire assessed back appearance and pain at the 5–10 year follow-up and the results compared to a group who had recently undergone surgery. A paired two tailed Student’s t-test with p=0.01 was used to compare the deformity between visits.

The Cobb angle and cosmetic score improved after surgery; the initial Cobb angle improved to 35±11° (42%). Trunk rotation change was insignificant (p=0.25).

Between the two and seven year reviews, the Cobb angle had significantly increased while the cosmetic score (p=0.07) and surface trunk rotation (p=0.10) were unchanged. The mean back appearance and pain scores were 4.3 for both compared to 4.2 and 4.0 for the control group where 1 is worst and 6 is best.

Imperfect surgical correction of spinal curvature leads to continued changes to spine alignment as well as to cosmesis and trunk alignment, although the increases were not all statistically significant. Responses to the patient questionnaire suggest that these changes are not clinically significant.

Conclusion: Surgery significantly improves trunk symmetry but not trunk rotation. There is mild deterioration of the deformities associated with scoliosis after surgery but these changes do not appear to be clinically significant.


M.A. Asher S.M. Lai D.C. Burton B.J. Manna

Introduction: Spine and trunk deformity are different; trunk deformity is probably more important to the patient, and trunk deformity has received much less attention. This study was designed to determine the extent and stability of trunk deformity correction and is part of an ongoing effort to study trunk deformity.

Material and methods: This is a prospective case series the inclusion criteria being pre-, post- and follow-up surface topography evaluation of idiopathic scoliosis patients undergoing posterior instrumentation and arthrodesis. Twenty-eight patients (25 female, 3 male) met these inclusion criteria. The average age at surgery was 15 years 3 months (11 years 3 months – 38 years 2 months). Spine deformity measurement and classification were done from standing 36” PA and lateral scoliosis radiographs. Trunk asymmetry was determined from standing posterior rastersterography. Coronal plane asymmetry was calculated utilising the Posterior Trunk Symmetry Index (POTSI), threshold for change being ±8. Transverse plane asymmetry was determined by the Suzuki Hump Sum (SHS), threshold for change being ±3.5. Curve classification and number in each category were King Moe I – three; IIA – two; IIB – three; III – ten; IV – four;V – five and Triple – one. Initial follow-up averaged 2.3 months (±7) and latest follow-up 15.8 months (±8.1).

Results: Pre-operative; post-operative; and 1atest follow-up spine deformity measurements with percent correction (for spine and trunk deformity) were as follows: Major scoliosis-63°, 19° (69%) and 21° (66%); POTSI 52, 26 (50%), and 24 (54%); and SHS 18, 11 (38%), and 12 (37%). Thus, spine deformity (Cobb) and trunk deformity (POTSI and SHS) correction appeared to be stable over the follow-up period. Spine deformity correction was better than coronal trunk plane asymmetry correction which was better than transverse plane asymmetry correction. At latest follow-up, spine deformity correction for single curves was similar to multiple curve, 69% versus 64% as was transverse plane trunk asymmetry correction 34% versus 37%. However, coronal plane trunk asymmetry correction was better for single curves than double curves 63% versus 42%. At follow-up POTSI was better in all patients with single curves whereas in double curves it was better in nine, same in three, and worse in two. Transverse plane trunk asymmetry for single curves was better in ten, same in three, and worse in one, whereas for double curves it was better in eight, same in four and worse in two.

Discussion and conclusion: The obvious weaknesses in this study are the small numbers and relative short follow-up. However, the trend seems clear. Trunk deformity correction is not as good as spine deformity correction. This is especially true for the transverse plane for all curves and the coronal plane for double curves in comparison to single curves.


B.A. Taylor G. Etherington

Introduction: There have been reports of anterior fusion surgery advocating the routine use of interbody spacers in the lumbar and low thoracic spine. In contrast to these, many surgeons feel that the routine use of inter-body spacers is not warranted, provided appropriate surgical technique is used for discectomy, screw placement, and solid rod contouring. Rather, the insertion of spacers may, in fact, hinder correction of the overall deformity. Our hypothesis was that it is possible to create a satisfactory sagittal profile without the use of interbody spacers.

Methods and results: Study design: Retrospective examination of X-rays and appropriate notes. Patients of the senior author who had undergone an instrumented anterior fusion for scoliosis were reviewed. Some of these patients underwent a second stage posterior fusion to the same level distally. Analysis of the X-rays and notes was performed on a group of 27 patients who had undergone their surgery from July 1996 to December 2000. Follow-up varied from six months to three years.

Inclusion criteria: Diagnosis was adolescent idiopathic scoliosis. All surgery carried out by the one surgeon (BT). Anterior fusion, with a solid rod, extending into the lumbar spine. There were 15 who had anterior fusion only, and 12 who also underwent posterior fusion. The difference between the groups was that of the nature of the curves. One of the patients had the posterior fusion on a second admission for thoracic curve progression after anterior lumbar fusion. Lowest instrumented levels were 6 to L2, 15 to L3, and 6 to L4.

Variables measured: Assessment of AP and sagittal alignment was made, as was fusion across the levels. Methods and problems encountered with data collection will be discussed. Variables were AP Cobb; Sagittal angle variables were 1) L1-S1 2) TIV-LIV 3) LIV-S1 4) L4 5) S1. These were compared with previously published data; difficulties in comparison to ‘Normal’ will be discussed.

Results: There was no incidence of metalware failure, and no bone/screw interface problems. There was no loss of correction in those cases where follow-up was possible. Union was slow compared to some previously published series. Despite a tendency for a relative loss of lordosis across the fusion, overall lumbar lordosis was maintained within accepted values, and the fusion construct angle was within accepted limits. There was minimal change in Cobb angle of the fusion construct with time.

There have been four cases of < 25% retro-listhesis at the upper end of the constructs. These have not produced neurological symptoms, but as yet the significance clinically is unknown.

Conclusion: At this stage the authors feel that routine use of interbody spacers is not justified, as complications without their use have not been forthcoming.


Full Access
J. Ouellett B.J. Freeman P. Twining J.K. Webb

Introduction: Although the ultrasound diagnosis of neural tube defects has been described extensively, anomalies of the fetal vertebral bodies have received little attention. This study aims to document the incidence of congenital hemivertebrae, the association with defects of other organ systems and discuss the outcome.

Methods: All fetuses with ultrasonographically detected vertebral anomalies presenting to the above institution over a four year period were included in the study. Those with open neural tube defects were excluded. The level and Cobb angle (where possible) were estimated from the 18 week scan. Associated congenital anomalies were noted. Radiographs were taken soon after birth and checked for accuracy of original diagnosis and patients were monitored for curve progression.

Results: Fourteen fetuses with congenital hemivertebrae were found from a total of 12,000 routine antenatal scans. Maternal age ranged from 22–32 years (mean 26.8 years) with an average term of 36.3 weeks (range 29–40). Only two fetuses were born prematurely: one at 33 weeks as part of a twin gestation (only one of the twins had an isolated hemivertebrae) and the other at 29 weeks via emergency caesarian section for fetal distress. This pregnancy was complicated by the oligohydramnios sequence (Potter syndrome). Ten of 14 fetuses had an isolated hemivertebrae. Two had VATER association (oesophageal and anal atresia) and two had multiple mosaic type congenital scoliosis, one of which had associated rib and abdominal wall malformation. All pregnancies resulted in live births. All except one child remain well at latest follow-up (average 25 months). The infant born at 29 weeks has had multiple complications of prematurity. Vertebral anomalies appeared in the thoracic spine in five, the lumbar spine in eight and the sacrum in one resulting in scoliosis in 13 and kyphosis in one. The average antenatal Cobb angle was 30°. The average postnatal Cobb angle was 32° (range 18–42). Accuracy of localisation (level and type) was good with only one error due to inability to see the S1 hemivertebrae. Six of the 14 had surgery before the age of 24 months, with the youngest aged three months. In this group the average pre-operative Cobb angle was 35° (range 25–42°). Three patients had anterior and posterior fusion in-situ without instrumentation. Three patients had hemivertebrectomy with correction and posterior instrumentation of the spine.

Conclusion: In general sonographically detected isolated fetal hemivertebrae carry a good prognosis. If associated with the oligohydramnios syndrome the fetus is at high risk. Ultrasound appears accurate in the diagnosis of both the level and type of congenital malformation. The value of early surgical management needs continued assessment.


Full Access
H. Elsebaie P. Basu M.H.H. Noordeen

Background: The incidence of intra-spinal abnormality in congenital scoliosis is high. McMaster et al found an 18% incidence of myelographic abnormality in a series of 251 patients. Our objective was to report the MRI findings in a large series of patients with congenital scoliosis.

Method: The notes, X-rays and MRI of 126 congenital scoliosis patients were reviewed to note the vertebral abnormality, curve progression, MRI findings and the presence of non-spinal congenital abnormality. These findings were then correlated to detect any association between them.

Result: Forty-six patients (37%) had intra-spinal abnormalities detected on MRI. Sixty-six patients had failure of formation, 10 had failure of segmentation, 34 had mixed vertebral anomaly and 16 had congenital kyphosis or dislocation. MRI abnormality was significantly higher among patients with mixed anomaly (41%), congenital kyphosis (57%) and segmentation anomaly (40%) than those with failure of formation (29%). Presence of MRI abnormality did not correlate with curve progression or the presence of congenital abnormality affecting other organs.

Conclusion: Intra-spinal abnormality in congenital scoliosis occurred in 37% cases. The incidence of such abnormality is higher in patients with congenital kyphosis, failure of segmentation and mixed vertebral anomalies.


N. Suzuki K. Kohno

Introduction: One of the important goals of scoliosis surgery is to improve or to prevent deterioration of pulmonary function. There have been many reports on this subject, yet there are a few reports on cases that had surgery by modern multi-hook system. Modern instrumentation can provide better correction; therefore better results on pulmonary function can be expected.

The purpose of this study is to analyse post-operative pulmonary function in cases that underwent Isola instrumentarion to scoliosis.

Method and Results: There are 130 cases (Male 23, Female 107) who underwent Isola instrumentation to scoliosis from December 1991 to December 1998 and had pulmonary function test pre-operatively and at the time of two-years follow-up. Aetiologies were Idiopathic 119, Congenital 3, Neurofibromatosis 2, Marfan 4, and Others 2. Average age is 15 at the time of operation ranging 10 to 26. One hundred and twenty-six cases had single operation and four cases had two-staged anterior-posterior surgery.

VC, %VC, Fev.l.0, % Fev.1.0 were measured pre-operatively and two years post-operatively. Body height correction was done using Kohno’ s equation to obtain % VC.

The pre-operative average VC, %VC, Fev.l.0, and %Fev.l.0 were 2.4l, 84.2%. 2.1l, and 85.5% respectively. They were 2.6l, 83.0%. 2.3l, and 87.2% at 2 years postoperatively. Cases were diagnosed according to the change of % VC using a threshold of 10% change. If the change of the %VC is less than 10%. it is diagnosed as unchanged. Thirty cases (23.1%) had decreased %VC, 70 cases (53.8%) unchanged and 21 cases (16.1%) had increased %VC.

The cases were divided into four groups according to the pre-operative % VC. Group 1; the pre-operative %VC was less than 60%. Group 2; 60% to 69%, Group3; 70% to 79%. and Group 4; 80% or more. The average pre- and post-operative %VC were 50% and 54% in Group 1, 65.5% and 67.5% in Group 2, 75.4% and 80.5% in Group 3, 94.8% and 90.6% in Group 4.

Conclusion: The results showed that a patient can expect to have normal or almost normal VC post-operatively when the pre-operative % VC is larger than 70%. On the other hand, if the pre-operative % VC is less than 60% the chance to have normal or almost normal VC . post-operatively is very little. Therefore, surgery must be done before % VC deteriorates to less than 60%. The goal of scoliosis treatment is three fold; 1) to restore stable, balanced, and stable spine, 2) to have normal pulmonary function, 3) to be emotionally stable. In 61% of the cases the surgical technique applied was conventional method which gave average % correction of 68%. From 1997, a new correction technique using Isola system has been applied. Results at one-year follow-up showed better results. It is my opinion that the treatment of scoliosis should be focused not only to the correction of coronal and sagittal curvature but to the correction of thoracic cage deformity.


H. Elsebaie P. Basu M.H.H. Noordeen

Background: Surgical treatments described for congenital spinal deformity are i) convex growth arrest, ii) posterior or combined anterior and posterior fusion and iii) hemivertebrectomy. Posterior instrumentation is used as an adjunct to fusion, whenever possible.

Anterior instrumentation for correction of congenital scoliosis has not been described. A preliminary report of the use of anterior instrumentation following hemi-vertebrectomy for correction of congenital spinal deformity is reported.

Method: 15 patients with congenital scoliosis and 5 patients with congenital kyphosis underwent hemiverte-brectomy and anterior instrumentation with fusion for single-stage correction of deformity . The average age of the patients at the time of surgery was 31 months and at last follow-up 59 months. All patients had pre-operative MRI. Twelve patients had normal and 8 had abnormal MRI. The average operating time was 135 minutes and average blood loss was 462 ml. Implants used were downsize Synergy, Orion Colorado and AO Cervifix.

Average sagittal Cobb angle for the scoliosis patients was 45.5° pre-operatively and 16.8° post-operatively. Average coronal Cobb angle in patients with congenital kyphosis was 61° pre-operatively and 21° postoperatively. At an average follow-up of 17 months, the correction is well maintained in all except one. This patient developed pseudarthrosis at 19 months post-operatively. This was treated with posterior instrumented fusion. There were no cases of neurologic compromise or deep wound infection.

Conclusion: Because of the young age at which hemiver-tebrectomy is performed in congenital scoliosis patients, instrumentation is difficult. Posterior instrumentation has been well described in literature. Our early experience with anterior instrumentation after hemivertebrectomy shows promising results with very good correction of the deformity and no increase in complication rate.


D.C. Mackay M.J. Gibson

Late wound infection is a recognised complication of instrumented spinal deformity surgery. In most cases it is a benign complication which usually resolves after implant removal. However, some of our patients with late infection developed a pseudoarthrosis.

To investigate this further we undertook a retrospective review of all patients undergoing implant removal for deep infection between 1991 and 2000.

Twenty-one patients were identified, representing a late infection rate of at least 6%. They showed no specific pre- or intra-operative risk factors. Nine had some problems with early post-operative wound healing, which settled with minimal treatment. Late infection presented as localised swelling or a discharging sinus between 4 and 84 months (average 31 months) post-surgery. Blood parameters were abnormal in 15 cases, frank infection demonstrated in 19 cases, loosening of the implant in four cases and positive bacteriology culture in 14 cases. Wounds healed within 2 to 17 weeks (average 5 weeks) following implant removal, wound debridement and antibiotic therapy lasting 2 to 20 weeks (average 6 weeks). This was delayed until one year post-surgery in the three cases presenting early. Follow-up of between 6 and 92 months (average 38 months) revealed no persistent infection. Pseudoarthrosis developed in seven patients (33%). Four of these patients had progressive deformity warranting refusion and three produced minimal symptoms. Patients developing a pseudoarthrosis had an excess of post-operative wound problems, presented much earlier and had more severe infections compared to those without sequelae.

Late infection is confirmed as a relatively common complication of scoliosis surgery. Implant removal, aggressive debridement and primary closure is confirmed as effective treatment to eradicate the infection. A high rate of pseudoarthrosis is the only sequelae. The excess of early infections in these cases may indicate interference with a critical stage of the fusion process. Preservation of the implants until one year post surgery was unsuccessful at preventing a pseudoarthrosis.


M. O’Malley J.C. Dorgan C. Bruce C.J. Roche

Introduction: Atlanto-axial rotatory fixation is a rare condition which occurs more. commonly in children than in adults. The terminology can be confusing and the condition is also known as. ‘ atlanto-axial rotatory sub-luxation’ and ‘atlanto-axial rotary dislocation’ . Rotatory fixation is the preferred term however , as in most cases the fixation occurs within the normal range of rotation of the joint and by definition therefore the joint is neither subluxed nor dislocated. Atlanto-axial rotatory fixation is a cause of acquired torticollis. Diagnosis can be difficult and is often delayed. The classification. system proposed by Fielding in 1977 is most frequently used and will be discussed in detail. Given that this classification system was devised in the days before CT, as well as the fact that combined atlanto-axial and atlanto-occipital rotatory subluxation is omitted from the classification, we propose a modification to the classification of this rare but significant disorder.

Methods and Results: The radiological findings in six cases of atlanto-axial rotatory fixation will be illustrated, including a case with associated atlanto-occipital sub-luxation. The pertinent literature will be reviewed and a more comprehensive classification system proposed. The imaging approach to diagnosis and the orthopaedic approach to management will be discussed.

Conclusion: In general, children who present with a traumatic torticollis should be treated conservatively with cervical collar and anti-inflammatory medication for one week. Those children whose torticollis fails to resolve after one week require aggressive investigation by ‘dynamic’ computed tomography to assess whether the joint is fixed. If however there is a history of significant trauma then immediate radiological assessment is advised. This approach will avoid over-investigation and over-treatment yet will still detect atlanto-axial rotatory fixation early enough to achieve a good outcome.


J. Aderinto H. EIsebaie M.H.H. Noordeen

Introduction: Somatosensory evoked potentials are monitored during the surgical treatment of spinal disorders to reduce the risk of cord injury. Whilst studies have examined its role in patients undergoing correction of idiopathic and neuromuscular scoliotic curves, its effectiveness in patients undergoing operative treatment for spinal injury is less certain.

Methods and Results: We reviewed the medical records of patients who underwent surgery for spinal trauma. between 1995 and 2000. There were 82 patients with adequate data for analysis who underwent 83 spinal reconstructive procedures. We recorded the age at injury, diagnosis, time of operation, levels instrumented, systolic and diastolic blood pressures and surgical approach. The intraoperative somatosensory evoked potential (SSEP) traces were examined. The SSEP at insertion of electrode was taken as the control level. The highest and lowest intraoperative somatosensory evoked potentials and SSEP at closure were noted and expressed as a percentage of the control value.

Forty patients (48%) had a pre-operative neurological deficit. Neurological deterioration occurred postoperatively in three patients. Eighty-three traces from 82 patients were available for analysis. Fifty-seven patients had a fall in trace amplitude by more than 25% of the control, 25 by more than 50% and eight by more than 75%.

With an SSEP amplitude loss of 60%, both sensitivity and specificity for the prediction of post-operative neurological injury were optimised at 67 and 81% respectively, with one false negative result.

SSEP rise at completion of spinal reconstruction and highest intraoperative SSEP rise was compared with neurological outcome in the 40 patients with abnormal pre-operative neurology. Neurology improved in all patients in this group who had a trace amplitude more than 60% above the control value at end of operation. None had neurological deterioration. There was no correlation between intraoperative SSEP rise and neurological outcome.

Conclusion: Loss of trace amplitude more than 50% is common during spinal reconstructive surgery after trauma, however a 60% threshold for SSEP fall improves specificity by reducing the rate of false positive results. A trace amplitude 60% above the control value at completion of operation is specific but not sensitive for postoperative neurological improvement.


V. Lykomitros J.B. Wllliamson J.B. Spilsbury R.R.S. Ross

Introduction: Treatment of thoracolumbar fractures remains controversial. The treatment options are conservative management or operative treatment, either through a posterior or anterior approach. Surgery through an anterior approach provides excellent decompression through vertebrectomy and the ability to correct the deformity. Stabilisation with Moss cage and Kaneda device remains unproven.

Methods and Results: This is a retrospective study of 55 consecutive patients with thoracolumbar fractures operated on between 1993–99. Indications for surgery were: neurological deficit, two or three column injury causing instability or significant kyphotic deformity .

There were 34 male and 21 female patients, mean age 33 years old. Trauma was caused by a fall from a height, either due to accident (30 patients) or suicide attempt (5), RTAs (14), sporting injury (6). Other injuries included multiple level spinal fractures (9 patients), pelvic (5), calcaneal (3), talar (1) and malleolar (1) fractures.

Surgery was performed on the next available list unless there was an indication for emergency intervention, (mean 5 days post injury, range 1–19). Post-operative hospital stay averaged 17 days (7–59).

Forty-seven patients underwent an anterior procedure alone, whilst eight patients had combined anterior and posterior instrumentation and fusion. Mean operative time was 207 minutes (150–360) and blood loss 2670 ml (985– 7000).

Nineteen patients (35% of all) had neurological deficit. Neurological status improved post-op in 85% of these patients, remained the same in nine per cent and there was a nerve root injury in one patient (revision case) which has almost recovered. Other complications included five chest infections, three UTIs, one incisional hernia, four implant problems and eight patients with thigh pain.

Results were analysed according to return to work and the Oswestry Disability Score with a mean follow-up of three years. Thirty-eight patients (69%) returned to the same occupation held before the injury, 11 patients (20% ) had a lighter job and six patients ( 11% ) are not working with litigation going on. Oswestry Disability Score post-op was 24% (4%–72%).

Conclusion: Compared to the natural history of conservatively treated thoracolumbar fractures, surgical treatment with anterior decompression and stabilisation with Moss cage and Kaneda device offers considerable advantages. It enables a thorough decompression and has the advantage of providing greater deformity correction than the traditional posterior approach while instrumenting fewer vertebrae, thus preserving spinal motion segments. Early mobilization of the patients is a major advantage.


M. Reed J. McVie P.L. Sanderson

Introduction: The threshold for internal fixation of thoracolumbar junction fractures is controversial. Most authorities would agree that indications would include neurological deficit and severe deformity. The definition of severe deformity many would regard as a kyphus angle of 20° or more and/or compression of more than 50% of the anterior body height. Patients are only assessed on supine films alone. The aim of this study was to ascertain whether weight-bearing films altered the deformity and if so did this subsequently alter management.

Methods: A prospective study of patients who had suffered a fracture of the thoracolumbar junction (T11- L2). All patients who had a neurological deficit or a kyphus angle of greater than 20° and/or greater than 50% anterior body collapse were excluded. Only patients with a deformity less than the above were entered into the study. These patients then had weight-bearing views (standing or sitting) as soon as they had developed trunk control. A kyphus angle of greater than 20° or more than 50% body collapse were used as a criteria for fixation.

Results: 16 patients were entered into the study over a one year period. Five (31% ) of the 16 patients had a significant increase in their deformity on weight-bearing films that caused them to pass the threshold for fixation, and subsequently had surgery .

Conclusion: The authors recommend that weight-bearing views should always be taken on fractures of the thoracolumbar spine if conservative treatment is being considered.


M. El Masry I. W. El Assuity D. Chan

Introduction: Allen and Ferguson in 1982 described five stages of compression extension injury to the cervical spine; the first stage that was considered as a stable injury involves fracture of the articular process, pedicle or lamina which may be associated with a rotary spondylolisthesis. This fracture pattern, which is not uncommonly missed on the initial X-rays, can be diagnosed using CT scanning especially if patients present with root symptoms. This fracture will be usually treated conservatively as a stable injury. In practice we found out that this type of bony fracture might present later on with subluxation and/or persistence of symptoms even if treated in rigid immobilisation devices including halo jacket. The hypothesis around this fracture pattern will be a hyperextension mechanism combined with a degree of lateral tilt and rotation producing an anterior annular disruption under tension and a unilateral posterolateral mass or laminar fracture under compression with a resultant rotational instability around the intact lateral mass.

Material and Methods: Ten patients with stage I compression extension injury who presented with subluxation were studied prospectively aiming for addressing the patho-anatomy and define a method for treatment. All the cases presented with neurological manifestations, nine cases with root symptoms and one case with incomplete cord injury. The treatment consisted of early closed reduction followed by anterior fusion and fixation.

Results and Conclusion: All patients showed neurological improvement. Radiological union was achieved in all the patients with maintenance of the alignment. In conclusion, extension compression injury type I (fracture of the bony posterior elements) is usually a stable injury but if there is additional failure of the disc this segment will be rendered rotationally unstable. Despite the limited number of patients in this series the results of early anterior fusion with fixation were very satisfactory encouraging the recommendation for using this type of treatment.


R.E. McCall

Introduction: Since 1989 vertebral resection with modified Luque fixation has been the procedure of choice for correction of myelomeningocele kyphotic deformity at this institution. The purpose of this study was to evaluate long-term results with this technique.

Treatment or congenital kyphosis in myelomeningocele is a difficult problem. Current thinking supports kyphectomy and post-operative internal fixation.

The majority of authors agree that kyphotic deformity in myelomeningocele should be treated with vertebral resection. There is less uniform consensus as to postoperative fixation. Literature reports appear to support fixation with modified segmental instrumentation.

Methods and Results: 16 patients, followed for an average of 57.2 months (36–94 months), underwent vertebral resection from the proximal aspect of the apical vertebra cephalad into the compensatory lordotic curve. Fixation was segmental instrumentation wired to the thoracic spine and anterior to the sacrum.

The average blood loss was 1121 cc (450–2580 cc.). Pre-operative kyphotic deformity averaged 111° (75–157°), postoperative 15° (−18° –36°) and latest follow-up of 20° (−17° –83°), with loss of correction of 6° (0–27°). Post-operative immobilisation was with a TLSO for 18 months. Complications occurred in eight of the 16 patients: (1) transient headache (2), superficial wound breakdown (2), supracondylar femur fractures (2), and one late infection secondary to skin breakdown necessitating early rod removal and some loss of correction.

Conclusions: Kyphectomy is an excellent method of correcting rigid kyphotic deformity in the myelodys-plastic patient. Segmental spinal instrumentation provides three distinct advantages: rigidity of the construct, greater correction of the deformity and low-profile instrumentation.


P. Basu H. Elsebaie M.H.H. Noordeen

Introduction: Pelvic obliquity is a constant problem in neuromuscular scoliosis. Galveston and Luque L rod techniques are well described and achieve good correction of pelvic obliquity. We describe a sacral and iliac screw construct integrated with double-rod, pedicle screws and hook system, for correction of pelvic obliquity.

Method: 44 patients underwent posterior or combined anterior and posterior fusion to pelvis, for correction of neuromuscular scoliosis and pelvic obliquity. Average age at the time of surgery was 13.8 years. All patients were wheelchair-bound and nine of them were therapeutic walkers. Average follow-up was 44 months (range 24–69 months). Twenty-six patients had combined anterior and posterior surgery. All patients had posterior instrumentation to pelvis and 18 had anterior instrumentation as well. Eighteen patients had posterior instrumented fusion alone. Anterior instrumentation (when used) was Synergy and posterior instrumentation was Synergy or Colorado for all patients.

Result: Average time for surgery was 5 hours and 20 minutes and average blood loss 3600 ml. The average pre-operative Cobb angle was 69° and pelvic obliquity 23°. Post-operative average Cobb angle was 29° and pelvic obliquity 7.5°. At the latest follow-up the average Cobb angle was 36° and pelvic obliquity 10°. There were three deep wound infections. Two of the sacral screws have become prominent and two patients had de-linking of the iliac screw with the rod on one side. None showed significant loss of correction.

Conclusion: The sacraliliac screw construct with double rod segmental instrumentation achieved good correction of pelvic obliquity in patients with neuromuscular scoliosis. Implant related problems were infrequent


J. Dove

Introduction: It is the accepted dogma that should paralysis complicate spinal deformity surgery, then the internal fixation should be removed within three hours. This dogma is based on MacEwen’s paper in 1975 which related to the Harrington system and which did not contain statistical analysis (MacEwen G.D. et al, JBJS 557A, 1975,404-8). Since that time spinal cord monitoring systems have been developed and internal fixation systems have become considerably more complex. Does the accepted dogma need to be reviewed?

Methods and results: The author has reviewed the literature which contains statistical analysis of risk factors and results in relation to major neurological complications of spinal deformity surgery (Dove J. Résonance Européenes du Rachis 1999, 7[23]961–66). The risk factors are adult scoliosis, congenital and neuromuscular curves, kyphosis, combined anterior and posterior surgery, intra-operative hypertension, distraction and certain types of segmental fixation. Furthermore these risks are additive. MacEwen’s 1975 paper did not include statistical analysis and its conclusions are not borne out by the information within the paper. The only statistical analysis of the management of neurological complications has shown that surgical removal of the internal fixation was not related to neurological recovery (Paonessa K.G., Hutching F. Scoliosis Research Society Meeting. New York. Sept 1998).

Conclusion: Based on an analysis of the relevant literature and current clinical practice, the author suggests an algorithm to be followed by the surgeon faced with a major neurological complication of spinal deformity surgery. The author also raises the question as to whether the British Scoliosis Society should make a statement regarding “best practice” in such cases.


J.M. Trivedi D.C. Jaffray

Introduction: The incidence of scoliosis in patients with myelomeningocele has been reported to be as high as 80 to 90% in some studies. However these studies included patients with both congenital and developmental curves. The purpose of this study is to identify clinical and radiological factors, which may predict the development of scoliosis in patients with myelomeningocele.

Methods: A retrospective review of the charts and radiographs of all patients with myelomeningocele seen in our clinic between 1990 and 1995 was performed. Selection criteria for the study included: a diagnosis of myelo-meningocele or lipomeningocele, age greater than 10 years, serial documentation of motor power testing, and a radiographic documentation of spinal deformity primarily in the coronal plane.

Statistical analysis was performed to obtain predictive values, specificity and sensitivity for each of the following factors: clinical motor level, functional status, motor asymmetry and hip instability.

Radiographs were examined to obtain the last intact laminar arch in these patients. The relationship between the last intact laminar arch and scoliosis was evaluated.

Results: 141 patients satisfied the inclusion criteria. Seventy-four patients (53%) developed scoliosis. The mean follow-up was 9.4 years (range 3–30 years). The average age of the patient population was 19 (range 10–42 years). Forty-three patients developed scoliosis before nine years of age. New curves continued to develop until 15 years of age. Curves less than 20° often resolved. Clinical motor level, functional status, motor asymmetry and the last intact laminar arch were all found to be predictive for scoliosis in these patients. The presence of spasticity and hip instability had no definite influence on the development of scoliosis.

Conclusion: The term scoliosis should be reserved for curves greater than 20° in patients with myelomeningocele. New curves may continue to develop until 15 years of age. The last laminar arch is a useful early indicator of scoliosis in these patients.


R.E. McCall

Introduction: The study was to evaluate the effectiveness using a new type of instrumentation, a U-rod, in the treatment of neuromuscular scoliosis. This technique provides a method of secure fixation and excellent correction in neuromuscular curves, including correction of pelvic obliquity by terminating the rod construct in pedicle screws at Lumbar 5 without crossing the lumbosacral joint.

The need for surgery for progressive neuromuscular scoliosis is not controversial. However, often the type of instrumentation to be used is. Initially, Luque rods provided strong segmental fixation and the advent of the unit rod allowed strong segmental fixation with excellent fixation to the pelvis. However, there are cases where instrumentation to the pelvis is neither feasible nor necessary.

The U-rod offers the structural stability of a unit rod, being one continuous rod, avoiding the instability often seen with linked Luque rods, but without the need to invade the pelvis. The U-rod terminates in pedicle screws at Lumbar 4 or 5, is fixed segmentally to the remainder of the spine, and connects pelvic obliquity through the pull of the iliolumbar ligaments

Methods and Results: 11 patients have been treated with the U-rod, all for neuromuscular curves. Minimum follow-up is two years. Primary indications for use of the U-rod are: 1) ambulatory neuromuscular patient, 2) a lumbar curve with less than 15° tilt of Lumbar 5 on Sacral 1, despite the degree of pelvic obliquity, 3) a non-ambulatory neuromuscular patient meeting the above criteria for lumbar tilt/and/or pelvic obliquity.

Correction of curves has been excellent, accomplished either by posterior instrumentation alone or posterior instrumentation following anterior discectomy. The greater the degree of correction of the lumbar curve, the greater the correction of the pelvic obliquity Pelvic obliquity of up to 45° has been corrected with instrumentation to Lumbar 5 and the correction has been maintained.

Conclusions: In selected patients, the U-rod offers the ability to correct neuromuscular curves, including those with significant pelvic obliquity , without the necessity to invade the pelvis or cross the Lumbar 5 Sacral 1 joint. This is important in ambulatory neuromuscular patients. In non-ambulatory patients the unit rod offers convenience, decreased operative time, blood loss, and preserving the iliac crest for bone grafting.


V. Pai

The author reviewed 10 patients with irreducible or unstable Total Hip Arthroplasty (THA) dislocation. After clinical and radiological assessment an attempt was made to classify these cases based on the radiological findings and anatomical derangement and review of the literature. The purpose of this study was to correlate the cause of dislocation and the treatment.

The material consisted of ten cases of irreducible or unstable THA dislocation seen in the Healthcare Hawke’s Bay Hospital, Hastings, between 1995 and 2000. The mechanism of dislocation was either bending to put on socks or shoes, twisting injury pivoting on the leg or slipping in the shower. These patients had been treated by different surgeons and had various types of implants. All 10 were female and presented with pain, limp, shortening or deformity. Patients were categorised into:

Irreducible dislocation:

Dislodgement of the stem

Dislodgement of the cup

Disassociation of the liner or head in a modular system

Soft tissue interposition: Capsule, tendon

Miscellaneous: Cement interposition; Pseudoaneurysm, Myositis ossificans

Unstable Dislocation:

Subsidence of the stem

Cup migration

The incidence of dislocation, not an uncommon complication, has been reported to be 1.5% following primary THA. One-third may develop recurrent dislocation. Most of the reports in the literature are on the incidence and causes of dislocation. They include cup malposition, trochanteric migration, decreased femoral offset, inappropriate head size, leg length discrepancy, surgical approach and postoperative mobilization. Closed reduction can usually be easily achieved under sedation or general anesthesia. Very rarely, the hip joint cannot be reduced.

The author discusses his experience with irreducible dislocation and tries to classify its different causes and to the best of his knowledge, there is no classification of irreducible dislocation according to the anatomic-radiological findings in the literature. The treatment depends on the type of dislocation and is discussed under the specific types of irreducible dislocation.


N. Strick J.G. Horne P.A. Devane V. Stevanovic

There is controversy regarding the best way to manage fit, independent patients with acute hip fractures. The aim of this study was to compare, nationally, the early complication rates of total hip arthroplasty (THA) in those patients with an acute fractured neck of femur (NOF) with a similar group of THA’s performed in patients with a diagnosis of osteoarthritis.

Using the National Hip Joint Register and the New Zealand Health Information Service Database, 200 patients with acute hip fractures undergoing THA were identified and compared to 1102 THA’s performed on osteoarthritis patients. The mortality, revision, dislocation and infection rates were analysed at a minimum of one year.

Acute THA had a 7.5% one-year mortality rate compared with 2.5% in the OA group (p < 0.01). The revision rate was 2.5% vs 1.8% in the acute and OA groups respectively. The dislocation rate was 4.3% for the whole group with a 8.5% for the acute group and 3.5% for the OA group (p< 0.01). In the acute group the dislocation rate using the posterior approach was 17.1 % compared to 3.1% for the lateral approach (p< 0.01).

We conclude that acute THA is a useful procedure in fit patients with a fracture of the neck of the femur but that a posterior approach should be avoided.


S. Crampton J. McKie

This study reviews Total Hip Arthroplasty (THA) in the subcapital femoral neck fracture population looking at early complications.

Primary THA’s performed in our institution for femoral neck fractures between 1999 and 2001 were reviewed. The case records were obtained from the hospital patient information database. Medical charts, including operation and outpatient notes, were used to obtain information on the level of experience of the surgeon, supervision and complications.

Sixty five THA’s were performed on 65 patients with the average age of 77. Trainee Registrars performed 62%, 15% with a consultant assistant and consultants performed 38%. There were 19 (30%) medical complications giving a total complication incidence of 38%. All of the procedures were performed via the Hardinge direct lateral approach. There were 6 (9%) surgical complications, including one deep infection requiring revision. There were no dislocations or peri-operative deaths. The one-year mortality was 9% (equal to expected mortality of age related population without fracture).

Primary THA’s for displaced subcapital fracture in “community ambulators” is a safe and reliable procedure with an acceptable rate of surgical complications. Although there were a large number of minor medical complications documented, the 12-month mortality for this group remained the same as the population normal.


Full Access
E.F. Newman

Between June 1986 and 1993, 208 Protek CLS total hip replacements were inserted in 174 patients. These have been reviewed clinically and radiologically by independent observers at 3 yearly intervals.

One hundred and sixty six hips in 137 patients were available for review 9 to 15.5 years from insertion (mean just over 10.5 years). There has been no significant clinical or radiological change when compared to reviews three and six years ago with regard to the Harris Hip Score and the pain and function components of this. There has also been no change in subsidence, heterotopic ossification or lucencies. There has been no significant difference in results between males or females, nor between other factors such as pre-operative diagnosis, the use of metal or ceramic heads, age at time of operation or length of follow up. The failure rate remains low, less than 4%, i.e. survival rate greater than 96%. The reasons for failure in general do not relate to the fixation of either the acetabular or femoral components.

The results of this long-term follow up of a large group of relatively young patients at time of insertion of arthroplasty remain very satisfactory.


P.C. Turner R.O. Lander L. Rees

The purpose of this paper was to review the 8 to 11 year follow-up results of the Exeter Universal Hip in primary joint replacement in Palmerston North, New Zealand, where the prosthesis has been in use since 1989.

The first 216 Exeter Hips implanted in Palmerston North by six Orthopaedic surgeons, across four hospitals, were analysed. Each surgeon had varying experience with the implant used. A total of 88 primary hips were available for clinical evaluation, functional assessment and radiological review. The Orthowave software programme was used to collect data. Survivorship was determined by using revision as an endpoint.

Ninety percent of patients had an excellent functional outcome at time of follow-up. Infection rates were 2.3%. Dislocation rates were high at 14.7%. The survivorship of the Exeter Universal stem at 8–11 years was 95.5%. The overall survivorship of the hips including acetabular revisions was 92%.

We have found an excellent survivorship of the Exeter Universal stem at eight to eleven years. The most significant complication was dislocation. The small numbers of this study, and the large numbers lost to follow-up, influence the final results.


A. Wickham J.G. Horne J. Fielden P. Devane

The purpose of this study was to determine if the incidence of heterotopic ossification following total hip replacement decreases with increasing experience of the surgeon. A comparison of the incidence of heterotopic ossification between 196 patients having primary total hip replacement in 1989–1990 and a second group of 180 patients between 1999–2000 was performed. The surgery was done by one surgeon. Radiographs taken at least six months post operatively were assessed, and graded using both the Hamblen and Brooker classification systems. No patients were given specific prophylaxis. The groups were well matched. There was a statistically significant reduction in the incidence of Grade 2 and 3 heterotopic ossification in the 1999–2000 patient group.

There did not appear to be any identifiable reason for this except increased surgeon experience. The incidence in the 1999–2000 group was well below reported figures from other studies. The incidence of heterotopic ossification following total hip replacement is falling and the fall may be related to improved surgical technique.


J.M. Fielden J.M. Cumming J.G. Horne P.A. Devane L.M. Gallagher A. Slack

The purpose was to define the economic and health costs of waiting for total hip joint replacement surgery. A prospective cohort of 122 patients requiring primary hip arthroplasty (HA) was recruited from four hospitals in the lower North Island. Health related quality of life (HRQL), using self-completed WOMAC questionnaires, was assessed monthly from enrolment pre-operatively to six months post surgery. Monthly cost diaries were used to record medical, personal and other costs. Data was analysed using PC-SAS to test the strength of associations between costs and waiting times, and changes in HRQL pre- and post-surgery.

The mean waiting time was 5.2 months and mean cost of waiting for surgery was $1,376 per person per month (pp pm) with medical, personal and social costs contributing $404, $399, and $573, respectively. Waiting more than 6 months was associated with an increased cost of $730 pp pm for a total cost of $2177 pp pm (p< 0.003). Age was correlated with greater loss of income (< 65 years) (p=0.001) and higher medical costs (< 65 years) (p=0.08). An incremental improvement over time in WOMAC scores post-operatively was identified (p=0.0001). Older age (p=0.01), community services card use (p=0.003) and a greater number of months waiting (p=0.1) were negatively correlated with post-surgical improvement after adjusting for other variables. Longer waits for HA incur greater economic costs and impact on patient recovery. This lends weight to the view that a shorter waiting time for HA significantly reduces costs to individuals and society and improves health outcomes.


G. Singh E.W. Jamieson

A review of total hip replacements (THR) performed in Palmerston North between 1991–2000 has identified a group of postoperative patients in whom recurrent dislocation has been previously deemed untreatable because of medical co-morbidity. From 1998 to 2001, 47 patients underwent THR utilizing a semi-constrained “Kasselt” cup to reduce the risk of dislocation. Indications for use of this cup were: Recurrent dislocation following primary or revision THR (3 or more dislocations) or perceived greater risk of recurrent dislocation eg. elderly, mental confusion, neurological compromise or fracture neck of femur.

This paper presents the early results in these 47 patients (49 hips). Clinical records and radiographs of all hip replacement patients were retrospectively reviewed to identify the “Kasselt” group and telephone contact was made for permission to participate in the study. All living patients were sent a self-evaluation questionnaire and invitation to attend clinic for physical examination and radiographs of the hip joint. Twenty-one patients were recurrent dislocators and 24 were at risk patients. Out of 45 living patients 36 were physically examined between 6 and 36 months following surgery. All collected data was statistically analysed using StatWave software.

Results: Forty-three of the 45 living patients (47 hips) had no dislocations following surgery. Two patients suffered further dislocation, both of whom were previously recurrent dislocators. One suffered a single dislocation postoperatively which was reduced closed and to date has not re-dislocated. The second continues to dislocate. The mean postoperative Harris Hip Score in the whole group is 79 (range 49–100). Early results reveal no dislocations in the “at risk” primary group.


A.P. Oakley J.A. Matheson

Rapid bone turnover in Paget’s disease has been of concern to many surgeons performing hip arthroplasties. We present the case of a 71-year-old man with Paget’s disease affecting the proximal femur who fourteen years prior had undergone total hip arthroplasty. He sustained a fracture at the tip of the femoral component that was managed with revision total hip arthroplasty. His postoperative course was complicated by rapid and profound osteolysis of the femur distal to the fracture site, secondary to disease activity. This case highlights the need for awareness of Paget’s disease activity and this potential complication.


J.G. Horne D. Dalton P.A. Devane

The purpose of this study was to assess the incidence of pelvic osteolysis following the use of a one piece all polyethylene acetabular component a mean of 9.6 years following implantation. The radiographs of 86 hips followed for a mean of 9.6 years were reviewed. All had had primary total hip arthroplasty using a titanium plasma spray backed all polyethylene acetabular component. Radiographs were assessed for pelvic osteolysis in the three zones described by Charnley and Delee. There was no osteolysis seen in any cup in any of the three zones. There were no loose cups and no obvious cup migration. This acetabular component shows superior performance compared with all two pieced components in terms of the development of pelvic osteolysis. The use of two-piece cups should be reviewed.


P.A. Devane J.G. Horne D. Hauser-Kara J. Martell H. Malchau W.H. Harris

The purpose of this study was to compare the 2D and 3D linear and volume wear readings of the three most commonly used methods for measuring polyethylene wear: the Livermore, Devane and Martell techniques. Inter-observer variation of measurements using the techniques of Devane and of Martell on conventional radiographs was also performed. The radiographs of 80 patients (mean age 60+/−10 yrs) who had a Harris-Galante I total hip arthroplasty were measured. Nine different reviewers for the Devane technique readings including Dr Devane and eight reviewers for the Martell technique readings including Dr Martell made blinded independent wear observations for each radiograph set. One reviewer measured the 20 annual linear wear rate for all radiograph sets using the 2D Livermore technique. Inter-observer variation as a function of patient, reviewer, and total variation was statistically assessed using variance component analysis. Mean wear measured using the Livermore technique was the same as with the Devane and Martell method, but with a greater variation. Comparison of the Devane and Martell method for patient STD, reviewer STD, error STD (multiple reviews of same radiographs), total STD (randomly picked reviewer), mostly show a mean 50% lower STD with the Devane technique. Correlation (correlation coefficient of two randomly selected reviewers) is significantly better with the Devane technique.


M.J. Brick S. McCowan

Surgeons are becoming increasingly aware of the importance of matching a patient’s native offset during hip arthroplasty. During the course of a previous study investigating proximal femoral geometry in New Zea-landers it was noted that accurately measuring the femoral offset of a hip arthroplasty patient by traditional methods is difficult and inaccurate. The relationship of various surface parameters were studied to find a simple and reliable method for the surgeon.

Eighteen cadaver femora were skeletalised and the offset was measured using a standardised radiological technique. The femoral neck was then sectioned from a point 1–2 cm above the lesser trochanter to the base of the trochanteric fossa. The femoral head was sectioned in the coronal plane and the centre of the head located with concentric circles. The distance from the centre of the head to the most lateral spike of bone was measured. This measure was compared to the radiological offset.

Offset correlated closely with the measurement from the centre of rotation to the most lateral spike of bone provided the neck cut extends to the base of the tro-chanteric fossa. Eleven of eighteen measurements were within 2mm of true offset and fifteen were within 3mm. A simple intra-operative technique taking no longer than one or two minutes and requiring no special equipment has been devised to allow the surgeon to accurately estimate the patients femoral offset.


A.E. Hardy T. Lamberton

The purpose of this study was to determine whether a laminar flow operating system reduces deep infection rates in Total Hip Arthroplasty (THA) and Total Knee Arthroplasty (TKA) and to examine the costs involved in implementing laminar flow technology. A retrospective analysis of deep infection rates in 759 patients who underwent THA and TKA was performed in one hospital prior to and after the introduction of a vertical laminar flow operating system together with the use of isolation body exhaust suits. A cost analysis was also performed on the cost of implementing laminar flow technology and the average inpatient hospital cost of managing a deep infection. A control group consisted of 387 THA and TKA performed in 2 years in a conventional operating theatre and follow up carried out to a mean of 29 months. There were 12 recorded deep infections, 3.1%. Case group consisted of 372 THA and TKA performed in 2 years after the introduction of a vertical laminar flow operating theatre together with the use of isolation body exhaust suits, with a mean follow up to 22 months. There were 4 recorded deep infections, 1.1%.

A comparison of deep infection rates yielded p value 0.06. There was a strong trend toward a reduction in deep infection rate in THA and TKA performed in the laminar flow theatre with the use of isolation body exhaust suits. The economic impact of deep infection in THA and TKA is vast and the cost of implementing laminar flow technology must be weighed against the deep infection rate as well as the number of operations performed at an institution.


G. Hooper S. Winchester

The purpose of this study was to establish whether retransfusion of blood collected in drains following total joint replacement was a safe and effective procedure. All patients undergoing a total joint arthroplasty, with no history of infection, between March and October 2001, were entered into the study. A single surgeon operated on all patients and no patient was excluded from the study. Informed consent was obtained and all blood drained into a recollection system within 6 hours of surgery was retransfused .A prospective protocol was filled out in all cases documenting the pre and postoperative haemoglobin, amount transfused and any extra transfusion requirements. A special note was made of any complications encountered during retransfusion. The results were then compared to previously known transfusion rates within the same hospitals.

There were 141 Total Joint Arthroplasties performed within the study period -12 were bilateral and 12 were revisions procedures. The average drainage was 655ml (60–3280ml) and the average amount of retransfused blood from the drains was 225ml (100–1822ml). There were a total of 9 (6.3%) subsequent blood transfusions. Four (3.8%) in primary and 5 (20.8%) in bilateral or revision procedures.

Transfusing patients with salvaged blood from the drains in total joint arthroplasty is a safe, reliable and cost effective practice, which significantly reduces the requirement for a subsequent blood transfusion. As a result of this study the Christchurch Orthopaedic Group has adopted a routine practise of retransfusing drained blood in all total joint arthroplasties.


A. Dalgleish J. Bartlett

The purpose of the study was to undertake a radiological and clinical comparison of uncemented tibial base-plate fixation with porous or hydroxyapatite coating. Knees were examined radiologically according to Knee Society Guidelines with image intensifier screening and spot films to highlight the bone prosthesis interface. Clinical assessment was performed using the Knee Society Clinical Rating.

Hydroxyapatite components were found to have significantly less radiolucent lines than porous coated. Seventy three percent of hydroxyapatite baseplates versus 28% of porous coated baseplates showed no radiolucent lines. All lucent lines in both groups appeared stable with a sclerotic margin and did not appear to be progressive or associated with component loosening. No knees showed any radiolucent lines around the stem in either group. Clinical assessment showed no significant difference between hydroxyapatite and porous coated components.

If cementless fixation is to be utilised on the tibial side in knee replacement advantage should be taken of hydroxyapatite augmentation of the component.


J.M. Fielden J.G. Horne S. Boyle P.A. Devane

Early discharge from hospital has the potential to reduce direct costs, but may result in patients being discharged without adequate preparation for a return to the community. This qualitative study aimed to investigate patient expectations of and satisfaction with in-hospital discharge planning after hip arthroplasty in early and late discharge patient groups. A prospective study of 33 consecutive patients requiring hip arthroplasty were recruited from two tertiary hospitals in the lower North Island. Participants were interviewed using in-depth, semi-structured interviews on the day of discharge from hospital and again four-eight weeks later. Comparative analysis of the interviews from patients in early and late discharge groups was made.

Findings reveal good levels of satisfaction with discharge planning for patients in both early and late discharge groups, facilitated by the opportunity to attend a pre-assessment clinic. Discharge planning was viewed as a partnership between patients and key members of the multi-disciplinary team. While written information provided was timely, restricted opportunity for dialogue with health professionals limited patient knowledge and understanding of recovery. Different needs of participants indicate that discharge planning needs to be tailored and more responsive to individuals. The role of health professionals as a mentor-coach is pivotal. Further interaction from health professionals, as a follow-up to written information provided may be a way to improve the discharge process and lead to more consistent outcomes.


P.C. Turner C.P. Williams

The purpose of the study was to determine the percentage of knowledge retained immediately following an outpatient consultation for total hip and knee joint arthroplasty, and whether any improvement in that knowledge occurred after reading an information leaflet about the operation. Patients who were placed on the waiting list for joint replacement surgery, were verbally given information during the consultation about basic operative details, post-operative programme, and potential complications. A questionnaire was completed asking them to recall these details. Information leaflets were then given to them to read. 6 weeks later they were again contacted and asked the same questions.

Immediately following a consultation, patients recall only a small percentage of information. In particular, retention of post-operative recovery time frames (51–63%), and possible operative complications (0–61 %). Despite an information booklet, their level of knowledge deteriorates from the initial consultation. Verbal and written information supplied to a patient, may be understood, but it is easily and quickly forgotten. In an increasingly medico-legal environment it is essential to gain an informed consent from a patient when performing interventions. The provision of an information booklet may provide nothing more than proof for the surgeon of information provision to the patient.


E.F. Newman

The purpose of the study was to review and present a series of early failures of the Miller Galante unicom-partmental knee replacement (UKR). Following several early failures all Miller Galante UKR’s inserted by the author (60 patients, 72 knees) were recalled for clinical and radiological review including assessment using the American Knee Society Score and the Oxford Knee Score. All knees with effusions were aspirated and specimens sent for histological analysis.

There were 22 females and 38 males with a mean age of 67 years. The mean follow up was 3.4 years. Six failures were noted with follow up from 10 months to 4 years. These 6 cases will be discussed in more detail including operative findings at revision and possible reasons for failure.

Early failure of this arthroplasty is unacceptable and caution should be exercised if contemplating using this implant unless more definite causative factors are identified.


J. Pennington R. Hill A. Bayan T. Doyle J-C. Theis

There are numerous papers from specialist arthroplasty centres outlining results of total knee replacement. This review was performed as there is little information on results in general orthopaedic centres. All patients received a Duracon/PCA replacement between 1992 and 1996. Patients were assessed clinically, fluoroscopically and completed SF12, WOMAC and IKSS questionnaires. At a mean of 6.7 (5–9) years follow up 93 (78%) were available for review. The average age was 70 years (52–88) with 58% being male. The primary diagnosis was osteoarthritis in 94.3%, with 41 %, 38% and 21 % being Charnley grades A, B and C respectively.

The average IKS knee score was 71.4 (23–96) and functional score 70 (0–100), with 72.7% experiencing none or only mild pain. The SF12 assessment revealed a mean physical score of 38 (14–63) and mental score of 53 (25–67). There were 88.6% of patients satisfied with their knee and 92% would have the operation again if required. There were no deep infections or PE’s but there were 7 superficial infections and 2 DVT’s. A MUA was required in 8 patients. One patient retains a radiologically loose prosthesis at 8 years but had mild pain with stairs only, a WOMAC functional score of 85 and was happy. There was a best-case survival of 94.4% at 5 years. There were 5 knees revised in 5 patients and no revisions of the deceased patients, all surviving greater than 5 years from surgery. These results suggest that those in general orthopaedic centres are a little less reliable than those in specialist centres. However they are acceptable and patient satisfaction remains high.


J.G. Horne A.J. Worth M.R. Mucalo P.A. Devane

The purpose of the study was to assess the incorporation of defatted, and deproteinated bovine cancellous bone in a sheep bone graft model. Cylindrical defects were created in the femoral condyles of 12 sheep using custom-made trephines. The defect was filled with a cylinder of prepared bovine bone. The removed cylinder of bone was implanted into a defect created in the opposite femoral condlyle. Fluorochrome bone labels were administered over an 8-week period and the sheep sacrificed at 10 weeks. Undecalcified thin bone sections were viewed with a fluorescent microscope.

ln one sheep there was a technical problem leading to unsatisfactory histology. All other sheep showed similar histology. The autograft incorporated rapidly with the graft showing a rim of reactive bone and the graft itself showing rapid laying down of new bone on its surface. The xenograft showed a similar reactive rim of new bone with deposition of new bone throughout the graft and resorption of the graft material.

This study demonstrates that specially prepared bovine cancellous bone can act as a scaffold for the depostion of new bone in a sheep model. The role of this material in humans is to be evaluated.


E.C. Shors

Autologous growth factors or AGF is a technology that uses the patient’s own platelets as a source of growth factors. The platelets are super concentrated and then de-granulated to release mitogens, such as TGF-beta, PDGF, IGF, FGF and VEGF. AGF can be used alone as a source of signaling factors or it can be used with a variety of bone grafting materials, including autograft, allograft or porous ceramics. AGF is advantageous because it is completely autologous and obtained at the point of care in the operating room. AGF has been shown to be successfully collected by pheresing or separating the whole blood into its components to capture the buffy coat (i.e., platelets and white cells) using a conventional cell washer. To assure a predictable two to four fold increase in platelets and white cells over the peripheral blood concentration, the operator of the cell washer must follow a defined protocol. The buffy coat is then transferred to a processor containing an ultra concentrator. This achieves a further three fold concentration of platelets and white cells, as well as a three fold concentration of fibrinogen. This process can be effectively achieved using a single unit (approximately 450cc) of blood which produces approximately 60cc of autologous growth factors (AGF). The excess plasma and red cells can be returned to the patient.

We have developed as self-contained, electromechanically, software driven, turnkey device that separates and concentrates to produce AGF from as little as 100 cc of the patient’s whole blood. The device is the size and weight of a portable, tabletop clinical centrifuge. A single disposable, pre-sterilized cartridge is inserted into a centrifuge and automatic pumps. After the operator attaches the blood bag and provides minimal input, the machine automatically provides 10–15 ml of AGF. Total processing time is less than 15 minutes. Multiple, simultaneous cycling can process up to 450 ml of blood with operating times comparable to our contemporary system. Using human blood, the concentrations of platelets, white cells, and fibrinogen was comparable to the contemporary system. The AGF platelets were then de-granulated into a fibrin gel using either xenogenic or autologous thrombin. Consequently, the concentrations of TGF-beta, PDGF, IGF, FGF and VEGF were approximately 10 fold greater than blood levels and comparable to the separate component system.

We believe that we have developed a method and device that safely, simply, cost-effectively produces intra-operatively clinically relevant levels of autologous growth factors from 100 ml of autologous blood.


E.C. Shors

Tissue engineering is founded on the principle of pro-actively manipulating the triad of tissue regeneration. The triad consists of matrices, pluripotential cells and signaling factors. Our hypothesis is that advances in orthopedic surgery to successfully regenerate bone are accomplished by incorporating optimised matrices into the surgeon’s armamentarium.

Pro Osteon is a bioactive ceramic matrix with interconnected porosity. It has been evaluated in experimental animals and used clinically as a bone graft substitute for more than two decades. It is available in slowly resorbable form composed of hydroxyapatite and as a more rapidly resorbable composite of calcium carbonate and calcium phosphate. Experiments have been conducted in sheep, rats and dogs to demonstrate consistent and predictable bone regeneration when the implant is placed in direct apposition to host bone, the host bone is viable and the interfaces between the bone and implants are biomechanically stable. Most importantly, controlled, multi-center clinical trials showed consistent efficacy and safety in humans. Either as a block or granules, Pro Osteon is biocompatible and osteophilic and osteoconductive. Bone regeneration, as demonstrated radiographically and histologically, occurs directly within the porous ceramic in traumatic defects and tumors. Where surrounding viable bone or mechanical stability is inadequate, such as posterior spinal fusion, the ceramic must be co-mixed with autograft. For indications where autograft is limited or unavailable, bone regeneration within the porosity was enhanced and fusion achieved by supplementing Pro Osteon with bone marrow and/or with growth factors. This was demonstrated experimentally and clinically. Mitogenic and/or morphogenic growth factors were demonstrated to increase the rate or degree of bone formation. Methods and equipment for intra-operative collection of concentrated platelets were shown to be a cost-effective and safe source of autologous mitogens. Using a variety of ectopic and orthotopic animals models, we have shown that autologous, purified xenogenic and recombinant growth factors will bind to the surface of Pro Osteon and initiate or stimulate the bone induction process.

In conclusion, Pro Osteon is an effective matrix for bone formation. It can be used alone or it can be used in combination with pluripotential, osteogenic stem cells or with signaling proteins.


R.P. Pitto M. Schramm D. Hohmann

The purpose of this study was to evaluate the long-term clinical and radiological results of patients with hip dysplasia who underwent spherical acetabular osteotomy. The surgical technique used was that described by Wagner.

The first 26 unilateral spherical osteotomies performed by one surgeon at one institution were reviewed at a minimum clinical follow-up of 20 years (median 23.9, maximum 29 years). One patient had died 5 years after the index operation unrelated to the procedure. Three patients (3 hips, 11 %) could not be traced. Preoperative and follow-up radiographic measurements included lateral and anterior centre-edge angle, acetabular index angle, and acetabulum-head index of Heyman and Herndon. Antero-posterior radiographs of the pelvis were evaluated for the presence of joint congruency, joint space narrowing, increased sclerosis of the subchondral bone, and bone cysts.

Osteotomy improved the mean lateral centre-edge angle from −20 to +130, and the acetabular head index from 52% to 72%. The mean postoperative anterior centre-edge angle of Lequesne and de Seze was 23 (range: −10 to 62). Seven of 22 hips (32%) needed conversion to total hip replacement. The average Harris hip score at latest follow-up of the remaining 15 hips was rated 86 points (range: 50 to 100 points). Overall, 11 of the 15 hips were clinically rated good or excellent. On latest follow-up severity of osteoarthritis was unchanged in 13 of 15 hips. Only 3 of 9 hips requiring conversion to total hip replacement or showing progressive osteoarthritis were rated congruent after the index operation. On the other hand, 10 of 13 hips not requiring conversion to total hip replacement or progressive osteoarthritis were congruent. The 20-year-follow-up Kaplan-Meier survival estimates based on conversion to total hip replacement as an end point was 86.4%. (95% confidence interval: 63.4% to 95.4%). The 25-year-follow-up survivorship was 65.1 % (95% confidence interval: 35.6% to 83.7%).

The long-term results of the spherical osteotomy are satisfactory from the standpoint of both improvement in clinical condition and the radiological appearance of the joint. The Wagner spherical osteotomy had prevented progression of degenerative changes in 13 out of 22 hips (59%) after a median 23.9 year follow-up. Congruency of the joint seems to be a major factor predicting long-term outcome.


A. Edwards I. Dingwall

This paper suggests that bone-cement interlocking is superior when the cut surfaces of the bone have been prepared using pulsed lavage with saline prior to application of cement and the prostheses during total knee joint arthroplasty.

The aim is to put the case forward for the inclusion of the question whether or not pulsed lavage was used on the National Joint Register questionnaire. This will then in course give guidance as to whether there is an improved outcome when pulsed lavage was used or whether it is a waste of resources.

Review of the 6-month postoperative films of the total knee joint replacements of two senior surgeons was carried out in 1996. Both surgeons use the Genesis total knee system. Surgeon 1 uses pulsed lavage routinely, and surgeon 2 does not. This is the only difference in their techniques. There have been no early aseptic failures in either group at 5 years. A lucent line was consistently seen between the bone-cement interface when pulsed lavage was used. Furthermore, the depth of the cement mantle on the tibia was greater in the pulsed lavage group. We suggest that the use of pulsed lavage at the preparation of the cut bone surfaces before the application of the cement and prostheses improves the bone-cement interface. The significance of this finding is uncertain, but a case can be made for this question to be included in the National Joint Register questionnaire.


P. Blyth J.W. Fernandez S.F. Thrupp I.A. Anderson

A procedure is presented which allows the efficient production of a patient specific computer model of the femur, for surgical planning. Similar models require long processing times and/or high performance computing.

The method uses 24 key landmark points to customise a generic femur to patient data, using a desktop computer. By using non-linear elements a smooth, curved surface is obtained. A finite element mesh of a generic femur consisting of 384 elements was created using the analysis software CMISS (Bioengineering Institute, University of Auckland). A rectangular shaped host mesh was defined to enclose the generic femur. Datasets of 5 human femurs were obtained using a hand-held laser scanner on dry bones and the visible human dataset. Key landmark data points were selected on the generic femur along with corresponding target points on each data set. The host mesh was then deformed using a least squares algorithm, causing customisation of the generic femur to the patient specific model. Each customised model was compared with its entire dataset. The fitting process took less than 100 seconds on a 180 MHz 02 computer (SGI, CA, USA). The algorithm yielded an average root mean square (RMS) of 3.09mm with a standard deviation of 0.15mm. Operator time for positioning the projection points was less than 5 minutes.

This paper presents a novel means for customisation of human femoral geometry with generation of patient specific models on a PC from scan data in under 10 minutes. Current work is focusing on stress analysis, surgical simulation and planning.


H.A. Crawford J. Hicks

We have prospectively followed 18 patients having an opening wedge high tibial osteotomy for medial compartment osteoarthritis of the knee using the Puddu plate and autologous bone graft. The purpose was to assess the learning curve involved in the introduction of a new procedure and to follow its long-term success. Ethics committee approval was obtained.

Eighteen consecutive patients (4 female, 13 male, 1 bilateral, average age 47), operated on by 5 different surgeons were assessed pre-operatively using the American Knee Society knee and function scores and SF-36 health questionnaires. Radiographs were assessed using the Ahl-bach grading system for severity of degenerative change and the long-leg mechanical axis was measured as a percentage of total joint surfaces from the medial side.

Pre-operatively patients had an average Ahlbach score of 1.8 (range 1–3, mode 2). The long-leg mechanical axis average was 14.7% (range 3.75–27.5%), American Knee Society knee score average was 49.2 (range 28–64) and function score average 58.4 (range 40–70). By six weeks post-operatively all patients had at least 90 degrees of flexion and pain of less than 2 out of 10. There have been five complications: 1 deep infection requiring admission for intravenous antibiotics, 2 superficial infections requiring oral antibiotics only, and 2 intra-operative fractures, both internally fixed at the time of surgery. At follow-up of minimum 12 months the average mechanical axis was 50.6% (range 32–64%), Knee Society score 79 and function score 82.

These early results suggest that despite some complications this procedure is weII tolerated and gives good functional results.


J.A. Rietveld P. Armour

Surgical dislocation of the hip joint using the technique developed by Rheinhold Ganz, is a relatively new method for surgical exposure of the hip.

A review of 8 cases that underwent surgical dislocation of the hip joint was undertaken, to assess the short term outcome, complications associated with the procedure and to identify some of the indications for this technique. This is a retrospective analysis of surgical dislocation in two centers undertaken by the same surgeon with a maximum follow up period of one year.

Surgical dislocation of the hip allows access to the hip joint with some associated morbidity due to the surgical exposure but there were no cases of avascular necrosis in the short term follow up.

We were able to define specific pathological conditions affecting the hip where there is significant improvement following treatment using this method of exposure of the hip joint. Good exposure of the hip joint is obtained via surgical dislocation so allowing good access for surgical intervention.

There is an associated morbidity with the technique but this method of hip exposure allows an alternative to hip arthroscopy and allows easier access to the joint for the treatment of intra articular pathology.


D. Schluter P. Armour I. Penny J. Rietveld D. Walton

Since 1989 the Ganz periacetabular osteotomy has been performed in Christchurch for pain arising from hip dysplasia in selected patients. This review was performed to assess symptoms, function and radiographic appearances at a medium term follow up.

The results of 14 peri-acetabular osteotomies performed in 13 patients was evaluated. The mean age of the patients at the time of surgery was 23 years (range 17–44). The mean duration of follow up was 5 years (3 months to 13 years). The follow up examination included clinical evaluation, chart review and radiographic analysis. Of the 13 patients evaluated, improvement in pain was achieved in 12. One required a hip replacement and intermittent discomfort was noted in 3 resulting in restriction in activites. Complications included sciatic nerve palsy (1), leg length discrepancy (2), superficial wound infection (1), scar tenderness (2), numbness in lateral femoral cutaneous nerve distribution (5) and pain from prominent metalware (1). Improvement in femoral head coverage was seen in all patients on follow up x-ray with minimal progression of arthritic changes. Improvement in symptoms ranging from complete relief of pain and participation in high intensity sporting events to intermittent discomfort was achieved. One failure occurred requiring arthroplasty. Significant complications occurred but have largely resolved.

The osteotomy was successful in obtaining good relief of symptoms and has prevented the requirement for total hip replacement in this young active group.


M. Foster M. Hanlon S. Stott S. Walt

The purpose of the study was to evaluate the functional outcome of different limb salvage procedures for osteosarcoma about the knee.

A selection of patients who have undergone limb salvage procedures for osteosarcoma about the knee were invited to join the study. Medical and operation notes were reviewed along with recent radiographs of the involved limb. Patients completed the Musculoskeletal Tumour Society functional questionnaire and underwent a gait analysis assessing walking and running. Most patients had stage 2B osteosarcoma involving either the proximal tibia or distal femur. Limb salvage procedures included arthrodesis, allograft reconstruction, endoprosthesis and rotationplasty.

All patients scored highly (> 70 %) on the MSTS questionnaire except the arthrodesis that scored 57 %. The gait analysis revealed some subtle changes with a quadriceps-sparing gait in the endoprosthesis, mild foot drop in the proximal tibial allograft and a lateral lean of the trunk over the ipsilateral limb in the rotationplasty. The arthrodesis had an obvious straight leg gait with subtle pelvic hiking to assist foot clearance. While analysis of walking was close to normal most patients were unable to obtain a double float and run.

This study shows that limb salvage procedures tailored to each individual case can result in an excellent functional outcome with close to normal gait and high MSTS scores.


P.C. Turner G. Hooper

The purpose of the study was to assess the use of the Internet for medical information, both in the Orthopaedic Outpatient population, and in practicing Orthopaedic Surgeons in New Zealand.

To identify any potential sites that may be of use to the patient in gaining reliable information on their orthopaedic problem. 300 questionnaires were distributed to Orthopaedic Outpatient Clinics (Public Trauma, Public Elective, and Private) in Christchurch. Each clinic had 100 questionnaires. A second questionnaire was sent out to all Orthopaedic Surgeons currently practising in New Zealand. A literature search was also performed.

Overall 18% of patients use the Internet to look up medical problems. Internet use was highest amongst the younger population. 68% of patients had a computer at home. 52% of patients thought recommended Internet sites would be useful. 91 % of patients stated they used their Doctor as their most common source of healthcare information, with only 5% stating the Internet. 76% of Orthopaedic Surgeons used the Internet for work purposes. 54% thought that the Internet misinformed patients. Only 50% of surgeons had accessed the NZOA web site.

The Internet is becoming an increasingly common source of healthcare information for patients and doctors. The NZOA site has huge potential for both surgeons and the public with regard to useful links. At present this site is largely under-utilised.


R. Davidson P.A. Devane J.G. Horne

The aim of this study is to identify specific risk factors for developing haemophilia related orthopaedic complications and to provide a qualitative and quantitative analysis of the orthopaedic management of haemophilia complications.

A postal survey was sent to 48 patients on the Wellington region haemophilia database. The questionnaire covered both qualitative and quantitative questions covering the participants’ current condition and treatment, past and present orthopaedic and non-orthopaedic management, support, education, employment and leisure activities.

Twenty-five patients returned the questionnaire, a response rate of 52%, Most of the participants (68%; 17/25) felt that their education had been compromised as a result of haemophilia complications. Of those participants that were 16 years or older, 68.4% (13/19) felt that their working opportunities had been compromised as a result of haemophilia complications. Despite patients less than 18 years of age receiving prophylactic Factor VIII replacement (n=7) and all patients having Factor VIII available on demand, 18 patients had significant bleeds in the previous 6 months. Most bleeds were into joints, 13 knees, 13 ankles, 12 elbows, 6 shoulders and 3 hips, but a significant number of intra-muscular bleeds (n=22) also occurred. There were 62 painful joints reported by 19 patients, the ankle being most common (n=21), followed by hip (n=13), elbow (n=12), and knee (n=8). Twenty orthopaedic operations were described by 8 patients, mainly knee (n=6) and hip (n=3) replacements, and synovectomies (n=6). Discussion.

Despite good medical management, recurrent joint bleeds are a major problem in haemophilia. Many study patients commented that orthopaedic procedures were not performed readily enough, and that by the time they received their operation, their function had deteriorated significantly.


W.G. Atherton R.O. Nicol

The purpose was to review the results of latissimus dorsi and teres major transfer in a group of children with shoulder disability due to brachiaI plexus palsy. Whilst their incidence has steadily declined, obstetric brachial plexus palsies are a continuing problem in paediatric orthopaedic practice. Lesions of the upper plexus (C4, C5, C6) are characterised by a loss of abduction and external rotation at the shoulder. The L’Episcopo procedure and its variants aim to address this by transfer of the latissimus dorsi and teres major. There have been conflicting reports in the literature as to the functional benefit of such procedures.

A retrospective review of such procedures performed by one surgeon at a paediatric orthopaedic tertiary referral centre in New Zealand. Patients were assessed pre- and post-operatively in terms of range of movement and function. The Mallet scoring system was also used. Eight patients were examined by an independent observer up to 120 months following surgery (average 52 months). In most cases significant increases in range of movement, function and Mallet scores were noted. With regard to complications, where the paresis is severe to the extent that it is causing shoulder subluxation, tendon transfer surgery is contra-indicated.

The L’Episcopo procedure was largely successful in restoring improved function to the shoulder girdle in this group of patients.


D. Schluter G. Hooper

Despite a variety of reports to the contrary it was felt by the Christchurch Orthopaedic group that the “wait” on the orthopaedic waiting list has been escalating rapidly to the point that a routine operation is now in the order of approximately 3 years from the time of GP referral.

A review of the time taken for GP referrals to be assessed by an Orthopaedic Surgeon was undertaken. The waiting lists from October 98 to May 02 were analysed, in addition to the operation outputs from the Burwood Hospital elective theatre records over the same period. Time taken from referral to be seen, time taken from been placed on the waiting list to receive an operation and volume of elective procedures were evaluated. A breakdown was made of those removed from the list vs those operated on. A major reduction in the waiting list over the last three years was secondary to 1/3 of the people on the list (1177) been “culled”. This was initiated in January 1999 and completed by January 2001. Since January 1999, 2538 patients had received their operations. The waiting list had dropped from 3303 to a low of 1164. It has since climbed to 2036. That waiting longer than 12 months for surgery, initially 64%, had dropped to 29% and has climbed back up to 40%. The figures have climbed dramatically since the waiting list initiative for arthroplasty was discontinued. The culling of the list has been responsible for removal of 1/3 of people off the original list without having an operation and has given a false sense of success in reducing the waiting list to various political interests. The criteria set for culling people assessed as requiring an operation has been set arbitrarily There is twice the number of patients waiting to see an orthopaedic surgeon than 2 years ago of which a proportion are requiring reassessment to be deemed eligible for an operation that they have already been assessed as requiring.

The waiting list initiative was effective as an addition to the regular DHB lists in maintaining the lists at a manageable level. Even if all those culled represented a group that no longer required their operation the current list cannot be considered to have such a group as they have all been recently reviewed and are in genuine need. There is an apparent lack of concern and denial over the current escalation in the numbers on the waiting list, and no plan instituted to address it.


A.G.S. Vane D.P. Gwynne-Jones J.D. Dunbar J-C. Theis

The purpose of this study was to audit screening and treatment programmes for Developmental Dysplasia of the Hip (DDH) over a 12-year period from 1989 to 2000 with respect to late presentation and treatment rate and duration.

All babies born in Queen Mary Hospital are clinically screened for DDH by a consultant orthopaedic surgeon. Unstable hips are treated by Pavlik Harness and attend an ultrasound clinic run by an orthopaedic surgeon within 2 weeks. High-risk babies or those with suspected instability can also be referred for ultrasound. Serial ultrasound exams assisted with determining the duration of splintage. Radiographs are taken at 4 to 6 months. Late presenters were identified and analysed.

Over the 12-year period 13 cases of late presenting DDH were identified (0.6 per 1000). Half of these had not been screened. None had ultrasound screening. Our treatment rate was approximately 4 per 1000 live births.

Our screening programme can be improved by increased capture of patients for clinical screening. Ultrasound is a useful tool in managing neonatal hip instability allowing duration of splintage to be tailored to the individual and allows early detection of treatment failure.


J.S. McKie

CPT is a rare disorder often leading to multiple surgical procedures in an attempt to achieve union but frequently ending in amputation.

The author presents a personal series of four cases (ages 3 + 4, 3 + 4, 4 + 3, 7 + 9 years) three of which had had a total of ten previous procedures. All patients underwent removal of previous fixation, excision of the abnormal periosteal tissue, freshening of the bone ends and “ram rodding” together under compression with the application of an lIizarov frame. A separate proximal osteotomy was performed for lengthening. The non-union was grafted primarily at the time of fixator application. Following frame removal a custom made telescopic nail was inserted in the three most recent cases. Average frame time was 263 days (184–301). All four cases have healed primarily and remain healed (19, 28, 31 and 70 months) post frame removal. The case not treated with a nail underwent bending of the proximal regenerate bone and required a second osteotomy to correct the deformity. Other than pin infections managed by antibiotics and local cares, the only other complication was the backing out of a cross-locking wire from the IM nail which required reinsertion.

The use of the llizarov frame enables a radical excision of pathological tissue and rigid compression of the non-union with concurrent restoration of limb length. The telescoping rod that is locked in the epiphyses proximally and distally enables normal rehabilitation of the joints without the need for prolonged bracing. The ongoing success of this treatment has encouraged the author to recommend it as the primary management for established congenital pseudarthrosis of the tibia.


T. Bidwell N.S. Stott

Prophylactic pinning of the contralateral hip remains controversial in the management of unilateral SUFE. This paper reviews our experience, with particular reference to the fate of the non-operated hip.

We reviewed the charts and radiographs of 218 patients who were admitted to Starship Children’s Hospital between 1988 and 2000 with a diagnosis of SUFE. Of the 211 patients with data sufficient for analysis, 168 (80%) had unilateral hip pinning and 43 (20%) had bilateral pinning. 32.8% of patients with a unilateral slip were subsequently readmitted for pinning of the contralateral hip. The time between the two operations averaged 7.5 months and did not vary with race or gender. European females had an almost 50% readmission rate for pinning of the opposite hip while Maori females had the lowest readmission rate (15%). All European females less than 11.5 years with unilateral slips returned for pinning of the opposite hip. 28 of the initial unilateral hip pinnings were for an unstable SUFE. Only 8 of the 28 patients were readmitted for pinning of the opposite hip, all with stable slips. Only one patient with a stable first slip presented with an unstable second slip.

Despite a high incidence of bilateralism, this study shows that it is very uncommon for a patient to present with an unstable second slip. Prophylactic pinning can have complications. We therefore recommend follow-up rather than prophylactic pinning for patients presenting with unilateral SUFE. Caucasian females less than 11.5 years represent a group at high risk of a second slip.


H.A. Crawford R. Rowan

This prospective study was designed to audit the introduction of this new technique for the treatment of club-feet in New Zealand. Although well proven in Iowa, USA the Ponseti Technique has rarely been practiced outside of this state.

Fifty feet in 32 consecutive patients have prospectively been followed since September 1999. All the patients have been treated by one surgeon in an identical fashion to that described by Dr Ponseti. The only difference was that the percutaneous tenotomies were preferentially performed under a general anaesthetic. Twenty four feet have had a detailed radiographic analysis as well. There have been 2 patients lost to follow-up. Twenty three patients were of Maori or Polynesian ethnicity. The pre treatment Pirani score averaged 5.0. The first cast was usually applied within 2 weeks of birth and the average number of casts was 6.0. The Achilles tendon tenotomy was not preformed in 4 feet. The mean follow-up Pirani score was 0.5. Four feet in 2 patients have required posteromedial release at 11 months of age. One patient has required a tibialis tendon transfer at 2 1/2 years of age. There have been minor skin complications from the boot wearing. The compliance with boot wearing is low with more than 50% of the patients wearing them less that 50% of the prescribed time.

The Ponseti Technique demands attention to detail if it is to be successful. These excellent early clinical and radiographic results support this method of treatment for idiopathic talipes equinovarus. Our concern is the long-term outcome in the patients with poor boot wearing compliance.


N.S. Stott S.E. Walt G.L. Lobb R.O. Nicol N. Austin

The purpose of the study was to document the outcome in adulthood of treatment for idiopathic toe walking.

Twenty of 23 adults who had been previously treated for idiopathic toe walking from 1984 to 1990 were contacted. Three of the 20 subjects lived outside Auckland and four subjects declined to participate, giving a total of 13 subjects suitable for study. All but one of the subjects had had serial casts between the ages of 3.7 to 9.5 years. Six subjects had no further treatment while the other seven subjects went on to surgical lengthening of either TA or calf (average age 10.7 years). All participants underwent 3-D gait analysis and heel-rise test. Average follow-up was 10.8 years (range 5.4–15.6 years). Three patients still had signs of toe walking on visual observation of their gait. The maximum ankle dorsiflexion in stance averaged 90 on 3-D gait analysis (range 20 to 140). Eleven subjects showed maximum ankle dorsiflexion in stance greater than 2 standard deviations below normative values. Nine subjects had abnormal timing of maximal ankle dorsiflexion in stance with maximum ankle dorsiflexion prior to 50 percent of the gait cycle. Only two patients had ankle push off powers below normative values of 2 watts/kg.

This is the first study to report on adults treated for idiopathic toe- walking as children. Most subjects showed restricted range and altered timing of ankle dor-siflexion in gait, however this was detectable visually in only three subjects.


A. Dalgleish

The purpose of this report was to describe a new arthroscopic finding in anterior cruciate ligament rupture: the presence of osteochondral injury beneath the posterior horn of the lateral meniscus.

A single surgeon performed arthroscopic evaluation of 43 consecutive patients with ACL rupture within 12 months of injury. Nine patients (21 %) had a chondral lesion of the posterolateral tibia beneath the posterior horn of the lateral meniscus, not seen unless the meniscus was elevated with the arthroscopic probe. On four occasions a chondral loose body was identified and removed. Seven of the nine (78%) had an associated lateral meniscal tear and four (44 %) a chondral lesion of the lateral femoral condyle. MRI was not accurate in predicting the presence of a chondral lesion in those patients with a lesion that had an MRI preoperatively. We report a new arthroscopic finding in ACL rupture not previously mentioned in the literature. The clinical significance is that when chondral loose bodies are encountered of unknown origin, arthroscopic evaluation of the area beneath the posterior horn of the lateral meniscus should be involved in any systematic search for the lesion.


Full Access
B. Tietjens

To describe a simple effective technique of opening wedge tibial osteotomy for the treatment of recurvatum (hyperextension) instability of the knee. Recurvatum instability of the knee occurs in patients with pathological hyperextension. There are three patterns of recurvatum instability:-

Acquired bony deformity of the proximal tibia (growth plate arrest or fracture malunion)

Pathological laxity of the posterior capsule of the knee. This may occur without damage to the cruciate ligaments.

A combination of bony and soft tissue pathology

All three patterns are best treated by an opening wedge tibial osteotomy at the level of the tibial tubercle. A simple surgical technique is described that does not require detachment of the tibial tubercle. The necessary degree of correction is easily assessed clinically during surgery. The technique has been used with success in 8 patients. The Puddu tooth plate provides ideal fixation. Iliac crest cortico-cancellous wedge bone grafts have been used in all cases.


E. Hohmann A.B. Imhoff

It is suggested that there is a link between arch type of the foot and overuse injuries. The use of individual selected running shoes can reduce running injuries substantially. To select the correct shoe the runner needs to have appropriate knowledge of his own foot anatomy and biomechanics. A questionnaire was used to investigate the knowledge of the runner about his arch height and biomechanics of running. Clinical examination was performed by 5 orthopaedic surgeons and experienced orthopaedic technicians. Weight-bearing podograms were used to further define the deformity.

We examined 92 volunteers with a mean age of 35.4 (12–63) years, a mean size of 176 cm (154–195) with a mean body weight of 70.38 kg (45–95). Eighteen out of 47 runners with a flatfoot deformity identified their deformity correctly. Twenty five out of 43 volunteers with a normal arch were correct in assessing their foot. Two runners with a cavus foot were correct in identifying their foot. Only 4 out of 38 runners that diagnosed themselves as being pronators have been found to be pronators. Four runners with a self-diagnosed non-pro-nating foot were classified as being pronators. Three runners that could not classify themselves were diagnosed as pronators.

This study demonstrates the poor knowledge of foot deformities in the running community.


E. Hohmann P. Brucker A.B. Imhoff

Large osteochondral defects are difficult to treat, but several treatment options are available. The posterior condyle transfer salvage technique described by Wagner in 1964 and Imhoff in 1990 has been developed further and is now used for coverage of large osteochondral defects in the load-bearing zone. The new technique is called MEGA-OATS.

From July 1999, 25 patients of mean age 33.3 years (17 to 60) were treated with MEGA-OATS. Thirteen patients additionally underwent high tibial osteotomy and two bone grafting, using bone harvested from the proximal tibia. The mean follow up was 17.8 months. The technique calls for excision of the posterior femoral condyle which is placed in a specially designed work station. A MEGA-OATS cylinder of diameter 20 mm to 35 mm is prepared and, using the press-fit technique, grafted into the prepared defect zone. The Lysholm score increased postoperatively from 66.33 (49 to 71) to 87.8 (72 to 97). Three months postoperatively control MRI showed incorporation of all cylinders. Between six and 12 weeks postoperatively patients attained a full range of motion and became fully weight-bearing. To date one superficial infection resolving on oral antibiotics and two cases of arthrofibrosis four months postoperatively that required arthroscopic release were seen. No postoperative meniscal lesions of the posterior horn have been observed.

MEGA-OATS achieves a congruent reconstruction of the articular surface in the load-bearing zone of the femoral condyle. We consider it a good alternative in the treatment of large osteochondral defects of the femoral condyle in young patients.


S. Faraj H.A. Crawford M.J. Barnes

The purpose was to compare the results of two different surgical techniques in the treatment of severe cerebral palsy scoliosis.

This is a retrospective review of 12 consecutive cerebral palsy patients with scoliosis greater than 90 degrees undergoing simultaneous anterior and posterior spinal fusion. The clinical notes were reviewed along with sequential radiographs. Twelve patients were operated on between March 1997 and October 2001. There were 6 patients who had anterior release and fusion followed by posterior fusion from T2 to the sacrum using the Luque-Galveston technique. (Group 1). The other 6 patients had identical surgery but with the addition of anterior instrumentation as well. (Group 2). There was no loss of fixation or metalware failure. There was no pseudarthrosis. One patient died at the time of rod removal for infection 2 years following their index operation.

These results show that a good outcome is achieved in this group of severely affected cerebral palsy patients using either of the techniques described. The addition of anterior instrumentation may make the surgery easier and was not associated with significant increase in complications.


H.A. Crawford J. Ferguson M.J. Barnes

This is an outcome study of patients with spina bifida treated for scoliosis by anterior and posterior spinal surgery at the Starship Children’s Hospital.

The clinical notes and radiographs were reviewed of all spina bifida patients with scoliosis undergoing surgery between January 1991 and January 2001. In addition all patients were sent the Spina Bifida Health Related Quality of Life Questionnaire (HRQOL) and the Spina Bifida Spine Questionnaire (SBSQ). There were 19 consecutive patients with an average age at surgery of 13 years 5 months. Four patients had both anterior and posterior instrumentation. 14 patients had staged procedures.

There was an overall improvement in scoliosis of 61% and pelvic obliquity of 70% at latest follow-up that averaged 60 months. The major complications included 4 deep infections and 2 pseudarthroses. The patients scored an average of 68.8 on the SBSQ. The average score for 5–12 years old was178 and for 13–30 years old, 163, on the HRQOL questionnaire. There are good radiological results with combined anterior/posterior surgery in this group of spina bifida patients. Quality of Life does not seem to be greatly compromised in the operated spina bifida patient.

We recommend early single stage anterior and posterior fusion for these patients before the curve becomes too large and stiff.


J.M. Pennington K. Stewart Julie Hunt J-C. Theis

Magnetic Resonance Imaging is increasingly utilised for the assessment of knee pathology. The aim of this study was to review our entire knee MRI scans and to assess the accuracy of diagnosis when compared with operative diagnosis. Using data from the radiology department and medical records (public and private) all patients having knee MRI scans in a 6-year period were identified.

There were 956 scans performed on 930 patients. Scan diagnosis, operative diagnosis and diagnostic accuracy were assessed. Of the scanned patients 181 (19.5%) had normal scans and of these 168 (92.8%) were accurately diagnosed as normal. The remaining 749 (80.5%) had an abnormality noted on scan and of these 298 (39.8%) proceeded on to surgery. Of those patients having surgery, diagnosis at surgery was found to exactly match the results of the scan in 163 (57.0%) patients. Furthermore 51.5% of patients with a diagnosis of meniscal degeneration by scan actually had a meniscal tear at operation. However the sensitivity for diagnosis of ACL tears was 89.0% and that of medial meniscal tears was 90.6%.

MRI diagnosis is far from infallible and clinicians should be conscious of its limitations. However it is particularly reliable in confirming the lack of pathology within a knee with an accuracy of 93%. It also has high sensitivity for diagnosis of ACL and meniscal tears.


M.J. Sherwood P.A. Robertson A.T. Hadlow

Lumbosacral dislocation injuries are rare. Severe trauma disrupts the mechanically stable lumbosacral junction, rendering the injuries particularly unstable. Aggressive surgical management has been recommended. We present a review of our experience with these uncommon injuries defining injury patterns, surgical strategies and outcomes.

Six patients were treated at Auckland Hospital in the last decade. Thorough review and literature search were performed to revise recommendations for management. All injuries were associated with high-energy trauma. In two cases there was evidence of previous spondylolysis, with dramatic progression after injury. All cases were surgically treated with decompression, reduction as indicated, and fusion with instrumentation. The only instrumentation failure occurred when reduction reconstituted disc height without attention to reconstruction of the severely mechanically compromised intervertebral disc. Satisfactory recovery of nerve root injury occurred in all but one case. Major cauda equina damage did not occur. Correlations with previously described classification systems for this injury were poor, and often showed injuries to span grades. These highly unstable injuries require a high index of suspicion, and aggressive surgical management of these highly unstable injuries is warranted, yielding satisfactory outcomes.

Existing classification systems are of little value prognostically, or in planning treatment, and it is better to classify and treat these injuries specifically relating to the anatomical injury patterns. The severe disruption to the intervertebral disc warrants special consideration with attention to a stable reduction position or three-column reconstruction. Spondylolysis may represent a predisposing factor.


Full Access
A.T. Hadlow

In the first half of 2000, the Auckland District Health Board was not effectively meeting the Government’s Elective Waiting Times. The Auckland Hospital Orthopaedic Department was initially targeted as it had one of the worst high profile examples given by the Ministry of Health of non-actively managed waiting list and FSA (First Specialist Assessment) process. In September of that year at Auckland Hospital 224 patients were waiting longer than six months to be seen and a number of spinal referrals were waiting up to two years.

An Elective Service Project Team was established to place proactive resources to meet the governments’ objectives. A prospective study enlisting all referred patients seen at the spinal clinic was undertaken to determine those patients who subsequently became surgical candidates. The nature of the GP referral in terms of accuracy of urgency, status of the patient at clinic, diagnosis, need for surgery, need for investigation, and finally the patients decision about surgical options were recorded. Concurrently a working party composed of spinal surgeon, clinic staff, hospital GP liaison staff, GP’s, and management was co-ordinated, to develop guidelines for the local GP’s, with the intention of allowing GP’s to better identify those patients who would benefit from referral. Subsequently we liased with the pain clinic to develop a treatment program for those patients who would not be seen by an orthopaedic surgeon, so that their individual problems would be addressed to their satisfaction, and that of the referring GP. A Primary Care Management Guide was also produced for the GP’s.

The FSA time has been significantly reduced. Patients have responded positively. We are now able to safely screen patients from referral letters to a back pain management programme and review those at the orthopaedic spinal clinics who are most likely to require surgery so as to maximise the utilisation of resources and to provide better care.


A.T. Hadlow R.E. Willoughby

The purpose was to present a case of cauda equina entrapment in a lumbar burst fracture with associated lamina fracture and to review the literature and assess the appropriateness of current practices for cauda equina decompression. Reported incidence of cauda equina entrapment in the lamina fracture of lumbar burst fractures is 13–17%. Anterior surgery alone for decompressing the cauda equina in patients with lumbar burst fractures and associated lamina fractures will not always address the problem. We therefore suggest that posterior exploration may be the preferred approach if the aim of surgery is to decompress the neural elements.


J.A. Rietveld

The use of PMMA cement vertebroplasty for the treatment of severe disabling focal back pain as a result of osteoporotic compression fractures is well established. However clinical experience of this treatment is limited in New Zealand. This study reports a technique and indications for this treatment and early clinical results.

A prospective study of eight cases of severe disabling focal back pain due to osteoporotic compression fractures was undertaken. These were treated with percutaneous transpedicle vertebroplasty. The patient’s pain was assessed before and after the treatment using a visual analogue pain scale. All eight patients reported an improvement in pain immediately and at one month following the procedure. A sustained improvement in pain followed the vertebroplasty.

This is consistent with other case reports in the literature although in this study the response appears to be less dramatic than that reported in other series.


T. Geddes G.J. Coldham

To assess the outcome and safety of transarticular C1–C2 screw fixation. The clinical and radiological outcomes of 15 patients treated with posterior atlanto-axial transarticular screw fixation and posterior wiring was assessed at a minimum follow up of 6 months. Indications for fusion were rheumatoid arthritis in 8 (instability in 6 and secondary degenerative changes in 2), non-union odontoid fracture 4, symptomatic os-odontoideum one, C1–C2 arthrosis one and irreducible odontoid fracture one. Fusion was assessed with plain x-rays including flexion extension films.

Twenty nine screws were placed under fluoroscopic guidance. Bilateral screws were placed in 14 patients and a single screw in one patient. This patient had a single screw placed due to the erosion of the contralateral C2 pars by an anomalous vertebral artery. All patients had radiological union. Two screws (7%) were malpositioned; neither was associated with clinical sequelae. No neurological or vascular injuries were noted.

Transarticular C1–C2 fusion yielded a 100% fusion rate. The risk of neurological or vascular injury can be minimised by thorough assessment of pre operative CT scans to assess position of the vertebral artery and use of intra operative lateral and AP fluoroscopy.


H. Rawlinson G. Horne V. Stevanovic P. Devane

The purpose of this study was to assess the regional variation in the incidence of hip fractures in patients over 65 years. in New Zealand. Data from the National Minimum Data Set (NMDS) for hip fractures from 1 July 1998 to 31 June 2000 was obtained. The data was divided into 21 District Health Board (DHB) regions by mapping from domicile code to DHB. Population of interest as at 30 June 1999 was estimated on the basis of previous census in 1996. The incidence of hip fracture per 100,000 for each region was calculated and divided into age and sex cohorts.

There is a significant difference between DHBs in the sex and age adjusted incidence of hip fractures. The rates ranged from 556 per 100,000 to 838 per 100,00. As expected there was a higher fracture rate in women and the fracture rate increased with age. There was a weak correlation with sunshine hours (p=0.029) with increasing fracture incidence as sunshine hours decrease.

This study demonstrates a large variation in the incidence of hip fractures per DHB region. The cause for this is unclear, but the cost implications are significant. DHB’s with a high incidence of hip fractures in their region may wish to investigate strategies for reducing the incidence.


C. Hoffman P. Welsh C. Gregg

To determine if patients referred to a back clinic in NZ would respond to a structured program based on the Canadian Back Institute (CBI) system and match results obtained by the system in Canada.

All patients referred to the Wakefield Back Institute over one year were assessed using the CBI system. The program employs a structured history and physical exam to identify a pattern of pain. The identified syndrome then forms the basis for initial treatment and achieving the anticipated outcome confirms the original pattern. Patients undergo a 3-stage exercise program. A Spinal Status assessment and a satisfaction survey were completed on discharge. These were compared with the CBI National Outcomes (CBINO) data for 2001.

The clinic was referred 532 patients of whom 508 could be classified in to one of the recognised patterns of mechanical pain for the lumbar or cervical region. The distribution of pain patterns and patient’s demographics were similar to the CBINO data. Thus far, 162 patients have completed their program. Positive pain management (pain gone or markedly decreased) was reported in 85% of the lumbar group (93% in Canada) and 92% of the cervical group (same as Canada). Better pain control (lumbar 86%, cervical 93%) and longer pain-free episodes (lumbar 64%, cervical 75%) were reported. Patient Satisfaction was high (4.57 on a 1–5 scale).

The CBI program has been adapted and applied in a New Zealand environment and early results suggest outcomes similar to those reported in Canada can be obtained here.


A. Meighan B. Tietjens

The purpose of this study was to investigate the mechanism of injury causing anterior cruciate ligament ruptures in snowboarders and skateboarders.

Knee injuries in snowboarding and skateboarding are rare. We have seen 22 ACL ruptures with an identical injury mechanism that has not been previously described. Fifteen ACL ruptures occurred in snow-boarders and 7 in skateboarders. All were advanced or expert boarders. All injuries occurred on landing a high jump, which resulted in significant knee compression. All described a flat landing on a flexed knee with no twisting component.

We postulate that anterior cruciate ligament rupture in these patients is due to explosive eccentric quadriceps contraction when landing from a jump. The injury mechanism is not boot induced as has been described in downhill skiers landing from a jump.


A. Field J.G. Horne

The aim of the study was to assess the outcome of fractures of the fifth metacarpal neck and to develop an accurate method of assessing fracture angulation.

Forty-two patients who were available for review were assessed using a patient questionnaire, assessing range of movement, cosmesis, pain and strength. A trigonometric method of determining true fracture angulation from AP and oblique radiographs was developed. There were 36 males and 6 females with an average age of 23.4 years, with a minimum follow up of 12 months. Patients with fractures angulated more than 45 degrees in whom reduction was not performed had a significantly lower score for grip strength and function. 32 patients reported a mild cosmetic deformity. The method of reduction and the method and duration of immobilisation did not correlate with the final outcome. A phantom was constructed that confirmed the accuracy of the method of calculating true fracture angulation from the oblique radiographs.

Fractures of the fifth metacarpal neck if not reduced to a true angulation of less than 45 degrees produce an unsatisfactory outcome. A method of assessing true angulation has been developed.


A.J. Thurston

This study reviews the results of the treatment of non-union of fractures of the scaphoid by the use of micro-surgical, vascular pedicle grafts (VPG). The indications for VPG included long-standing non-union of a fracture of the scaphoid, avascular necrosis of the proximal pole and failed conventional grafting. The contraindications were periscaphoid degenerative changes (scaphoid non-union advanced collapse) and vascular damage from previous surgery. The technique in each involved harvesting a vascularised bone graft from the distal radius based on a vascular pedicle with retrograde flow from one of a number of described vessels that constitute the vascular plexus over the carpus. The scaphoid was prepared to receive an inlay graft and then the graft was positioned and its stability was determined. Some were secured with a single 0.7mm diameter Kirschner wire. The wrist was then immobilised in a plaster cast until either the fracture had healed or it was evident that the procedure had failed to result in union.

Fourteen patients have undergone VPG over 30 months. Of these eight have healed (four fractures of the waist and four of the proximal poles), four have failed (one waist and three proximal poles) and two are still in plaster casts. The mean time to healing was 20.6 weeks (range: 12.7–28.7 weeks). Of the eight that healed, seven were aged between 21 and 27 years. The four failures were aged between 34 and 44 years. The mean time since the fracture in the healed group was 2.9 years (range: 1.2 years to five years) and in the failed group it was 6.5 years (range: two years to 20 years). The first failure was related to deep infection and a subsequent Matte-Russe procedure has also failed. In the second failure the graft healed to the distal pole but the very small proximal pole collapsed resulting in a wrist arthrodesis. The graft in the third failure healed to the distal pole but failed to unite with the small proximal pole. No further treatment has been planned. The fourth failure was a non-union of the waist of 20 years standing. The graft became dislodged from the scaphoid but no further surgery has been carried out. One of the successful unions had a poor result because of degeneration in the scaphoid-trapezoid-trapezium (STT) joint secondary to damage done at the time of previous surgery (Herbert screw). A successful STT arthrodesis was done subsequently.

VPG is technically challenging. Careful patient selection is vital as is preoperative planning and vessel selection. VPG can be used successfully to salvage obstinate non-unions of fractures of the scaphoid.


N.K. Aggarwal

Faced with the challenge of managing war trauma in Afghanistan (1984–86), within limited resources and compromised conditions, we started managing open fractures with the pin and plaster method. With time a new External Fixation System evolved, which helped save hundreds of limbs and lives. Encouraged with the results, this system was used in the civilian practice, in India. There were further improvements in the design and refinements in technique. Subsequently biomechanical studies were conducted in Liverpool. The Fixator has been used at other centers in India and the UK with good results.

This paper describes evolution of the model, and its use in 116 patients by a single surgeon between February 1987 and July 1990. It has been used on every limb segment and indications included open fractures, infected non-unions, arthrodesis, osteotomy, etc. Analysis of results in 41 open tibial fractures showed 97.3% united at an average of 21.4 weeks. Delayed union occurred in 5.2 %. There was no malunion and pin tract infection was 6.3%. The system has proved to be simple yet versatile, cheap, easy to use, and an effective alternative to more costly and complex designs. It has been used as a modular system for varieties of conditions encountered in general orthopedic practice. Customized configurations can be produced and rigidity of fixation can also be altered in the same configuration, to meet biomechanical and biological demands in each patient.

With advent of newer techniques during last decade, the use of ExFix in our practice has been more selective and judicious.


A.J. Thurston

Laboratory evidence has shown that tears within the substance of the triangular fibro-cartilaginous complex (TFCC) of the wrist are caused by shear and/or compressive forces rather that by distraction. They are commonly associated with ulnocarpal abutment syndrome (UCAS). A number of different methods of treatment have been advocated for UCAS but no satisfactory comparison of these has been reported.

To compare the results of different forms of treatment for UCAS. The notes of 76 patients who had undergone wrist arthroscopy for UCAS were reviewed independently. The diagnoses made at the time of the arthroscopies and any surgical interventions (shaving the torn TFCC back to stable tissue, wafer resection of the ulnar head, repair of the TFCC) that were made at the same time were recorded. The results of these interventions were noted, as were any subsequent surgical procedures for persisting pain. These results were compared with those of a meta- analysis of the results for similar procedures published in the literature.

All 76 patients had TFCC tears, four were repaired arthroscopically and the remainder underwent debridement. Nineteen of these had, in addition, arthroscopic wafer procedures carried out. Of the 53 who had only debridement 63% were graded as good or excellent. The remainder underwent formal ulnar recessions and 93% of these improved and were graded as good or excellent. Of the 19 who had wafer procedures 53% were graded as good or excellent. Seven (36%) of this group underwent ulnar recessions with five (66%) improving to be graded as good or excellent. There were no major complications such as infection, nonunion or failure of the internal fixation. Of the four cases in which the TFCCs were repaired arthroscopically, three were graded as good or excellent. One remained the same and underwent and ulnar recession and improved to be graded as good.

From the meta-analysis 72% of patients who were treated by debridement alone were graded as good or excellent, while 66% were good or excellent after debridement combined with a wafer procedure. The patients who were treated by ulnar recession had a larger proportion of good or excellent results with 92% reaching this level of satisfaction. From these results it was concluded that arthroscopic debridement of tears of the TFCC was effective treatment in a majority of patients. The arthroscopic wafer procedure was effective as long as adequate bone was resected. Persisting symptoms of UCAS were very adequately treated by ulnar recession.


E. Dona M. Gillies W.R. Walsh M.P. Gianoutsos

The use of plates and screws for the treatment of certain metacarpal fractures is well established. Securing plates with bicortical screws has been considered an accepted practice. However, no study has questioned this.

This study biomechanically assessed the use of bicortical versus unicortical screws in metacarpal plating. Eighteen fresh frozen cadaveric metacarpals were subject to midshaft transverse osteotomies and randomly divided into two groups. Using dorsally applied Leibinger 2.3mm 4 hole plates, one group was secured using 6mm unicortical screws, while the second group had bicortical screws. Metacarpals were tested to failure using a four point bending protocol in an apex dorsal direction on a servo-hydraulic testing machine with a 1kN load cell. Load to failure, rigidity, and mechanism of failure were all assessed.

Each group had three samples that did not fail after a 900 N load was applied. Of those that failed, the mean load to failure was 596N and 541 N for the unicortical and bicortical groups respectively. These loads are well in excess of those experienced by the in-vivo metacarpal. The rigidity was 446N/mm and 458N/mm of the uni-cortical and bicortical groups respectively. Fracture at the screw/bone interface was the cause of failure in all that failed, with screw pullout not occurring in any.

This study suggests that there may be no biomechanical advantage in using bicortical screws when plating metacarpal fractures. Adopting a unicortical plating method simplifies the operation, and avoids potential complications associated with overdrilling and oversized screws.


E. Dona K. Latendresse P. Scougall M. Gillies W.R. Walsh

The behaviour of two different methods of reattachment of the flexor digitorum profundus tendon insertion was assessed. Cyclical testing simulating the first 5 days of a passive mobilisation protocol was used to compare the micro Mitek anchor to the modified-Bunnell pull-out suture. Twelve fresh-frozen cadaveric fingers were dissected to the insertion of the FDP tendon. The FDP insertion was then sharply dissected from the distal phalanx and repaired using one of two methods: group 1 -modified Bunnell pullout suture using 3/0 Prolene; group 2 micro Mitek anchor loaded with 3/0 Ethibond inserted into the distal phalanx. Each repaired finger was mounted on to a material testing machine using pneumatic clamps. We cyclically tested the repair between 2N and 15N using a load control of 5N/s for a total of 500 cycles. Gap formation at the tendon bone interface was measured every 100 cycles.

No specimens failed during cyclical testing. After 500 cycles, gap formation of the tendon-bone interface was 6.6mm (SD = 1.2mm), and 2.1 mm (SD = 0.3mm) for the pullout technique and the micro Mitek anchor repair respectively. Concerns related to suture anchors, such as anchor failure or protrusion, joint penetration, and anchor-suture junction failure, were not encountered in this study.

Cyclical loading results suggest that the repair achieved with both methods of fixation is sufficient to avoid failure. However, significant gap formation at the tendon-bone interface in the modified Bunnell group is of concern, suggesting it may not be the ideal fixation method.


J.G. Horne M. Chakraborty J.M. Fielden P.A. Devane

The aim of the study was to investigate functional outcomes and perceptions of quality of life in a series of elderly patients who have sustained tibial plateau fractures. A retrospective survey of all patients aged over 60 years who were admitted to Wellington and Hutt hospitals for treatment of a tibial plateau fracture between July 1996 and December 2000 was carried out. Patients were sent the Oxford 12 knee score and the Nottingham Health profile (NHP) by mail. Radiographs were reviewed to confirm fracture type and medical notes reviewed to ascertain treatment. Patients were divided into non-operative (plaster cast or brace; n=8) and operative treatment (open reduction and internal fixation (ORIF) or total knee replacement; n=15) groups.

Of 42 eligible patients, 23 returned completed questionnaires (rr=55%). The mean age of patients was 73.6 years with 16 (69.6%) females and 7 (30.4%) males. Mean time to follow up was 38.7 +/−14.5 months. The mean Oxford 12 knee score was 39.3. The mean NHP-part I scores were 17.6, 8.4, 3.3, 14.4, 2.9, 9.3 for energy level, pain, emotional reaction, sleep, social isolation and physical mobility respectively. 73% of the patients felt that their present state of health was not causing problems with any of the activities mentioned in the NHP-part II.

The perceptions of outcomes of tibial plateau fractures in the elderly after conservative treatment is comparable with operative treatment. The results show Oxford 12 Knee and NHP scores similar to other studies and indicate satisfactory knee function.


N.K. Aggarwal

Various modalities of treatment for intra/extra articular fractures of proximal tibia include, traction, open reduction and internal fixation by plates and screws, percutaneous screw fixation with or without external fixation, and recently introduced minimally invasive techniques. These methods have achieved varied success rates but the problems encountered have been prolonged recumbency with traction and dangers of extensive soft tissue stripping, infection and knee stiffness with internal fixation methods. Pin problems continue to haunt external fixators apart from poor acceptability of the frame by the patients. Encouraged with the excellent results achieved by us with intra- medullary inter-locking nail for complex fractures of distal femur, we have used the same device for selected cases of fractures of the proximal tibia during the last 5 years.

We used this method in 46 patients of which 43 were available for analysis. Twenty-one were open fractures and 34 had intra-articular extension. Six were floating knee injuries and 2 had an associated fracture of the patella. In all cases knee mobilization was started within 48 hours after the surgery. If associated injuries did not prevent, non-weight bearing crutch walking was started within a week and partial weight bearing within 3 weeks. Thirty-nine of the fractures have united at an average of 14 weeks and four are still being followed up. Thirty-seven have regained at least 90% of the original movement. There has been no infection except in two patients with Grade III open fracture, which settled after the implant was removed following fracture healing. There has been one delayed union, which is progressing to union after bone grafting.

Our early experiences with this implant are extremely encouraging as it provides adequate stabilization of the fracture without any soft tissue stripping and allows early mobilization of the joint and the patient.


A. Edwards A. Khaleel R. Simonis R. Pool

This paper describes the outcome of type III pilon fractures of the distal tibia treated primarily with an llizarov ring fixator.

Only patients with intra-articular fracture of the tibial plafond on plain radiographs that corresponded to type III pattern of Ruedi and Allgower were included. There were thirteen patients with a mean age of 45 (range 29–65), twelve males and one female. The mechanism of injury in all the patients was high-speed road traffic accident. Operative fixation consisted of fracture reduction and stabilisation using the Ilizarov circular frame external fixator and olive tipped wires. Further insult to the already damaged soft tissues was avoided.

Bony union was achieved in all cases. Treatment in the frame lasted between 3 and 10 months (average of 6.3 months). Neither deep infection nor soft tissue complications occurred. Outcomes measured using the Olerud ankle score, modified Ovadia and Beals radiological criteria, and the SF-36 Health Questionnaire and our results compare well with other fixation techniques.

The use of the llizarov circular frame external fixator without any additional internal reduction or fixation procedures is a definite option for the treatment of these high-energy injuries.


V. Pai

This is an outcome study of the use of plate fixation for treatment of comminuted fractures of the distal third of tibia to determine prognostic factors such as age, sex, type of fractures, soft tissue injury and type of implant on healing.

Since 1999, a single surgeon (VP) has performed minimally invasive fixation in 18 patients for complex transitional fractures of the tibia. Follow up has been achieved by a combination of clinical and radiological assessment and notes review.

An overall excellent-good result was obtained in 17 of 18 patients. In one patient, the fixation was revised due to a 20 degree external rotation mal position. In two cases there was mild external rotation of 10 degrees. There were no infections.

The treatment of difficult juxta-articular fractures with a minimally invasive fixation is a useful management option. Peri-articular plates are easy to insert and give better results with respect to alignment correction.


P. Papadelis N. Christoforidis K. Antonis E. Mahaira C. Hanioti G.P. Lyritis

Achilles tendinitis can result, through inflammatory procedures, to tendon degeneration with microtears and nodules. Current conservative or surgical treatment of this lesion proved to be not effective enough. The reason for this is the absence of sufficient oxygenation in the area. In this study we report the results of a novel technique which tries to improve local vascularity.

We operated on 15 mature rabbits after they were anasthetized. Soleus fibers were trasplanted in the right achilles tendon. A lesion, 10mm long and 2mm wide was created in the inner band of the tendon simulating tendinitis. In the left achilles tendon the same procedure was done without transplantation. The rabbits were divided in three equal groups and were sacrificed in the first week, the 2nd and 3rd month after the operation. Histopathologic examination was done in both achilles tendons. The following parameters were assessed: transplanted muscle viability, inflammation and neoangiogenesis. We also evaluated the contact between muscle and tendon and the quality of tissue that was formed in the tendinitis simulating area.

Inflammatory process was noticed only in the 1st week after surgery. In the other groups viable muscle fibers and tendon tissue was observed. Muscle fibers were in contact with the tendon. The quality of tissue in the tendinitis simulating area was of better quality than in the control group.

We conclude that soleus transplanted muscle fibers in the rabbits achilles tendon seem to be oxygen carriers and improve the healing potential of the area. This fact results in tendon reinforcement.


A.J. Smyrnis J.N Germanis

The anatomic study of the connection between median and ulnar nerve in the forearm, were first described by the Swedish anatomist Martin, in 1763 and later by Gruber in 1840. This connection is now known as the Martin-Gruder anastomosis. Despite its long history, its nature remains unclear.

We performed anatomical dissection in 60 fresh cadaveric forearms. Thirty-four of them were on the right forearm and 26 on the left forearm. We supplement the anatomic study with a histologic examination of the bundles in the connections. We found 5 cases with a linking branch (8.5%).The distance between the proximal end of the anastomosis from the medial condyle were about 6.5 cm (5.0 to 8,0). The length of the anastomotic branches was between 3.5 – 6.5 cm. All the linking branches were located in the proximal third of the forearms. No connections between ulnar – median nerve were found.

In conclusion the Martin – Gruber anastomosis is clinically important. A lesion of the median nerve situated proximal of the anastomosis would affect the median thenar muscles, whereas a lesion distal of that level would not. The anastomosis has a clinical significance for understanding median nerve lesions and the carpal tunnel syndrome. A lesion of the ulnar nerve situated proximal of the anastomosis would affect the ulnar muscles of the hand, whereas a lesion distal of that level would not. By recognizing the existence of the linking branches mistakes in the diagnosis of the peripheral nerve lesions can be avoided.


T. Mollas G. Charitos C. Bikos V. Karamoulas I. Petkidis E. Papacostas T. Chouseinoglou T. Papaioannou

The purpose of this study was to present the long team functional results after conservative treatment of intraarticular calcaneal fractures. Nine patients with 11 fractures (mean age at accident 52 years old) were reevaluated. Mean follow-up was 8 years (6–15). 5 fractures were tongue type, 5 were compression fractures and 1 with comminution according to Essex Lopresti classification. These patients were clinically and functionally evaluated with the Ankle-Hind foot scale (Kitaoka, 1994). They were submitted to radiographic testing (foot AP, ankle lateral, axial and medial axial views). Osteoarthritic (OA) changes, calcaneal dimensions (height, width) and Bohler’s – Gissane’s angles were recorded.

According to Ankle Hind foot score (highest 100) our patients scored a mean 77 points (48–90). OA changes were recorded in 7 cases in the ankle joint and in all cases in taloscaphoid, calcanocuboid (severe in 8) and subtalar joints (severe in 5). We found width reduction in 6 patients and height reduction in 2, compared to the healthy side. Bohler’s angle was abnormal in 6 cases (−21°to 52°) while Gissane’s angle was abnormal in 9 (84° to 115°).

Treatment of intraarticular calcaneal fractures is still controversial. Recent studies show a tendency for surgical treatment. In the present study a distinction between clinical and radiographic findings was made. Patients had satisfactory functional results although severe osteoarthritic changes were recorded.


I. Ch. Koulouris I. Dontas I. Paspati L. Khaldi P. Raptou A. Galanos G.P. Lyritis

Purpose: The study was conducted to evaluate the effect of salmon calcitonin (sCT) on fracture healing in normal and hypogonadal male rats.

Material and Method: Fifty six male Wistar rats, aged 3 months, were undertaken hemiosteotomy of the distal femur shaft, of standard length and width. Half of the animals had been orchiectomised at the age of 2 months. The animals were divided in 8 groups, 7 rats each, as follow: A, a (normal, no sCT), B, b (normal+Sct), C,c(orchiectomised) and D,d (orchiectomised+Sct). Salmon calcitonin was administered immediately after the hemiosteotomy in a dose of 5IU/day subcutaneously. Groups A, a, C and c were given placebo. The animals of the groups a b, c, and d were killed at 2 weeks, while the animals of the groups A, B, C, and D were killed at 4 weeks. After the euthanasia, total bone density and cortical bone density of the callus was estimated by peripheral quantitative computed tomography (pQCT). Histological and histomorfometric parameters of the callus were estimated as well.

Results: The mean cortical bone density was 1221.93±13.82 (g/cm3±SE) for the group a, 1281.3±13.57 for b, 1221.41±18.24 for c, 1245±17.12 for d, 1173.45±34.14 for A, 1298.9±11 for B, 1280.78±13.68 for C, and 1279.4U19.2 for D. The mean total bone density was 843.95±13.69 (g/cm3±SE) for the group a, 859.84±26.46 for b, 892.27±25.3 fore, 861.37±10.88 for d, 818.97±32.5 for A, 926.39±19.6 for B, 888.31±24.19 for C, and 912.75±28.13 for D. Values of cortical bone density in group b and B were significantly greater than a and A, respectively (b> a, p=0.01 and B> A, p=0.002). Total bone density of the callus was statistically greater in group B than A (B> A, p=0.01). According to the histological and histomorphometric results, sCT increased the amount of cartilage (p=0.014) and the amount of woven bone (p=0.015) in group b compared to a, while osteoblasts number showed no difference between the two groups. Comparing groups c and d, sCT increased the amount of cartilage (p=0.036) and the amount of woven bone (p=0.0014) in group d compared to c, while decreased osteoblasts number in group d (p=0.03). In four weeks the amount of cartilage is significant greater in group D versus C (p=0.006), as well as the amount of woven bone (p=0.0004). The size of the callus is significant greater in group D compared to C as well (p=0.052).

Conclusion: It appears that salmon calcitonin administration improves significantly the parameters of callus bone density in normal rats and increases the amount of cartilaginous callus and woven bone both in normal and orchiectomised rats.


S. Dagkas N. Zacharakis P. Staulas A. Koinis D. Polyzois

The aim of this study was to evaluate and compare the results of acromioplasty in two groups of patients operated upon for impingement syndrome using two different techniques, In one group the insertion of the devoid was partially divided (deltoid off strategy) while in the other the insertion of the deltoid was preserved (deltoid on strategy).

Twenty-one patients, suffering from impingement syndrome of the shoulder, were operated during the period 1996–2001. Preoperatively all patients presented with positive impingement test and they were complaining of night pain as well as pain during activity. Two different techniques were used. In 2 group of 10 patients. the “deltoid off’”strategy was applied and the acromioplasty was performed with the use of an osteotome. In a second group of 11 patients the “deltoid on” strategy was applied and the acrormioplasty was performed by using a high speed burr.

Eight out of 10 patients of the first group were satisfied with the results of the operation, whereas all the 11 patients of the second group were satisfied. The return to full activity in patients with the “deltoid off” strategy was 10 weeks in average, while in the “deltoid on” group it was 8 weeks. Night pain subsided in ail patients in both groups. Two patients of the first group complained of mild pain with daily living activities, while 10 out of the 11 patients of the second group had no pain at all. Finally 2 patients of the first group and none of the second group presented residual painful arc.

We conclude that the “deltoid on” technique for treatment of the impingement syndrome of the shoulder appears more simple and reliable, has less morbidity and gives better clinical results, compared to the “deltoid off” technique.


G. Babalis C. Karliaftis E. Antonogianakis C.K. Yiannakopoulos C. Karabalis P. Mikalef A. Iliadis P. Efstathiou

Purpose: To present the technique and the results of simultaneous arthroscopic reconstruction of Bankart and SLAP lesions in patients with anterior shoulder instability.

Method: We performed shoulder arthroscopy in 95 patients aged 16–38 years (mean age:24,8) suffering anterior shoulder instability. Preoperative evaluation included clinical assessment, x-rays, MRI-arthrogram and examination under anaesthesia in comparison to the healthy shoulder. SLAP lesion was fixed using metallic suture anchors (FASTAK 2,4mm x 11,7 mm-Arthrex).The anchor was inserted in a 45° direction relative to the glenoid level. Bankart lesion was reconstructed using 2–3 bioabsorbable suture anchors (Panalok-Mitek J& J).The arthroscope was inserted through standard posterior, anterosuperior and anteroinferior portals while a posterolateral portal (portal of Whilrnington) was created for SLAP lesion repair. Patients’ average follow-up was 22 months (range, 18–30 months) and the results were evaluated using the ASES score.

Results: SLAP lesion was found in 13 patients: 6 pat.-type II (46%), 3 pat.-type I (23%), 2 pat.-type IV (15%), 1pat.-type III (7,6%) and 1 pat with a complex lesion. Of these patients 10 had also co-existed Bankart lesion. In 2 patients Hill-Sachs lesion was found while degenerative rotator cuff changes existed in 3 patients. While performing clinical evaluation anterior instability signs and symptoms were apparent with the patients complaining also for discomfort and crepitus during overhead activities. MRI preoperative sensitivity for SLAP lesion diagnosis was 59% while specificity and Positive predictive value were 90% and 76% respectively. Shoulder function and the overall ASES score improved from 44 pre-op. to 96 post-op.

Conclusion: Combined Bankart and SLAP lesions are uncommon in non-throwing patients with anterior instability. Arthroscopic suture anchors fixation ensures early and reliable rehabilitation. MRI arthrography study by a skeletal radiologist predicts to a high rate diagnosis.


I. Sarris D. Sotereanos

Massive rotator cuff tears associated with glenohumeral arthritis are currently an unsolvable clinical entity. This study strictly defines the use of bipolar hemiarthroptasty for the entity of RCTA.

Materials – Methods: We review our series of 14 patients with Rotator Cuff Tear Arthropathy (RCTA) who underwent a bipolar prosthesis of their shoulder. The average follow up was 27.8 months (range 24–48 months) and the average age was 71 years old (range 57–84 years old), of these 14 patients there were 9 male and 5 female. None of these patients had previous shoulder surgery and all patients underwent conservative treatment that failed to improve their symptoms or range of motion

Results: Preoperatively the average forward flexion was 300, external rotation 100 and the American Shoulder and Elbow Society (ASES) score was 25 points. Postoperativety the average forward flexion improved to 880, external rotation increased to 370 and the ASES score improved to 80 pts, 12 of the 14 patients stated that they had no pain with activities of daily living. Two patients persisted to have moderate pain in everyday activity.

Conclusion: We believe that bipolar hemiarthroplasty is currently a good option for treatment of Rotator Cuff Tear Arthropathy, The results of bipolar hemiarthroplasty provided more reliable pain relief than that for hemiarthroplasty.


K. Gouvalas S. Tsourvakas C Gimtsas N. Ameridis

Acromioclavicular joint dislocations (Grade 3) present challenging problems for the treating surgeon. We propose a retrospective radio clinical analysis of long-term outcome in a series of surgically treated patients to determine the long-term effects of the procedure on the acromioclavicular joint and possible implications for initial therapeutic decision.

Twenty patients were reviewed at a mean 45, 5 months after surgery (range 8 – 85 months). Mean age at surgery was 45, 8 years. All had an Allmon grade 3 acromioclavicular dislocation. All had early surgery for open reduction of acromioclavicular dislocation and temporary stabilization with two parallel transacromioclavicular pins and a wire (tension band).

Two patients had a postoperative complication: one wound dehiscence and one fracture of the wire. The subjective outcome was in 12 patients. In one patient we had redislocation and in two patients we had joint stiffnes. Radiographically there were 4 cases with acromioclavicular osteoarthritis and there were coracoclavicular ossification in all patients.

Surgical repair of grade 3 acromioclavicular dislocation by transacromioclavicular pinning without ligament suture, gave in this series satisfactory functional and subjective results that remained stable over time.


J. S. Maris A. Papanikolaou E. Karadimas J. A. Petroutsas C. Karabalis G. Deimedes K. Tsampazis

Introduction: The combined fractures of the clavicle (or A-C dislocation) and the scapular neck are complex injuries related to high energy trauma. Their management varies depending on the degree of instability and the presence of neurovascular complications. We evaluated the results of the treatment given to this rare injury.

Material and Method: During a five year period (1997–2001) we treated 12 patients with floating shoulder. The injury was in all cases the result of severe road traffic accident. Nine patients were males and three females with age ranging from 20 to 51 years. Seven patients had injured the right shoulder, the remaining five having injured the left one. Eight patients had additional injuries (chest in four, head in two, fracture of the T4 with complete paraplegia in one, chest and abdominal in one).

Three patients had neurovascular complications and were operated upon. Two of them with vascular injury were operated ungently and had arterial graft and stabilization of the clavicle or the A-C joint with tension band. The third patient with only neurological injury (axillary and suprascapular nerves) had similar stabilization of his clavicle. The remaining nine patients with minor displacement of the fractures and stable shoulder girdle were managed conservatively.

Results: We reexamined eleven patients. The mean follow-up period was 19 months (8–56 months). In nine patients-including the three operated-the fractures had healed in satisfactory position. In the remaining two the fracture of the scapular neck was malunited, resulting in loss of shoulder normal configuration and restriction of shoulder elevation. In two of the operated patients the coexistence of neurological injury resulted in poor functional outcome. The third one-with the axillary and suprascapular nerve injury-improved in relation to the axillary nerve within six months from the injury and had a fairly useful upper extremity. In the Constant-Murley scale the score ranged from 28–89 points (average 67 points).

Conclusion: In conclusion, fractures of the clavicle (or A-C dislocations) and the scapular neck are injuries of high energy and are usually encountered in multiplez injured patients. Severe displacement is usually related to instability of the shoulder girdle and neurovascular injuries; urgent operation is then necessary and the final result is often poor. In cases of severe displacement the stabilization of only the clavicle is not sufficient and open reduction and internal fixation of the scapular neck is recommended.


Full Access
C. Papachristou N. Efstathopoulos J. Lazarettos A. Kalliakmanis J. Sourlas V. Nikolaou E. Chronopoulos

Purpose: The aim of this paper is to present a new surgical method for the reconstruction of the recurrent sprain of the ankle.

Material – Methods: From 1980 until 1997, 17 patients 3 females and 14 males, average age 25.53 (19 – 44) underwent surgery suffering recurrent sprain of the ankle. In 11 patients the right ankle was involved and in 6 patients the left ankle. The cause of the injury was: athletic activities in 9 cases, weekend activities in 7 cases and daily activities in 1 case.

The patients were suffering from ankle instability 4–15 years prior the operation. All the patients underwent reconstructive surgery of the anterolateral elements (capsule and ligaments) according to senior author’s method. This included shortening of the anterolateral elements, capsule and ligaments, overlaping the anterolateral part over the anterolateral one in such a way, that the anterior drawer and varus tests were negative with the patient under anaesthesia.

Results: The follow up is 2–12 years. A patient underwent for a second time surgery, because of a new injury. In 2 patients early signs of ankle osteoarthritis. In the rest of them, restoration of the function of the ankle joint was excellent, obtaining full activities 3 months postperatively.

Conclusion: This surgical method for the reconstruction of the recurrent sprain of the ankle is considered satisfactory and when indicated allows young patients and athletes to participate in a rather short period of time, in their previous level of activities.


Full Access
F. Villanueva-Lopez V.N. Psychoyios J.C. Ramos-Salguero E. Zambiakis I. Esteo-Perez

Introduction: Pelvic ring injuries represent a complex injury pattern and sometimes have significant consequences. The aim of this retrospective study is to delineate the indications of surgical treatment with emphasis in the anatomic reconstruction.

Materials and Methods: 85 patients with pelvic ring fracture with or without acetabular fracture reviewed retrospectively. The average patient age was 34 years. Operative treatment was provided to 26 patients. Six isolated acetabular fractures were treated by ORIF. Twenty pelvic ring fractures were treated, by anterior Ex-Fix in five cases, Ex-Fix plus sacroiliac screws in three, anterior reconstruction plate plus sacroiliac screws in two, anterior plate plus sacral bars in three. The remaining seven patients with an additional acetabular fracture treated with anterior plate for the pelvis and plates for the acetabulum.

Results: All the acetabular fractures were anatomically reduced. All fractures consolidated and no patient has developed hip AVN or post-traumatic arthritis. Brooker’s grade III ossifications complicated two patients. Partial neurological deficit of sciatic nerve was seen in three cases of acetabular fractures that improved spontaneously. A case of vertical shearing sacral fracture through the foramina presented with lumbosacral plexus paresis that recovered near normal function in 6 months. Deep infection complicated a case that subsided at 2 weeks on antibiotics and serial surgical debridement.

Conclusions: The strict application on rational criteria and an exquisite surgical technique caring of the soft tissues produce satisfactory outcome of these injuries. The above-described surgical treatment shortens the hospital stay and allows early physiotherapy to restore function.


F. Villanueva-Lopez V.N. Psychoyios I. Esteo-Perez E. Zambiakis F. Villegas-Rodriguez

Introduction: Various surgical techniques existed for the treatment of three and four part proximal humeral fractures with variable outcomes. The aim of this study is to present a technique using small materials, to preserve all the biologic principles of fracture fixation, in the treatment of these challenging injuries.

Material: We perform a study taking as inclusion criteria: 3 and 4 parts proximal, closed, humeral fractures, treated surgically by open reduction and a modular biological internal fixation.

Surgical technique: Through a standard deltopectoral approach the fragments reduced, taking care to preserve the periosteum and manipulate meticulously the soft tissues. All the fractures were fixed with a combined system of Kirschner wires inserted to the proximal fragments, connected by “bone clips” forming a modular construction and fixed to the main distal fragment by AO screws.

Results: 24 patients complied with the inclusion criteria and were followed up a mean of 18 months. All patients achieved a satisfactory result except a fracture-dislocation that developed AVN and was revised into a shoulder arthroplasty and two demented elderly patients with metalware failure that were also revised.

Conclusion: In this first series of non-selected cases the outcome of fracture consolidation is promising. Although this technique is in its embryonary phase of development and the functional results are currently been assessed, the radiological outcomes suggest that the technique described is a valid alternative to the treatment of these fractures if we indicate an osteosynthesis method that combines biology and stability.


Th. Karachalios K. Bargiotas A.H. Zibis A. Damdounis Th. Moraitis KN. Malizos

Purpose: We present the results of subacromial decompression and repair of the rotator cuff through a minimal deltoid-on approach.

Material and Method: Eighty-seven patients with longstanding shoulder pain were evaluated in two years (1999–2000) in our department. In sixty -eight of them symptoms were due to impigment syndrome. Eight patients with follow up time less than six months were excluded from this study, twenty were treated conservatively and the remaining forty (22 female, 18 male, mean age 50.3) underwent surgery. Three x-ray views were obtained in all patients, i.e. standard AP, true AP, and subacromial space projection. MRI was also obtained in all patients. MRI revealed calcific tendinitis in fifteen patients, osteophytes of the acromioclavicular joint in thirteen, a hooked (type III) acromion in ten and partial tear of the supraspinatus tendon in nineteen. In five of them there was also a partial tear of the infraspinatus. Finally, seven patients were suffering of a full thickness tear of the supraspinatus tendon. All patients were operated through a minimal deltoid-on approach. Acromioplasty and coracoacromial ligament dissection was performed in all. In patients with osteoarthritis of the acromioclavicular joint, osteophytes were carefully removed. Calcific deposits were also removed in all patients. In eighteen patients tears of the rotator cuff were detected and repaired using bone anchors.

Results: All patients were examined six months postoperatively. Results were evaluated with CONSTANT SCORE and with a questionnaire for patient’s satisfaction. Thirty-seven patients were very satisfied with the result and three were satisfied. As for Constant score, pain improved at an average of 7.8 points, daily activities by 5.4, and range of movement by 4.2 points. Results were evaluated by the examiner as excellent in thirty-six patients (90%) and very good in four patients.

Conclusion: Deltoid-on approach, in patients with impingement syndrome of the shoulder provides adequate exposure for the surgical repair with minimal trauma and a very low rate of complications.


JC. Feroussis A. Zografidis P. Dallas C. Tsevdos A. Barbiltsioti A. Papaspiliopoulos

Airn: Treatment of acromioclavicular joint dislocations depends on the type of the dislocation and the patients symptoms. We present the results of surgical treatment with transfer of the acromical end of coracoacromial ligament in the distal end of the clavicle. (The Weaver Dunn procedure). Material – Method: 32 patients with acromioclavicular dislocation type III, IV and V according Rockwood, 20 acute and 12 chronic, were treated with open reduction and stabilization of the distal end of clavicle and transfer of the coracoacromial ligament. They were 26 men and 6 women, the average age was 28 years. The indications for the operation were: deformity, pain and numbness. On 28 patients resection of the distal end of the clavicle was performed but on 4 acute dislocations the stabilization was made without osteotomy.

Surgery was performed with the patients in the beach chair position and with a horizontal skin incision above the acromioclavicular joint. The length of the coracoacromial ligament was determinant to achieved reduction. The soft tissues were double breasted above the acromioclavicular joint. After surgery the limb was placed in a sling for 15 days and then complete mobilization exercises was began. Draft weight was avoided for 3 months.

Results: The average length of follow up was 4 years. All patients had almost no pain and full range of motion. Constant score was above 80 in all cases. Full range of motion was obtained until 2 months after operation. In 3 cases the primary reduction was not fully achieved. In 3 other cases loss of the primary reduction was observed due to suture rupture. In these cases the displacement was significantly minor than pre operatively. 15 patients had developed ectopic ossification bellow the acromioclavicular joint without consequence in the shoulder motion. The resection of the distal end of the clavicle did not alter the results.

Conclusion: The operation offers low percentage of complications and quick rehabilitation. It is recommended in acute as well in chronic injuries with very good results. The good results were not varied with time during follow up. Advantage of this operation represents the no use of metals. The pull angle of the ligament might create an anterior sublaxation during reduction of the dislocation, but this does not influence the results.


J.C. Feroussis A. Zografldis P. Dallas N. Konstantinou K. Tsevdos C. Pergaris

Aim: The common anatomic pathology responsible for the recurrent dislocation of the shoulder is in younger patients a trauma causes the Bankart lesion. Contrary to that, the common cause for recurrent instability in older patients, which is far more rare, is the massive tear of the rotator cuff tendons. During that the shoulder loose the of the posterior-upper stabilizing element (posterior mechanism according to Neer), and present a secondary anterior-inferior recurrent instability. This paper presents the results of the operative treatment for the above-mentioned rare and complex lesion.

Material – Method: Seven (7) patients, three (3) male and four (4) female with a mean age of 71 years developed recurrent shoulder instability as a result of trauma or preceding infection, which destroyed the rotator cuff. The initial injury was associated with dislocation in 2 cases and without dislocation in 3. The other 2 had a prior infection of the glenohumeral joint, which was treated conservatively. The patients who suffered injury were initially treated with a sling for 2 to 4 weeks. All cases presented with instability, pain and weakness, and in 2 cases the subluxation was obvious in every attempt to raise the arm. The radiological findings consisted of subacromial space narrowing, sclerosis and spur formation of the inferior part of the acromion and diffuse osteoporosis. All of the patients had tears in at least two tendons of the rotator cuff. The cases were treated operatively with a combination of the Boytchev anterior stabilization procedure (osteotomy of the coracoid process, transfer of the conjoined tendon under the subscapularis tendon and repositioning of the coracoid process) with an attempt to close the rotator cuff tear. A complete closure was achieved in 3 cases (in one the long head of the biceps was used), and a partial closure in 2. In the remaining 2 cases the closure of the tear was impossible. All of the patients postoperatively underwent an early mobilization regime.

Results: The mean follow-up was 30 months. Stabilization of the shoulder was achieved in 6 cases. Constant score varied from 50 to 85. One patient had a recurrent of the subluxation. All of the patients presented marked improvement in pain and in muscle strength. Two (2) of them developed almost full range of motion and satisfactory muscle strength. Four (4) patients presented decreased range of motion and muscle strength 50% of the unaffected arm, while one patient developed inability to raise his arm above 70 degrees. Five cases out of seven showed a satisfactory response to daily life activities.

Conclusions: The combination of recurrent anterior instability with massive rotator cuff tears presents great difficulty in treatment especially in the cases where an infection had preceded. A complete closure of the rotator cuff tear is usually very difficult to achieve, while the treatment of the instability alone leads to dubious results as far as pain and range of motion is concerned. For the management of the above complex lesion the existing literature is rather poor, and the combination of the Boytchev procedure with an repair of the rotator cuff tear, yielded satisfactory results mainly in regard to pain control, and secondly in achieving a good postoperative range of motion.


H. Dinopoulos P.V. Ciannoudis

Introduction: Knee dislocations are uncommon injuries with most series reporting only few cases over a period of many years. The association of knee dislocations with femoral shaft fractures is exceedingly rare and further complicates the management of this injury. We describe four patients managed at our tertiary care trauma center and evaluate the outcome.

Patients and Methods: Out of 187 femoral fractures treated in our institution over a period of 6 years (1994–1999), 4 patients with 5 femoral fractures and ipsilateral knee dislocations were identified. All four patients (2 female) were in early twenties and involved in high energy road traffic accidents. One woman had bilateral knee dislocation with fractures of both femora and tibiae. None of these four patients had head, chest or major visceral injury. No patient had neurovascular damage or compartment syndrome. All were managed by immediate relocation of the knee, angiography, locked intramedullary nailing of femur and post-operative bracing of the knee for six weeks – either by external fixator or hinged brace. Following discharge from the hospital they were followed up regularly in the fracture clinic. Secondary reconstructive procedures were planned depending on the severity of injury and patient demands. The minimum follow up was two years.

Results: Four of five femoral fractures united within expected time scale. One with nonunion had exchange nailing twice and is presently under follow up. Out of the five knees, four underwent a secondary reconstructive procedure. One patient had an open dislocation of the knee with loss of quadriceps tendon, part of patella and patellar tendon, which was reconstructed with Leeds-Keio ligament strips and a free flap. One other patient required an ACL reconstruction two years after injury and finally had a stable painless knee. The lady with bilateral injury had reconstruction of both PCL 2 years after injury. At the final follow up seven years later, there was residual PCL laxity in one knee and she was mobile with one stick. At final follow up all the patients were assessed by the American knee score.

Conclusion: Femur fractures with knee dislocations are orthopaedic emergencies. These injuries should be treated by immediate relocation of the knee, stabilization of the femoral fracture and ensuring normal distal circulation. In our patients, we have braced the knee initially and symptomatic instability was later on managed by appropriate ligament reconstruction procedures. Cross instability may require application of bridging external fixator to facilitate knee ligament healing. Two patients in this series had a good outcome with stable painless knees. The treatment has to be individualized in each situation to achieve an optimum result.


P.V. Giannoudis H. Dinopoulos

Introduction: Injuries to the urinary tract are a well known complication in patients with pelvic trauma. A severe urological injury frequently results in adverse long term outcome and prolonged disability. We present a review of the results of management of urological injury and the impact on final outcome in patients with pelvic fractures.

Patients: Out of 554 patients admitted to our center with pelvic fracture, 39 with injury to the urinary tract were identified – 8 females and 31 males (study group). The mean age of the patients was 30.9 yrs (range 15 to 71 yrs) and the mean ISS was 12.9 (range 9 to 22). Two patients had a skin wound communicating with fracture hematoma. Seven (18 %) had upper tract injury, 6 (15.4 %) had extraperitoneal bladder rupture, 9 (23.1 %) had intraperitoneal rupture, 3 (7.6 %) had bladder neck injury and 14 (35.9 %) had urethral injury. The mechanism and type of injury, initial management, timing of urological intervention, orthopaedic procedure complications and long term result in terms of incontinence, stricture and sexual dysfunction were assessed. All patients were assessed based on Orthopaedic, urological and the Euroqol (EQ5D) generic health questionnaire and compared to age and sex matched control group of 47 patients with similar pelvic injuries and ISS but no urological injury. The mean follow up period was 2.3 years.

Results: Upper urinary tract injuries: All were managed nonoperatively and had a uniformly good outcome except one patient who had a traumatic renal vein thrombosis and required nephrectomy. Three had acetabular fractures (one ant column and 2 both column fractures) and 4 had pelvic ring injuries (2 AP, 2 LC). Six were operated with av. time delay between injury and surgery being 7.1 days. We consider the urological injury related to the general trauma rather than the specific pelvic injury. Lower tract injuries: 14 out of 15 patients with bladder rupture had a repair of bladder within 24 hours of arrival at our center. One with a small extra-peritoneal tear was managed nonoperatively. Seven had LC injury, 6 had ARC and 2 had acetabular fractures (both column). One of the acetabulum fractures was managed by fixation and bladder repair on the day of arrival and the other had secondary congruence, which was not operated. Pelvic ring injuries were managed by internal and/or external fixation as appropriate. The average time delay between injury and surgery was 1.8 days. One patient with AP2 fracture died after 3 weeks due to severity of associated visceral injuries. Three patients reported failure of erection. All three patients with bladder neck injury had an APC fracture. Two were managed by immediate repair (day 1 and day 2) and had normal continence. One repair was delayed due to delay in transfer and was done on the 4th day. He developed faecal and urinary incontinence and loss of sexual function. Thirteen males had urethral injury – average age 37 yrs (range 19 to 70 years). Five had APC and five LC pelvic ring injuries, three had acetabular fractures. Three patients had a primary urethrostomy for a gap defect and two of these developed erectile dysfunction. Two were referred late to our center and were managed by continent urinary diversion. The rest had a catheter railroaded to maintain alignment of the two urethral ends and delayed repair was done for three patients. One patient in this group had sexual dysfunction while 5 developed a stricture. The only female patient with urethral injury had an open tilt fracture associated with urethral tear.

The control group had 7 acetabular fractures, 19 AP compression, 17 lateral compression injuries and 4 vertical shear injuries. Four were managed nonoperatively. None of these had an open fracture. The average time delay between injury and surgery was 2.2 days.

We found no significant difference between the study and the control group in the outcome on comparing patients with upper tract and bladder injuries but the urethral injury group had a poorer result in all 5 parameters of the EQ5D.

Conclusions: Upper tract and bladder injuries in the context of pelvic trauma can be successfully managed as described, they do not add significant morbidity compared to the control group. In contrast urethral injuries significantly affected the outcome after pelvic fracture in terms of general health and return to normal function. Early management with primary alignment at the time of pelvic stabilisation and a delayed repair if required produced good results. A high index of suspicion and routine retrograde urethrograms would reduce risk of missed or iatrogenic injury. A team approach is required to achieve optimum results.


Full Access
V.N. Psychoyios H. Dinopoulos F. Villanueva-Lopez E. Zambiakis M Hamdeh

Introduction: Noncontiguous fractures of the tibial diaphysis and ipsilateral ankle is an uncommon entity. The aim of this study is to highlight the unique fracture pattern with emphasis on the necessity for surgical treatment.

Material: There were 11 patients with an average age of 40 years, who sustained ipsilateral, noncontiguous fractures of the tibia and ankle. All but one fracture ware closed. The level of the tibia fracture included midshaft (two), middle-distal third (seven), distal third (two). Seven of the ankle fractures were classified as Weber B, three as Weber C and one Pilon. One fracture was treated by cast immobilization, eight with ORIF of both fractures and two with a combination of internal and external fixation. Of the patients treated operatively, five were treated initially in long leg casts, but each required surgical intervention to control fracture alignment.

Results: The average follow up was twenty- three months. The non-operatively treated fracture resulted in a mal-union and a severe loss of ankle mobility. Of the cases managed operatively, seven had complete structural and functional recovery, two patients regained 70% of ankle mobility and one developed ankle arthritis.

Discussion: The resulted experience from the treatment of these injuries shows their extremely unstable nature. It has been our experience that the forces acting upon the fragments usually underestimated since reduction of one fracture displaces the other. Furthermore if acceptable reduction is achieved by closed means, a progressive slippage occurs over the time. We believe that stable fixation of both fractures should be the treatment of choice.


E.I. Karadimas J. Petroutsas K. Tsambazis C. Karabalis P. Papasteliatos G. Theodoratos

During the decade 1986–1996 were admitted in our hospital 2267 patients with hip fractures. From them 179 (7.98%) had already operated on for fracture to their other hip and the majority of them had a good way of life after the first operation. In 125 cases (69.83%) the second fracture was similar to the first.

The mean age was 78.5 years. From the 179 patients, 145 were women and 34 men (rate 4.3/1). The 94 (52.5 %) were intertrochanteric and the other 85 (47.5%) subcabital fractures. The mean time between fractures was 6.5 years in patients under 70 years and decreased in those over 80 years in 3.5 years.

On the bases of our follow up, mean time 18 months (12m–24m), from the 179 patients, 55 (30.7%) died during the first six months, (3 during hospitalization) and 13 (tot 37.98%) later but before our re-examination.

The evaluation of the remaining 111 patients, according pain and activities of the patients was: 16 (14.3%) very good, 52 (47%) good and 43 (38.7%) fair.

The patients with the better results were those under 75 years, who had similar hip fractures and had been operated on the first 3 days. In the other hand the majority of the 43 patients with the fair results were over 85 years.

We found out that the bilateral non simultaneous hip fractures had a high mortality incidence. We believe that, except the age, there were other risk factors for this high mortality, such as, cardiovascular diseases, chest and urinary infections, bed sores etc.

We noticed also that in all patients there was a decrease of the bone mass as a result of the extended immobilization and poor nutrition.


P.V. Ciannoudis H. Dinopoulos T. De Costa SJ. Matthews

Purpose: To document the incidence of neurological lesions and functional outcome following displaced acetabular fractures.

Patients and Methods: Prospective review of patients who underwent stabilisation of acetabular fractures in a University Hospital trauma centre. From December 1994 to November 2000 136 patients were identified with acetabular fractures. The open reduction and internal fixation of the acetabular fixation was performed by standard operative techniques. The time from the initial injury to the operation ranged from 24 hours to I4days. Patients with sciatic nerve injuries were prospectively followed up and long-term outcome recorded. Weakness or absence of dorsiflexion or plantar flexion was graded according to the standard Medical Research Council. Abnormalities of sensation, including absent or diminished sensation to light touch and pinprick as well as dysesthesia or hyperesthesia of the dorsal and plantar aspects of the foot were recorded. None of the patients had an injury of the spinal cord. Intra-operative monitoring was performed in most cases, and routine electromyography and nerve -conduction studies were done post-operatively and at least on one more occasion to record the level and severity of the lesion and to monitor progress of recovery. All the patients were followed up clinically in the trauma clinics and functional improvement was routinely assessed. The mean follow up of the patients was 3.4 years (range 1.5–6 years).

Results: Out of 136 patients who underwent stabilisation of acetabular fractures there were 27 (19.8 %) cases of neurological lesions. In 12 cases the femoral head was dislocated posteriorly. Twenty were men and eight were woman. The mean age was 33.8 (range 16–66). 15 patients had associated injuries. The mean ISS was 12.6 (range 9–34). At initial presentation there were 13 patients with a complete dropped foot lesion, 10 patients with foot weakness and 4 patients with burning pain and altered sensation over the dorsum of the foot. Intra-operative monitoring was performed in 16 cases. All the patients had EMG studies for neurophysiological assessment of the lesion. EMG studies revealed sciatic nerve lesions in all the cases but in nine patients with a dropped foot there was evidence of a proximal (sciatic) and distal (neck of fibula) lesion, “double crush syndrome”. Only in 3 of these cases there was documentation of an ipsilateral knee injury. In two patients there was deterioration of foot function after surgery due to iatrogenic damage. At final follow-up, clinical examination and associated EMG studies revealed full recovery in 5 cases with initial muscle weakness (mean time 4.2 years (2–5)) and complete resolution of sensory symptoms (burning pain and hyposthesia) in 4 cases (mean time 3 years (2–4)). There was improvement of functional capacity (motor and sensory) in two cases with initially complete drop foot and in 4 cases with muscle foot weakness (mean time 3.6 years (range 2–6). In 11 of the cases with dropped foot (all nine with “double crush”) at presentation, there was no improvement in function, (mean time 3.9 years (range 2–6).

Conclusion: Acetabulum fractures associated with sciatic nerve injuries continue to be a significant cause of long-term morbidity in trauma patients. In cases where there is evidence of “double crush lesions” the prospect of functional recovery is low as seen in this group of patients. Single lesions appear to be associated with a more favourable prognosis.


Full Access
H. Dinopoulos P.v. Giannoudis

Purpose: To determine any relation between scapular fracture, severity of chest injury and mortality in patients with multiple injuries.

Patients and Methods: We reviewed 621 consecutive patients admitted over a five year period (1995–1999) with multiple injuries. All had an associated chest injury. Such details were recorded and analyzed as – mechanism of injury, ISS, AIS for chest, GCS, ICU stay, total hospital stay, operations performed, presence or absence of scapular fracture, complications and mortality. Patients with chest injury but without scapula fracture formed the control group of the study.

Results: Out of 621 patients with multiple injuries (mean ISS 27.5), 79 (17 women) (12.72%) – group 1 were identified with scapular fractures. 542 (122 women) patients with chest injury but no scapular fracture formed the control group – group 2. The mean age of group 1 was 42 years versus 40 years of group 1 and the mean ISS was 27.12 (SD 15.13) and 28. 41 (SD 14.21) in group 1 and group 2 respectively (p value > 0.05). In group 1 the chest AIS was 3.46 (SD 1.10) and 3.18 (SD 1.06) in group 2 (p value < 0.05).The most common associated chest injury in group 1 was pneumothorax (28%) followed by pulmonary contusion (15.2%) whereas in group 2 it was likewise pneumothorax (20%) followed by pulmonary contusion (21%). There were 8 (10.1%) flail segments in the scapula group, versus 50 flail segments (9%) in the non scapula group. In group 1 there was an incidence of 3.8 % associated thoracic vertebral fractures compared to 8.3% in group 2. 2.6 % of patients in group 1 had major vessel injury or cardiac laceration as compared to 3 % in group 2. There were 4 brachial plexus injuries in group 1 (5.1%) versus nil in group 2. In group 1, 32 (40.5%) patients had sustained associated abdominal injuries mean AIS 3.1 versus 190 (34.6%) in group 2 with a mean AIS of 2.9. In the scapula group there were 31 clavicle fractures, 12 humerus fractures and 4 shoulder dislocations. In the non-scapula group there were 137 clavicle fractures, 93 fractures of the humerus and 2 shoulder dislocations. The mean hospital stay in both groups was 22 days (range 5–153). In group 1 the mortality rate was 11.4% (9 patients) mean ISS 48 (range 24–75) versus 25% (136 patients) mean ISS 41.3 (range 17–75) in group 2.

Conclusion: Patients with scapular fractures were found to have a higher chest and abdominal AIS. Overall, the scapular fracture was not associated with higher ISS or higher mortality and does not correlate with a poorer outcome.


C.I. Drosos P. Kouzoubasis N. Stavropoulos E.H. Kayias K. Tsioros E. Miliotis

Aim: The aim was to study the blood loss and the need for transfusion in patients with fracture of the upper end of the femur.

Patients – Methods: In a prospective study we included 50 patients with intertrochanteric fractures (Group 1) and patients with fractures of the femoral neck (Group 2). Patients with other concomitant injuries or fractures were excluded. The blood loss and the need for transfusion were studied using as lower limit for transfusion Hb 10 gr./dl.

Results: The average age of the patients was 80.2 years (s.d. 8.3). Patients of the Group 2 (mean 73, s.d. 10) were younger than patients in Group 1 (average 82, s.d. 5.6).

Two thirds of the patients were women, with higher proportion of women in Group 1 (women: 81.3%, men:18.7%) than in Group 2 (women: 66.7%, men:33.3%).

In Group 1 the average blood loss (3.4 units) as well as the average need for transfusion (1.9 units) was higher than in Croup 2 (average blood loss 2.8 units, average need for transfusion 1.6 units). The average Hb admission in Group 1 was 11.4 and in Group 2 was 11.8.

In patients that were operated on within the first 24 hours after the injury, the average blood loss was lower than in patients who were operated on later.

Conclusions: In patients with intertrochanteric fractures the blood loss as well as the need for transfusion was higher than in patients with femoral neck fractures. Early surgical treatment led to less blood loss.


I. Hatziantoniou E. Hatzianagnostou G. Diakos

Purpose: It is known that postoperative delirium and hypoxia are factors that make mobilisation of elderly patients more difficult. Our purpose was to estimate the rate of hypoxia and delirium postoperatively, and their possible correlation, in elderly people suffering from a hip fracture.

Material: One hundred-seventeen patients (35 male, 82 female) over 65 years old were studied. Sixty two of them, who had a fracture of the neck of the femur and 15 with an intertrochanteric fracture were treated with a hemiarthroplasty, and 40 who sustained an intertrochanteric fracture were treated with internal fixation with a gliding screw and a plate. Spinal anaesthesia was used in all patients. Their age was 65–97 (average 79, 7). Patients suffering from dementia or Alzheimer were excluded.

Method: We counted satO2 preoperatively and until the fourth postoperative day. Postoperative delirium was assessed with the Confusion Assessment Method (CAM). Postoperatively, O2 was given at patients with satO2< 90 or when saturation was 5% lower than the preoperative.

Results: Hypoxia occurred in 60 patients (51,28%), which was usually reduced until the 4th pop day. In two patients who suffered from chronic respiratory failure, hypoxia persisted until the 10th pop day.

Postoperative delirium occurred in 31 patients (26,5%). Seventeen of then had also hypoxia. Two patients didn’t recover until their discharge from the hospital. In one of them the delirium persists 3 months pop. Correlation between delirium and hypoxia was not noticed (p< 0,0024), neither the delirium was better after the administration of O2 in hypoxaemic patients, altought satO2 was made better.

Conclusion: Hypoxia, postoperatively, in elderly patients, sufering from hip fracture is usual, but it is made better after the 4th pop day. Postoperative delirium in these patients is also usual. In our study there was no correlation between delirium and hypoxia. Delirium wasn’t any better after administration of O2.


Full Access
G. Petsatodis A. Xatzisimeon E. Samoladas I. Pournaras

Aim: The scope of this study is to estimate the blood loss in major orthopaedics operations in the 24 and 48 hours, in order to evaluate the need of drainage for more than 24 hours.

Material-Methods: 100 consecutive in-patients included in this study and we formed 4 groups. Group A: THR (cemented-cementless), group B: TKR, group C: hemiarthroplasty, group D: DHS due to intertrochanteric fracture. We applied a drainage in all the patients for 48 hours and we measured the blood loss in 24 and 48 hours, the Hb for the next three days and the transfusion units.

Results: In group A the mean blood loss is 513, 75 ml in 24 hours and 147,08 ml in 48 hours. In group B the mean blood loss is 559, 62 ml in 24 hours and 91,31 ml in 48 hours. In group C the mean blood loss is 190 ml and 35, 6 ml in 48 hours. In group D the mean blood loss is 140, 48 ml and 16, 4 ml in 48 hours.

Conclusions: There is no need to keep the drainage more than 24 hours in the groups of hemiarthroplasty and DHS since the blood loss after 24 hours is minimum. We suggest to keep the drainage more than 24 hours in the groups of THR and TKR since there is significant blood loss after 24 hours.


E.L Fufulas D. Tsintzas B. Gabriilidis

The aim of this paper is to compare the effectiveness on the amelioration of symptoms of hip osteoarthritis (OA) between Nimesulide and intraarticular injection of Hyaluronic acid (HA).

In the Orthopaedic outpatient department of our Hospital we selected 22 patients suffering from hip osteoarthritis as it is defined by the American College of Rheumatology after clinical, radiological and blood examinations. The age range was 62 – 82 years and were all female. They were seperated into two groups.

Group A included 13 patients treated with Nimesulide (NSAID) for a period of 20 days and Group 2 included 10 patients treated with five intraarticular injections of HA in the hip joint, one every week, under ultrasound control. Before treatment initiation we performed clinical examination for active and passive flexion, internal and external rotation of the hip. Pain evaluation was with VAS and Lequense algofunctional index. We repeated the examination and evaluation a month, six months and a year after the end of the treatment.

Following the Helsinki proclamation we did not use placebo group.

The results in group A has shown that 8 patients had considerable amelioration of their symptoms, 3 has a mild amelioration and 2 patients none.

In group B considerable amelioration was observed in all 10 patients. We have noticed that although therapeutic result is usually expected at the end of the treatment, 6 of the patients had improvement after the first 2 intraarticular injections, especially for night pain, and the others just before the end of the treatment.

The duration of the improvement for group A was 15 days in one patient, 30 days in seven and 3 months in three patients.

In group B the duration of improvement was 20 days in one patient, 2 months in two, 6 months in five and 11 months in two patients.

In patients of group B symptoms’ recurrence was not so intense as in the first time. In group A symptoms’ recurrence was at the same level as before treatment initiation. No complication was observed from the intraarticular injections.

In conclusion we could say that treatment with HA is more effective concerning the duration of the symptoms amelioration. There is no risk from gastrointestinal complications.


D. Polyzois J. Kouvaras V. Polyzois P. Samelis K. Koukos

This study evaluates the results of our technique of proximal tibial osteotomy for treatment of osteoarthritis of the medial compartment of the knee.

One hundred and thirty eight knees were operated upon from 1981 to 1990. The degree of appropriate correction was measured in standing radiographs of the whole limb. Our technique consists of the creation of an osteotomy running obliquely just above the tibial tuberosity to the posterior tibial surface. No wedge is removed. Realignment is obtained by sliding the two osteotomy surfaces until the desirable correction is obtained. The osteotomy is fixed by a 90° blade-plate. By this technique precise correction can be achieved.

One hundred and seventeen knees were evaluated after a mean FU of 5, 5 years with 91% excellent or good result. In a second evaluation of 93 knees in a mean FU of 7.8 years, the good results dropped to 72%. In a third evaluation of 81 knees, after a mean FU of 11.8 years (range 9 to 16), only 54% of the knees maintained acceptable results.

The best results in the last evaluation were seen in 43 knees in which the postoperative alignment of femorotibial angle was 178° to 182°. Undercorrected or excessively overcorrected knees showed deterioration of the results in 4 to 9 years depending on the degree of mal-correction.

The results deteriorate with passage of time especially if precise correction is not achieved. Accurate preoperative radiographic measurements and precise operative technique is required to obtain exact correction of the axis in order to maintain the good results for a long period of time.


M. Drymoussis G.G. Karahalios G. Salagiannis E.J. Vlahos

Introduction: High tibial osteotomy is considered as alternative treatment for the unicompartmental arthritis of the varus knee. Low tibial osteotomy due to delayed union is avoided. Corticotomy and the use of external fixation system for stabilization and progressive correction of the axis offers all the osteotomie’s advantages, and, furthermore, reduces the bone healing time.

Material and Method: Fifty-seven patients, aged 49–76 y. (mean age 63.2 y.) with unicompartmental arthritis of the knee were treated, using the above technique. In all the cases arthroscopy was firstly performed to examine the knee joint. The mean time of external fixation presevation was six weeks. Folllow-up examination ranged from 6 months to ten years (mean time 6 y.). Since, the second postoperative day partial weight bearing was permitted. Patient’s hospitalization was 3 days. Postoperative correction of the axis was 1° per day, for 12–15 days.

Results: Regarding the pain and the range of motion the results are excellent in 49/57 patients. Loss of full knee extension was presented in one patient. Lateral knee instability and pain were presented in 3 patients. One patient was submitted in total knee arthroplasty two years after the osteotomy. Delayed-union of the osteotomy was presented in 4 patients that were fully healed, while non-union was presented in one patient. Two patients presented peroneal nerve neurapraxia, that were fully healed.

Conclusion: Conclusively, knee osteotomy with the use of external fixation system and progressive correction of the axis is a reliable method for the treatment of the unicompartmental arthritis of the knee. It permits the early weight bearing of the limb and offers very good results regarding pain and range of motion.


C. Papakostidis A. Grestas D. Vardakas E. Motsis D. Tsiampas I. Chrysovitsinos

Introduction: High tibial osteotomy is an established procedure for the mid-term treatment of unicompartmental osteoarthritis of the knee. Nevertheless, it produces anatomic alterations of the proximal part of tibia, which might affect the later performance of TKR. These anatomic changes are basically patella infera and medialization of the tibial medullary canal with respect to the tibial plateau (tibial condilar offset).

Material and Method: The purpose of the present retrospective study is the evaluation of the above mentioned anatomic changes, caused by high tibial valgus osteotomy (Mittelmeier’s technique). For this purpose we studied the X-rays of 44 kness (pre-op, p-op and 1 year p-op) that had under gone the above procedure.

Results: We didn’t find any statistically significant difference of the postoperative position of the patella with respect to the preoperative one, whereas there was definite medialization of the tibial anatomic axis with respect to the preoperative situation. The latter change was directly correlated with the degree of valgus correction. The mean change of the tibial anatomic axis (as estimated by the value of the tibial condylar offset ratio) was 15%.

Conclusions: Although Mittelmeier’s high tibial valgus osteotomy does not cause any significant alteration of the position of the patella, it does alter the relationship of the tibial medullary canal with respect to the tibial plateau in direct correlation with the degree of valgus correction. Thus, the performance of TKR after proximal tibial osteotomy necessitates a thorough preoperative plan and the selection of the appropriate implant.


L. Badras l. Vossinakis V. Ceorgaklis H. Paleochorlidis E. Skretas D. Kafidas

The aim of this study is to evaluate the mid-term results of the Genesis I Total Knee prosthesis (asymmetric tibial component plateaus), retaining the posterior cruciate ligament and not resurfacing the patella in all patients.

Between 1992 and 1999, 90 patients (116 knees) were operated (81 women and 9 men) of an average age of 68 (52–82) years. The indication for the operation was osteoarthritis. 84 patients (109 knees) were evaluated clinically and roentgenographically (Knee Society Knee Score). The average follow-up time was 74.1 (29.6–113.7) months.

There were no cases of infections. Three of the patients required a second operation. Two of them had their patellae replaced (1,5 and 3 years postoperatively) due to persisting patellofemoral pain. In a third patient the knee was revised due to excessive wear of the polyethylene component five years postoperatively. Moreover, major polyethylene wear was also observed six years postopertively on another patient, asymptomatic and unwilling to undergo a revision. The clinical results were satisfactory with a mean Knee Score of 97 (74–100) and a Function Score of 80 (5–100). The mean range of motion was 113° (85°–135°). There was no evidence of loosening or any radiolucent line found radiographically.

We consider the results of the Genesis I Total Knee Arthroplasty satisfactory. The asymmetric shape of the tibial condyles ensures the fitting of the tibial component. Even in cases of severe patella damage, we believe that replacement of the patella is not required. Occurrence of patellofemoral problems can be usually attributed to mal-tracking of the patella or to component malposisioning.


C. Gimtsas K. Gouvalas S. Tsourvakas N. Ameridis

The efficacy and safety of hyaloyronic-acid in patients with osteoarthritis of the knee were investigated, in the present study.

A total of 125 patients were included in the study during the last five years (1996–2001). Treatment was one weekly, intraarticular administration of 20-mg/2ml hyalouronic acid for 5 consecutive weeks.

All the patients were clinically assessed before each injection and every three months after the end of the therapy. X-ray examinations were performed 6 months and one year after the end of therapy. All 125 patients complete the study.

Spontaneous pain decreased during the treatment course and continued to decrease-up to the end of the study in patients with 1st and 2nd stage osteoarthritis of the knee. In these patients observed a substantial improvement of morning stiffness and supra-patellar circumference. In all patients there weren’t any x-ray improvement at the end of the therapy. The pain and joint stiffness were reapproranced in all patients after a mean time of five months after the end of the therapy. We didn’t observed any local or systemic adverse during the therapy. The results of this study demonstrate that intraarticular administration of hyalouronic-acid is safe and effective and confirms that the product is a valid alternative in the treatment of osteoarthritis of the knee.


S.A. Syggelos E. Ciannopoulou E. Panagiotopoulos J. Varakis A. J. Aletras

Aim: To examine the in vitro effects of several non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) on pro-inflammatory cytokines and PGE2 production by interface membrane from loose endoprosthesis of hip or knee arthroplasty. Since these factors are strongly implicated in the bone resorption process and aseptic prosthesis failure we hypothesize that the probable inhibition of their production by prophylactic administration of NSAIDs, will retard these processes.

Materials and Methods: Interface membranes were harvested from ten patients who were subjected to revision surgery for aseptic total hip or knee replacement loosening and cultured for 72h in the absence or presence of therapeutic dosages of each, of aceclofenac, piroxicam, tenoxicam and indomethacin. Paracetamol was used as neutral control. In conditioned media the levels of IL-6, IL-1 (3, TNF-a and PGE2 were determined by ELISA and the data were analyzed by the Student’s t-test (significance level p< 0.05).

Results: All the tested NSAIDs caused a statistically significant decrease on IL-6 and TNF-a levels, with aceclofenac and tenoxicam to be more effective (caused decrease in 7 out of 10 samples), while they had low or controversial effect on IL-1β production, except aceclofenac that seemed to augment the IL-1β levels (statistically significant increase in 5 out of 9 samples). Finally all the tested drugs, except paracetamol, caused a marked reduction (80–99%) of PGE2 levels.

Conclusions: The stimulatory effect of IL-6 and TNF-α in the osteoclastic bone resorption process is well established. Considering the above results, the tested IMSAIDs (especially aceclofenac and tenoxicam) reduce the in vitro production of these mediators by interface membranes. Hence, it is reasonable to propose that the prophylactic treatment with these drugs could delay the process of the aseptic loosening. However, in order to support this hypothesis, more experiments are required by which the effects of them on other factors implicated in the loosening process, such as metalloproteinases, will be examined.


K. Panousis B. Rana J. Reilly I. Butcher P. Crigoris

Introduction: Infection constitutes a serious complication of joint arthroplasty, with an incidence of 1–2% after primary arthroplasty and even higher after revision procedures. Detection of low-grade infection in a prosthetic joint can often be very difficult, with huge implications on the subsequent treatment, cost and patient morbidity. Revision of an unrecognised infected arthroplasty may lead to less satisfactory results in a high proportion of cases. We utilized Polymerase Chain Reaction, a molecular biology technique to detect bacterial DNA from the synovial fluid of patients undergoing revision surgery, in comparison with conventional infection detection techniques.

Methods: We prospectively assessed 81 patients undergoing revision arthroplasty (67 hips and 14 knees). Each patient was pre-operatively assessed clinically and radiologically. ESR and CRP results were noted. During revision, synovial fluid and tissue cultures were obtained and antibiotics were given only after the specimens were taken. Standard microbiology and histology study were done on tissue samples. In addition Polymerase Chain Reaction study was performed on the synovial fluid. In this method, DNA is extracted from the bacterial cell; it is polymerised and finally visualized by gel electrophoresis. Post-operatively patients were followed up at regular intervals. Diagnosis of infection included correlation between clinical, radiological and laboratory investigations along with intra-operative findings, tissue culture and histology results and a period of postoperative follow up of 12 to 36 months.

Results: Eleven (13.58%) of the 81 cases that had revision arthroplasty were clinically infected. Polymerase chain reaction was positive in 30 cases, tissue cultures were positive in 8 cases and histology was positive in 10 cases for infection. PCR showed sensitivity and specificity of 0.92 and 0.72 respectively. Tissue culture showed sensitivity and specificity of 0.72 and 0.81 respectively. Histology showed sensitivity and specificity of 0.9 and 1 respectively.

Discussion: Twenty out of 30 PCR positive cases did not show any clinical evidence of infection. It is unclear whether this represents contamination during surgery or in the PCR lab. Alternatively this may represent true positive PCR results in cases with low bacterial count or bacteria growing within a biofilm that can be detected only by ultrasonication of the implant and immunofluorescence methods. PCR could also be detecting non-culturable forms of bacteria or bacterial fragments.

Conclusion: PCR has high sensitivity and low specificity for detection of bacterial DNA. The combination of tissue cultures and histology can still provide a reliable diagnosis of infection.


K. Papaioannou V. Karamoulas Ch. Bikos Em. Papacostas I. Petkidis T. Papaioannou

Aim: There are more than 50 methods for the treatment of Reflex Sympathetic Dystrophy Our aim is to test how effective is the treatment of patients with Reflex Sympathetic Dystrophy with guanethidine

Method: 15 patients (F=12, M=3, Mean age 59.9) were seen in the chronic pain clinic with Reflex Sympathetic Dystrophy. 13 patients had sustained a Colles fracture and 11 of them had a closed reduction and application of POP and 2 had an external fixation. 1 had an operation for release of median nerve and 1 amputation of 3 fingers due to trauma. There were first seen in the Pain Clinic 12–16 weeks after the initial injury. Main symptoms were pain and stiffness. On examination all of them had oedema of the hand, stiffness and discoloration. Allodynia was present in 8. Patsy osteoporosis was evident on the x-rays. Palmar elytritis with atrophy in 6. The treatment was intravenous sympathetic block with 20 mg guanethidine plus 2ml 2% lignocaine and N/Saline up to 20 ml. The second block was repeated after 3 days and the following depending on the response to pain. Physiotherapy session followed each block.

Results: 2 patients needed 5 blocks, 7 patients 4 blocks, 5 patients 3 blocks and 1 patient 2 blocks. In the end there was complete regression of the pain, oedema and restoration of the movement.

Conclusion: The sympathetic block with I.V. administration of guanethidine in combination with physiotherapy seems to be a safe and simple treatment of choice, well tolerated and with good results.


A. Karageorgos A.X. Papadopoulos M. Marangos M. Tyllianakis

Aims: Evaluation of postoperative infections in T.H.R. and T.K.R., after randomized prophylactic use of Fusidic acid, Vancomycin and Cefuroxime and assessment of their side effects.

Methods: From December 2000 to April 2002, 128 patients were operated on T.H.R. and T.K.R. in Orthopaedic Department of University of Patras (64 for T.H.R. and 47 for T.K.R.). Mean age was 66.5 years (range 45–90yrs.). The patients were categorized into three groups. In the first group was administrated Fusidic acid 500mg and Cefuroxime 1.5gr preoperatively and 2 doses of Fusidic acid 500mg postoperatively. The second group received Vancomycin 1gr and Cefuroxime 1.5gr preoperatively and 2 doses of Vancomycin 1gr postoperatively. The third group received Cefuroxime 1.5gr preoperatively and 2 doses of Cefuroxime 750mg postoperatively. Blood tests were systematically performed preoperatively, and the first and fifth postoperative day. Mean follow up was 8 months. Results: No deep wound infection was observed. Superficial infections developed 2 pt. (1.58%) of the first group, 2 pt. (1.58%) of the second group and 3 pt. (2.3%) of the third group. Temperature over 38.3° C attributed to another infection site was observed in 4 pt. of the first group, 2 pt. of the second group and 7 pt. of the third group, while temperature over 38.3° C with unknown origin was noted in 7,2,6 patients respectively. No side effect was recorded.

Conclusions: The proper use of antibiotic prophylaxis according to pharmakokinetic and pharmakodvnamic properties combined with sterile surgical techniques, prevents early deep wound infections in T.H.R. and T.K.R. The use of specific antistaphylococcal agents is of no benefit in antimicrobial prophylaxis for the above operations.


J. Lazarettos N. Efstathopoulos C. Papachristou K. Kanellakopoulou E. Giamarellou A. Kapranou J. Elemenoglou A. Papalois

Aims: The effectiveness of the local treatment of experimental osteomyelitis by MRSA with a mixture of calcium phosphate bone cement and 3% teicoplanin into the femur of rabbits.

Methods: Thirty-six male rabbits with chronic (3 weeks) MRSA (Methicillin Resistant Staph. aureus) osteomyelitis of the right femur (Model of Norden CW) were treated with a new local Teicoplanin delivery system prepared by a mixture of calcium phosphate cement plus 3% teicoplanin. Osteomyelitis was introduced by inoculating 107 cfu/ml of the MRSA strain in a 2mm hole of the bone medula, placement of a needle serving as a foreign body and subsequent closure with a sterile bone wax. The follow-up of the infection was performed by clinical, microbiological, x-rays and histological findings. On the third week all animals were reoperated and the needle was removed followed by implantation of the above mixture. One control and five treated animals were sacrificed each week thereafter until the sixth week.

Results: Cultures of the treated animals were positive during the first week but turned negative after the second week, while throughout the same period cultures from the controls remain positive. Clinical and histologic studies were in accordance.

Conclusions: The above mixture could be approved as a supplementary method in the treatment of bone infections. It can be used by replacing the gentamycin polymethylmethacrylate beads whose use demands reoperation to be removed. Finally it offers the possibility to contribute to the filling of the bone gaps as it can be replaced by host bone.


Z. Kanonidou D. Atmatzidis E. Christou A. Tourtoglou M. Ventouri I. Terzidis A. Christodoulou

The purpose of this study was the investigation and treatment of all the complications that may occur from the epidural postoperative analgesia in patients who have undergone major orthopaedic surgery.

From October 1999 to April 2002, 200 patients ASA I- III, aged 45–90 (average 72) were studied. They all received postoperative epidural analgesia and were given a mixture of local anaesthetic and Opioid analgesic, more specifically Ropivacaine 2% 10 ml/h and Morphine 0, 1 ug/h via the epidural catheter by means of a stable infusion pump.

The analgesic effect covers the patients for the first 2–3 postoperative days and permits earlier and pain free mobilization and physiotherapy. The analgesic result of this method was completely satisfactory with a mean of VAS 96.

The most frequent side-effects were nausea and vomiting. Pruritus, mild hypotension, hypaesthesia and motor blockage were documented as well but in a very small percentage. No case of respiratory depression or medical toxicity was mentioned, neither epidural haematoma nor infection due to the placement of epidural catheter. The complications during the recovery phase were treated easily by discontinuation of the infusion or by symptomatic therapy.

Epidural analgesia with a steady infusion pump is a secure method of analgesia. However it is of great importance that the patient is informed about the epidural anaesthesia and postoperative analgesia, in a such a way as to attain his/ her consent, participation and collaboration for the best therapeutic result.


I. Sarris D Sotereanos

Proximal Row Carpectomy (PRO has been used as an alternative treatment for advanced radiocarpal arthrosis and carpal collapse. Its use has been recommended for Kienbock’s disease, chronic scaphoid nonunion and scapholunate advanced collapse (SLAC) deformity.

Materials – Methods: Twenty-three patients were divided into two groups: group 1, consisting of patients with Kienbock’s disease (10 patients), and group 2, consisting of patients with scapholunate advanced collapse (13 patients). The average age was 51 years (range 27–69) for group 1, and 45 years (range 29–57) for group 2. The average follow-up was 30 months for Kienbock’s disease (range, 23–49 months) and 31 months for SLAC deformity of the wrist (range, 24–51 months). Pre-operative staging was performed on all patients utilizing Lichtmann’s (Lichtmann and Degnan, 1993) classification for Kienbock’s disease and Watson’s (Watson and Ballet, 1984) classification for scapholunate advanced collapse.

The procedure was performed as described by Jorgansen (1969) utilizing a dorsal midline approach between the third and fourth dorsal compartments. Styloidectomy, preserving the radiocapitate ligament was performed in 7 out of the 23 patients (5 Kienbock’s and 2 SLAC wrist’s patients). Posterior Interosseous Nerve neurectomy was performed in 2 out of the 10 patients with Kienbock’s disease. Results: Statistically significant differences were noted between the Kienbock’s disease group and the SLAC wrist group (p=0.0023). Of the patients who underwent PRC for Kienbock’s disease 9 of 10 patients reported moderate to severe pain at the final follow-up visits. In the scapholunate advanced collapse group, 2 out of 13 patients demonstrated moderate or severe pain. It was noted that the patients in the SLAC wrist group lost less motion overall than those in the Kienbock’s dis ease group (p=0.00l 5). It was noted in the Kienbock’s disease group that at final follow-up the operated hand was weaker than preoperative (p=0.022). In the scapholunate advanced collapse group there was improvement of postoperative grip strength.

Conclusion: We currently recommend the use of wrist arthroscopy as an adjunct to determine the status of the lunate articular surface in Kienbock’s disease, before performing a proximal row carpectomy. Our results indicate that despite only minor chondromalacia of the capitate articular surface and lunate facet of the radius, the use of PRC in Kienbock’s has not been rewarding.


E. Apergis E. Karadimas C. Karabalis H. Mouravas S. Anastasopoulos M. Loukas

Introduction: Isolated compressive fractures of the scaphoid and lunate fossa of the distal radius are rare injuries and their closed reduction is almost impossible. Frequently the displacement becomes accepted and conservative treatment was applied which in the long-term could have catastrophic consequences concerning the fate of articular cartilage.

Material and Methods: Seven patients (6 males and 1 female) of mean age 30 years old (range 18–42) were studied with compressive fracture of scaphoid (4 patients) or lunate (3 patients) fossa. All patients (except one with compressive fracture of the lunate fossa who was treated early), were initially treated conservatively. Mean delay of surgical treatment was 36 days (3 patients) while two patients were operated 2 and 2, 5 years postinjury. One patient with fractured lunate fossa had concomitant fracture of the lunate. The vast majority of the patients underwent supplementary imaging techniques (CT scan, MRI, 3D-CT scan). The majority of patients were approached both intraarticularly and extraarticularly.

Results: Results were estimated after an average follow-up of 12 months (range, 6 months – 3 years) according to clinical and radiological criteria. Six patients revealed excellent or good result while one had a fair result.

Conclusion: In conclusion, operative treatment of these intraarticular fractures should be attempted independently of the time elapsed from injury on the premise that there are no arthritic changes and an adequate pre-operative planning has done.


E. Apergis K. Tsampazis J. Petroutsas P. Papasteliatos C. Caras P. Siakantaris

Introduction: Internal fixation of distal radius fractures with dorsal plates (when needed) comprise two potential problems: efficacy of stabilization and the high frequency of tendonitis which forced us to early removal of the hardware. Our purpose is to study the efficacy of the method of stabilization with 2 plates (2mm) the central and radial columns of distal radius according to the technique presented by Regazzoni (1993).

Material and Methods: Eight patients (5 males and 3 females), average 35 years old (range, 20–52 years) were treated with comminuted intraarticular fracture type C (6 patients) or malunion of distal radius (2 patients). A combined approach was used in 4 patients and only dorsal approach in the rest 4 patients. In all patients with recent comminuted fractures a supplementary fixation method with allograft were used. In patients with mal-united fractures the technique with two plates together with iliac graft were applied.

Results: Results estimated after mean follow-up of 14 months (range 9–18 months) according to clinical (pain, range of motion, and grip strength) and radiological (articular congruency, radial height, radial inclination and palmar tilt) criteria. Six patients revealed excellent or good result although two patients with loss of reduction needed a second operation.

Conclusion: We concluded, that when the technique with 2 plates was applied correctly the stability of fixation enhanced because the detrimental rotational forces were cancelled while the frequency of tendon irritation decreased.


I. Galanakis A. Aligizakis P. Katonis H. Vavouranakis K. Stergiopoulos A. Hadjipavlou

Aim: The purpose of this prospective study was an evaluation of results in primary treatment of flexor tendon laceration in zone II. Special emphasis has been given to the postoperative rehabilitation program.

Material and Methods: Nineteen patients, (23 fingers), with laceration of the flexor tendons in zone II were treated operatively. Twelve males and seven females were included in the study. Their mean age was 28 (range, 16 to 50) years. In twelve cases a concomitant laceration of the digital nerve was present, hi all cases primary repair of all injured tendons and nerves was performed and a dorsal splint was applied. On third to fifth postoperative day an exercise program commenced involving passive flexion-active extension of the injured fingers. Eighteen (22 fingers) of 19 patients completed the follow-up.

Results: The results were estimated according to Strickland’s original classification system. In fifteen cases the result was excellent, in five good, and in two fair. Conclusions: After primary repair of injured flexor tendons, close follow-up, early protected motion and unrestricted motion of the interphalangeal joints affers the best chance of restoring optimal function to the hand.


Z.H. Dailiana E. Petinaki F. Kontos A.N. Maniatis K.N. Malizos

Purpose: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the prevalence of methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA) isolates in the Orthopaedic Department of a new University Hospital, two years from its opening.

Material and Methods: Forty-three consecutive S. aureus isolates, collected from cultures (pus 90%) from consecutive orthopaedic inpatients were included in the study. Resistance to antimicrobial agents was assessed by the disk diffusion method. The mecA-gene was detected by PCR assay, whereas molecular typing of the isolates was performed by PFGE.

Results: Only 5 of the 43 strains (11.6%) expressed high level resistance to oxacillin (MIC ≥ 64mg/L). All these isolates possessed mecA-gene and exhibited resistance, except oxacillin, to more than four classes antimicrobial groups. The remaining 38 isolates (34 beta-lactamase positive) were susceptible to oxacillin (MIC ≤ 2mg/D, and expressed a less resistant type than that of MRSA. Molecular typing by PFGE showed apparent heterogeneity among isolates and the absence of predominant clones. Conclusions: The 11.6% prevalence of MRSA is well below the reported average in the literature. Apparently the isolates originated from different sources of contamination. All patients had previous hospitalizations, where they acquired the infections and subsequently transferred the MRSAs to our department.

Precautions and measures taken in the wards limited the spread and dissemination of the isolates as demonstrated by the heterogeneity and the absence of predominant clones. These findings further reiterate the value of the low-cost, standard preventive procedures to control nosocomial infections in a high-risk orthopaedic department.


N.A. Darlis V.Th. Chouliaras G.D. Afendras A.N. Mavrodondidis G.I. Mitsionis A.E. Beris P.N. Soucacos

The symptomatic non-union of the scaphoid, if left untreated, will eventually lead to established arthritis and by that time important alterations in carpal geometry will have occurred. The aim of this paper is to study the carpal geometry in patients with symptomatic scaphoid non-union without arthritis or with early arthritic changes.

The pre-operative x-rays of 58 patients were retrospectively reviewed and x-rays of 35 of those fulfilling strict criteria for true projections were included (32 posteroanterior and 31 lateral views). Patients’ mean age was 31.3 years and mean time from fracture 50.4 months. The x-rays were digitized and measured using CAD methodology. The measured variables concerned the carpal height, possible displacement of the carpal bones and carpal instability. The non-unions were classified according to the Herbert and Fisher classification and were further categorized in two subgroups concerning the absence (14) or presence (21) of early arthritic changes in the radio-carpal or in one of the mid-carpal articulations (patients with established or generalized arthritis were excluded).

In total (and varying according to the method of measurement) up to 28% of the patients were presented with an affected carpal height, up to 17% with ulnar translocation of the wrist and up to 48% with a DISI pattern of instability. 62.5% of the patients (including patients without radiologicaly obvious arthritis) had increased radial height and radial inclination. After statistical analysis (ANOVA and regression analysis) no significant differences have been found between the morphological groups or between the two subgroups concerning early arthritis. A tendency of the lunate to translocate both in the coronal and the sagital plain simultaneously was found and the measurement methods were correlated.

In conclusion the carpal geometry in scaphoid non-union although altered does not seem to change significantly with the appearance of early arthritis and from this point of view treating non-union with early arthritis with bone grafting and osteosynthesis or even with additional radial osteotomy seems justified.


Papanastasopulos E. Daskalogiannakis A. Andreadakis M. Kourtzeli S. Grylonakis D.P. Michaelides

Introduction : External fixation is a good alternative method for fractures of the distal end of radius that are not manageable for closed treatment. It is a simple technique, and has proved to be safe and effective in our experience.

Material and Methods: We present 25 patients with 26 fractures of the distal end of radius (age 32 to 85, avg 57 yrs) which were treated by external fixation during the last 4 years. Eight fractures were in polytrauma patients, 16 were unstable and one patient had bilateral fractures. According to Frykman classification 2 were in type II, 5 in type IV, 2 in type V, 5 in type VI, 4 in type VII and 8 in type VIII.

The time of surgical treatment since the date of fracture ranged from 9–15 days (avg 12 days) .We used Pennig’s fixator in 22 cases and Citieffe fixator in 4 cases.

Results: All patients were followed up for 8 to 42 months (mean 27, 7). Clinical union was established at an average of 6.5 weeks following the fracture. There was one infection of the distal pins, 2 cases with algodystrophy, but no malunion. For assessment of the anatomical result we used the Sarmiento and Latta modification of the Lidstrom classification: 16/26 (61.5%) were excellent, 8/26 (30.7%) good, 1/26 (3,87%) fair and 1/26 (3.87%) poor.

Conclusion: In comminuted, badly displaced fractures of the distal end of radius, the upper extremity following initial closed manipulation and application of plaster is characterized by a decrease in finger mobility, oedema, and large mass of bandaging. Instability of the fracture nad poor result is expected as soon as the oedema subsides. Alternatively, an external fixator is applied after remission of the edema and before two weeks from the fracture date, so to the fracture is easily reducible. With the delay in fixator application we avoid reduction difficulty and pin infection as the oedema has subsided, we have time to explain everything to the patient and organize the operation . This delay in the application of external fixation in distal fractures of the radius is favored in our department because of the low complication rate, excellent or good (92%) functional results, easy and safe approach.


D. Efstathopoulos P. Aretaiou N. Zagoraios D. Kontoulis N. Cekas N. Christou

In this report we present the results of the primary suture of the flexor tendons in zone II, in 198 patients who were operated in our department between 1998 and the first months of 2001. 142 were male from 16 to 65 years old and 56 were female between 14 to 60 years old. Children below 14 years old are not included in this report.

The majority of patients in this review reported an accident during dancing and late night activities. Patients with complex injuries such as fractures of phalanges, phalangeal dislocations and extensive soft tissue laceration were excluded. The majority of the patients operated immediately within the first 48 hours and only 28 patients (14, 5%) were operated with a delay ranging between 1 – 5 weeks. The suturing technique was variable in all cases. A Bruner (zig-zag) incision was utilized to facilitate. The tendon was sutured using a standard Kleinert technique and 4.0 nylon sutures as supportive sutures, 5.0 nylon sutures were used to suture the epitendon in a continuous fashion. A dorsal splint holding the wrist in 40° of flexion and the MP joints in 70° of flexion and PIPs and DIPs in extension was used postoperatively. Early mobilization was initiated (shortly after surgery, 3 – 4 days) and lasted 4 weeks. After this period the patient underwent a program of full active motion for an additional 4 weeks. They finally allowed to perform freely after a 12-week postoperative period.

We used the Kleinert score to evaluate the surgical results. According to this score results were found to be: Excellent in 80 patients (40%), good in 60 pts (30%), fair in 22 (12%) and poor in 16 pts (8%). Despite the satisfactory overall results we observed a high incidence of tendon ruptures (10%) in 20 patients and this may be related to poor follow up and rehabilitation conditions. No other complications (infection, hematoma formation, and skin slough) were observed in these patients.


Marios D. Vekris N.A. Darlis A.E. Beris G.I. Mitsionis P.N. Soucacos

Aim: Adequate length is an important prerequisite for a functional digit. Over the last 20 years small external fixators have been developed allowing the principles of distraction osteogenesis to be applied to the small bones of the hand. We present our experience in digital lengthening with the contemporary designs of external fixators.

Methods: From 1998 to 2001, 14 patients (15 rays) were treated with metacarpal or phalangeal lengthening through distraction osteogenesis using a monolateral frame with two half-pins on each site of the osteotomy. The mean age of the patients was 21 years (7–48) and the indications were traumatic amputation in 8 and congenital amputation (transverse deficiency, brachydactyly, constriction band syndrome) in 6. The mean distraction period was 3 weeks and the mean consolidation period 7 weeks. No protective splinting or additional bone grafting was necessary.

Results: The distraction callus consolidated in all patients. The mean total length gained was 17, 5 mm (68% of the original length). The mean treatment time was 2, 8 days for every mm of length gained. One patient suffered angulation at the distraction site due to hardware failure and the fixator had to be revised and in another bony prominence was noted necessitating trimming. No infection, fracture or half pin loosening were observed.

Conclusions: Callotasis using contemporary monolateral external fixators is a reliable technique for digital ray lengthening. Meticulous preoperative planning and surgical technique and close observation of the patient during the distraction phase are necessary in order to avoid complications. Over 2 cm of lengthening can be achieved without bone grafting.


V.N. Psychoyios D. Ring J.B. Jupiter

Introduction: The aim of the study was to assess the efficacy of the distal radius π-plate in the surgical treatment of acute, dorsally displaced, unstable distal radius fractures.

Material: 37 patients with an average age of 41 yrs included in the study. Upon dorsal exposure of the fracture and provisional reduction with the aid of a distractor and K-wires, a bending template was used to verify plate length and contour. The plate was then applied and the type, number and location of screws and buttress pins to be used were determined. Eight patients had supplementary fixation. Autologus bone graft was used to fill defects in 28 patients.

Results: The average follow up was 21 months. Radiographic evidence of union was documented at an average of 6 weeks postop. No loss of reduction occurred in any of the patients and no patient complained of residual deformity. The average ROM was 79% of the contralateral side, the average grip strength was 64% of the contralateral wrist and the average pinch strength was 76% of the contralateral hand. No infections, nonunions, wound problems or plate failures occurred. 5 patients developed irritation and 4 had their plates removed.

Concussion: The results of this study verify the safety and the efficacy of the π-plate for the treatment of complex fractures of the distal radius. Furthermore considering the technical advantages of the π,-plate it seems that complex distal radius fractures can effectively be addressed through a dorsal approach and stable internal fixation.


V.N. Psychoyios D. Ring J.B. Jupiter

Objective: Deformity post distal radius fracture can be associated with alterations in carpal kinematics. This study presents a review to detect the prevalence and clinical implications of such deformities and the variables that influence the outcome following osteotomy.

Material & Methods: 29 patients with distal radius mal-union, and an average age of 43 yrs, were treated by a single surgeon with a corrective osteotomy. Along with pain scales, wrist motion, and grip strength, pre and post osteotomy radiographs were evaluated. Preoperatively, 18 patients had dorsal deformity, 9 volar and 2 shortening and malrotation alone. 20 patients had carpal malalignment and 9 normal carpal alignment.

Results: The average follow up was 21 months. 24 out of 29 radial deformities were corrected to normal. Overall 17 patients had post-op normal carpal alignment. Three groups resulted; Group I: 11 patients with pre and post-op “fixed” deformities. Group II: 8 patients with normal pre and post-op carpal alignment; and Group III: 9 patients with “lax” pre-op malalignment converted to normal post-op. 1 patient was normal pre-op and converted to DISI at post-op. There was no statistically difference in outcome with regard to pain, forearm rotation, wrist extension, patient age or time to surgery between the three groups. There was statistically significant greater wrist flexion in Group II and III compared to Group I.

Conclusions: Carpal malalignement post radius osteotomy will have a negative effect on the functional outcome compared to those patients with preoperative carpal deformity, which corrects with radius osteotomy. Knowledge of this association will help advice patients of expected outcomes.


P. Areteou N Zervakis D. Kondoulis Z. Kokkalis N. Gekas D. Efstathopoulos

378 patients have been studied since 1988 when we started the investigation of scaphoid fractures and pseudarthrosis. 306 patients were scaphoid pseudarthrosis and 72 scaphoid fractures or control of fracture healing. This study consists of 3 groups:

Group l: 72 patients with acute injury of the carpus are examined radiographically and no scaphoid fracture was observed. A scaphoid cast is applied in these patients for 10 days. In follow up, the cast is removed and new comparative radiologic examination is performed. In 30 of these patients a scaphoid fracture was observed and the limb was inmmobilized in a scaphoid cast for 4 weeks. In the remaining 42 patients, in whom a fracture line could not be observed in a simple x-Ray, but continued to have clinical findings, a CT-scan was performed in 2 planes. In 26 patients with no fracture in the CT-scan were discharged, while in the remaining 16 patients with obvious fracture in the CT-scan a scaphoid cast was applied for 4 weeks.

Group 2: 30 patients with scaphoid fracture, from which the cast was removed and the fracture line was still visible in a simple X-Ray were examined with CT-scan in 2 different planes. In 18 we found intense healing of the fracture in all the width of the scaphoid and the patients were discharged . The remaining 12 displayed delayed non union with obvious fracture line in all the width of the scaphoid. These patients were treated operatively, by compressing the fracture line with a Herbert screw.

Group 3: This is the largest group of patients concerning the scaphoid pseudarthrosis and consists a topic of a different study. In conclusion the computer tomography scan in two different planes is the most reliable method for the investigation not only of scaphoid fractures but also of the efficiency of the callus. The contribution of the above method in the study of the scaphoid pdeudarhrosis is very important and valuable.


G. Papadokostakis P. Katonis I. Gaitanis A. Hadjipavlou

Aim: The aim of our study is to show if there is any relation between scoliosis in the lumbar spine and osteoporosis in postmenopausal women.

Materials and Methods: In 46 postmenopausal women who, according to WHO’s criteria (T-score < −2,5 ), had osteoporosis in lumbar spine and hip and in 40 post-menopausal women with established osteoporosis (T score < −2,5 and at least and vertebral fracture) was estimated clinical and radiological the presence or not scoliotic bow in the lumbar spine. The bone density was measured with DEXA method in the lumbar spine and in the hip and the scoliosis was measured radiologically with Cobb’s method. To all patients has been done full biochemical examination to exclude secondary osteoporosis cases. The radiological examination included face and lateral x-ray of the lumbar and thoracic spine and that was done to detect vertebral fractures and to exclude women with other degenerative lesions. Also were excluded from our study women with primary or metastatic tumors in the spine.

Results: Out of 46 women who had osteoporosis 32 (69%) had scoliotic lumbar bow and in 23 (50%) patients the bow was more than 10 degrees. Out of 40 women who had established osteoporosis 26 (65%) had scoliotic lumbar bow and in 22 patients (55%) the bow was more than 10 degrees. In contrast in the control group of 25 normal postmenopausal women 5 women (20%) had scoliotic lumbar bow and in 2 women (8%) the bow was more than 10 degrees. Also in the group with the 32 osteopenic women (34%) had scoliotic lumbar bow and in 8 women (25%) the bow was more than 10 degrees. Finally in the group of 32 postmenopausal women with degenerative lesions without osteoporosis 13 (31%) had scoliotic lumbar bow and only in 6 (18%) the bow was more than 10 degrees.

Conclusions: After the statistical analysis of the results is evident that postmenopausal women who have osteoporosis have also scoliosis in the lumbar spine.


A. Aligizakis P. Katonis A. Papoutsidakis I. Galanakis K Stergiopoulos A. Hadjipavlou

Aim: The purpose of this prospective study was to assess the functional outcome of conservative treatment with early ambulation of thoracolumbar burst spinal fractures, using the Load Shearing classification.

Material – Methods: From 1997 to 2001, 60 consecutive patients with single-level thoracolumbar spinal injury, with no neurological impairment, were classified according to the Load Shearing scoring and were managed non-operatively. A custom-made thoracolumbosacral orthosis was worn by all patients for six months, and early ambulation was recommended. Several radiological parameters were evaluated; the Denis Pain and Work Scale was used to assess the clinical outcome. The average follow-up period was 42 months (range, 24 to 55 months).

Results: During this period the spinal canal occupation was significantly reduced. Other radiological parameters, such as Cobb’s angle and anterior vertebral body compression, showed loss of fracture reduction, which was statistically insignificant. However, the functional outcome was satisfactory in 55 of 60 patients with no complications recorded on completion of treatment. Conclusions: Load Sharing scoring is a reliable and easy-to-use classification for the conservative treatment and prognosis of thoracolumbar spinal fractures. Because of the three characteristics of the fracture site this classification can also predict the structural results of the spinal injury, such as posttraumatic kyphosis, and thereby the functional outcome in conservatively treated patients.


P. Katonis I. Thalassinos A. Papoutsidakis P. Alpantaki I. Gaitanis A. Hadjipavlou

Aim: The evaluation of the results of the posterior application of the combination of the implants Varifix (transcervical screws)/Varigrip (new generation under compression hook with middle line pedicle fixation) to the imstable thoracic and lumbar vertebral fractures.

Patients and Methods: During the years 1999–2001, 30 patients have been operated on with the combination of the implants Varifix/Varigrip to the unstable thoracic (T3–T10: 4), thoracolumbar (T11–L2:21) and lumbar (L3–L5:5) vertebral fractures. Mean age was 33, 5 years and sex variation was 22 men and 8 women. Road traffic accidents were the most common cause and the thoracic and lower limp injuries were the most common (17%) accompanied injuries. For the fracture type and the treatment indications the combination of Gertzbein & Gaines classification was used.

Results: The evaluation of the results was with radiological and clinical examination. Mean surgical time was 170 min (120–240) and the mean blood loss was 500ml (350–800). According to special questionnaire, 25 of the 30 patients (83, 5%) were free of pain and able to return to their previous activities. There was no deterioration in the 24 patients who were in Frankel E neurological condition and the mean post surgical improvement according to Frankel classification was 1, 4 points. In the radiological evaluation (compression percentage, Gardner ankle, conquest of the spinal canal) there was statistical significant difference (p < 0, 05, p < 0, 01, p < 0, 05) between pro and post surgical values. Two patients with acute infection were dealt with surgical cleaning, washing and closing of the wound in second time surgery. One failure of the hook in one patient with osteoporosis was dealt with removal of it.

Conclusions: TheVarifix/Varigrip combination has nearly the same surgical results with traditional partial implants. The satisfactory reduction during the operation in the 30 patients was preserved during the follow up time. The posterior Varigrip system acts with cross link splinting and provides multidirectional spinal stability when it is used alone or supporting the system Varifix for avoiding the detachment or break of the transcervical screws. We suggest the use of these systems for all the unstable thoracic and lumbar injuries because of their safe fixation and easy application.


E. Papacostas C. Bikos S. Siganos T. Chouseinoglou V. Karamoulas T. Papaioannou

The purpose of this study was to present long-term results of elbow dislocation in children. Eleven patients (10 male) with elbow dislocation (mean age 10.4 years old) were re-evaluated with mean follow up 85 months (24 – 186). Active range of motion and instability were clinically evaluated. Osteoarthritic changes, position and shape of medial epicondyle were radiographically recorded. Functional evaluation was made with Hospital for Special Surgery Elbow Assessment protocol (up to 100).

All cases were treated with closed reduction under general anaesthesia. Three patients were treated surgically with KW for fractures of medial epicondyle. Lack of extension (5° – 15°) was detected in 3 patients two of which had fractures (1 osteochondral and 1 of medial epicondyle). 4 patients were presented with flexion deficit (5° – 10°) while 1 patient had reduction both for supination and pronation (fx of medial epicondyle). Decreased pronation was recorded in two more patients (5° — 10°). Radiologically we found a patient with medial and lateral epicondyle alteration, a patient with osteochondral fracture and another one with ossification of LCL. Functionally the overall result was excellent (subjectively) while mean HSS Elbow Assessment score was 99.1 (96–100).


K. Stafilas A. Korompilias K. Zaharis V. Chouliaras G. Mitsionis P.N. Soucacos

Aim: The primary purpose of this study was to establish data concerning normal hand grip strength in the population of N.W Greece.

Material and Methods: The Jamar dynamometer was used to measure grip strength. A sample of 115 males and 117 females, with no extremity disability or injury, aged 21 to 58 years, from the Ioannina area was tested. The dynamometer was tested in a standing position, with shoulder adducted and neutrally rotated, elbow flexed at 90 degrees and forearm and wrist in neutral position. Each participant was asked to grip first with the right and then with the left hand three consecutive times. The highest grip strength for each hand was used for analysis. All complementary factors such as age, sex, height, weight, hand dominance for writing and exercise and living habits were recorded.

Results: Grip strength diminishes curvilinearly with age, and men are consistently stronger than women. Mean maximum grip for women was 67 pounds and for men was 123 pounds. The hand dominance does not significantly affect hand strength scores. The mean grip strength of the left hand was about 90% that of the right hand. In left-handed participants, mean grip was the same for both hands. The results from this study showed that sex is the most important determinant of hand grip strength.

Conclusions: The random sample, the high participation rate of this study and the number of the factors that affect the hand strength give the highest validity in this study. These data suggest a basis to help hand surgeons as a guide regarding grip strength in the treatment of upper extremity pathologic conditions and postoperative evaluation.


A.X. Papadopoulos A. Panagopoulos M. Papas E. Tsota C. Kalogeropoulou P. Zouboulis E. Lambiris

Purpose: We present the midterm results of conservative treatment of upper (atlas and axis) cervical spine injuries and we propose a CT-based radiological follow-up study.

Material and Methods: In a 12 year period (1990–2001), 45 patients (33 male and 12 female) with a mean age 37.2 years (range 15–75) were presented with an acute injury of the upper cervical spine. There were 19 fractures of the atlas (8 Jefferson’s fractures, 6 isolated lateral mass fractures and 5 posterior arch fractures) and 26 axial fractures (12 odontoid fractures, types I–III according to Anderson’s classification and 14 traumatic spondylolisthesis, types I–II according to Effendi classification). Twenty (20) patients were immobilized using halo-vest and 25 Minerva orthosis. Two (2) patients presented with Brown-Sequard syndrome. All patients were retrospectively reviewed and had clinical and radiological follow-up study (plain films and CT spiral reconstruction films).

Mean follow-up was 6.2 years. Mean immobilization time was 3.8 months range.

Results: Patients with incomplete neurological lesion did not recover. One patient with an isolated atlas lateral mass fracture, developed a hemiparesis during his hospitalization, which was partially resolved. In the final follow-up study, all patients presented a stable upper cervical spine, on the dynamic flexion/extension plain films. In the final CT spiral reconstruction films, fracture line was evident in 12 patients (27%), while atlantoaxial joint incongruity was obvious in 5 patients. Seven (7) patients (16%) complained for residual neck pain and stiffness and presented reduced range of motion.

Conclusion: Conservative treatment of atlantoaxial injuries is effective and offers a stable upper cervical spine. Solid fracture union is not always present. CT spiral reconstruction is very helpful in detecting transverse ligament efficacy and atlantoaxial joint incongruity.


P. Katonis A. Muffoletto Ch. Papadopoulos I. Thalassinos S. Hohlidakis A. Hadjipavlou

Aim: Of Calveston (USA) and Crete (HELLAS). We studied immediate and long-term outcome of 50 patients who underwent subaxial lateral mass fixation of the cervical spine between January 1997 and March 2001.

Patients and Methods: Intraopeartive fluoroscopy and somatosensory evoked potential monitoring were employed in all patients. Immediate postoperative CT scans were performed to determine screw trajectory and placement. Follow up ranged from 1 to 5 years.

Results: Postoperative CT scans showed that 113 of 210 screws (54%) had unicorticate and 46% had bicorticate purchase. Forty-five screws (31 %) had suboptimal trajectory, but only 7 of these screws minimally penetrated the foramen transversarium without resultant vascular or neurological sequelae.

The overall fusion success rate in our series was 90%, while pseudoarthrosis occurred in 5 patients (10%), with screw breakage in 1 patient (2%). Two of these patients had bone graft supplementation and in other 2 patients was done anterior fusion.

Conclusions: Results of this study show that the recommended drilling technique and trajectory (15–25 degrees postal to the sagital plane, 20–30 degrees lateral I the axial plane), supplemented bone grafting and intraoperative SEP monitoring are all associated to good screw placement, fusion and neurological outcome and are recommended for all lateral mass fusion procedures.


P. Korovessis P. Iliopoulos A. Misiris G. Koureas

Previous investigations have postulated that the asymmetry of the breasts in female adolescents may be linked with the development of right convex thoracic scoliosis, although there is no correlation between breast asymmetry and curve type or scoliosis magnitude. This breast asymmetry is supposed to be linked with anatomic and functional asymmetry of the internal mammary artery that is the main supplier to the mammary gland. However, no measurements of anatomic and haemodynamic parameters of internal mammary artery have been made to justify or to reject the hypothesis of asymmetric blood flow volume to the breasts and costosternal junction in female adolescent scoliotics.

Twenty female adolescents with right thoracic scoliosis and 16 comparable female individuals without spine deformity were included in this study. Standing roentgenograms of the whole spine were made in all scoliotics to measure scoliosis curve, vertebral rotation and concave and convex rib-vertebra-angle at three vertebrae (apical, one level above and one below the apical vertebra). The Color Doppler Ultrasonography was used to measure at the origin of internal mammary artery its lumen diameter, cross sectional area, time average mean flow and flow volume per minute in scoliotics and controls and were compared each other. The roentgenographic parameters were compared with the ultrasonographic parameters in the scoliotics to disclose any relationship.

The reliability of color Doppler ultrasonography was high and the intraobserver variability low (ANOVA, P=0.92–0.94). There was no statistically significant difference in the ultrasonographic parameters of the internal mammary artery between right and left side in each individual as well as between scoliotics and controls. In scoliotics the right mammary artery time average mean velocity increases with the convex and concave rib-vertebra-angle one level above the apical vertebrae (P< 0.01), convex rib-vertebra angle one level below the apical vertebra (P< 0.05), and concave apical rib-vertebra angle (P< 0.01). The left internal mammary artery time average increases with only the convex rib-vertebra angle one level above the apical vertebra (P< 0.05). The right and left internal mammary artery flow volume increases with the convex rib-vertebra-angle one level above the apical vertebra (P< 0.05), while the right internal mammary artery flow volume increases furthermore with the apical concave rib-vertebra-angle (P< 0.01) and concave rib-vertebra angle one level above the apical vertebra (P< 0.01). The concave apical rib-vertebra-angle (P< 0.01) and concave rib-vertebra-angle one level above the apical vertebra (P< 0.01) increases with left internal mammary artery cross sectional area.

We concluded that anatomic and haemodynamic flow parameters measured at the origin of internal mammary artery are significantly correlated with apical rib-vertebra-angle in female adolescents suffering from right convex idiopathic thoracic scoliosis. This study did not find any evidence for side-difference in vascularity of the anterior thorax wall thus could not justify previous theories for development of right thoracic scoliosis in female adolescents.


A. Karageorgos M. Chanos A. Kargados PE. Zouboulis E. Lambiris

We evaluate the patients with lumbar spinal stenosis in multiple levels that were treated with posterior decompression and posterolateral fusion, using transpedicular screw fixation system. Twenty-six patients, mean age 65.7 years (range 49 to 77years), with lumbar spinal stenosis, in more than three levels, were treated surgically between 1994 and 2002. Indications for surgical treatment included low back pain and neurogenic claudication for more than 6 months. The diagnostic approach consisted of x-rays, MRI, myelography and myelo-CT. Oswestry disability score and VAS (visual analog scale), were used for the clinical evaluation of the patients. Surgical procedure consisted of wide posterior decompression, regarding laminectomy, complete or incomplete facetectomy and foraminotomy, combined with posterolateral fusion, using transpedicular screw systems and bone graft. Fusion in three levels was performed at seven patients, in four levels at ten, in five levels at seven, in six and seven levels at one patient respectively.

Mean follow-up was 26.8 months (range 12 to 38 months). Oswestry score and VAS revealed improvement 40.75% and 5.4 levels respectively. The better results were concerned to pain (2.88 levels improvement) and the less good to lifting (1.58 levels improvement). Two cases with superficial infections were observed and treated with surgical debridement. Screw breakage was observed in 1 patient and treated conservatively. Loosening of two sacral screws, which were removed, was observed in one patient.

We conclude that myelography and myelo-CT revealed with satisfactory accuracy intra and outer foraminal lumbar spinal stenosis. Posterior decompression and instrumented fusion, offer satisfactory clinical results in patients with lumbar spinal stenosis in multiple levels when performed by experienced surgical team.


I. Gaitanis P. Katonis K. Kakavelakis K. Papadomihelakis A. Hadjipavlou

Aim: Presentation of the technique, the mistakes and the results of a new minimal invasive surgical procedure for reduction and augmentation of pathological fractures of the vertebrae in spine.

Patients and Methods: 12 patients (2 men / 10 women) with mean age 68 years (54–73) with pathological vertebral underwent kyphoplasty. The mean pain according to VAS was 7, 3 (6–10) and the mean follow up time is 8 months (5–14). 11/12 patients (20 vertebrae) had osteoporotic vertebral and 1/12 (1 vertebra) had metastatic lesion. 8/21 vertebrae were in thoracic spine and 13/21 in lumbar spine. In 20/21 the procedure was transcervical to the vertebra and in 1/21 was out of the cervix. 11/12 patients had kyphotic deformity in the plain x-ray and 18/21 vertebrae had decreased their height. To all patients was spilled PMMA.

Results: 10/12 patients referred degrease of their pain in the first 48 hours and 2/12 in the 5th postoperative day. Correction of the kyphotic deformity was observed in 11/12 and reduction of the reduction of the fracture was occurred in 16/21 vertebrae. Leakage of PMMA was occurred in 5/21 vertebrae; in 2/5 the leakage was in the canal, in 1/5 in the intervertebral space and in 2/5 out of the vertebrae. 1/12 patient 2 moths postperatively had another vertebral fracture in a lower vertebra that was deled again with kyphoplasty. None of the patients had neurological deficit postoperatively. According to Oswestry questionnaire all the patients referred return to all their before fracture daily activities.

Conclusions: Kyphoplasty in pathological vertebral fractures has as a result the immediate decrease of the pain and the return of the patient to his/her daily activities. Also there is correction of the kyphotic deformity decreases the possibility of a new vertebral fracture and the establishment of chronic back pain.


V.N. Psychoyios F. Villanueva-Lopez E. Zambiakis M. Hamdeh G. Koutsoudis N. Sekouris

Introduction: The aim of this study is to present a modification of the single tension band technique for the treatment of olecranon fractures, using a double tension band with smaller wires, preserving all the biological parameters for fracture fixation, in an effort to decrease related complications.

Material: Thirty-three patients with olecranon fractures treated with a double tension band fixation. Surgical Technique: Through a posterior approach the fracture is reduced keeping all principles for biologic fixation and stabilized with two parallel small K-wires inserted from the olecranon process and exit through the anterior cortex of the ulna. Then the extensor carpi ulnaris and flexor carpi ulnaris are partly elevated from the ulna and two 1.5-mm transverse drill holes are made through the ulna 3 and 4 cm distal to the fracture. Two 22-gauge wires are passed through the proximal and distal holes, bent into a figure of 8 over the dorsal ulna and simultaneously tightened. The proximal ends of the K-wires are bent and impacted into the olecranon process.

Eleven patients needed supplemental fixation with screws. All patients mobilized the first postop day.

Results: All the fractures consolidated. All patients but two regained full range of motion. No hardware failure was noted except one patient in whom one band was broken but without clinical relevance.

Conclusion: It seems that a double tension band fixation despite the smaller material utilized, provides a very stable construct, permitting early mobilization. Furthermore two bands tensioned independently provide greater compression forces at the fracture site and offer a back up in case that one band fails.


D.S. Korres I. Psicharis PJ. Boscainos A. Stamatoukou G. Themistocleous P. Nikiforidis

Diving injuries are the cause of devastating trauma, primarily affecting the cervical spine. The younger male population is more often involved in such injuries. This study describes our experience on diving injuries treatment and offers a long follow-up.

During a 31-year period (1970–2001) 20 patients, 19 male and one female have been admitted with cervical spine trauma following a diving injury. All admissions have been made between May and September. One patient was lost to follow-up. The mean age of the patients was 23 years (16–47). The lower cervical spine was involved in 13 patients; four patients had lesions in the middle and upper cervical spine, while one patient had combined lesions. The most commonly fractured vertebrae were C5 and C6. Fracture-dislocation was evident in 10 patients, while a teardrop fracture was diagnosed in six patients. Six patients were classified, as ASIA A upon admission and bladder control was absent in 12. Only four patients were treated surgically, two with iliac bone grafting alone, one with posterior plating and one with an anterior plate plus graft. The other patients with initial neurological deficit were treated conservatively, because of their rapid neurological improvement, their lesion being regarded as stable. Fourteen patients were treated conservatively with steroids and Crutchfield skull traction or halo vest, followed by the application of a Minerva or Philadelphia orthosis.

The mean follow-up was 11 years (6 mo to 23.8 years). Four patients in the ASIA A category died in the first month of their hospitalization (two of cardiac arrest, one from pulmonary embolism and one from respiratory infection) and two remained unchanged. Six patients with ASIA B and C improved neurologically and one remained unchanged. Nine patients had developed urinary tract infection and two had respiratory infections. Two out of the four operated on developed superficial trauma infection.

In conclusion, diving injuries of the cervical spine demonstrate a high mortality and morbidity rate. The initial neurological deficit may improve with appropriate conservative treatment. The indications for surgical management are post-traumatic instability and persistent or deteriorating neurologic deficit.


I. Gaitanis M. Tzermiadianos P. Katonis I. Thalassinos A. Muffoletto A. Hadjipavlou

Aim: Presentation of the application of the transcervical system of posterior spinal fusion Varigrip in spinal infections showing its rapid and safe application and also its stability to the spinal level where it is applied to.

Patients and Methods: 22 patients (13 men / 9 women) with mean age 50, 6 years (18–79) and mean follow up time is 34,6 months (9–62) were included in our study. In 10 patients the level was in lumbar spine and in 12 in thoracic spine. In their admission 16 patients had neurological deficit and 22 mean pain score according to VAS 8, 4 (6–10). ESR was increased in 14 patients, CRP in 20 and 7 patients had also increased WBC. All 22 patients had increased signal of Tc” and 69Ga in the level of the lesion and also pathological signal in MRI (Tl, T2 and Tl with Gadolinium). All the patients underwent posterior spinal fusion using Varigrip system and 17 of these underwent in the same time somatectomy and anterior fusion.

Results: Pathologic organism was isolated to all the patients. In 20 patients the tissue culture of the lesion isolated the pathologic organism and the other 2 patients came to us with positive blood cultures from other hospitals. 6 months postoperatively 21 patients referred pain score according to VAS 2,4 (1–4) and 1 patient had no improvement (5–7). 1 patient died of PE, another of chest infection and one of head injury. 1 patient had recurrence of the infection in another level, 1 had herpeszoster and 1 had infection of the surgical wound. All the patients had neurological improvement postoperatively.

Conclusions: The method is characterized as safe because of avoidance of the neurological structures. It can be applied also safely to patients with osteoporosis. Its application is rapid so the surgical time is minimum and also it doesn’t need image intensifier during the surgical procedure. It can be applied easily either in thoracic or lumbar spine and it provides stability of the spine.


J. Babalis S. Aleuroyannis K. Platis N. Christoforidis K. Antonis B. Liaskovitis P. Papadelis

In many cases, treatment of intercondylar T- or Y- fractures of numerous is complex, technically difficult and consideration to many factors is needed.

The purpose of this study was to review the results of treatment in 20 isolated fractures in 20 patients that were operated between 1991 and 2001. All patients were operated as soon as possible after the laboratory studies were completed. In no case there was a delay beyond the 5th fracture day. The mean age of the patients was 48.4 years and men to women ratio was 6/1. The fractures were closed, type III according to Riseborough and Radin classification. In 8 cases the fracture was fixed with one 3.5 compression plate with lag screws. In 12 cases two 3.5 compression plates oriented in two planes at 90° angles to each other were needed for fixation. The posterior approach included chevron osteotomy of the olecranon and exposure of the ulnar nerve. Minimum follow up period was 9 months. The time needed for the sound union of the fracture, range of motion and elbow axis were some of the factors that were examined.

Five of the eight fractures that were fixed with one plate achieved union in the expected period of time. In two cases delayed union and malalignment was noticed without the need for surgical intervention. In one case grafts were needed to help the union of the osteotomy site. We had one case of myossitis ossificans. All fractures that were fixed with two plates achieved union without any complications. In one case there was a 30° extension lag of the elbow. The rest of the patients, in both groups had a satisfactory range of motion with an extension lag less than 10°.

Conclusions: dual plate fixation of these fractures has a lower non union rate, permits secure fixation, earlier rehabilitation and generally, is superior than one plate fixation.


P.O. Vardakas S.E. Varitimidis D.G. Sotereanos

Aim: The biceps brachii is an important elbow flexor and is the main supinator of the forearm. Avulsion of its distal tendon insertion is an uncommon injury and even more uncommon is the partial tear of this tendon. The rupture typically occurs at its attachment to the radial tuberosity. Nonoperative treatment of these injuries has been described, but significant weakness in flexion and supination or persistent pain may occur. Most authors recommend acute anatomic repair to improve function or relieve pain.

Material and Method: Twenty-five ruptures of the distal biceps tendon were operated at our institution from 1992 to 1997. Twenty-three of the patients were male and 2 female. The dominant extremity was involved in 21 patients. Their average age was 48 years (range, 30–59). Eighteen ruptures were complete, 8 of them were acute, while 10 were chronic, as were the 7 partial ruptures. Three patients with complete rupture and all the patients with partial rupture had a MRI. In 2 chronic patients an anatomic repair was impossible and they were treated with a biceps-to-brachialis transfer. These patients were not included in the final follow-up. All other tendons were repaired anatomically through use of a single anterior incision and bone suture anchors. Follow-up averaged 36 months (range, 12–53 months). At final follow-up subjective and objective data were collected. Patients were questioned about their activity level, job status, and satisfaction at outcome. Elbow range of motion, strength and power were compared with those for the uninjured side while each value was adjusted for dominance and expressed as a percentage of the uninjured side.

Results: All patients returned to their preinjury level of activity and employment by 6 months after surgery. All patients reported that they were satisfied with the result and would undergo the surgery again. The entire group of patients averaged 9.8% more flexion strength and 2.4% less supination strength for the repaired elbow that for the uninvolved elbow. Range of motion was normal in 20 patients. Three patients lacked 10° of extension and one of them lacked 10° of pronation. No patient experienced transient or permanent nerve deficit. None of the patients complained of pain or tenderness. There was no evidence of heterotopic ossification or change in the position of the suture anchors.

Conclusion: The one incision technique with bone suture anchors is a safe and reliable technique for the treatment of complete or partial distal biceps tendon ruptures with very good results referring to restoration of flexion and supination strength and minimal complication rate.


N. Gerostahopoulos I. Psicharis N. Tsamados E. Ntisios I. Triantafillopoulos S. Spiridonos

Ulnar compression neuritis at the elbow level, known as the cubital syndrome, is one of the most common nerve entrapment syndromes. There are many treatment alternatives, such as conservative treatment, submuscular transposition, simple facial release, medial epicondylectomy and anterior subcutaneous transposition. The aim of the present study is to suggest the intramuscular transposition of the ulnar nerve for the cubital syndrome treatment.

With the technique based on flaps creation by “Z” lengthening of the flexorpronator muscules, the ulnar nerve is transferred in a well vascularizated area. Between 1992 and 2001, 76 patients were treated by anterior intramuscular transposition of the ulnar nerve. It was possible to follow up 27 patients, 19 males and 8 females. During the re-examination, the rough and thin grasping, the improved objective and subjective sings, as well as the return to the previous vocation, were reported. We make comparison with the international bibliography and correlation of the results to the age of the patients.

We recommend the anterior intramuscular transposition of the ulnar nerve for the cubital tunnel syndrome treatment, which is technically demanding, but provides a satisfactory functional outcome.


N. Laliotis D. Koutsonikolas G. Anogiannakis O. Guiba-Tsiabiri

We studied the kinematic patterns of knee, performing gait analysis, in diplegic children. Our gait laboratory consists of 4 infrared cameras. We used the Elite program. We studied initially 25 normal children. We constructed our models and developed the linear measurements of the gait. Then we performed measurements of the angles of the knee and ankle joints and the wave forms of the kinematic forms of these joints.

We performed gait analysis in 25 diplegic children aged 4–15 years old. We found two groups of children. In the first group (21 children) the main lesion was in the kinematics of the knee and in the second group (4 children) in the ankle joint.

In the first group, characteristic pattern is the absence of full extension of the knee during stance. Analyzing the kinematics of the ankle joint of this group, we found 12 children with toe strike and 9 children landing in the whole foot. Studding the wave form of the knee in stance and swing, we separated those with spasticity alone from those with fixed contractures of the knee. Our patients were treated either with botulinum injections or with intamuscular lengthening, according to our results.

In the second group, of diplegic children with toe walking, we found increased equinus, both in stance and swing.

Kinematic studies of the knee in frontal and coronal level showed increased adduction of the femur( scissoring) and increased anteversion.

Gait analysis in diplegic children offers an accurate assessment of the gait disorders. We can plan our treatment according the results of the gait analysis.


M.D. Vekris G.D. Afendras N.A. Darlis A.V. Korombilias A.E. Beris P.N. Soucacos

In late cases of brachial plexus palsy or when nerve reconstruction was not that beneficial, pedicled or free neurotized muscles i.e. latissimus dorsi are used to restore or enhance important functions i.e. elbow flexion or extention.

During the last three years, 43 patients with brachial plexus injuries were operated in our Clinic to reconstract the paralysed extremity. In nine of them, the ipsilateral latissimus dorsi was transferred as pedicled neurotized muscle to restore elbow flexion (seven patients) and elbow extension (two patients). Two patients had free latissimus dorsi transfer, which was neurotized directly via three intercostals. The neurovascular pedicle was dissected proximally up to the subclavian vessels and posterior cord, and the muscle was raised from its origin to its insertion and tailored to simulate the shape of biceps or triceps. Then it was passed via a subcutaneous tunnel on the anterior or posterior arm. The reattachment was done with Mitek anchors on the clavicle and the radial tuberosity (elbow flexion) or on the posterior edge of the acromion and the olecranon (elbow extension). The arm was immobilized in a prefabricated splint, which was removed after six to eight weeks.

After the first three months all patients had a powerful elbow flexion or extension. One of the free muscle transfers started to have elbow flexion after eight months and he is still progressing. In one patient skin necrosis and infection occurred near the elbow. The patient after IV antibiotics needed another operation to restore the distal insertion, using fascia lata.

Ipsilateral latissimus dorsi, if strong enough (at least M4), is an excellent transfer for elbow flexion or extension restoration or enhancement, in late cases of brachial plexus paralysis. Contralateral latissimus is an option when the ipsilateral is weak but it takes more time to function since there is a waiting period for reinnervation.


D. Efstathopoulos P. Mistidis S. Seitaridis Z. Kokkalis N. Zervakis A. Dimitriadis

Humeral shaft fractures are among the most frequent fractures encountered in Orthopaedic Traumatology. Their treatment can be either conservative or operative depending on the location (proximal, middle or distal third), type (spiral, oblique, or transverse), radial nerve involvement, concomitant presence of thoracic injuries that preclude general anesthesia, as well as surgeon’s experience. Non union or delayed union complicates some of the conservatively and very few of the operatively treated fractures.

We report of our experience with the management of humeral shaft non unions in 28 patients treated at our institution from 1990 to 2000. Six were male and twelve female aging from 21 to 68 years (mean 45 years).The interval between initial injury and operation varied from 6 months to 3 years (average 10 months).Regarding the location of non union,20 cases were located in the middle, 6 cases in the upper and 2 cases in the distal third.

Operative technique: under general anesthesia using anterolateral approach for middle and distal third and deltopectoral approach for proximal third , the site of pseudarthrosis was exposed. In transverse and slightly oblique fractures a self compression plate was implanted without resection of pseudarthrosis or excessive soft tissue detachment .In spiral and true oblique fractures reduction performed initially, maintained with k-wires and fixated with self compression plate. Upon completion of osteosynthesis suction drain was put ,followed by wound closure and elastic bandage.

Postoperatively a colar cuff was used for 2 weeks .Follow up examination with radiographic evaluation was done after 3 and 6 months.

Signs of incomplete callus formation were obtained after 3 months whereas solid union was achieved after 6 months in all patients without any serious complication.


N. Markeas G. Kafalides D. Karakaidos G. Triantafyllides H. Efstathiadou P. Zossi A. Verdis C. Karis

Introduction: The values of Q angle in a child’s knee cover a wide range. Frequently its extreme values are responsible for complaints or the appearance of some pathological conditions( e.g. chondromalacia, recurrent dislocation of patella etc).

Material and Methods: The Q angle has been measured in both lower limbs of 1955 children aged 7–12 (1017 boys and 938 girls). Cases of children with a history of previous fractures on lower limbs or major orthopedic or neurological disorders have been excluded. Eighty one per cent of children have had the right foot as their prominent one, the 14.8% of children have had the left foot as their prominent one, and the 4.2% of children have had no difference between their limbs.

Results: For the children aged 7–8, the values of Q angle have been measured to range from 11.30±7.4 degrees in left limb to 11.52±7.4 degrees in right limb in boys, while in girls they ranged from 11.05±7.2 to 11.20±6.9 respectively. For the ages 9–10, the values ranged from 11.30±7.8 degrees in left limb to 11.38±7.2 degrees in right limb in boys, while in girls they ranged from 11.02±7.7 to 11.51±7.1 respectively. For the ages 11–12, the values of Q angle ranged from 11.72±8.8 degrees in left limb to 11.56±8.3 degrees in right limb in boys, while in girls they range from 11.87±8.3 to 12.06±8.4 respectively. There has been no difference between the right and left lower limbs in all ages and both sexes. There has been no difference between the boys and girls in both lower limbs in all ages. As girls are growing up the Q angle is increasing in both lower limbs ( P< 0.01), whereas boys have no difference in their limbs while they are growing up. Children with their prominent right limb have performed increased Q angle in both lower limbs( P< 0.05). Regarding boys, the more Bone Mass Index (BMI) has been increased, the more the Q angle has been decreased ( P< 0.001).

Conclusion: We conclude that in children aged 7–12, the Q angle 1) frequently appears increased values, 2) performs no difference between both lower limbs, and 3) has negative correlation with BMI in boys.


N.A. Darlis A.E. Beris A.B. Korobilias M.D. Vekris G.I. Mitsionis P.N. Soucacos

Although primary flexor tendon repair in children yields satisfactory results, some children end up with poor function because of delay in diagnosis, technical difficulties and the inability to follow a structured rehabilitation program. The aim of this study is to evaluate the functional outcome after two stage reconstruction with the modified Paneva technique (which includes creating a loop between the proximal stumps of Flexor Digitorum Profundus and Superficialis in the first stage and reflecting the latter as a “pedicled” graft through the pseudosheath created around the silicone rod, in the second stage) in children.

Nine patients (nine digits) with a mean age of 8.2 year (range 3–15) were treated for zone II lesions. Their pre- operative status in the Boyes and Hunter scale was grade 2 in three, grade 3 in three, grade 4 in one and grade 5 in two patients.

After a mean of 42 months of follow-up (minimum 12 months), according to the Buck-Gramco scale there were four excellent, four good and one poor result and according to the revised Strickland scale three excellent, five good and one poor. Children over the age of 10 had slightly improved Total Active Motion (mean +35°) compared to younger patients. No significant length discrepancies were noted. Two postoperative infections were treated and one graft-related re-operation was necessary.

Staged flexor tendon reconstruction in children is technically feasible and efficient. Delaying such a reconstruction in younger children does not seem justified.


E. Vlachos C. Zambakidis P. Megremis N. Nicolaidis D. Mantziaras P. Melissis

Purpose: We present 10 cases of long bone fractures in children (femur, tibia, forearm) that were treated with internal fixation (flexible intramedullary rods).

Material and Methods: The patients were 10 children (9 boys and 1 girl), 6 to 15 years of age (mean 10.4 years) suffering of 6 femoral, 3 forearm and 1 tibial fracture, treated with flexible intramedullary rods. The femoral fractures healed between 3 to 4.5 months (mean, 14.7 weeks), the tibial frtacture in 3 months (12.8 weeks) and the forearm fractures in between 1 to 2.2 months (mean 7.6 weeks). Removal of the rods was performed 7.1 to 10 months (mean 39 weeks).

Results: The advantages of intramedullary fixation of long bone fractures in children, with flexible rods are: The earlier mobilization of the patient and return to his usual daily activities, the shorter period of hospitalization, the anatomic reduction of the fracture in comparison with conservative treatment (traction-cast) and external fixation and the smaller amount of complications than external fixation ( delayed union, refracture, etc.).

Conclusion: In conclusion intramedullary fixation with flexible rods has excellent results under the following conditions: the appropriate fracture (diaphyseal transverse or oblique femoral and tibial fractures and unstable fractures of the forearm) and the correct surgical technique while inserting the rods.


E. Papadogeorgou A.A. Partsinevelos C. Ceorgiou I.S. Benetos D. Kostopoulos S. Kouzpupis I. Ignatiadis A.D. Kanellopoulos

Aim: To assess outcome in adolescent periarticular fractures treated with cannulated Herbert screws. Patients and methods: During the period November 99–March 02, twenty nine adolescent patients were admitted to our department with the diagnosis of a periarticular fracture. All patients were male, 12–17 years old (average 15 years). All fractures were treated with cannulated Herbert screws. Twelve of these were fractures of the elbow, 6 of the knee and 11 of the ankle. All the fractures were treated with internal fixation. All patients underwent preoperative CT scan with 2-D reconstruction.

In all the cases the anatomical reduction was achieved and cannulated Herbert screws were applied with respect to the epiphyseal plate through minimal surgical incision..

The follow up period varied from one to six months, while all patients followed a rehabilitation program.

Results: All fractures healed well, without any reduction of the joint mobility or other postoperative complications.

Conclusions: Internal fixation of adolescent periarticular fractures with cannulated Herbert screws, can be considered as a useful method of treatment, since the anatomical reduction obtained, can be held with a very small operative incision, while the epiphyseal plate is respected.


A. Karageorgos A. X. Papadopoulos M. Tyllianakis E. Sourgiadaki I. Tsota E. Lambiris

We evaluate the effectiveness of external fixation exchange by intramedullary nailing during consolidation phase following callus distraction phase. In 12 skeletally mature female sheep, equally divided in two groups (group A and group B), we performed tibial shaft osteotomy and 2cm gradually callus distraction using Ilizarov external fixator in a 0.5mm/12h rate. In group A, immediately after lengthening completion, Ilizarov fixator was removed, and static unreamed intramedullary nail was inserted under fluoroscopic guidance. In group B (control group), Ilizarov frame remained (according to the usual technique) during consolidation phase. Callus maturity was studied in both groups, in specific time intervals, with plain x-rays, ultrasonograms, triplex and digital subscription angiograms. All animals were sacrificed 70 days after osteotomy and bone specimens including callus, were evaluated with MRI, DEXA and histopathologic examination.

In group A, all animals successfully tolerated intramedullary nailing, keeping limp alignment. All but one formatted a mature callus and kept callus length before being sacrificed. One sheep had a delayed formation of the callus and 0.5cm loss of callus length, because of failed insertion of distal locking screw in the nail. In group B, four of six formatted mature callus, two had axis disorder, three superficial pin-track infections and one deep infection in the same time.

We conclude that replacement of Ilizarov device by static unreamed intramedullary nail during callus consolidation phase decreases the total duration of external fixation, limits articular stiffness, pin-track infections and axial deformities, and provides protection against refracture. Our results suggest that there is no considerable difference between callus formations in the two groups.


C. Georgiou P.A. Kyriazopoulos K.A. Sarantos G.C. Papadopoulis G.S. Themistokleous I. Ignatiadis A.D. Kanellopoulos

Introduction: The growth plate almost always is involved in periarticular fractures in children. Treatment and prognosis of these fractures depends on the extend of the injury. Reduction has to itle and anatomical while fixation has to be secure and minimal secondary to the small size of epiphysis. The K-wires do not cause so much tissue damage but there is the possibility of sliding suiting in loss of fixation. On the other hand they offer no fracture compression. The use of screws may result in bone collapse. It is also inappropriate for small fragments.

Patients and Methods: From November 1999 untill December of 2001 17 patients with a diagnosis of a periarticular fracture were admitted to the pediatric orthopaedic department of KAT Hospital. There were 9 fractures of the elbow and 8 ankle fractures. Mean age was 12 years (6–14) (11 boys and 6 girls). Plain radiographs and CT were obtained before surgery to evaluate the kind and extend of the fracture. After limited arthrotomy percutaneous fixation was obtained with the use of at least wires 2 FFS wires and then a splint or cast was applied.

Results: FFS screws were removed in 3–6 weeks without anesthesia. In all of the patients the fracture was healed and there was not any infection or loss of reduction. Screws breakage was seen in Datient with no any functional consequences.

Conclusion: The use of FFS allows compressive fixation in periarticular fractures in children. It can be used percutaneously and it can be removed without need for another surgery.


T.A. Beslikas L. Mantzios E. Iosifidou N. Panos G.A. Kapetanos V.A. Papavasiliou

Introduction: The open reduction of C.D.H. (Congenital Dislocation of the Hip) during infancy associated with an incomplete osteotomy of the iliac bone in the roof of the acetabulum with a use of a wedge bone graft are described in this study.

Material and Methods: Ten children with C.D.H. (aged from 5 to 12 months) were surgical treatment under gone during the last 2 years in our department. Eight of them were boys and 2 girls. The left hip joint was involved in 7 and the right in 2 while one patient had bilateral C.D.H.Conservative treatment without success was performed in all patients until their admission in our hospital. The treatment’s method was the same in all the patients. By an anterior approach to hip joint with a Smith – Petersen’s skin incision open reduction of the dislocated hip was succeeded. We had to eliminate the teres ligament, cut the insertion part of the iliopsoas tendon and remove the inverted limbus to achieve reduction of the hip.

An incomplete innomitate osteotomy was followed above to the roof of the acetabulum. A corticotrabecular wedge human bone graft .human in 3 cases or a allograft in 7patients ( 8 hips) were used to reconform the acetabulum.

Results: The follow-up time ranged from 1 to 2 years. Normal range of movements was detected during clinical review. The radiological follow-up findings were shown that the bone roof of the acetabulum and the femoral neck anteversion was reconformed. No avascular necrosis of the femoral head was noticed.

Conclusion: The C.D.H. could be perfectly recostucted during infancy by open reduction associated with a use of a corticotrabecular wedge bone graft.


V.N. Psychoyios I. Harding R. Crawford D. Murray P. McLardy-Smith

Introduction: The aim of this study was to compare the serum cobalt and chromium levels in patients with Oxford Universal hips and Cenator hips. Both systems are composed of cobalt chromium alloy and have modular cobalt chromium heads, however only the Oxford hip has a sliding mechanism.

Material: The serum levels of chromium and cobalt were measured in 20 patients with Oxford Universal Hip replacement (Group 1). This was compared to the serum levels of chromium and cobalt in 17 patients with Cenator Hip replacement (Group 2) and 20 patients with no implants (Group 3). Patients in Group 1 and 2 were assessed clinically and with plain radiographs. Patients were excluded if there was evidence of loosening, if they had other joint implants or any other known cobalt or chromium implant and if they had impaired renal function. All hip replacements were performed as primary procedures. Specimens were analysed by electrothermal atomization atomic absorption spectrometry.

Results: There was no statistically significant difference in serum cobalt and chromium levels between groups 1 and 2. Patients in groups 1 and 2 had statistically significant higher serum levels of chromium and cobalt than group 3 patients.

Discussion: This study demonstrates that serum levels of chromium and cobalt are elevated in patients with stable hip implants composed of this alloy but not in a normal population. Although it is not known what the long-term effects of chronic low-grade exposure to these ions are, these levels are many order of magnitude below the toxic range. Furthermore, our results show that the Oxford Universal Hip releases no more metal ions into the circulation than an implant without a sliding mechanism.


S. Gerakas E. Vassiliadis A. Bouras I. Gaindatzis K. Vradelis

Purpose: The aim of our study is to compare the outcome of Bipolar Artroplasty (BA) and Total Hip Arthroplasty (THA) in active middle-aged patients with displaced intracapsular femoral neck fractures. Material and Methods: From October 1993 until October 1997, 43 patients (6 male, 37 female) were treated with the above two methods (25 underwent BA and 18 THA), when satisfactory reduction of the fracture was not achievable or survival of femoral head was uncertain. The patients were from 55 to 76 years of age (mean 64, 8 years).

Thirty-eight patients (22 with BA and 16 with THA) were reviewed after a mean of 5, 8 years (ranging from 3 to 8 years).

Results: Comparing the clinical results we found no statistical significant difference between the two methods. Mean Harris Hip Score in BA was 89 (range 71–100) and in THA was 88 (range 74–100). The motion of the inner component of BA was 24% of total in weightbearing conditions and 17, 7% in non-weightbearing condition, as it was measured radiographically.

Conclusion: Despite our small number of patients, the results of BA are comparable to those of THA. Considering that BA it’s a more simple method, reduces the operation time, eliminates blood transfusions and is less expensive, it seems that BA is a rational method of treatment for this group of patients. THA should be reserved for patients with displaced femoral neck fractures with pre-existing hip disease (rheumatoid arthritis, osteoartritis, Paget disease).


E.I. Foufoulas I. Giannakis S. Tzegas I. Artopoulos

The purpose of our presentation is to propose a asimple and reliable method which does not expose the doctor and the patient to radiation for hip arthrocentesis and to be used by inexperienced doctors as well as for studies.

Hip Arthrocentesis (HA) on every day practice is performed by the anatomic knowledge and experience. But as a study has shown there is a high failure rate as it concerns the correct position of the needle in the joint, even in joints as the knee and shoulder where the intraarticular injections as usual.

According to the American College of Rheumatology hip arthrocentesis should be performed by experienced Rheumatologists, Orthopaedic Surgeons and Radiologists, and always under radiological control.

HA at first has been performed for diagnostic purposes, mainly infections, for fluid aspiration. Later for therapeutic reasons (corticosteroids), and for the differential diagnosis between abdominal and osteoarthritic pain of the hip with the intraarticular injection of local anaesthetic.

HA under ultrasound control was initially performed in 1989 for diagnostic reasons and later in 2001 has been used for intraarticular injections of Hyalouronic Acid for the treatment of hip osteoarthritis.

In the international literature publications about the help that Ultrasonography provides at hip arthrocentesis are sporadic (sparse).

Since 2000 we performed 50 intraarticular injections at the hip joint in our out -patient department under ultrasonographic control for the confirmation of the correct position of the needle in the articulation. All patients suffered from hip osteoarthritis according to the criteria of the American College of Rheumatology, and all were female, 50 – 75 years old. 30 injections were performed with simple head (Convex) of 6 MHz and 20 with linear head of 9 MHz. There was no difference concerning the accuracy of needle placement, but a more clear picture had the linear head.

There was no complication.

In the Hellenic area, to our knowledge, this method is applied and announced for the first time.

In conclusion we believe that it is an accurate and safe method which does not expose neither the patient nor the doctor to radiation and is much less time – consuming than CT. it can be recommended for inexperienced collegues, for studies that need confirmation, as well as for control of the correct placement of the needle intraarticular for therapeutic purposes. In general it can be used for every hip arthrocentesis.


M. Papoutsakis A. Karageorgos P. Triantafyllopoylos H. Panagiotopoylos H. Labiris

Aim: The evaluation and guantification of radiologic parameters observed in the late stages of hip arthritis.

Materials and Methods : The present study concerns the retrospective evaluation of the preoperative X-rays of 80 patients affected from primary hip arthritis only on one side in an advanced stage, that were treated in our department with total hip arthroplasty. From the present study we excluded patients with hip arthritis secondary to trauma, rheumatoid arthritis or congenital hip dislocation. The onset of the symptoms ranged between six months and twenty years (mean time5, 6 years).

We evaluated the following parameters:

Neck-shaft angle

The thickening of the Calcar

The Bone loss-sedimentation of the head of the femur

The cortex thickness at the level of the lesser trochanter

The distance-on the axis of the femur’s neck-between the rotation center of the hip and the point where the above axis crosses the transtrochanteric line.

These parameters were measured from two idependent observers. Every single measurement was done twice from both observersjn order to estimate the interobserver and the intraobserver error. The measurements were done in both hips of the patients-the affected and the healthy one-on an A-P pelvis radiogramm.

Results: From the above measurements, it results that in hip arthritis the neck-shaft angle changes (it becomes varous).The calcar was found thickened in the affected hip in a mean value of 1,45mm. The thickness of the cortex at the level of the lesser trochanter was found greater in the non-affected side in a mean value of 0,7mm. The bone loss of the femur head was approximately 2,5mm. The distance between the rotation center of the hip and the point at which the neck axis crosses the transtrochanteric line was found greater in the non-affected side, in a mean value of 3,12mm.

Conclusions: The modifications observed in hip arthritis that concern the load transmission across the neck of the femur result in changes that can be radiologically identified and measured. In the first place the thickness of the calcar is influenced, as it does the distance between the rotation center of the hip and the trochanteric line. In the advanced stages of hip arthritis the sedimentation (bone loss) of the femur head can also be measured.


K. Stafilas P. Kitsoulis K .Zaharis T. Xenakis

Introduction: The treatment of “congenital hip disease” by total hip arthroplasty is now well established, but the indications for this type of surgery, the preoperative planning, the selection of the stem and the technique to be followed are still open to debate.

Aim of the study: The purpose of this study is to analyse the long-term follow up after use of the cementless-system (CLS) femoral component designed by Spotorno in dysplastic or congenitally dislocated hips.

Material and Methods: Our study includes 70 hips in 59 patients, 49 females and 10 males, 36 left hips and 34 right hips that treated with total hip arthroplasty from 1987 to 2000. The mean age of the patients was 48.5 years (range 34–74 years). Forty-one hips were congenitally dislocated and twenty-nine were severe dysplastic. Preoperative planning with CT and CAD-CAE system were used for selection of the stem. 11 patients had bilateral total hip arthroplasties with Spotorno CLS stem. Many different cups were used.

Results: The mean follow up was 8.1 years (range 2–14 years). No patients were lost during the follow-up period. Patients were evaluated clinically with Merle d’ Aubigne and Postel hip score. There was a significant postoperative clinical improvement of the mean pain score by 3.7 points, of walking ability by 2.2 points and of motion by 2, 6 points. Thigh pain was not reported. There were no deep infections or mechanical loosening that required revision of the femoral component.

Conclusions: Although, the femoral component Spotorno CLS is used to every kind of hip diseases, had excellent long-term clinical results in adults, with dysplasia or congenital hip dislocation. Spotorno CLS uncemented femoral component represents an attractive option for adults with “congenital hip disease”.


A. Ploumis K. Tapsis I. Papageorgiou I. Terzidis D Pouliopoulos A. Christodoulou

The choice of the surgical exposure in total hip arthroplasties for osteoarthritis is a significant parameter for a successful outcome.

The aim of this study is to evaluate complications or/and advantages related to the most often used approaches for total hip arthroplasties: the direct lateral or transgluteal (Hardinge) and the posterior (Moore) one.

During the period 1997–2000, 50 patients with lateral approach and 50 patients with posterior approach were randomly selected from a pool of 394 total hip arthroplasties (382 patients). Patients with surgery of the contralateral hip were excluded. The mean age of the patients was 72 years (62–84 years) and the indication was degenerative osteoarthritis. The operating time and the postoperative, early and late, complications were studied. The average follow-up was 18 months (12–24 months) and included clinical and radiographic control.

The mean operating time was 76 min. (63–91 min.) and 92 min. (83–110 min.) for lateral and posterior approach, respectively. Complications (early and late) associated with transgluteal approach were 16 patients with positive trendelenburg sign, which disappeared within one year post op, 8 with sympathetic knee effusion which subsided within 6 weeks, 2 with ectopic periarticular ossification and 1 with severe thigh pain. In total hip arthroplasties with posterior approaches, 4 cases were complicated with ectopic ossification, 3 with sympathetic knee effusion which subsided within 4 weeks, 2 with posterior dislocation which needed revision surgery and 2 with peroneal nerve paresis which recovered within 6 months. Except for the trendelenburg sign (p< 0.001), all the other complications did not differ statistically significantly (p> 0.05).

In conclusion, the posterior approach seems to be related with more severe postoperative complications compared to the transgluteal approach. The gluteus medius’ loss of strength (responsible for limping in equal legs’ length), could be treated with prompt strengthening of the muscle within the first postoperative year.


A.F. Foucas R.J Desmnukh R.J. Crimer C. Mangham E.G. Mangos

Purpose: Matrix metalloproteinases are important for matrix turnover in development of metastasis and angiogenesis. Our purpose was to investigate the expression of MMP-9 and itsb prognostic significance in knee osteosarcomas.

Patients: 55 patients with osteosarcoma IIB of the knee area have been studied with respect to the expression of MMP-9 in the surviving tumour cells in the surgical resection specimens

Patients were followed up for at least two and a half years.

Methods: We studied the MMP-9 expression in the resection specimens using immunohistochemistry. The importance of the prognostic factors was assessed using single (log rank test) and multiple variable (Cox regression) analysis. Independence between the factors found significant using the log rank test was studied using the yf test. Significance was set at P< 0.05.

Results: On single variable analysis factors significantly associated with poor survival were high alkaline phosphatase at diagnosis and tumour cells expressing MMP-9 in the resection specimens. The only factor strongly associated with disease free survival was immunohistochemical status of tumour cells for MMP-9 in the resection specimens.

Percentage of necrosis after chemotherapy failed marginally to reach statistical significance.

On Cox regression analysis only MMP-9 remained significant for overall and disease free survival.

Discussion: Once new blood vessels penetrate a microscopic primary tumour or a distant metastasis, the lesions acquire the potential to grow into larger and potentially life threatening tumours. MMP-9 is a factor associated with matrix remodeling during angiogenesis and is also associated with leaky vessels because of its ability to degrade basement membranes. These two properties are very important for tumour growth and development of haematogenous metastases and we believe may explain our findings.


N. Demertzis A. Mourikis S. Kottakis

Our study includes 20 patients with femoral tumors during the years 1997–2002. The primary tumors were 5 sarcomas and 3 myelomas and we had 12 metastatic bone tumors. We used 12 modular prothesis and 8 long stem revision both for primary and for metastatic bone tumors. We applied special surgical techniques for the prevention of hip dislocation, the most common complication of proximal femoral resections.

In our study we describe the various surgical techniques used, the modes of application of the endoprothesis and also the techniques of the soft tissue reconstruction, hi 17 cases we used bipolar hemiarthroplasty and in 3 cases, where acetabular metastasis was evident, we used special endoprothesis which allowed us to reconstruct the acetabulum with the use of a special plexus. The most frequently used approach was the anterolateral. In one case we used an anteromedial approach due to the femoral triangle invasion by the tumor. We put special emphasis in the techniques of the soft tissue reconstruction, like capsuloplasty, with the use of a Dacron plexus under a specific modification. This plexus was also used as an extension to cover the muscular defects created due to wide tumor resection. The follow up period ranged from 6 months up to 5 years. Out of the 20 cases we had only one dislocation. The functional results according to the Ennekin scale were: Excellent – Good: 65%, Fair: 30%, Poor: 5%.

In conclusion, the new reconstruction techniques and the appropriate application of the modular prothesis that also preserve the femoral length, provide very good joint stability with good functional results.


D. Takis G. Poulios M. Iosifidis A. Papadopoulos S. Theofanidis A. Kamas X. Kalekou I. Giannakopoulos

Purpose: The purpose of our study is to record the composition and the viability of the cells from reaming products during intramedullary nailing of tibia or femur.

Material and Methods: We studied 21 fractures (13 tibia and 8 femur). The patients had mean age 27 years {1 9–67) and they didn’t face any systemic disease. The operation was done during the first 3 days from the injury and there was pro-operative x-ray check for measuring the medullar cavity. For 16 fractures we used reamers with diameter smaller or equal to the medullar cavity and for the rest 5 for biomechanical reasons we used bigger reamer. We take the products in aseptic condition in the operating room and after the proper elaboration they were been analyzed histo logically. The patients were followed up until the complete healing of the fractures.

Results: Our first observation was that in the very small reamers, which didn’t “touch” the endosteum there were non-viable marrow cells. After that with reamers till 1mm less than the intramedullary diameter there was viable bone mass 35–70% more than the non-viable. When the reaming exceeded this border microscopic analysis showed pieces (1–1, 5mm) of bone mass with few viable elements in the center of them and more compressed dead cells in the perimeter. From the p.o. follow-up it was remarkable that the patients whose bone was reamed didn’t exceed the intramedullary diameter showed primary callus formation in x-rays after 4–5 weeks, but the others after 5–7 weeks.

Conclusions: In conclusion, although our sample is not big enough, we can say that there are sighs that the reaming products cells are more viable when the reaming does not exceed the intramedullary diameter. This fact seems to have positive influence in the callus formation procedure.


DESIGN OF A HIP PROTECTOR Pages 226 - 226
Full Access
E. K. Dretakis K.A. Steriopoulos C. G. Condaxakis K. E. Dretakis D. G. Christakis

The fractures of the upper end of the femur presents one of the most important medico-social problems in the developed countries of Europe and North America and the developed and under development countries of Asia and other areas of our planet. It is a real epidemic with an increasing rate, higher than the rate expected, due to the increasing elderly population. The mortality rate, the complications and in general the social, and economic cost of these injuries are particularly high. The hip fractures in 1999 were 800 in Crete and 16000 were estimated in Greece. Ninety-five percent of these fractures are due to falls mainly within the house and 80% occur to individuals over the age of 70 years.

During last decade, the need to prevent fractures and protect the elderly against falls led to the design and production of hip protectors. The design concept of a hip protector aiming to protect the hip during a fall is the object of this study.

The beginning of our project was the biomechanical analysis of the fall of an elderly person. In this study the impact forces and the resulting pressures caused by the fall on the hip, as well as the minimal force that can be exerted on the upper part of the femur to cause a fracture were calculated.

Absorbing the energy of the impact load and shunting the energy away from the risk area of the greater trochanter was the main object of the design process. The construction of a simple apparatus that simulated the impact loads during a fall on the hip allowed the test of various geometry and material combinations, so that to meet the requirements for the new hip protector design that were set previously in the specification list.

At the same time the numerical modelling of the hip protector and the use of a commercial finite element code allowed non-destructive tests in various fall conditions in order to optimize the geometry and the material of the new hip protector.

The first data coming from the fall simulation apparatus provided satisfactory results for the new hip protector. The protector was found to attenuate a 10500 N impact force to 1700 N on the femur, providing the requested safety. Thus, the force received by the proximal femur remains below the literature provided average fracture threshold (3100+/−1200N).

The anatomical design concept of the protector provides a good comfort level that is very important for the compliance requested by the users.


Full Access
N. Laliotis G. Kapetanos

The aim of our study is to present osteoid osteoma as a disease in preschool children. O O is a benign inflammatory process that is characterized from osteoid formation. It appears mainly in the second and third decade of life, while before 5 years of age usually as case reports. The clinical and radiological presentation must be differentiated from trauma, osteomyelitis, malignancy and other benign diseases.

We present three patients, aged ranging from 18 months to 4 years old, that were treated surgically for the removal of O O in the tibia and fibula. All patients presented with limping, pain mainly in the night, gradual restriction of activities. The clinical, hematological and radiological investigation revealed the general aspects of the disease. Bone scans were positive in all. CT scan confirmed the diagnosis in all three patients. Surgical treatment was done with fluoroscopic assistance, in order to remove the minimum possible amount of bone. In two patients the lesion was located in the distal metaphysis of the tibia and in one in the distal metaphysis of the fibula.

The diagnosis was confirmed with the typical nidus, in pathological specimens. In one patient the lesion was intracortical and in two in the medullary area. Despite the ages of our patients, there were not misleading findings, in the specimens. After surgery the patients were symptoms free, and with 1–4 years follow up, there are no recurrences.

We conclude that osteoid osteoma must be included in the differential diagnosis, in cases of pain and limping, in preschool children.


AH. Zibis V. Zahos Th Karahalios Th Moraitis KN. Malizos

Purpose: We assessed the consequences of the permanent lesions after multiple compartment syndrome of the tibia. We also assessed the socioeconomic consequences during the period of secondary operations and rehabilitation.

Material and Methods: We followed 20 prospective patients (pts) who were referred to our department after multiple compartment syndrome of the tibia. We present the patiens’ causes, the socioeconomic consequences and the way the condition affects the quality of patiens’ lives. We also assessed the morbidity of the patients and we present the number and the severity of the reconstructive operations which were needed.

The cause was RTA in 13 pts, accident at work in six and in one patient the result of a reconstruction osteotomy and external fixation. The opening of the compartments was done in nine pts but in two of them we caught the condition at an early stage on time. The consequences were a dropped foot in 13 pts, a club foot in two pts, cavus foot in eight pts, clawing of toes in 13 pts, ankle stiffness in six pts, plantar numbness anaesthesia in 12 pts, plantar callosities in five pts and chronic infections in eight pts. The number of reconstructive operations was from one to ten with a hospitalization duration from one month to five years. Only two pts were able to work an easy job and two pts went back to their previous job, those in whom we had opened the compartments in time. In one pts an amputation below the knee was done. The rest of the pts are unemployed or work as assistant.

Conclusion: The permanent lesions after a multiple compartment syndrome of the tibia are very serious for the functioning of the limb, the quality of the pts’s live life and their work. It is very important to prevent this condition by opening all compartments in time (or at a very early stage).


T.A. Beslikas K.A. Papavasiliou S. Nenopoulos J.M. Kirkos G.A. Kapetanos V.A. Papavasiliou

The aim of this paper is to present our experience from the surgical treatment of lower limb fractures in the developing skeleton with the use of bio-absorbable PLLA implants as a means of internal fixation.

From 1997 until 2002, twenty-three patients (15 boys and 8 girls, ages ranging from 7 to 15 years old, mean of 12 years) who had suffered from 30 lower limb fractures were operated on in our department, with the use of PLLA screws as a means of internal fixation that followed the standard open reduction procedure.

We surgically treated 20 tibial fractures (distal metaphysis:1,medial malleolar:6,distal epiphysis lesions:9,tibial spine:2, lateral tibial condyle:1, tibial shaft:1), 8 fibular fractures (distal metaphysis:2, distal epiphysis lesions:5, fibular shaft:1), one transtrochanteric fracture and 1 patellar fracture.

All patients were operated on under constant radiographic control. A cast was applied, post-operatively, to all patients, for a period of 3–4 weeks. Gradual and assisted weight-bearing and ambulation, was commencing immediately after the cast removal.

All patient’s (with the exception of 1 case of delayed callus formation) post-operative period was completely normal. However, follow-up revealed the development of osteolytic lesions (bone absorption cysts) in 3 of our patients. All lesions were located in the border between epiphysis and metaphysis, at the exact position were the PLLA screws had been placed.

The use of PLLA implants in the treatment of fractures renders unnecessary a second operation for the removal of the osteosynthesis’ material. Nevertheless, we should be quite reluctant when deciding to use the PLLA screws in the treatment of these fractures in the developing skeleton, especially of the lower limbs, were the applied weight bearing forces are quite powerful.


D. Polyzois M. Mpeltsios S. Dagas P. Samelis V. Polyzois

A significant number of hallux valgus is associated with valgus deviation of 2nd, 3rd and 4th toes. We recommend correction of the valgus deformity of all four rays simultaneously., because recurrence of the hallux valgus is very frequent if only the first ray is realigned.

From 1978 to 1990 a series of 236 feet were operated upon for hallux valgus deformity using a distal osteotomy of the first rnetatarsal. These cases were followed up for a mean of 6, 1 years and showed that the recurrence rate was as high as 28%. Our observation was that, in the majority’ of cases, recurrence of the deformity occurred in those feet in which hallux valgus was combined with valgus deformity of the lesser toes due to varus deviation of the corresponded metatarsals. From 1990 to 1998, another series of 386 feet were operated for hallux valgus. In more than one third of them (142 feet in 96 patients) hallux valgus was associated by valgus deformity of the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th toes. These cases were operated using a distal osteotomy of the first rnetatarsal combined with osteotomies of lesser metatarsals aiming not only to face metatarsalgia, but to correct valgus deformity of the lesser toes simultaneously. These patients were followed up for a mean of 4.8 years.

The results were excellent in 73 feet, good in 47, fair in 17 and poor in 5. The recurrence rate dropped to 7%.

If hallux valgus is combined with valgus deformity of the lesser toes, correction of only the first ray creates a gap between first and second toe. Consequently there is no blocking effect toward valgus deviation of the great toe due to the gap remaining between the first and second toe.

The above combined procedure seems to give better results with low recurrence rate in comparison with the results of single correction of the first ray.


V.N. Psychoyios P.H. Cooke

Introduction: We describe an operation, which have performed in patients with rheumatoid arthritis, valgus deformities of the ankle and hind foot with overlying ulcer.

Materials and Methods: The operation has been performed in seven female patients with an average age of 69 years. All patients had severe functional problems.

Technique: The ulcer is excised through an elliptical incision and the medial malleolous is excised level with the ankle joint. Then the tibia surface is osteotomized just above the ankle joint with a planar cut perpendicular to the long axis of the tibia in both saggital and coronal planes. The talus is also transected, with the cut parallel to the sole of the foot and the arthrodesis is closed. The patient starts to mobilize weight bearing in a POP cast with an over boot with rigid sole and rocher in 2–3 days. After 8 weeks the patient is transferred to a shoe with fixed double iron attached. This is retained until radiological union occurs.

Results: Primary healing of the skin was obtained in all cases. Each patient was able to walk within the bounds of their disease early after surgery. In every case union has been delayed. No patient has had recurrent deformity or ulceration.

Conclusion: Such deformity severely impairs the functional status of the patient and may threaten the viability of the foot. Primary surgery with excision of the medial malleolous and correction of the deformity of the ankle has proved successful in treating pain, deformity and ulceration in this small series.


G.K. Dendrinos D.L. Katsenis S.J. Kontos

Fibular plating comprises a major component in the treatment of Pilon fractures with open reduction and internal fixation. However, its necessity when Pilon fractures are treated by hybrid fixation has been questioned. A retrospective clinical study with 65 high energy pilon fractures treated by circular fixators between 1996 and 2001 was undertaken, in order to clarify this technical detail. The mean age was 35 years (range 21 to 69 years). The fractures were classified according to the systems of Ruedi -Allgower (9 II, 56 III) and Ovadia-Beals (9 II, 21 III, 13 IV, 22 V). Hybrid fixation (tension wire fixation at the fracture site augmented by screws) was performed in 39 fractures. The lateral malleolus was internally fixed in 39(60%) patients. In 48(74%) patients the fixation was extended to the calcaneus for 6 weeks. The metaphyseal defect (25 fractures, 38.5%) was treated by grafting in fourteen, acute shortening in six, and bone transport in five fractures. Clinical and radiological results were evaluated.

Mean follow up was 3 years (range 1 to 10 years). On the basis of Ruedi-Allgower system, there was a negative correlation between the end result and fibular fixation in all the fractures types (p< 0.001). However, if Ovadia Beals system was used, fibular fixation was associated with better results in type II and III, but with inferior results in type IV and V.

We conclude that in fractures with metaphyseal defect, fibular fixation does not allow acute shortening and makes bone transport more difficult leading to poor results. Ovadia – Beals classification considers the metaphyseal defect and the fracture comminution and should be chosen for the selection of the technique. Fibular plating is desirable for types II and III but it should be avoided or at least not preceded for types IV and V.


A. Dermon H. Petrou K. Tilkeridis T. Kapetsis C. Harduvelis D. Skitiotis G. Petrou

Introduction: Mitchell’s operation is a double step-cut osteotomy through the neck of first metatarsal (MT) which displaces laterally and plantar flexes the metatarsal head and minimally shortens the first MT. In coexisted further forefoot abnormalities this osteotomy can be combined by additional corrective osteotomies of the rest metatarsals and straightening of toes.

Material and Methods: A prospective study was carried out in our Department, on 42 patients (51feet) operated with this osteotomy alone or combined.

The mean follow-up time was 10 years (range, 3–15 years). The average age of patients was 58 years. The average angle of HV deformity was 38 degrees (in nine feet this angle was more than 40 degrees). Mean inter-metatarsal (IM) angulation was 15 degrees.

The procedure was always followed by Y or V capsuloplasty of first metatarsophallangeal (MTP) joint. Moderate arthritis of first MTP joint was not considered by us as a contraindication for this operation. The osteotomy was secured by two crossed K-wires.

In 20 feet (15 patients) with coexisted forefoot abnormalities oblique osteotomies of the rest metatarsals, arthrodeses of proximal interphalangeal (PIP) joints and elongation of extensor tendons were carried out.

Results: In examination, we checked the correction of the deformities; we assessed pain and comfortability in wearing shoes and the joints motion, hi early postoperative examination the mean correction in HV angle was 18 degrees and in IM angle was 5 degrees, but in last examination there was a loss of 5 degrees in the HV angle correction. One hallux was overcorrected. 90% of the results were satisfactory including all feet with osteoarmritis of first MTP joint. 10% of the results considered as poor including all feet with preoperative HV deformity of more than 40 degrees. Ten feet (eight patients) suffered from metatarsalgia established because of fall of MT arch. We feel that Mitchell’s osteotomy is not suitable for HV deformity exceeding the 40 degrees.


A. Dermon M. Gavras H. Petrou K. Tilkeridis C. Harduvelis M. Tsekura G. Petrou

Introduction: Moderate and major operation concerning trauma or selective procedures (like total ¥2) joint replacement) can lead to considerable amount of blood loss and postoperative anaemia. This loss affects negatively the patients’ postoperative course concerning mortality, morbidity as well as patients’ recovery. We decided to provide these patients with Epoetin Alpha in the early postoperative period to control anaemia.

Material and Methods: In our Department, from July 2000 until March 2002, we treated 42 patients with postoperative anaemia due to moderate or major operations (like hip and femoral fractures, total joint replacements). Patients’ age ranged from 28 to 85 years, hi this study we included all patients with 9g/dl < Hb < 1 Ig/dl on second postoperative day, without coexisted contraindications for administration of Epoetin Alpha. Patients having been transfused due to serious postoperative anaemia were not included in this study. Laboratory tests included full blood count check up to the end of treatment.

Patients were divided in two groups, hi the first group (18 patients) were provided 2 X 10000 units Epoetin Alpha daily for 15 days, hi the second group (after August 2001) we provided 40000 units X 4 every three days, hi all cases we provided Fe per os. One patient (in the second group) sustained diffuse intravascular coagulation (DIG) on the 13th postoperative day and finally she died. In the first group we noticed an increase of Ht by 4 units (mean rate) and in the second group by 6 units. Two cases in the first group presented a slight raise of the Ht (one unit), while the patient who presented DIG belonged to the second group. No patient was transfused postoperatively. Mobilization of patients especially the elderly was earlier than usual. An interesting notice was the raise of platelets (> 600000) in nine cases of the second group and in only two cases of first group, without complications. This raise was attributed to the stimulation of bone marrow due to the fast blood loss during the operation.

Conclusion: The effectiveness and safety of Epoetin Alpha has been proved in many studies concerning selective orthopaedic operations. Update results show that Epoetin Alpha has a significant effect in the treatment of postoperative anaemia. Of course further investigations (like double blind studies and control of potential complications from administration) are mandatory.


K. Stafilas A. Mavrodontidis P. Koulouvaris A. Tokis V. Papakostas T. Xenakis P.N. Soucacos

Aim: Vascular complications associated with locked intramedullary tibial nailing are rare but always serious. The purpose of this cadaveric study is to define the risk of vascular complications after proximal locking in intramedullary tibial nailing.

Material and Methods: Seven fresh cadaver legs were obtained from the University Hospital of loannina. The Grosse & Kempf Tibial Locking Nail was used with anterior-posterior locking. Each procedure was performed according to a standard protocol. The insertion point of the tibial nail was just above the level of the tibial tuberosity. The direction of the proximal locking screw was oblique from caudal to cranial and from lateral to medial. For imaging, both the nail and screws were removed and titanium screws were inserted, thereby allowing good visualization.

Results: MRI sections combined with CT and 3D-CT have been used to illustrate the findings, as they clearly demonstrate the relationships between the locking screws and adjacent vascular structures. Analysis of these findings highlighted the surgical risks associated with this type of proximal locking and its direction.

Conclusions: Proximal anterior-posterior locking in intramedullary tibial nailing is a hazardous procedure because of the small distance between tibia and vascular structures. The use of a new direction for proximal anterior-posterior locking is recommended.


P. Dimakopoulos P. Triantafillopoulos A.X. Papadopoulos E. Lampiris

The purpose of this study is to evaluate the results of the treatment of displaced greater-tuberosity fractures by open reduction and stable fixation with heavy non absorbable sutures and early passive motion. Thirty-six patients, 21 male (average age 50 years) and 15 female (average age 62 years) underwent open reduction and internal fixation for a displaced greater-tuberosity fracture of the proximal humerus, between 1992–2000. Main indication for operative treatment was at least 1 cm displacement of the tuberosity. Reduction and stable fixation of the greater tuberosity with its rotator-cuff attachments, was performed by a lateral approach using heavy transosseous nonabsorbable sutures. Passive motion was started at the second postoperative day followed by active range of motion after the fifth postoperative week.

All patients were examined periodically using clinical and radiological criteria. All fractures were healed without any displacement within 3 months. Final assessment was performed according to Neer’s criteria for pain, motion, function, strength and patient’s satisfaction, in a mean follow-up period of 4 years. Twenty seven patients (75%) rated excellent, without pain, showing active forward elevation at 160 to 180°, external rotation at 60 to 80° and internal rotation up to tiq level. Nine patients (25%) rated very good, had only minor pain problems.

We conclude that, if displaced fractures of the greater tuberosity are not diagnosed and treated promptly, may result in limitation of motion and functional disability. To our experience open reduction and stable fixation with transosteal suturing, allowing early passive motion of the joint, gives excellent to very good final results.


G. Petsatodes J. Christoforides D. Karataglis P. Papadopoulos A. Hatzisimeon J. Pournaras

Humeral diaphysis fractures consist a rather frequent injury. The aim of our study is to evaluate the results of the treatment of humeral diaphysis fractures with the use of an interlocking intramedullary nail.

During the period March 1999 – December 2001, 25 intramedullary nailings were performed in 24 patients with a humeral fracture (16 women and 8 men), aged 26–81 years (Average: 57.1 years) using a Russell-Taylor humeral nail. There were 16 cases of acute humeral fractures, 3 cases of pathologic fractures, and 6 cases of delayed union or non-union. Follow-up ranged from 6 to 36 months (Average: 20 months). Fracture union was recorded, and the results were evaluated according to the scoring system of Neer.

No immediate postoperative complications were recorded. The final result was excellent in 9 cases (36%), good in 12 (48%), unsatisfactory in 3 (12%), while there was one failure (4%), where a reoperation was required. Fracture union was achieved within 4 months in 21 cases (84%), while 2 cases of delayed union and 2 non-unions were recorded.

Interlocking intramedullary nailing offers a dependable solution in the treatment of humeral diaphysis fractures, providing a very satisfactory functional outcome and a high union rate. It offers an excellent option in the treatment of pathologic fractures of the humerus, as well as in severely comminuted fractures and humeral fractures in polytrauma patients.


G. Themistocleous Ch Karavolias S. Kontou N. Gantaifis M. Kaseta A. Partsinebelos G Sapkas

Purpose: To check the accuracy of the Internet-derived medical information.

Materials and Method: We tested the validity of randomly chosen Internet-derived statements concerning four common orthopaedics problems. Two-hundred statements were gleaned by two nonmedical persons from 30 chosen websites, after employing a common search engine. Fifty statements were derived on each of four separate topics (knee osteoarthritis, hip osteoarthritis, low back pain, and osteoporosis). Five residents in orthopaedic surgery were then asked, to independently rank the accuracy of these statements using a five point rating scale with 1 being strongly disagree to 5 being strongly agree with the statement. Means were then obtained for each question and ranked on validity with > 4 being very valid, > 3 being somewhat valid and < 3 being invalid.

Results: Overall score for the 200 statements was 3.81 with 61% deemed very valid, 20% deemed somewhat valid and 19% deemed invalid. For knee osteoarthritis, the overall score was 3.63 with 63% being very valid, 18% being somewhat valid and 19% being deemed invalid. For hip osteoarthritis, the overall score was 3.75 with 58% being very valid, 21% being somewhat valid and 19% deemed invalid. For low back pain, the overall score was 3.91 with 48% being very valid, 36% being somewhat valid and 16% deemed invalid. For osteoporosis, the overall score was 3.96 with 59% being very valid, 18% being somewhat valid and 23% deemed invalid.

Conclusion: Approximately 20% of medical information found on the Internet is misleading and, invalid. Patients and physicians who use the Internet to access health information, should be aware of these inaccuracies and better seek advice from reliable medical web sites of universities.


J.C. Feroussis N. Konstantinou A. Zografidis P. Dallas K. Tsevdos A. Papaspiliopoulos

Aim: Displaced intrarticular fractures and fracture-dislocations of the proximal humerus usually need operative treatment. The results of shoulder hemiartroplasty for the treatment of neglected fractures and fracture-dislocations are presented.

Material – Method: 9 shoulder hemiartroplasties with modular head was used for the treatment of 5 neglected comminuted fractures and 4 fracture-dislocations of the proximal humerus. They were 5 females and 4 males with a mean age of 58 years, which were followed-up for a mean period of 4 years. The time between the injury and the operation varied from 2 to 8 months. The main indications was pain, loss of shoulder movement in relatively young patients. The tuberosities were found and extensively mobilized. The prosthesis was inserted with cement and the tuberosities were reattached to the shaft.

Results: Main follow up was 4 years (2–8). The results were assessed according the modified UCLA score and were found excellent in 2, satisfactory in 4 and poor in z cases. Pain has improved in 7 cases and the mean postoperative elevation was 90? (20?–130?). External and internal rotation was significally improved. 5 patients presented satisfactory muscle strength and were able to perform satisfyingly the daily activities. Constant score rated from 50 to 80.

The presence of a dislocation did not affect the final outcome. On the contrary the displacement of the tuberosities was decisive, and it was combined with greater scaring of the soft tissues and greater loss of motion. One patient developed transient palsy of the axillary nerve and another aseptic loosening of the prosthesis 7 years postoperatively.

Conclusions: The success of the hemiartroplasty is based on the proper patient selection, the good operative technique and the meticulous postoperative rehabilitation. The retroversion, the height of the prosthesis and the correct balance of the soft tissues are of critical importance in the achievement of a good postoperative result. The tissue scaring, the tuberosities displacement and the rotator cuff lesions create such conditions that place these patients in the limited goal group, as introduced by Neer. The results of this group are considerably inferior to those treated soon after the injury. For this reason if indicated the prosthesis should be used at the first stage and not after the failure of the conservative treatment.


V.N. Psychoyios F. Villanueva-Lopez S. Berven R. Crawford J. Hayes D. Murray

Purpose: The purpose of the study is to compare the disease severity at the time of surgical intervention between patients undergoing primary joint replacement under the National Health Service and Private Health-care Systems.

Materials: 166 patients were included in the study – 101 NHS and 65 Private. Inclusion criteria were: 1) hip or knee osteoarthritis, 2) primary joint replacement, and 3) informed consent of the patient. Patients with arthropathy of inflammatory, infectious or neoplastic aetiology were excluded. Physician evaluation included medical history, calculation of Charleson Comorbidity Scores, and Knee Society rating. Patients were given self-assessment health questionnaires including WOMAC, SF-36, and Nottingham Health Profile.

Results: Mean age was 69.4 years and did not vary significantly between NHS and Private groups. Charleson Comorbidity Scores were significantly worse in the NHS group than in the private. Health assessment questionnaire scores were all adjusted for age, sex, and comorbidity. In NHS patients undergoing TKR, we demonstrate significantly worse pre-operative comorbidity than in private group for indices of function and pain. Patients undergoing THR showed little difference in pre-operative comorbidity.

Conclusion: NHS patients undergoing primary TKR have significantly more advanced disease than their counterparts who are privately insured. Access to TKR surgery is determined by the healthcare delivery system rather then a threshold level of disease severity. Further follow-up of the outcomes of TKR in these two groups needs to be carried out to determine the long-term effects of accessing surgical care at a more advanced stage of disease.


D. Efstathopoulos S. Spridonos P. Aretaiou S. Seitaridis A. Dimitriadis A. Cavounelis

Thoracic outlet syndrome (TOS) is characterized by a series of symptoms, which arise from the compression of the neurovascular bundle between the supraclavicular space and its entry to the axilla. The type and intensity of symptoms is relative to the site of compression and the anatomic structures involved.

Between 1990 and 2001, 42 patients were operated for thoracic outlet syndrome utilizing a supra-clavicular incicion (8 bilateral). 12 were male and 30 female. Ages ranged from 21 to 55 years (mean 31). The time interval between the onset of first symptoms and operation was 7 to 12 months in 16 patients and 1 to 4 years in 26 patients. All patients had neurologic symptoms with pain, paresthesias and numbness in the lateral neck, shoulder or arm. The duration and intensity of symptoms was variable. 12 of them had symptoms arising from the arterial compression. Preoperative evaluation included a formal clinical and neurologic examination, radiographs of the chest and cervical spine, Electromyography was often performed if a carpal tunnel syndrome was suspected. Angiography was performed in patients with vascular symptoms. MRI scan of the cervical spine and supraclavicular spaces were routine practice. Most of the patients had undergone prolonged conservative treatment including medication (muscle relaxants and analgesics), physiotherapy, exercises and cervical brace immobilization. This approach produced only temporary improvement or even aggravation of their neurologic complaints.

Intraoperativelly we found: Hypertrophy of the scalene muscle with aberrant or broad insertion on the first rib (31 pts), perineural fibrosis (5 pts), long type cervical rib (2 pts), fibromuscular bands between the 7 transverse process and the first rib (4 pts), vascular bridge pinching the lower trunk (4 pts). In four cases no obvious anatomic finding within the thoracic outlet affecting the brachial plexus could be found. The follow up period ranged from 6 months to 10 years (mean 6 years). Results were classified as excellent in 16, who were free of symptoms. Good in 12, who complained of mild symptoms on daily activities but were significantly improved. Poor in 6 who had persistent or aggravation of their symptoms. 4 patients from the poor results group were treated by 1st rib excision, on a later stage and experienced significant improvement.

The operative complications include one case of pneumothorax and a temporary dysfunction of the phrenic and XI cranial (accessory) nerve. No postoperative complications were found and the average hospitalization period ranged between 24 – 48 hours.


A. Katsanikos G. Katsikis M. Meitanidou A. Foulidoy E. Sfyra F. Kanakoudis

Total arthroplasties are considered as severe and very painful operations, intra- and postoperatively. The operation is usually carried out under epidural anaesthesia via a catheter and it is logical to proceed for postoperative analgesia epidurally.

In this study, two methods of epidural postoperative analgesia are compared: with infusion of a local anaesthetic alone or in combination with a small dose of opioid.

Material-method: Twenty-five patients, scheduled for total hip or knee arthroplastie were studied. They were randomly allocated in two groups: in group LA they received an epidural infusion of 10 ml/h ropivacaine 0,2%, while in group OP they infused epidurally 5 ml/h of a mixture of morphine 3 ug/kg in ropivacaine 0,1%. The infusion was performed using disposable pumps. At 2–6-12–24–48 hour postoperatively, analgesia (at rest and movement, VAS 0–10), sedation (0–3) and motor blockade (Bromage 0–3) were evaluated and recorded. Additionally, side effects (pruritus, nausea-vomiting) as well as the need for rescue analgesic (paracetamol 500mg on patients demand) were recorded.

Results: Demographic data of two groups were comparable. In general, postoperative analgesia was satisfactory in both groups. Pain was reported by: a) at 6 h 10% of patients in LA group (none in OP group) b) at 12 h 30% of patients in LA group and 10% in OP group c) at 24 h 10% of patients in LA group and 30% in OP group and d) at 48 h 10% of patients in LA group and 0% in OP group. The 10% of patients in OP group reported pruritus at 2 h after operation. The 10% of patients in LA group presented intence motor blockade (Bromage 3) at 12 and 24 h. in case of motor blockade the infusion was discontinued and the blockade was completely recovered after 1–2 hours. In 1 patient of LA group and 2 of OP group nausea and vomiting was observed, only at the first 2 h from the end of anaesthesia. The big percentage of patients (LA group: 12 h = 27%, 24 h = 45%• OP group: 24 h = 7%) that needed additional analgesics, is attributed to a discomfort of most patients, even under light pain.

Conclusions: The epidural infusion of ropivacaine alone or in combination with low dose of morphine, can be considered effective and usefull method for postoperative analgesia in total hip or knee arthroplasties.


G. Panidis F.E. Sayegh A. Beletsiotis K. Natsis D. Hatzemmanuil K. Antosidis

The use of locking intramedullary nails in the treatment of long bone fractures is common. We present our preliminary work in the use of inflatable self-locking intramedullary nails for the treatment of long bone fractures. Twenty one patients were included in this work: 13 males and 8 females. The mean age was 25 years (range (18 to 42 years)). There were 8 tibial, seven femoral, and six humeral fractures. The mean operation time was 40.5 minutes for the humeral fractures (range 30 to 170 minutes), 30 minutes for the tibial fractures (range 20–90 minutes), and 60 minutes (range 30–170 minutes) for the femoral fractures. The radiation exposure time was 0.22 minutes for the tibial fixation, 0.28 minutes for the humeral and 0.44 minutes for the femoral fractures. The mean follow-up period was 49 weeks (range 6 to 60 weeks).

Stable fixation with no axial deviation or displacement of the fracture fragments was seen in all cases. Patients could partially weight bear on the 2nd day after surgery. No post-operative complications were noted.

From this preliminary work we conclude that the use of the inflatable self-locking intramedullary nails in the treatment of long bone fractures is simple, quick and stable. This procedure does not need intramedullary reaming that may jeopardise the medullary canal vessels. The surgical as well as the radiation time required for fixation were reduced.


K. Papaioannou I. Petkidis C. Bikos V. Karamoulas E. Papacostas T. Papaioannou

Patients due to have a major orthopaedic operation should be assessed in advance, in order to be fully prepared for the operation the scheduled day the without cancellations and be cost-effective. We studied 208 patients the last 2 years scheduled for hip and knee replacement. Mean Age 68.7. F=150, M=58. The patients were formally admitted in the assessment stay unit where a fully orthopaedic and anaesthetic examination was done and appropriate lab tests were carried out. The whole procedure lasted 4 hours and was charged 88 Euros.

Only 37 patients have no medical problems. 98 suffered from hypertension and 10 of them needed further adjustment of their treatment. Out of 27 patients who had coronary artery disease, 12 referred to a cardiologist. All of the 12 patients with various heart problems needed further assessment. Readjustment of their treatment needed 3 out 15 diabetic patients. 1 out of the 8 patients with rheumatoid arthritis 1 needed reevaluation and 1 out 19 who suffered from various diseases 1 needed reassessment (Renal failure). Statistically 39 out of 208 had problems p< 0.001.

The anaesthetic assessment contributes to 1.Reduction of cancellations due to medical reasons. 2. Effective use of the theatre time. 3. Reduction of cost.


Full Access
C.I. Drosos K.I. Tsioros E.H. Kayias E. Miliotis

Aim: The aim of this presentation is to present a new fixation device in ACL reconstruction using Hamstrings (Semitendonosous and Gracilis tendons) and the early clinical results.

Material – Methods: The new technique has been applied in ten patients.

Technique: Arthroscopic technique using a single skin incision. Four stand graft from the Semitendonosous and Gracilis tendons was used.

Femoral fixation: A Suspensory device -Endoflip- was used. Tibial fixation: A bioabsorbal screw -Bilok-was used. Postoperative regime: Early knee mobilization, partial weight bearing using crutches.

Results: The learning time for the femoral fixation was short. Second skin incision on the femoral site was necessary in the first two patients. There were no intraoperative or postoperative complications. The early clinical results are encouraging.

Conclusion: The early clinical results indicate that the above-mentioned technique is a reliable one for graft fixation in ACL reconstruction.


D.S. Mastrokalos J. Springer J. Rossis H. Thermann H.H. Paessler

Introduction: The goal of this prospective, randomized study is the functional evaluation of two different techniques of ACL reconstruction by using the bone-patella tendon (BPT) vs. hamstrings (ST/G).62 ACL-insufficient patients without any concommitent sport injuries took part in a prospective randomized study.

Material and Methods: Eighteen men and 13 women underwent ACL-reconstruction with BPT graft (Group I) with average age 29,87 (16–46) years. 31 patients (16 women and 15 men) with average age 34,23 (16–55) years underwent ACL-reconstruction using a quadrupled hamstrings graft (Group II). Both techniques were performed by using a press-fit and implant-free technique. We used the same accelerated rehabilitation protocol for both groups. The patients were evaluated by IKDC, Lysholm and Tegner scoring systems, KT 1000, one leg hop, isokinetics, internal torque, kneeling and knee walking test, 1 day preoperatively (VU), and 3 (NU I), 6 (NU II) and 12 months (NU III) postoperatively.

Results: One year postop.the results of Group II (30 patients classified as A and B) were according to IKDC scoring system better than those in Group I (Group I: 24 patients classified as A and B). We had similar results according to Lysholm-scoring evaluation (Group 11:95,61 points vs. 90,87 in Group I (p=0.017)) and Tegner-scoring (Group II: 7,07 vs. 6,61 in Group I (p=0.00)). According to the KT 1000 stability evaluation, there was no statistical significant difference between injured and uninjured knees in both groups. The evaluation of the strength of the hamstrings by isokinetics in both groups showed statistical significant differences (Group II: 90,34 Nm vs. 99,19 Nm in Group I, (p=0.008)). However, our results concerning internal torque evaluation were not statistical significant. The evaluation of one leg hop by comparing injured and non-injured leg showed a significant difference between group II and group I (Group II: 96% vs. 91% in Group I, (p=0.012)). We had worse results in Group I vs. Group II at kneelling and knee-walking-testings ((p=0.00)(p=0.00)), concerning the anterior knee pain.

Conclusion: From our results concerning IKDC, Lysholm, Tegner, kneeling and knee walking tests it seems that hamstrings can be recommended for ACL reconstruction. The isokinetic evaluation of hamstrings showed a statistical significant deficiency compaired to the BPT-group. But this result could not be confirmed with the internal torque evaluation and “one leg hop”-testing.


D.S. Mastrokalos J. Rossis Yu Jiakuo H.H. Paesssler

Introduction: The aim of this study was to evaluate whether a guiding pin for a femoral tunnel could be positioned through the tibial tunnel into the center of the anatomical ACL attachment.

Material and Methods: We studied 77 knees who underwented arthroscopic ACL reconstruction with hamstrings. The femoral tunnel was drilled through an antero-medial portal at the center of the anatomic insertion at about 10 resp. 2 o’clock position. Tibial tunnel (mean diameter 7.55 ± 0.54 mm ) was drilled at 90° of knee flexion. The aiming point was on a line, being a “prolongation” of the posterior border of the anterior horn of the lateral meniscus and at exactly 60% of the distance from the end of the anterior horn of the lateral meniscus and the medial tibial spine. Then, through the tibial tunnel, a 4mm offset femoral drill guide was positioned as close as possible to the femoral tunnel and a 2.5 mm guide wire was drilled. The position of the guide wire was photographed arthroscopically and the deviation was measured as distance between the center of the femoral tunnel and guide wire.

Results: The mean angle of the tibial tunnel in the coronar plain was 27,53° and in the sagittal plain 25,84°, both according to the longitudinal axis of the tibia. In 74 knees ( 96. 1 % ) the guidewire did not reach the femoral tunnel. Only in 3 knees it reached the superomedial edge of the femoral tunnel. The mean deviation was 4.50 ± 1.54 mm (p = 0.00000004 ). No statistical relationship was found between deviation and tibial tunnel inclination angles or tibial tunnel diameter.

Conclusion: Transtibial femoral tunnel drilling did not reach the anatomic side of the ACL insertion in most of the cases, even with larger tibial tunnels (for hamstring grafts up to 8.5 mm). Therefore we recommend tibial tunnel drilling through the anteromedial portal.


D.S. Mastrokalos J. Rossis J. Yu H. Thermann H.H. Paessler

Aim of the study: To evaluate whether additional aperture fixation to distal fixation (two-point fixation or 2P) may diminish tibial tunnel enlargement compared to distal fixation alone (one-point fixation or1P).

Methods: Two groups of patients were evaluated. In group 1P (44pts.) the grafts were fixed on the tibial side, using two 4 mm Mersilene tapes tied over a 10 mm bone bridge created in the anterior cortex. In group 2P, an additional fixation, using 1 absorbable cross pin in 27 pts. and 2 absorbable cross pins (Rigid fix, Mitek) in 24 pts., was performed. AP and lateral radiographs as well as patients evaluation were performed 3, 6 and 12 months post-op. Tibial tunnel size was measured at the widest diameter in both AP and lateral radiographs.

Results: Tunnel enlargement occurred in both groups at 3 months post-op, but not thereafter. In the lateral radiographs, tunnel enlargement was significantly less in group 2P compared to group 1P (p< 0.05). No statistical relationship was found between tunnel enlargement and gender, age, IKDC, and KT 1000 side-to-side difference.

Conclusion: Additional tibial graft fixation with cross-pins seems to diminish tibial tunnel enlargement in the sagital plane. This may be explained by the fact that the cross pins inserted in the coronal plane, reduce tibial graft movements mainly in the sagital plane. The study supports the hypothesis that tibial graft micro-movements during the period of tendon healing to bone (up to 3m) play a role in tibial tunnel enlargement after ACL reconstruction using hamstrings.


M. Iosifidis S. Papastergiou N. Koukoulias Ch. Papastergiou J. Tsitouridis J. Giannakopoulos C. Parissis

Introduction: Patellar tendon is one of the main donor sites for graft. Postoperatively, during the healing procedure there are changes, which we recorded and combined them with the clinical image respectively.

Material and Methods: During the period 1998–2001 in Sports Injury Unit, we operated for Anterior Cruciate Ligament insufficiency with autologous Bone Patellar Tendon Bone (BPTB) graft 265 patients. We used autologous BPTB graft from the middle third. We got near the two parts after taking the graft and we sewed very well the peritendon fascia. All patients, with few differentiations, followed the same rehabilitation program.

Seventy -seven of them (44 men and 33 women ranging from 17 to 44 years -mean: 24,3 years), were imaged postoperative with MRI at specific intervals from the operation between 3–36 months. In the same time we checked the patients clinically.

Results: No one study can answer which is the exact time of satisfying or complete healing. Our study shows elements of scar tissue in the middle third of patellar tendon which is decreasing given time. After the 12th month, the proportion between healthy and scar tissue changes and healthy tissue become dominant. But in some cases scar is still existing even after 36 months. The clinical problems such as anterior knee pain are not existed after the 8th postoperative month.

Conclusion: In conclusion, we can say that “regeneration” and healing of patellar tendon occurs mainly during the first postoperative year, but it doesn’t stop after this time. So, we couldn’t recommend this donor site for revision reconstruction before the completion of one year postoperatively.


E. C. Papadopoulos G. C. Babis N. Gandaifis J. Tsarouchas T. Karachalios

Background: We present our further experience with the Orthofix tibial nailing system, concurrently evaluating the easy and safety of the distal targeting system for the distal locking.

Materials & Methods: Ninety-seven fresh tibial fractures in the same number of patients with a mean age of 38,5 years (17–85) were treated. Three were lost from the follow-up. Twenty of the fractures were grade I open fractures, four grade II and one grade IHA. All operations were performed in a conventional operating theater on a simple transparent operating table, with reduction of the fracture performed under manual traction and manipulation of the fracture site, hi most of the cases closed reduction was achieved and conventional reaming performed; in 14 patients the fracture was reduced through a small incision at the fracture site. Conventional reaming (power reaming) was performed in 69% of the patients; however, in 31% of the cases (30 patients), only minimal hand reaming was performed. The mean duration of the operation was 30 min. The external targeting device failed in 10 distal locking screws, in six of which the second attempt was successful. In four an image intensifier had to be used.

Results: Fracture healing, confirmed clinically and radiographically, was observed at a mean of 17 weeks (12–28 weeks). No tibial non-union necessitating reoperation occurred, however six fractures showed delayed union. Open reduction didn’t compromise the healing of the fracture. All patients eventually gained a full range of motion knee and ankle joint and only twelve of them (12%) complained of mild anterior knee pain. All patients returned to their previous activity, except for one disabled from a head injury. The later evaluation showed preservation of the tibial axis in all patients and additionally that no mechanical failure of either the nail or the screws occurred.

Conclusions: We conclude that the Orthofix nailing system is a clinically effective system. Distal locking can be performed with ease without significant exposure to radiation, provided that the operative technique is accurately followed, the nail is inserted without significant force and the distal targeting device is not subjected to any violation, such as hammering.


V. Athanasiou A. Papadopoulos A. Saridis E. Panagiotopoulos

The purpose of this study is to determine the indications and effectiveness of hybrid external fixation in the treatment of tibial plateau fractures and to evaluate the patient’s functional recovery.

Twenty-seven patients with 28 intra-articular fractures of the proximal tibia were surgically treated with hybrid external fixation in a two years period (1999–2001). There were 25 patients (19 men and 6 women) available for the last follow up evaluation. The mean age was 35 years (17–76). According to Schatzker classification, there were 6 fractures type V and 22 type VI. Three of them were open fractures. The method included, indirect reduction based on ligamentotaxis and compression of the fractured segments with olive pins, in most patients. Additional limited internal fixation with free screws was also performed in 5 cases. Open reduction was necessary in 6 patients. Mobilization of the injured articulation was started at the third postoperative day, while full weight bearing was allowed after three months. The fixator was removed in average 12th week. Final evaluation was done according subjective, functional, clinical and radiological criteria. Mean follow up period was 14 months.

All fractures except one united at an average time of 13, 5 weeks. Twenty-two patients (77.6%) graded as excellent and good, hi detail, subjective results were acceptable in 72%, functional in 84%, clinical in 70% and radiological in 80%. Complications included one axial deformity, one septic pseudarthrosis, one peronial palsy and superficial pin path infections.

The use of hybrid external fixation in the comminuted tibial plateau fractures (Schatzker V, VI), insure good restraining and early union, avoid major soft tissue complications and allow quick mobilization and functional recovery of the knee joint. Moreover it is an application rather atraumatic because, only occasionally requires open reduction.


C. Prodromos B.S. Yung Han

We report 97 quadruple hamstring ACLR reconstructed knees with 2 to 9.5 year follow-up. All procedures were arthroscopically assisted. The great majority were performed on an outpatient basis without pain pumps or femoral blocks. A low profile screw and washer was used in all cases as a tibial fixation post. Femoral fixation for most patients was with a single endobutton. The earliest patients in the study had a screw and washer used as a femoral post through a second incision. All patients had subjective and objective ALCR follow-up with modified Noyes, Lisholm and Sane ratings. All patients had KT 1000 tests and X-rays. Hamstring harvest was carried out via a new 1st posterior mini-incision technique developed by the senior author. Eleven year experience with this technique is described.

KT 1000 testing showed 93 patients with 0–3mm, and 4 patients with 4–5mm, side to side differences. No patient had 5mm or more side-to-side difference. There were no known graft failures and no re-operations for repeat ACLR reconstruction. There were no serious complications and there was no significant donor site morbidity. Range of motion was excellent, with no patient having a flexion contracture of as much as 5 degrees. There were no instances of endo-button migration or failure. ACLR ratings were high although some patients had minor pain or swelling with heavy use. Overall the procedure produced excellent stability and function with low morbidity.


M. Potoupnis G. Kapetanos Ang. Dangilas K. Markou V.K. Kimiskidis P.P. Symeonides J. Pournaras

Introduction: The cause of idiopathic scoliosis remains unknown, although research has possibly eliminated some hypothetical causes.

The fact that many patients with idiopathic scoliosis appear to be out of balance, has led many researchers to postulate that a brain stem abnormality involving the vestibular system in the cause of this condition.

Material and Methods: Forty – five female patients 12 to 14 years old (mean age 13.5) with right thoracic idiopathic scoliosis (scoliotic curves:20°–40°, study group) and 31 non-scoliotic healthy subjects in the same age group (mean age=13.1, control group) were included in this study.

An electronystagmographic study of labyrinthine function with caloric stimulation was performed in all patients. The nystagmus was recorded with the electronystagmographic technique (ENG) using Hartmann device. The recordings were performed in a dark, silent room with the tested subject in the supine position and with it’s eyes closed.

We evaluated: the frequency, the amplitude and the slow phase velocity of nystagmus.

The differences in labyrinthine sensitivity were evaluated with the use of unilateral weakness parameter, while differences in left – and right – beating nystagmus evaluated by estimating the directional preponderance parameter.

Results: No one children of the study presented spontaneous or positional nystagmus.

Nineteen patients from the study group (44.2%), revealed unilateral weakness (difference between left and right labyrinth > 20%) of the left labyrinth.

Seventeen patients from the study group (39.5%) revealed directional preponderance of the right-beating nystagmus. These differences were statistical significant (p< 0.05, Chi-Square test). Seventeen patients from the study group revealed both left unilateral weakness and directional preponderance of the right labyrinth, while two patients revealed only left unilateral weakness. A significant correlation was found between the degree of the curvature and the percentage of unilateral weakness.

Conclusion: It is very difficult to draw any conclusions as to whether a vestibular imbalance may be a contributory factor to adolescent idiopathic scoliosis or whether the vestibular findings are secondary to the spine deformity.


G.S. Themistocleous E.B. Stylianessi Ch. E. Karavolias M.A. Kaseta P. Eustathiou G.S. Sapkas

Purpose: This is a prospective study to examine the post-operative self-satisfaction of the patients and the stability of the lumbar spine.

Material and Method: Twenty patients (11 female and 9 male), mean age 40 years old (range 35–58 years) were operated on for: central disc protrusion-sequestration (14 cases), lumbar Stenosis (3 cases) and lumbar instability (3 cases). For the stabilization of the lumbar spine, the Dynesis system (Sulzer-Medica) was applied. In 9 cases a one-motion segment was included in the stabilization, in 8 cases a two-motion and finally in 3 cases a three-motion segment were included. The pre and post-operative examination included a) the self assessment evaluation included the Oswesrty and Roland-Morris questionnaires and b) the radiological parameters related to the type of spinal problem and to the lumbar stability.

Results: The mean follow up was 12 months (range 9 to 24 months).There was statistically significant improvement of both the self assessment tests. The radiological examination demonstrated stable lumbar spines and no implant loosening or hardware failure.

Conclusion: In spite of the short follow-up the overall results prove that the dynamic stabilization of the lumbar spine with the Dynesis system, in cases of wide laminotomy (ies) for disc excision, and Stenosis as well as for stabilization of depenerative type lumbar instability, is able to provide satisfactory early results.


H. Fareed P. Dionellis F.W.N. Paterson

We performed a retrospective study on patients who underwent Arthroscopic ACL reconstruction -The purpose of this study was to evaluate our initial experience with this procedure. Between July 97 and March 2001, 29 patients underwent Arthroscopic ACL reconstruction with 4 Strand Hamstring Tendon Craft. 25 were available for follow up. These patients underwent similar operative procedure using Linvatec instrumentation. All patients underwent the same rehabilitative programme. Patients were evaluated using the IKDC ligament evaluation system. The average follow-up was 25.4 months; the overall results were satisfactory in 24 (ninety six percent) and unsatisfactory in I (four percent). In the group with satisfactory results 12 were rated as excellent and 12 as good. The patient with unsatisfactory result was rated as fair. All patients achieved their status within six months of surgery. It is concluded that Arthroscopic ACL Reconstruction using 4 Strand Hamstring Tendon Craft effectively achieves the goals of reconstructive surgery and with proper patient selection and a dedicated rehabilitative approach, full occupational and recreational activities can be expected within six months of the procedure.


I Tsinganos C.E. Karavolias G.S. Themistocleous E. Stilianesi G. Sapkas

Purpose: To evaluate the modification of the hump in patients with idiopathic scoliosis after the use of Boston brace and to compare this with the change of the Cobb angle.

Material – Methods: Prospective study of 60 female patients with idiopathic scoliosis who were treated with the application of Boston brace. The average age was 12,8 years ( 9–15 years ) and the average Kisser sign was 1,5. According to King classification 14 (23.5%) patients met the criteria for type I, 21 (35%) for type II, 13 (21.5%) for type III and 12 (20%) for type IV .No patients with type V curves were included. The average Cobb angle was 22°. The patients were reviewed every six months with clinical examination, plain x-rays at erect position and twelve hours after the removal of the brace The patient’s hump was evaluated with the use of a special equipment (formulator), it was imprinted on a chart and the hump gradient was measured. The time of brace application was recorded.

A small group of 15 patient with scoliosis less than 15°, was used as control group. A Boston brace was notn applied to this patients.

T -test and x square test were used for statistical analysis.

Results: The follow-up period was on average 25 months. The brace was applied for 18–20 hours in 24-hours with the tendency of gradual decrease of the time of the application as the patient was getting older. An average decrease of 13,5% of the hump gradient was found after using the Boston brace. This was 17% for King type I, 22.29%, for King type 1lo 9.73% for King type III and 1.19% for King type IV. The average increase of the Cobb ankle was 2, 6 .

Conclusion: The application of the Boston brace in patients with idiopathic scoliosis seems to improve the pattern of the hump, mainly in type II and III patterns and less in type IV.


G. Kapetanos M. Potoupnis V.K. Kimiskidis K. Markou S. Papagiannopoulos P.P. Symeonides A. Kazis J. Pournaras

Introduction: Immature individuals with known neuromotor disorders are subject to the development of scoliosis; therefore a subclinical dysfunction or anatomic abnormality of the neurologic system has been hypothesized as a causative factor of adolescent idiopathic scoliosis.

In previous clinical studies, authors have tested a wide range of functions, including proprioception, postural equilibrium, oculovestibular complex and vibratory sensation and multiple techniques, including electronystagmography, electroencephalography and electromyography in select scoliotic patient populations

Material and Methods: The present study was designed to investigate the motor system of scoliotic patients with magnetic stimulation. female patients 12 to 14 years old (mean age=13.36) with right idiopathic scoliosis (curves:20–40°) (study group) and 20 normal subjects in the same age group (mean age=12.6) (control group) entered the study. Magnetic stimulation of the brain was performed with a figure of eight coil angled 45° to the parasagittal plane and positioned so as to overly the hand area.

Transcranial stimulation was performed with a Magstim 200 stimulator (Magstim Co, Dyfed, Wales). Stimulation was performed with a figure of 8 coil for upper limbs and a double cone coil for lower limbs. Recordings were made with surface electrodes from 1st dorsal interosseous and abductor hallucis muscles. Threshold measurements included upper (UT) and lower threshold (LT), defined as the stimulus intensities producing MEPs with a propability of 100 and 0%, respectively. Mean threshold (MT) was the mean of UT and LT. Cortical latencies of MEP’s during muscle activation were also measured.

Results: In the patients’ right hemisphere UT,MT and LT were 46.5±8.2, 41.6±7.6 and 36.6±7.3% respectively and the activated cortical latency was 18.6±l.lms.

In the left hemisphere UT, MT and LT were 45.9±9.8, 41.4±9.1 and 36.9±8.7%, respectively and the activated cortical latency was 18.3±0.8ms. These differences were not statistically significant (p> 0.05, t-test). The side-to-side difference of UT,MT and LT were 4.5±2.4, 4.3±2.8 and 4.4±3.7.

None of all the above parameters differed significantly from those of the control group (p> 0.05, t-test).

The differences in the corticomotor excitability in the upper and lower extremities were not statistical significant.

Conclusion: In the study group revealed asymmetries between left and right hemisphere in cortical latencies of MEP’s facillitated.


T.A. Beslikas P.K. Parisidou N. Panou J.M. Kyrkos G.A Kapetanos V.A. Papavasiliou

The type and the location of the fractures of the long bones in children that can be treated by elastic intra-medullary nailing are described in this study.

Fourty-one patients (aged from 5–18 years old) were treated in our department with fractures of the long bones located on the metaphysis or diaphysis (5 on the distal third of radious and ulna ,8 diaphyseal fractures of the forearm ,7 diaphyseal fractures of the tibia ,5 of the distal end of tibia ,6 of the femoral diaphysis,7 on the distal end of femur and 3 on the diaphysis of the humerus).

All operations were performed under radiological control ,to avoid any damage of the growth plates. Tibial , femoral and humeral fractures were fixed with 2 nails whereas forearm fractures were reducted with one nail.

Postoperative immobilization with a long cast was applied in forearm fractures at least for 4 weeks.

The follow-up time ranged from 1–3 years. The following clinical findings were noticed at the examination : skin infection at the point of the nail insertion area (3 patients), limitation of the range of movements at the carpal joint (2 patients).

Radiological findings showed satisfactory callus formation at an early stage in all cases and rotational deformity in 2 femoral obligue fractures due to insufficient stabilization.

According to our clinical and radiological findings the results were excellent in 34 cases and good in 7 cases.

Fractures of the diaphysis or metaphysis of the long bones in children are fully indicated for intramedullary nailing with elastic nails and the postoperative complications are minor when the fractures are not close to the growth plates.

The method is not indicated for comminuted or oblique fractures and fractures – separations.


K. Kateros J. Sofianos V. Papathanasiou J. Skarakis V. Sakelariou N. Pirovolos E. Ieremia

Major Orthopaedic procedures frequently require pre-operative transfusion of allogeneic blood. A randomized study was conducted comparing the safety and efficacy of epoetin alfa in patients with hemoglobin levels > /10 to /< 13g/dl scheduled to undergo major elective orthopaedic arthroplasty.

106 patients scheduled for major elective orthopaedic surgery involving hip or knee replacement between 1998–2000. 83 Females and 23 males, mean age 73 years. The criteria were a) preoperative Hb level > /10 to /< 13, b)age50–85, c)ferritine > /50mg/dl d)good general health and normal Fe levels. The exclusion criteria included clinically significant systemic disease or laboratory chemistry abnormalities. The patients here divided in two matched groups of 53 Group A patients received 4 dose of 40.000IU Epoetin alfa on days -8,-4 prior to surgery and on days -l,-4 postoperatively. Group B patients received placebo the same days with group A. We performed 73 THR and 32TKRA11 patients received oral iron (150mg elemental iron) starting on the first day of study medication and continuing until hospital discharge.

In group A the mean Hb level was 12,55g/dl on the 8th preoperative day, 10,49g/dl on the 1st postoperative day and 10,37g/dl on the 7th postoperative day. In group B the mean Hb level was!3,36g/dl the 8th preoperative day, 1 l,06g/dl on the 1st postoperative day and 10,31g/dl on the 7th postoperative day. The percentage change in hemoglobin between the baseline measurement and the 7th postoperative day was -16,21 for group A and -22,13 for group B which was a statically significant difference (P=0,011).A mean of 1,49-+1,3 unit of allergenic blood was transfused in Epoetin alfa treated group compared with 2-+1,1 in the placebo group. The difference was statically significant (P=0,019) We had no complication.

These data suggest that the human erythropoietin, administered in 2 dose of 40.000 IU before and in 2 dose 40.000 IU after major orthopaedic operations can minimize the need for allogeneic blood transfusion.


A. Christodoulou Terzidis P. Savvidis T. M. Alemachou A. Manitsa

Purpose: The efficacy of a programme transfusion of pre-deposited autologous blood for patients undergoing total hip or knee replacement and scoliosis or other major spinal surgery was studied.

Materials and Methods: Seventy-three patients 56 women and 17 men with an average 39 years (range 14 – 72) entered this program between 1997–2001. According to the surgical necessities predisposition started 2 to 5 weeks preoperatively (one unit per week). The blood bank required that the patients weight more than 40 kilograms and have a haemoglobin mare than 11,5 g/dl. All patients received supplemental ferrous sulfate or ferrous gluconate in dose of 325 mgr three times a day, during the duration period and up to one month postoperatively. Eighty five percent of the patients prede-posited the required number of blood units (2–5 units) while 15% of them predeposited a smaller number due to various reasons (anaemia, low blood pressure etc). The blood was stored for as long as forty-two days. Only three patients refused continuation of the prograrnme. No major problem was observed during blood donation. One hundred percent of the psedeposited blood units were reinfused and in only 7 patients homologous blood transfusion was required.

Conclusion: The method proved to be simple, safe very well accepted and reduced significantly the need homologous blood transfusion. It should be considered for patients who are to undergo a major Orthopaedic procedure.


C. Papanastasopoulos E. Daskalogiannakis S. Grylonakis A. Andreadakis D.P. Michaelides

Introduction: Intramedullary nailing is an acceptable method of treatment for femoral shaft fractures today. We present our experience from the use-of four different nails.

Patients and Methods: Thirty fractures of the femoral shaft were treated by intramedullary nailing from Jan98–DecOl in our department. The patients’ age ranged from 19 to 87 (avg 36 ys). Twelve fractures were in poly-trauma patients. In 6 patients, due to an intense comminution, an external fixation was initially applied and a delayed intramedullary nailing was performed. Four different types of nails were used 8 Grosse & .Kempf, 1 Orthofix ,2 ZMS (Zimmer), and 19 Marchetti Vicenzi.

Results: All patients were followed up until complete union of the fracture. A 1.5 cm shortening was found in one patient and two patients presented a valgus 7° at the fracture site. One pseudarthosis with broken implant (Marchetti) was seen and treated with a new nail of the same type. The Orthofix nail was used only once due to its lack of anatomic curvature. The mean surgical time of the GK and ZMS nails was 30 minutes more than that of Marchetti nails, due to the distal locking screws required.

Conclusions: In our own experience, GK and ZMS nails provide a larger contact area in the endosteum as well as the best conditions for biomechanically sound distribution of loading. The placement of distal locking screws constitutes a major problem, as it requires extended surgical time and increased exposure to irradiation. The important advantage of the Marchetti nail is that no distal screws are required, so the operation and fluoroscopy time are much shorter. The main disadvantages of the Marchetti nail are the absence of quidewire during nail insertion, the minimal 13mm femoral canal diameter required proximally, the contraindication for very distal fractures and the inability to fully weightbear early.


T. T. Iloannidis N. Gandaifis K. Nikolopoulos N. Savvidis G. Themistocleous A. Karamitros

Unstable intertrochanteric fractures present a difficult problem with a high incidence of complications such as mechanical failure of the implants or cut-out. The use of bone cement (PMMA) has been suggested in the past but the application with hand to fill the existing voids has not given good results and also has high incidence of pseudarthrosis and infection.

A new technique is presented in which the PMMA is injected with syringe through the hole opened for the compression screws. The aim is to augment mechanical stability and also to replace the compressed spongiosa.

The study population of 105 patients with unstable intertrochanteric fractures was separated in 2 groups, hi group A (51 patients, 4 male/47 female, mean age 72.3) a conventional sliding nail was performed, while in group B (54 patients, 3 male/51 female, mean age 78.9) the new technique was applied. The two were similar regarding age and gender.

Post-operatively in group A 95% of the patients remain in bed for 1–2 weeks according to the surgeon opinion regarding the stability of osteosynthesis. 45% of them remain in a regime of bed to chair existence for 6 weeks. 72% return to its previous domicile and activity. In group B all patients were sat out the bed in the 1st day post-op and walked in the 2nd day post-op with partial weight bearing where that ability preexisted. 91% return to its previous domicile and activity.

In group A ll cases of cut-out were noted while in group B only 1 cut-out and also 2 cases, where we had screw failure, but fracture went on to union. All the difference are in favor in group B and statistical significant (p< 0,0 5). No infection was noted.

The suggested method appears to give a satisfactory solution to the problem of unstable intertrochanteric fractures, allowing fast and safe mobilization of the patient, reducing thus morbidity. Technically it is simple, easy to apply and does not require instrumentation while the extra cost is only that of a butch of PMMA.


V. Polyzois E Vasiliadis Th. B. Grivas Th. Chatziargyropoulos A. Koinis M. Mpcltsios

In this paper the results of correction of bone deformities using the llizarov methods, are presented.

Fifty-nine patients, 42 with malunion and 17 with mal-nonunion of tibia or femur were operated upon using the llizarov circular fixator. Another 28 cases were corrected using a unilateral device. There were: a) 30 angular deformities, 18 of which were combined with shortening, b) 21 angular deformities associated with translation and c) 36 complex, deformities including angulation, translation, shortening and malrotation.

Two rings above and two below the apex of the deformity were always required. Different types of hinges were used between them, depending on the type of the deformity. The corticotomy was performed at the apex of the deformity for the majority of the cases. In 18 patients with hypovascular and eburnated bone, or bone covered with soft tissue of poor quality, the corticotomy was done more proximal or more distal to the apex of the deformity. In complex deformities the correction sequence was: 1) correction of angulation and shortening simultaneously, 2) correction of rotation, 3) and finally correction of translation. The true plane of the deformity and the plane of placement of the hinges were determined by a computerized formula that we developed.

The deformities were corrected in all cases in which the hinges were placed at the correct position but in 5 cases we had to re-orient the hinges in order to achieve the correction. The corticotomy or pseudarthrosis consolidated in all cases. Residual leg length discrepancy remained in three patients, not exceeding 135 cm. Great care was taken to prevent complications during operation as well as during the post operative period. However, there were numerous obstacles, problems and true complications. All these were managed aggressively as soon as they appeared. The final results were very satisfactory.

We conclude that the revolutionary llizarov methods can solve bone deformity problems that cannot be faced by the traditional methods. It is critically important to place the hinges at the correct position in order to achieve the desired correction. Our computer program definitely helps to this purpose. The surgeon must always be vigilant in order to prevent complications and to deal with them immediately.


G. Gouvas V. Vrangalas C. Chatzipapas E. Pantazis Th. Karanassos

Our aim is to study the epidemiology of delayed union and pseudarthrosis of femoral fractures which were treated in our clinic with intramedullary nailing technique and simultaneously to speculate for the application of the method and for the reasons which might guide to these complications.

During a 36 month-period, from 1999 to 2001, 46 patients suffering femoral shaft fractures were treated in our clinic. They were 43 men and 3 women and their average age was 22.8 years. Twenty-eight fractures were in the right leg and 18 in the left. All patients underwent primary closed intramedullary locked nailing with AO type of nail, except 4 patients who also suffered a unilateral intertrochanteric fracture and were treated with AO-PFN nail. Reaming was done in 33 cases. No condition or disease able to inhibit fracture healing was observed. All patients were operated in the first three days after submission by the same team of surgeons. Thirty patients underwent static intranaedullary locked nailing and the rest dynamic from the beginning.

The average time of post-operative follow up, clinical and radiological, was seven months. Thirty-three fractures were healed successfully in six months (mean: 4.2 months). In 10 cases delayed union was observed (mean: 7.2 months) and in the rest three pseudarthrosis. The last group underwent revision of the intramedullary nailing with an AO nail of greater diameter. Reasons for delayed union (21, 74%) and pseudarthrosis (6, 52%) are considered: a)soft tissues enclosed between the bony segments, b)lated nail dynamization, c)factors concerning the technique.

Undoubtfully, closed intramedullary locked nailing is the method of choice for the surgical treatment of femoral fractures. However, fracture healing sometimes exceeds the usual period of 4–6 months. Unfortunately, whereas infrequently, the surgeon also faces pseudarthrosis which is a difficult to solve problem.


C. Papakostidis N. Skaltsoyiannis Kyr. Stylos D. Alaseirlis Ger. Paxinos I. Chrysovitsinos

Purpose: The aim of this study is the evaluation of the use of plate and screws without restoration of the opposite cortex and without the use of bone graft in the treatment of multifragmentary fractures of femur.

Material and Methods: For this purpose, we retrospectively studied 26 multifragmentary femoral fractures that were treated in our department in accordance with the above principles, between 1992 and 2001. All fractures were reduced indirectly with traction on the fracture table without any direct manipulation at the comminution zone. Emphasis was given to the restoration of the proper length, axial and rotational alignment of each fracture. The fixation was done with a long bridge plate, without the use of interfragmentary screws.

Twenty five of the fractures (96.5%) united, without any serious complication, within 3–5 months. In one fracture the fixation failed and had to be revised.

Conclusions: The use of plate and screws in the treatment of multifragmentary fractures of femur, once it is done with complete respect to the fracture biology leads to speedy fracture union, high union rate and a very low complication rate.


V. Vrangalas C. Chatzipapas E. Pantazis K.J. Manologlou Th. Karanassos

Shoulder arthroscopy has become a valuable method for the diagnosis and treatment of this region’s injuries. The aim of this study is to present our experience on this procedure in young adults who are subjected in special training.

During last year, in our clinic underwent arthroscopy 15 men with history of shoulder injury. Eleven of them suffered from anterior recurrent shoulder dislocation and the rest four had only one incident of injury. All patients were military personnel and were operated for the first time after a period of conservative treatment. Imaging control included magnetic resonance in 8 recruits. In all patients with chronic anterior instability a typical Bankart lesion was found. Two of them had also bone deficit of the glenoid, seven had Hill Sachs lesion and three had type II slap lesion. Bankart lesion was treated with Mitek anchors in 4 patients arthroscopically. The rest underwent open procedure. In those patients with one episode of injury were found: small detachment of anterior labrum in one, which was treated arthroscopically with debridement of the chondral surface, traumatic synovitis in another and partial tear of the rotator cuff in two, which was sutured by open procedure.

Our experience in this small series shows that shoulder arthroscopy is not only a useful diagnostic method but also an effective, whenever indications are present, surgical method of rehabilitation.


Th. Karachalios K. Bargiotas Th. Moraitis AH. Zibis V. Zachos A. Papachristos KM. Malizos

We evaluated the clinical outcome of IM nailing for the treatment of femoral shaft pseudarthrosis in patients who had multiple failed plate osteosyntheses. From January 2000 untill April 2001, 20 (19 male-1 female, mean age 28) patients were treated because of femoral shaft non-union in our institution. All patients had two or more failed plate osteosyntheses. There were no septic non-unions in this group. Eight patients had an established non-union on an average of nine months post-op and the remaining eleven had radiological and clinical evidence of implant failure. There was no segmental bone loss, hi all patients the implants were removed and nailing was performed. Extensive periosteal stripping, bone necrosis and soft-tissue scaring were constant findings in all patients. Twelve patients received interlocking nails. Eight femurs were grafted with iliac crest bone graft. All patients were followed by serial x-rays until union.

There were no postoperative complications. All pseudarthroses were healed within an average of 9.7 months (8–12). Non-unions which received bone graft (eight out of twenty) in day one, were healed faster than those which didn’t. There were no re-operations among these patients. Among the remaining ten patients five were grafted five to six months postoperatively and three had had nail dynamization.

IM nailing for femoral shaft non-unions after multiple failed plate osteosyntheses is a safe and effective method of treatment. Autologous bone graft reduces healing time and re-operation rate.


G. Panidis A. Beletsiotis F.E. Sayegh K. Natsis

Metallosis after a total joint arthroplasty, although uncommon, is a serious complication that may occur. The deposition of metallic wear debris in the joint space may lead to thickening of the synovium and the formation of a thin dark colored film substance. We present 4 cases of metallosis from a total number of 246 total knee arthroplasties that were performed the last 10 years in our department. All patients were females with a mean age of 71.5 years (range 67 to77 years). The main symptoms were pain, swelling, and limited range of motion around the knee joint space. No signs of sinuses or wound drainage were noted. Bone scanning showed increased activity around the prosthesis. Needle joint aspiration and intra-operative wound culture were negative for any microorganism growth. Patients have had 4 types of different implants; AGC, S+G, Kirschner and Rotaglide. Extensive synovectomy and revision of all the implants were done on 3 patients and only the revision of the polyethylene component was done on one patient.

We conclude that metallosis is a serious complication that requires surgical treatment. Different diagnostic tests should be also included in order to exclude the possibility of infection. Proper alignment of the implants combined with proper soft tissue balance are 2 important factors to be respected when performing TKA.


F. Villanueva-Lopez V.N. Psychoyios I. Esteo-Perez E. Zambiakis

Introduction: Management of supracondylar fractures above a TKR is a difficult problem, aggravated by the increasing number of arthroplasties carried out and the increase of the ageing population. The aim of this paper is to determine the limb function after treatment of these fractures.

Materials and Methods: We performed a retrospective study of the outcome of the treatment of suprandylar fractures above an ipsilateral TKR. All fractures were classified according to the Lewis & Rorabeck System. Conservative treatment was provided to eight fractures. Osteosynthesis using a Dynamic Condylar Screw (DCS) was performed to five patients. The largest group of twenty patients was treated with a retrograde supracondylar nail. Three patients underwent a revision surgery.

Results: Four out of eight fractures treated conservatively had a satisfactory outcome. All patients treated with a DCS achieved a satisfactory result. Seventy five percent of patients treated with a supracondylar nail gained adequate functional and anatomical result. Revision surgery was satisfactory in all cases.

Conclusion: The above-described fractures are still not very frequent, but represent a high risk of important complications, with potentially disastrous consequences. For those reasons and the poor bone stock in the elderly its management is controversial. The challenge for the surgeon is to achieve the goals of consolidation of the fracture, preservation of a painless TKR, and, restoration of the previous functional status. A complex group of factors, such as fracture pattern, implant status, bone quality and general condition of the patient, need to be assessed.


A. F. Foukas M. J. Jane S. F. Journeaux

We report the use of contained impacted morsellized allograft to revise an aseptically loose, massive distal femoral endoprosthetic replacement in a 27-year old Caucasian lady. The prosthesis was inserted 4 years earlier, following neo-adjuvant chemotherapy and resection of a distal femoral high grade osteosarcoma. Impaction grafting was used to restore bone stock and maintain femoral length. The patient remains disease-free, with excellent function, at two years after revision with no evidence of loosening and maintenance of bone stock. This is the first time this technique has been used in revision of a distal femoral endoprosthetic replacement.


K. Panousis K. D. West B. Rana P. Grigoris

Background: Revision hip arthroplasty in the presence of extensive proximal femoral bone loss constitutes a major challenge. Several reconstruction alternatives have been introduced to deal with the problem of severe proximal bone loss. One of the techniques widely used is bridging the bone defect with the use of a distally fixing implant. The Link- MP reconstruction prosthesis is such a diaphyseal-fixing stem and we report on the early experience with its use.

Methods: The prosthesis has a modular design that allows restoration of hip biomechanics, femoral anteversion and leg length. It is made of a Titanium alloy with a micro-porous surface. The distal part (the stem) has a conical shape that allows cementless anchoring in the femoral diaphysis and it also has 8 or 10 longitudinal grooves, which provide rotational stability.

We report on the early results of its use, mean follow-up 30 months, (range, 9–54 months). Between 1997 and 2001, 32 hip revisions using the Link MP reconstruction prosthesis were performed in 31 patients. There were 13 females and 18 males with a mean age of 65 years (range 35 – 82). The indication for the revision operation was aseptic loosening in twenty-one cases, septic loosening in six and periprosthetic fracture in five cases. Cancellous bone allografts were used in 25 patients. Patients with proven infection were treated by a two-stage procedure.

Results: The mean Merle d’ Aubigne score increased from 6.8 preoperatively to 14.1 postoperatively and there was radiographic evidence of bone regeneration in the proximal femur in 80% of the patients. There were two intraoperative femoral fractures, which didn’t necessitate more than an extension of the partial weight bearing period and healed without complications. No stem was re-revised.

Conclusions: The early results with the use of the Link MP reconstruction prosthesis are encouraging, as shown by the improved patient functional status, the low incidence of complications and the observed proximal femoral bone regeneration.


J. Vafiadis K. Zacharopoulos A. Lilikakis T. Papapolychroniou E. Michelinakis

The aim of this study is the presentation of the results in 48 cases of revision THA with excessive proximal bone loss with the use of the Wagner cementless femoral stem

The bone loss classified with the AAOS system for proximal femoral bone deficiency in type I (17 patients), II (27 patients), and III (4 patients). We used the titanium alloy Wagner stem trying to achieve primary distal stabilisation because of its conical shape and its longitudinal ridges while we expected secondary proximal stabilization due to the osseointegration properties of the material. We didn’t use grafts.

The mean follow- up is 9, 6 years. The results are very satisfactory to excellent with marked pain relief, improvement of the walking ability and excessive bone restoration in the proximal part of the femur.

7 of the patients had a symptomless stem subsidence up to 16mm the first year with subsequent stabilization thereafter. One of the patients required a new revision the 7th postoperative year due to stem’s fracture in its distal part.

We conclude that the Wagner stem in these difficult THA revisions offers firm primary distal fixation, impressive proximal bone regeneration and satisfactory clinical outcomes without using grafts.


D. Polyzois S Dagkas I Kouvaras E Vasiliadis N. Theoharis S. Psarakis

The aim of this study was to evaluate the results of total hip arthropiasty in osteoarthritis secondary to congenital hip disease.

During the period 1986 to 1999, we performed 48 hip replacements with congenital hip disease. According to classification of Chanophylakidis there were 18 dysplastic hips without dislocation, 17 hips with low dislocation and 12 hips with high dislocation The mean age of the patients was 49 years (range from 31 to 64) Depended on the pathology of each case, different types of prostheses or combinations of them were used. The acetabular cup was placed in the anatomic position and in the majority of cases a component of 22 aim was used. In 28 cases the bottom of the acetabulum was fractured and protruded in order to fit the cup (acetabuloplasty). In these cases copious amounts of auto- and aiiografts were used and the cup was fixed with PMMA, Special femoral stems for CDH were used and in the majority of cases they were fixed with PMMA. In 17 cases with good acetabular bone stock and good femoral canal a standard prosthesis was used without PMMA. In 31 cases the hip was approached after osteotomy of the grater trochader and in 17 cases an anterolateral approach was used.

Intra-operatively there were many problems and difficulties but we had no true complications. Early postoperative complications presented in eight patients and had to do with 2 haematomas, 3 DVT, 1 mild PE and 2 superficial infections. There was no case of deep infection, neurovascular damage, dislocation or fracture. The late results after a mean of 6, £ years were very satisfaaory. There was improvement of the HIP SCORE from 38 to 83 and subjective satisfaction of nearly all the patients. The late complications were limited and they concerned three migrations of the acetabular cup, one aseptic loosening of the femora) stem and one extensive osteoiysis the proximal femur. All the above cases were revised successfully.


P. Megas A. Kaisidis P. Zouboulis G. Diamantakis E. Lambiris

To investigate the potential of biological fixation of cementless total hip prosthesis in patients over 75 years old, with diagnosed osteoporosis.

Between 1994–2000, 30 patients (mean age 77.3 years) underwent total hip arthroplasty (THA). Twenty-two (22) patients, 10 male and 12 female, were found at the last follow-up, which ranged from 1, 5–7 years (mean follow-up, 3 years). THA was performed due to primary osteoarthritis (n=16), subcapital fracture (n=4), or dysplastic hip (n=2). Eight (8) smooth, tapered design (CLS) and 14 proximally porous coated prostheses were implanted. Smgh index was used for the evaluation of osteoporosis and modified Harris Hip Score was used for the clinical evaluation of each patient. Modified Wixon score was used for the evaluation of stability probability of the tapered stem. Engh score was calculated for the evaluation of osseointegration of the porous coated implants.

Pre and post-operative mean Singh index was grade 4. Mean modified Harris Hip Score at the last follow-up was 88.6. For the CLS-Spotomo stem a stable fixation probability was calculated at 74.8%, while possible instability was calculated at 48.17%. Porous coated stems provided +13.45 mean. Engh score, implying satisfactory fixation of the implant. Post-operative systematic complications are not reported, in contrast to 3 dislocations in the first post-operative period, which were treated by closed reduction.

In patients over 75 years old, with possible cardiopulmonary disease, cementless total bip arthroplasty offers a reliable treatment, regardless the presence of osteoporosis. Satisfactory osseointegration and absence of systematic complications is compromised by the high cost of titanium implants.


A. Kaisidis P. Megas A. Saridis M. Papas E. Lambiris

Aim: To evaluate the midterm results of primary cemented or cementless total hip arthroplasty for the treatment of displaced femoral neck fractures.

Material and Methods: Between 1990–2000, 121 patients with displaced fractures of the femoral neck underwent primary prosthetic replacement 2.1 days on average after their admission. The mean age of the patients was 65,7 years (ranged 33–88) and the mean follow up period 4,1 years (mean 2–10 years), 112 patients had type III–IV femoral neck fractures according to Garden classification while the rest 9 patients had Garden II fractures but with associated osteoarthritis of the hip joint, A cement-less total hip arthroplasty was applied in 75 patients (Group A, average age 61,4 years) while the rest 46 patients were treated with cemented T.H.A (Group B, average age 72.4 years). Last follow up evaluation with the modified Harris Hip Score (HHS) and radiological assessment with the Engh and Wixon et al scores was available in 92 patients. 10,8% of the patients died from reasons unrelated to the implant, In 30 elderly patients (< 75 years old, 22 available in the last follow up) a cementless T.H.A. was applied due to established impairment of their cardiopulmonary status (coronary disease, chronic heart failure, COPD, positive history of myocardial infarction) or systematic diabetes mellitus.

Results: The mean HHS was 82, 3 degrees (52–97). Radiological score for the cementless T.H.A. was +5, 8 for the cup and +6,4 for the stem according to Engh scale (satisfactory integration for the proximal porous prosthesis-Perlecta, Synergy), and a 74,8% liability of integration according to Wixon scale (Sportono type of prosthesis). Complications were recorded in 19 patients: Early T.H.A, dislocation 3, 26% (3 Pi), loosening 5,4% (5 Pt), heterotopic ossification 8,6% (8 Ft), periprosthetic fracture 1,08 % (1 Pt) and femoral nerve paresis 1,08 % (1 Pt). One patient (1, 08%) had superficial wound infection treated with i.v. antibiotics, continuous irrigation and debridement. No systematic postoperative complications (acute renal failure, heart failure, coma) were noted in the elderly patients with cardiopulmonary disorders, possible due to selection of a cementless prosthesis and therefore to the lesser intraoperative time and the avoidance of toxic reactions from the cement.

Conclusion: Total cemented or cementless prosthetic replacement for the treatment of femoral neck fractures in selected cases give very good midterm results. Cementless T.H.A, is probably the choice of treatment in elderly patients with cardiopulrconary disorders, as the integration of the prosthesis is not affected from the degree of osteoporosis and the toxicity of cement is avoided.


Th. Karachalios G. Lyritis J. Kaloudis K. Bargiotas KN. Malizos

Purpose: The efficacy of nasal salmon calcitonin (CT) in preventing bone loss after a hip fracture and in reducing the incidence of further contralateral hip fractures was evaluated.

Material and Methods: Fifty women aged 70–80 years who sustained a pertrochanteric fracture were randomly allocated to Group A (200 IU of nasal salmon calcitonin daily for three months) and Group B (placebo). Biochemical bone markers (1st, 7th, 15th, 45th and 90th day post injury) and bone mineral density of the lumbar spine and the intact contralateral hip (4th and 90th postoperative day, and one year after the fracture) were measured.

Results: Patients in the calcitonin group showed statistically significantly higher total (p< 0,005) and bone alkaline phosphatase (p< 0,002) and osteocalcin (p< 0, 05) levels on the 15th day, while statistically significantly lower uCTX values on the 15th (p< 0,045), 45th (p< 0,002) and 90th (p< 0,002) day and uHpr/Cr values on the 15th (p< 0,015) and on the 45th (p< 0.05) day post injury. In the placebo group patients showed a statistically significant reduction (all p values < 0.05) of bone density values at 3 months and one-year post surgery while in the calcitonin group no significant changes from baseline. When the two groups were compared, patients in the calcitonin group showed statistically significantly higher bone mineral density values (all p values < 0.05), in all recorded sites, at 3 months and one-year post operatively. After a four years clinical follow-up, five patients (5/25, 20%) sustained a new fracture of the contralateral hip in the placebo group.

Conclusion: Nasal salmon calcitonin prevented early bone loss in these patients and may have a protective role on the occurrence of a new fracture of the contralateral hip in the same patient.


A. Bordokas A.I. Smymis A.P. Diamantopoulos A. Loizides M. Tzurbakis

The arthroscopic meniscal repair is being applied nowadays successfully in any longitudinal tear of the medial or the lateral meniscus wliicli is located in zones II and 111 (in consistency with the zones of menisci vascularity according to Miller, Wagner, Hamer).

The material of this study includes 68 consecutive cases of patients who underwent arthroseopic meniscal repair. Thirty four of them (50%) were in conjunction with anterior cruciate ligament tear, which was treated at the same time. The patients age ranged from 15 to 50 (average 30.5 years). The length of follow up averaged 30.1 months. In all cases ilic “inside out” technique was performed according to Jacobs – Staenbli method. Postoperatively, all the patients followed a particular program of rehabihtation with the aid of a controlled motion knee brace, immediate weight-bearing with the brace locked in 10°, and motion without weight – bearing from 10 to 90 degrees of flexion for the first six weeks. Weight – bearing in motion was followed after the sixth week.

The reexamination of the patients and the evaluation of the results was subjective and was performed according to the Lyshota score (average 95%). Recurrence occurred in 5 paiicms within 6 months, 3 of whom were submitted to menisccctomy. The rest of the patients returned to their former activities in a six month period.

The arthroscopic meniscal repair provides excellent results and should always be applied when there is an indication, because the salvage of the meniscus contributes -among others- to the prevention of degenerative articular cartilage disease (osteoarthrosis).


A Mofidi M Sedhom K O’Shea E Fogarty F Dowling

Posterior lumbar interbody fusion is a well described procedure for the treatment of back pain associated with degenerative disc disease and segmental instability. It allows decompression of the spinal canal and circumferential fusion through a single posterior incision.

Sixty-five consecutive patients who underwent posterior lumbar interbody fusion (PLIF) using carbon cages and pedicle fixation between 1993 and 2000 were recruited and contacted with a postal survey.

Clinical outcome was assessed by the assessment of postoperative clinical findings and complications and the fusion rate, which was assessed using standard X-rays with the scoring system described by Brantigan and Steffee. Functional outcome was measured by using improvement in the Oswestry Disability Index, PROLO score, return to work and satisfaction with the surgical outcome. The determinants of functional relief were analysed against the improvement in disability using multiple regression analysis.

The mean postoperative duration at the time of the study was 4.4 years. The response rate to the survey was 84%. Overall radiological fusion rate was ninety eight percent. There was a significant improvement in Oswestry Disability Index P< 0.001. There was 85% satisfaction with the surgical procedure and 58% return to pre-disease activity level and full employment. In the presence of near total union rate we found preoperative level of disability to be best the determinant of functional recovery irrespective of age or the degree of psychological morbidity (p< 0.0001).

The combination of posterior lumbar interbody fusion (PLIF) and posterior instrumented fusion is a safe and effective method of achieving circumferential segmental fusion. This procedure gives sustained long-term improvement in functional outcome and high satisfaction rate. Direct relationship between preoperative level of disability and functional recovery suggests that spinal fusion should be performed to alleviate disability caused by degenerative spine.


A R. Humphrey C G Greenough

Background: Many outcome measures for the assessment of low back pain (LBP) have been described but few are specific or objective. Electromyography of the lumbar paraspinal muscles (EMG) has been studied for some years now but has been used only as a research tool, not clinically. Using maximum voluntary contraction (MVC) is convenient but this introduces subject volition and may reduce inter-subject comparability.

Methods: 491 subjects were tested. 209 were LBP subjects with 282 normal controls. For each the MVC was measured. EMG studies were performed only at 2/3 MVC in 367 subjects and a further 34 subjects were studied at a range of loads between 10% and 100% MVC. Loads were expressed as a proportion of the subjects lean body mass (LBM.)

Results: There were highly significant differences in MVC and load as a proportion of LBM between back pain subjects and controls. More than one in five back pain subjects were unable to manage loads of 0.5 LBM compared to 0.4% of controls. Less than 40% of back pain subjects could manage 1 LBM compared to almost 75% of normal subjects.

EMG variables were significantly influenced by load. For a 1LMB change in load most variables changed by at least 100%, notable exceptions being Half Width (27%) and Initial Median Frequency (IMF)(4%).

The ability of EMG variables to discriminate between normals and back pain subjects was examined in groups 0.1LBM wide. There were significant differences in Half Widths between the normal and back pain subjects in most groups, independent of load. There were no significant differences in Median Frequency Slopes (MFSlope) of normal and back pain subjects except at between loads of 1.4 to 1.5 LBM (p< 0.05). Accuracy of discrimination was poor, seldom better than 0.6 until subjects were tested at loads above1.2 LBM when accuracy increased sharply to 0.95 at loads between 1.4 to 1.5 LBM.

Conclusion: The usefulness of MFSlope as a discriminator has been variably reported in the literature. The present data indicate that in experimental conditions with subjects able to achieve loads greater than 1 LBM it is useful. However this load is not achievable in patients presenting clinically, and the Half Width, which is robust and reliable at low loads may be more valuable in the clinical setting.


A C Breen RL Breen

Background: Back pain is often characterised by recurrent episodes and low patient satisfaction with care and there is little evidence about what constitutes improvement as perceived by the sufferer. Care by chiropractors has been associated with high patient satisfaction, often apparently out of proportion to other outcomes (1), but little is known about what actually contributes to this.

Methods and results: Baseline questionnaires were completed by 965 patients with low back pain of all durations at the start of chiropractic treatment, with blinded follow-up at 6 weeks. Patients were asked about the commonly used functional and affective outcomes of: pain intensity, normal activity, work, affect on lifestyle, ability to control pain, anxiety and perceived depression. The contribution of change in these scores to overall improvement and satisfaction with care was evaluated by stepwise multiple regression. Pain intensity, work and ability to control pain predicted 27% of the variance in overall improvement, leaving 73% unexplained by any of the variables. Overall improvement predicted 57% of satisfaction leaving 43% unexplained. A 2-stage block regression to find out what factors other than overall improvement predicted satisfaction revealed that ability to carry out normal activities alone predicted only an additional 0.5% of this. (All relationships were significant at the 5% level or below.)

Conclusions: Some of the overall improvement following chiropractic treatment for back pain was significantly predicted by functional outcomes alone. Very few items other than overall improvement predicted satisfaction. There is a need to consider what other factors constitute improvement and lead to satisfaction with care for low back pain.


M. Khatri M. Murray C.G. Greenough

Introduction: The ultimate aim of any treatment for low back ache is to improve the quality of life as perceived by the patients. Changes in the condition specific disability measures like the Low Back Outcome Score are used as a measure for this purpose and the results interpreted in terms of statistical significance. It is not known, however, if these changes are considered to be clinically significant by the patients. This study quantifies the Minimum Clinically Important Difference (MCID) of Low Back Outcome Score from the patient’s perspective that were treated conservatively for Mechanical Low Back Pain.

Method: In August and September 1999, a postal questionnaire was sent to a randomly selected cohort of 300 individuals who were treated in the Spinal Assessment Clinic (SAC) for low back pain.

Patient’s perception of the outcome of the rehabilitation programme was compared with the changes in LBOS from the time of initial presentation to the postal questionnaire.

Results: 186 forms (62 % response rate) were returned. Data from 170 forms were analysed, as 16 forms were incomplete. An average improvement of 17.96(p=0.001) in 75-point LBOS was noticed in those (n = 61) who reported complete recovery. Those who reported Good but incomplete recovery ( n =61) improved their LBOS by 12.37 points( p=0.001). LBOS improvement of 7.52 points ( p = 0.002) was noticed in patients reporting a minimal improvement( n= 38). Ten patients had no change in their clinical condition ( LBOS change 2.8, p =0.485).Age and gender distribution of four groups remained same ( chi square = 1.39, df = 3,p > 0.5).

Conclusion: The Minimum Clinically Important Difference for patients with Low Back Pain is a 7.5 (10%) change in the 75 point LBOS. An average change of 12 (16%) and 18(24%) can be considered to be Good and Excellent responses respectively to the treatment as perceived by the patients. This data will help to determine whether a statistically significant result is clinically meaningful.


JA Klaber Moffett J Carr E Howarth

Background and Purpose: The purpose of this study was to find out if a sub group of patients might particularly benefit from a structured programme of exercise classes. Such a programme originally designed for chronic back patients, has been further developed for use in the community, and has been shown to have a small but significant effect in reducing disability1. Recent evidence points to the potentially important role of fear, distress and depression in predicting outcome.

Method and results: A subgroup analysis was carried out on patient outcomes from a randomised controlled trial comparing a ‘Back to Fitness’ programme of exercise classes with usual GP care, in order to test whether patients with high scores on measures of fear-avoidance and distress/depression benefit the most. Data from 179 back pain patients were analysed after categorising baseline scores on fear-avoidance beliefs (high/low) and distress/depression (at risk/normal). The main outcome measure was the Roland Disability Questionnaire. Outcomes were compared between the intervention and control groups at 6 weeks, 6 months and 12 months.

High fear-avoiders fared significantly better in the exercise programme than in usual GP care at 6 weeks and at 1 year. Low fear-avoiders did not. Patients who were distressed or depressed were significantly better off at 6 weeks but the benefits were not maintained long-term.

Conclusion: Patients with high levels of fear-avoidance beliefs could significantly benefit from the Back to Fitness programme. In the clinical setting, it might be worth screening patients for high fear avoidance beliefs and making such a programme available to them.


H. Wynn Jones G. Marsh

Introduction: Smoking has been associated with a poor outcome from lumbar spine fusion surgery. We present our results using an intrasegmental pedicle screw device, which seems to achieve high fusion rates in patients who smoke.

Methods: Between October 1998 and July 2001, 67 patients underwent lumbar interbody fusions using an intrasegmental pedicle screw device. Pre operative Short Form 36 (SF36) scores, pain visual analogue scores (VAS) and patient demographics were recorded. Postoperative follow up was performed clinically and radiographically until fusion was judged to have occurred. Radiographic criteria for fusion were: evidence of a fusion mass at all fused levels, absence of pedicle screw loosening and no metalwork breakage. Patients who did not meet this criteria were classified as either a pseudarthrosis, or indeterminate. Patients completed a questionnaire on attendance at clinic, or by post if discharged. This included an SF36, Oswestry Disability Index (ODI), employment status, analgesic use and patient satisfaction assessment.

Results: 67 patients (38 male and 29 female) were successfully followed up. The mean age was 45.2 (range 17–86). Mean follow-up was 21.7 months (range 12–43 months). 36 posterolateral fusions and 31 combined posterior lumbar interbody/posterolateral fusions were performed. 22 patients were smokers and 45 non-smokers or ex-smokers at the time of surgery. Fusion rates were similar in smokers (83%) and non-smokers (80%). There was an improvement in mean VAS in both groups (Smoker/Non Smokers: Pre VAS 8.0/8.1 Post VAS 6.5/5.8). All SF36 physical component scores improved in both groups, although the improvement was slightly greater in the non-smoking group. Patient satisfaction was also similar in the two groups (Smoker/ Non-smokers: Pain “Much better” or “A little better” 58.6%/61/6%, Satisfied with outcome 72%/69%)

Conclusions: We believe that our results demonstrate that the use of an intrasegmental pedicle screw device can facilitate high fusion rates in both smokers and non-smokers.


A Mofidi M Sedhom O’Shea D Moore E Fogarty F Dowling

Assessment and referral of spinal disease in a primary care setting is a challenge for the general practitioner. This has led to establishment of spinal assessment clinic to insure prompt access to the patient who requires treatment by a spinal surgeon. These clinics are run by a trained physiotherapist who liaises with a member of the spinal team and decides the need for referral to the spinal clinic on the bases of the patient’s history and clinical examination. In our clinic each patient is also assessed with Oswestry disability index, Short form-36, visual analogue score and hospital anxiety score (HADS), although these scores do not contribute to the clinical decision-making. The aim of this study is to assess the screening value of Oswestry disability score, Short form-36 scores in diagnosing acute spinal pathology.

Sixty-nine patients who were referred to the spine clinic from the assessment clinic between March and December 2001 were recruited. Sixty-nine age and sex-matched patients were randomly chosen from five hundred and twelve patients who were seen in the spinal assessment clinic and did not need referral to the specialised spine clinic. The Oswestry disability score, Short form-36 scores and pain visual analogue scores between the two groups were statistically compared. The correlation between the level of psychological morbidity, length of symptoms and presence of past history of symptoms against the level of disability was statistically assessed.

Although there was a significant increase in the level of disability in the referred group with each score (Oswestry Disability Score P< 0.001, SF-36 physical component score P=0.014, Visual analogue pain score P< 0.001). The variation in the scores makes the scoring system unspecific for use as a screening tool. We also found strong relationship between psychological disability and length of symptoms indicating the need for prompt treatment for back pain.


Full Access
M M Murray J McColm S Bell

Study background: The management of patients presenting in primary care with a “new episode of back pain” using the RCGP guidelines by a nurse practitioner (NP) compared to a control group given ‘usual care’ by the GP.

Methods and Results: The evaluation includes sequential monitoring of LBOS, audit of documentation for both groups of patients to assess application of guidelines and patient recall of key information.

Conclusion: The NHS Plan (2000) called for national standards for treating all major conditions in “Shifting the Balance of Power- the next steps” (2001) a clear criterion is that “service outcomes which provide better and better validated information” will form part of the performance rating. These two documents highlight the need for more user and client involvement in service development but this needs to be carefully monitored and linked to effective evidence.

This study demonstrates that the NP documentation follows the guidelines identified by the RCGP, conversely it was not possible to assess from the GP documentation if all the steps had been followed. The mean average LBOS in the NP patients was slightly higher than those in the GP group, was this because these patients were having guideline applied care as opposed to “usual care”?

Evaluation of the patient recall of information shows the NP sent five patients for X-ray even though this did not occur and is not recommended in guidelines. Conversely twenty-three patients can remember being given the “Back Book” by the GP but this was only documented in three cases.

We believe that patient recall demonstrates an ineffective way to measure outcome and funding allocation for back pain management and needs to more accurately reflect the evidence.


H Wynn Jones C. McClean G Marsh

Introduction: Abnormal pain drawings have been shown in some studies to correlate well with psychological characteristics predicting poor outcome in spinal procedures. Our study evaluated whether pain drawings are a useful predictive tool for outcome following Intradiscal Electrothermal Therapy (IDET).

Method: 56 Patients underwent IDET for chronic discogenic lumbar pain as demonstrated by MRI and provocative discography. They were assessed pre and post operatively. Preoperatively patients were assessed by means of a questionnaire. Pain was measured using a visual analogue scale (VAS), a pain drawing was completed and demographic details and employment status were recorded. Post IDET patients were followed up by means of a postal questionnaire. The same details were recorded, in addition to which patients completed a Short Form 36 UK Version 1 and a subjective outcome assessment.

Pain drawings were classified as organic or non-organic according to the principle described by Mann et al.

Results: 46 (80.7%) patients were successfully followed up. Mean age was 41.2 years (Range 16–76), 27 were female and 19 male. 73.9% of pain drawings were classified as organic and 26.1% as non-organic. The pain diagram was a good predictive tool for outcome following IDET. Patients with “organic” pain drawings showed an improvement in mean pain VAS (Pre-6.7, Post 5.9), high patient satisfaction (Better 67.6%, Same 11.8%, Worse 20.6%), and higher physical component scores of the SF36 (Physical 64.1, Physical Role 45.6, Pain 54.0) compared to the “non-organic” group who demonstrated a deterioration in mean pain VAS (Pre-6.5, Post 8.2), low patient satisfaction (Better 8.3%, Same 58.3%, Worse 33.3%), and lower physical component scores of the SF36 (Physical 38.3, Physical Role 20.8, Pain 26.5).

Conclusion: We believe that our study demonstrates that a pre procedure pain diagram can be reliably used as a tool to predict outcome following IDET.


A K Preston D White J McColm C G Greenough

Introduction: A Health Action Zone project has been designed to assess the effect of a public education programme to improve the community awareness of the correct approach to low back pain. As part of this project a preliminary survey of the public has been undertaken.

Methods: 195 members of the public were surveyed using by a number of members of the team using a pro-forma. Interview sites were selected to provide a cross section of the population of the community. Demographic details were collected together with data related to low back pain prevalence and attitudes to self management.

Discussion: The initial survey shows that people take too much rest and do too little exercise. The HAZ projects, which have been in existence for three years, have had small penetrance into the community. The Teesside Back Pain Partnership so far has focussed on individual education as part of other strategies. A radio, bus posters, leaf ets and posters campaign aimed at changing beliefs on back pain management. the pattern of behaviour is planned. The extremely low level of awareness of the TBPP will provide an opportunity to measure how much of any change may be attributed to this campaign.


S Longworth N Chaudhary P J Sell

Purposes of Study and Background: To survey beliefs and attitudes about the management of mechanical back pain in General Practitioners (GPs) in two cities in the East Midlands, and to compare the findings with a similar recent Australian study. We also conducted a ‘found experiment’ on the use of ‘The Back Book’ by the GPs in the two cities following the purchase and distribution of its copies to the GPs in Leicester by the local Primary Care Trusts.

There has been a paradigm shift in the management of mechanical low back pain in the last ten years. Several different clinical guidelines are available based on current evidence in the literature. There is little to show how far these guidelines are being implemented. There are no studies of the barriers to implementation in the British population.

Methods and Results: A postal questionnaire consisting of ten questions, eight of which were taken from a questionnaire used in a similar survey from Australia. Two additional questions relating to the ‘Back Book’ were included. 164 GPs in the city of Leicester and 353 in the city of Nottingham were surveyed in August – September 2001.

The response rate was 70.1% (115) from Leicester and 65.7% (232) from Nottingham. The majority of GPs from both cities were aware of the current concepts about the management of mechanical back pain. The awareness and usage of “The Back Book” was significantly better amongst the GPs in Leicester (p < 0.001).

Conclusion: General practitioners in two cities in Trent region are well aware of current best practice in the management of acute back pain. Their attitudes and beliefs towards back pain management compared well if not better in some aspects, with those of their Australian counterparts. If the resource of ‘The Back Book’ is made available then GPs will use it, in keeping with current best evidence.


S Parsons M Underwood

Background: Chronic low back pain (CLBP) is a complex health problem often resulting in difficult consultations for both patients and practitioners. Triggers for consultation may include pain severity, impact of pain on health-related quality of life and troublesomeness of pain. Troublesomeness of CLBP may be influenced by patients’ beliefs about their health, such as beliefs about what is acceptable for their age or lifestyle and their perceptions of risk. Therefore, troublesomeness may be a powerful trigger for consultation for CLBP.

Aim: To explore whether troublesomeness of CLBP is associated with consultation.

To determine the most powerful predictors of consultation for CLBP from pain severity, troublesomeness, health related quality of life and psychological distress

Method: Postal questionnaire survey to randomly sampled patients registered with 18 MRC General Practice Research Framework general practices (5400 patients) with two reminders. Questionnaire measures persistent pain (presence and location), pain severity (using the Chronic Pain Grade questionnaire), health related quality of life (EQ5D), psychological distress (GHQ12), troublesomeness of pain on a simple five point Likert scale and patient demographics.

Chi square tests will be undertaken to explore the relationship between troublesomeness of CLBP and consultations for pain in general and with whether consulted mainstream or complementary practitioners. Multiple logistic regression will be undertaken to explore the most powerful predictors of consultation for CLBP.

Results: The survey is ongoing. A full data-set will be available for the presentation. So far 354 questionnaires have been returned, 48% (167/347) of participants report persistent pain of these 62% (104/167) reported at least moderately troublesome CLBP. Of those reporting troublesome CLBP, 74% (76/103) had consulted their GP, 87% (90/103) had consulted other practitioners including physiotherapists, osteopaths and chiropractors, 27% (28/103) had seen a hospital consultant and 17% (18/103) had consulted no one.

Conclusions: These data suggest that troublesomeness is a simple way to improve the ability of epidemiological studies of back pain to contribute to health needs assessment.


A.A. Narvani E. Tsiridis A.M. Ishaque L.F. Wilson

Objectives: To describe a new method of catheter insertion in Intradiscal Electrothermal Therapy (IDET), when and adequate catheter position cannot be achieved with standard technique. Intradiscal Electrothermal Therapy is a new technique developed in 1998 for treatment of chronic low back pain. Adequate catheter position is of vital importance to the outcome of this procedure. If adequate position is not achieved with the standard technique, the recommendation is to reinsert a new cannula into the contralateral side. This requires more local anaesthesia, further discomfort for the patient and additional X-ray exposure. The “Pig Tail” Technique described here, eliminates the need for reinsertion of the cannula and catheter from the contralateral side in those patients in whom optimal positioning is not achieved with the standard technique. This new technique has not been described before.

Methods: In those patients in whom adequate catheter position cannot be achieved with the standard technique, instead of withdrawing the cannula after the initial treatment, we recommend rotating the cannula 180° through its long axis. This will allow the catheter to hit the anterior annulus and deflect backwards towards the cannula. It can then be negotiated across the midline to adequately thermally treat the whole posterior annulus.

Results: We have performed our technique in thirty two consecutive patients in whom initial navigation was difficult. This new method proved to be simple and did not cause patients additional discomfort.

Conclusion: “Pig Tail” Technique is safe and effective in IDET of those patients with difficult navigation. It avoids the need for second needle insertion therefore avoiding the use of more local anaesthsia, further discomfort for the patient and additional X-ray exposure.


S J Ellis L C Roberts

Background and purpose of study: Communication between clinicians and patients forms an integral part of any treatment session. To promote positive treatment outcomes, this communication must be effective. To date, research into back pain management has tended to focus on the nature of interventions, neglecting the vital communication that co-exists.

This study aimed to measure verbal communication between clinicians and patients and identify trends in non-verbal communication. With a clearer understanding of how clinicians and patients interact, it is anticipated that this knowledge can be used to maximise health gain in subsequent treatments.

Methods: Following an assessment, the first follow-up treatment session was video recorded for 21 patients (aged 17–65 years), attending a hospital outpatient physiotherapy clinic. Patients with serious spinal pathology or those, whose first language was not English, were excluded.

Verbal communication during the interaction was measured using the validated Medical Communication Behaviour System (MCBS). Trends in non-verbal behaviour were analysed at 40-second intervals, using Heintzman’s classification (smiling, forward leaning, affirmative head nodding, touching and eye gaze). A brief semi-structured interview was undertaken with clinicians to determine the perceived effect of the presence of the video camera.

Results: In 21 treatment sessions, 2055 statements were observed, with clinicians spending approximately twice as long talking as patients. Using the MCBS categories, the majority of clinician and patient interaction related to ‘content’ behaviours (52% and 26% respectively). For the clinician, this includes history-taking, advice etc. The highest frequency of clinicians’ non-verbal behaviour was touch (n=352) and for patients, was eye gaze (n=36).

In a secondary analysis, age, gender and experience of the clinician were all shown to influence the communication that occurred.

Conclusion: Validated outcome measures can be used to analyse the complex communication that occurs between clinicians and patients with back pain. Video recording clinical sessions can provide valuable feedback for clinicians and students on their communication skills.


S Parsons A Breen N Foster G Harding T Pincus M Underwood S Vogel

Background: A wide variety of practitioners with different belief systems and approaches treat chronic musculoskeletal pain. In trials of treatments for musculoskeletal pain the focus has tended to be on outcome rather than on understanding the process of care of these treatments. Gaining greater understanding of the process of care in consultations for chronic musculoskeletal pain may shed light on ways to improve patient care, as despite the range of options available many patients are still dissatisfied with their treatment.

Aim: To undertake a systematic review to explore how the beliefs and expectations of patients with chronic musculoskeletal pain and their treating primary and community care practitioners / therapists influence the process of care

Method: A comprehensive search strategy was developed. Databases including MEDLINE, PSYCHINFO, AMED, and MANTIS were searched by two members of the review group working independently. Two members of the group again working independently screened the title and abstract of each reference retrieved for inclusion. Studies were included if they Reported original research

Explored patient’s or practitioners; beliefs and expectations, or both.

Studied patients with chronic musculoskeletal pain, which does not have a known systemic, inflammatory or malignant origin treated in primary or community care.

The full review group resolved disagreements. Full text articles meeting the inclusion criteria will be obtained and coded further into non-randomised studies, randomised studies and qualitative studies. Data abstraction forms will be developed for each type of study. Data abstraction will be undertaken by two members of the group working independently.

Results: 12, 667 articles were identified from the searches of bibliographic databases. At the present time 10 papers have been identified for potential inclusion in the review. The number of full papers to be considered for the review will be reported in this presentation along with the methods for data abstraction and synthesis. This study is ongoing.


Tim McClune A. Kim Burton Gordon Waddell

Purpose of study and background: It is generally accepted that a biopsychosocial model is required to explain the complex phenomenon of whiplash associated disorders, particularly in the development of chronic pain and disability. Because the factors leading to chronicity are present early in the course of the disorder, clinical guidelines and recommendations have stressed the need for appropriate information and advice for patients. Following the success of patient educational material, in the form of an evidence-based booklet, in the management of low back pain, a similar booklet has been produced for whiplash patients. The messages for the booklet were synthesised from a comprehensive review of the available scientific evidence; the resultant text was intended to challenge unhelpful beliefs about whiplash, promote positive attitudes, and stimulate an active approach to recovery.

Methods and results: Using samples of patients and non-patients, the booklet was evaluated for its ability to create a positive shift in beliefs, and for its ability to impart its intended messages about active management. The results showed that the booklet is considered easy to read, understandable, believable, and conveys its intended messages. Furthermore, it created a substantial and highly statistically significant positive shift in attitudes and beliefs about whiplash associated disorders, suggesting its suitability as patient educational material.

Conclusion: This booklet changes beliefs about whiplash, however only a randomised clinical trials will determine whether such a booklet can have an effect on clinical outcomes.


CL Le Maitre B. Williamson R. Ross AJ Freemont JA Hoyland

Objectives and Background: This study investigated a simple, novel, in vitro culture system which enables the in situ investigation of human intervertebral disc (IVD) cell function in healthy and diseased IVD in explant culture. Studies investigating the function of cells in IVD tissue are scarce. Whilst there is a paucity of realistic animal models of human IVD disease and in vivo study of human tissue remains impracticable, the only possible approaches remain in-situ molecular biology applied to tissue sections of biopsied tissue, which suffers from lacking a dynamic dimension. Or in vitro studies, of which cell culture lacks physiological relevance and explant cultures are subject to loss of tissue integrity and altered cellular behaviour. We have investigated a system that preserves the structure of the tissue and cellular phenotype within an explant culture system.

Methods: Human IVD tissue was obtained from disc replacement surgery and separated into nucleus pulposus (NP) and annulus fibrosus (AF) tissue, which was then cultured in either a Perspex ring or unconstrained in tissue culture medium for up to 3 weeks. The effectiveness of this system to maintain tissue integrity and cell function was tested using microscopy and either tinctoral histochemistry or immunohistochemistry.

Results: Unconstrained in medium, IVD tissue expanded and structural integrity was disturbed. The number of cells expressing type I collagen increased and aggrecan decreased by comparison with directly harvested tissue. In contrast the tissue in the Perspex rings maintained its structure and at the end of 3 weeks the cellular parameters were the same as in the newly harvested tissue.

Conclusions: This is the first reported system to preserve cell function of discal explants for long periods in tissue culture. This system will be a useful tool for a wide range of investigations of IVD biology that have not hitherto been possible.


S Parsons G Harding M Underwood

Background: Chronic back pain is a complex and costly health problem, treated by a wide range of practitioners, with different belief systems and approaches. Despite the range of options available, many patients appear to be dissatisfied with the treatment that they receive. This may be due to a mismatch between patients’ and practitioners’ beliefs about the cause of the pain and their expectations for treatment.

Objectives: To explore patients’ beliefs about the causes of their chronic back pain and their expectations regarding treatment.

Methods: Group interviews were held with two sample groups of individuals (experiencing moderate and severe chronic pain) to inform a series of qualitative individual interviews with patients and practitioners, exploring beliefs about the causation of chronic pain and expectations for treatment.

Participants were identified from respondents reporting chronic pain in a postal questionnaire survey administered through a local general practice. Participants were allocated to groups according to the severity of their pain, as measured by the Chronic Pain Grade. Those with grades II and I were allocated to group one and those with grades III and IV to group two.

Results: Participants presented sophisticated accounts of their pain and their care seeking. General practitioners were seen as the most appropriate first ‘port of call’, as chronic back pain was viewed as a medical problem requiring a medical solution such as X-rays, referral to hospital specialist and eventually operations. Participants presented to their GP in hope of a medical solution, which was seldom realised. Participants appeared to be resolved to this situation, yet sustained the belief that a different way of communicating their problem to their GP may lead to appropriate action.

Conclusion: There was a marked contrast between the groups on some issues, which will be explored further within this presentation.


J McColm

Aim: Examine how individuals on Teesside, diagnosed with mechanical back pain, socially construct the beliefs they hold about their back problem. The Spinal Assessment Clinic, at Middlesbrough General Hospital, uses a comprehensive and co-ordinated approach when assessing and treating individuals. More information demonstrating how people suffering with mechanical back pain are influenced by their psychosocial and cultural beliefs would enable the team to enhance the process. This research, is an anthropological examination of individual’s thoughts and beliefs as they absorb the information extended to them. This will be valuable in enhancing clinicians, sufferers and academics understanding of back pain. The research is still in the recruitment phase.

Method: This is an ethnographic study using a phenomenological framework to interpret the narrative and pictorial accounts given by individuals suffering with mechanical back pain as they proceed through their treatment at Spinal Assessment Clinic. Interviews are informal, the intention being to listen to each individuals life story and explore the way in which the narratives evolve, as they explain the lived experience of their pain.

Individuals are being recruited from the Spinal Assessment Clinic. One of the research methods utilised is that of pain imagery, with volunteers providing a drawing, representing their back pain.

Results: The drawings demonstrate that physical pain is not always viewed by individuals as a biological problem, it may be externalised or expressed as an emotion. The images are filled with vivid metaphors symbolising each individuals unique interpretation of their pain.

Conclusion: Initial results demonstrate there is a gap between the patients’ visualisation in their drawing and the narrative accounts provided.


K F Law A Coxon C G Greenough

Statement of Purpose: To enable GP’s and nurse practitioners to refer quickly, appropriately and effectively, at the first diagnosis of lower back pain.

Methods and result: Patients at the clinic, who were assessed and diagnosed by a GP/Nurse Practitioner, were asked to fill in an electronic questionnaire. The results of these were passed into a database where they could be accessed by an expert system program. This system used rule based logic and data mining concepts to assess the questionnaire answers, and presented a diagnosis of the patient. To determine system accuracy diagnoses were compared with actual diagnoses from the GP/Nurse Practitioner.

Conclusion: This project has been beset by several problems. The first being that a lack of patients with certain diagnoses has meant that it has been impossible to test the system with the more rare back problems.

The system accuracy is too low for the system to currently be of any use. This project is ongoing, the accuracy has improved significantly over the past year and we expect the improvement to continue next year. However, we have identified some problems in improving the accuracy. It has been noticed that there is a certain apathy present in some patients completing the questionnaires, resulting in less than accurate answers. Also the system can only produce one diagnosis. Patients with two back problems will get an incorrect diagnosis from the system.


CL Le Maitre B. Williamson R. Ross AJ Freemont JA Hoyland

Objective and Background: This study investigated the effects of IL-1 on human intervertebral disc cells (IVD). IL-1 has been implicated in the degradation of IVD, in particular the up-regulation of Matrix Metalloproteinases (MMPs) and the down regulation of proteoglycan synthesis. However very little is known of the effects of IL-1 on human IVD cells. Here, we have investigated the effects of both IL-1 α and IL-1 β on nucleus pulposus (NP) and Annulus fibrosus (AF) cells isolated from human degenerate IVD.

Methods: Human IVD tissue was obtained from disc replacement surgery and separated into NP and AF tissue, cells were cultured within an alginate bead system for 5 weeks before treatment with IL-1 α and IL-1 β for 48 hours. Following treatment, RNA was extracted and Real time RT-PCR was performed to investigate gene expression of IL-1 gene family, matrix proteins and degrading enzymes MMPs and ADAMTS.

Results: Interleukin 1 α showed a more potent response than IL-1 β and in addition NP cells were more sensitive than AF cells. In summary, IL-1 showed a positive feedback loop causing an up-regulation of α and β genes. IL-1 Ra was also up-regulated but to a lesser extent than IL-1 α and IL-1 β. A negative feedback loop was seen with inhibition of the IL-1 receptor gene upon treatment with IL-1. MMPs and ADAMTS showed up-regulation upon treatment with IL-1. In addition IL-1 down regulated the matrix protein’s collagen type II and Aggrecan.

Conclusions: This study demonstrates that IL-1 causes up-regulation in discal cells of the major degrading enzymes involved in discal degeneration, and a down regulation of the major matrix components within the IVD. Suggesting that IL-1 plays a major in process of discal degeneration.


C L Le Maitre P Baird B Williamson R Ross AJ Freemont JA Hoyland

Objective and Background: Interleukin 1 has been implicated in the progression of degenerative disc disease, however little data is available on the expression and production of IL-1 within degenerate discal cells. A few studies, have investigated herniated disc tissue but the results from these studies have been inconsistent. This study investigated the gene expression of IL-1 α, β, Ra and the receptor type I in discs removed at surgery from 7 prolapsed, 3 Scoliosis and 15 Degenerative discs (DD). In addition immunohistochemistry (IHC) was used to localise IL-1 α and IL-1 β within normal, and degenerate discs.

Methods: Human IVD tissue was obtained from disc replacement surgery and separated into nucleus pulposus (NP) and annulus fibrosus (AF) tissue, cell isolation using collagenase treatment was carried out, and RNA extraction on the cells performed immediately. Real time RT-PCR was then used to investigate gene expression of IL-1 gene family. IHC for IL-1 α and IL-1 β was also performed on paraffin embedded normal and degenerate disc samples.

Results: Expression of the IL-1 family genes was present at low levels within prolapsed disc samples. In contrast levels within scoliosis patents were the highest of the 3 disease states, however in both prolapsed discs and those from scoliosis patients a balance of IL-1 α/β to IL-1 Ra existed. Within samples from DD this balance was lost, with levels of IL-1 α and IL-1 β greatly exceeding levels of IL-1 Ra. In addition levels of IL-1 α and β showed an increase with age and were highest in those samples from the AF than the NP. IHC demonstrated both IL-1 α and IL-1 β protein within the NP and AF cells of the degenerate discs.

Conclusion: This study has demonstrated the mRNA expression of all members of the IL-1 family within IVD and in addition the chondrocytes within the disc produced IL-1 α and IL-1 β protein. The imbalance of IL-1 α/β to IL-1 Ra within those samples from degenerate discs but not prolapsed or scoliotic discs suggests a role for IL-1 within discal degeneration.


D A Hurley S M McDonough A P Moore M Dempster G D Baxter

Purpose of study: To test the relative effectiveness of interferential therapy (IFT) and manipulative therapy (MT) when used as sole treatments and in combination for the management of acute low back pain (ALBP). Although IFT is the most widely used electrotherapeutic modality in Britain and Ireland for the physiotherapeutic management of patients with LBP, often in combination with MT, its evidence base is weak and limited.

Methods: In this assessor-blinded RCT, consenting subjects recruited from 4 NHS hospitals (n=240) were randomised to receive (1) MT (n=80), (2) IFT (n=80)1 or (3) combined MT and IFT (n=80), as well as a copy of the Back Book. Subjects completed the Roland Morris Disability Questionnaire (primary outcome), VAS, McGill Pain Questionnaire, EuroQol, SF-36 and a range of patient-related variables (secondary outcomes) at baseline, discharge (n=194, 83%), 6 months (n=166, 71%) and 12 months (n=158, 67%).

Results: There were significant improvements in all outcomes at discharge, which were not significantly different from the 6 month and 12 month values for the whole sample. Univariate analysis of covariance detected significant differences between groups in the mean adjusted change scores for SF-36 Physical Functioning (P = 0.03), Bodily Pain (P=0.04), and Mental Health (P = 0.03) scales at 12 months in favour of combined MT and IFT over MT. Although not statistically significant the trend of the change score data for the remaining pain outcomes suggested that subjects in the MT group deteriorated after discharge while those in the IFT and combined therapy groups displayed a more gradual improvement over the follow-up period, such that the MT group outcomes were poorer at 12 months.

Conclusions: The results provide some evidence for the continued use of IFT for short and long-term improvements in function and LBP particularly when used in combination with MT. However, MT alone was less effective for long-term improvements in pain.


A Watkins JA Hoyland CL Le Maitre P Baird R Ross B Williamson AJF Freemont

Aims: The intervertebral disc (IVD) consists of three structurally distinct areas; a nucleus pulposus (NP), annulus fibrosus (AF) and two cartilage endplates that together form a functional unit that allow flexibility of the spinal column and load transfer from adjoining vertebrae. The NP and AF contain cells that are phenotypically similar to chondrocytes found in articular cartilage. They also produce the 2 major matrix components aggrecan and collagen-type I and II. One feature of IVD degeneration is breakdown of the cartilage matrix. Using soluble growth factors could stimulate new matrix formation and help regenerate degraded discal cartilage. The aim of this study was to demonstrate the presence of four growth factor receptors within the IVD.

Methods and Results: Using immunohistochemsitry, we targeted expression of four growth factor receptors, (BMPRII, FGFR3, IGFR-1 and TGFβII), in biopsies taken from normal and degenerate IVD. Receptor expression was scored across regions of the disc using a peer-reviewed system that assessed the proportion of cells expressing a particular antigen and the average level of expression for those cells. For FGFR3, IGFR-1 and TGFβII, cells of the outer part of NP and inner AF expressed significantly higher receptor levels. The expression BMPRII deviated from that pattern and was present at higher levels in the inner and outer NP than in the AF. Although there were significant differences between FGFR3 expression in normal and degenerate biopsies, that was not the case for the other receptors. Growth factor receptor expression was also detectable on the ingrowing neurons and blood vessels that characterise part of the disease aetiology.

Conclusion: In conclusion, all of the receptors were found in the IVD, predominantly within the NP, suggesting that, addition of the ligands for these receptors may elicit a physiological response from disc chondrocytes.


SRS Bibby DA Jones JPG Urban

Introduction: Loss of nutrient supply, seen in disc degeneration, leads to low concentrations of oxygen and glucose in the centre of the disc. Here we investigate the effect of low nutrient concentrations on the metabolism and viability of the nucleus cells.

Methods: Isolated bovine nucleus pulposus cells were cultured for 24–72 hrs over a range of pH levels and glucose and oxygen concentrations. Changes in metabolite concentrations with time were measured in a purpose-built chamber using embedded electrodes, or biochemically; and metabolic rates determined. On completion, cell numbers were counted and viability assessed.

Results: Metabolic rates varied both with oxygen concentration and with pH. At low oxygen (2% pO2) and low pH (pH 6.2) for example, oxygen consumption rates and lactic acid production rates were 10–30% those in air at pH 7.4. Low pH in air saturated medium, or low pO2 in neutral medium, reduced metabolism but not as drastically. Glucose concentrations in the range 0.5–5mM in contrast did not affect cellular metabolism. Cells could survive with zero oxygen, although metabolism was seriously dimished; but after 24 hours at low (< 0.5mM) glucose, cell death was observed.

Discussion: Regulation of the concentrations of nutrients in vivo is complex, and depends on both supply and demand. Little is known about cellular demand, and studies such as this could give insight into the situation in the disc in vivo and help determine the cellular consequences of a fall in nutrient supply.

Our results, apart from showing the deleterious effects of low nutrient concentrations, also indicate that isolated cells may metabolise differently from cells in the tissue; at low pO2 we observed a fall in lactate production, the opposite effect to that seen in tissue previously. The mechanism for this difference is as yet unknown.


A.A. Narvani E. Tsiridis A.M. Ishaque L.F. Wilson

Objective: MRI changes to the symptomatic intervertebral disc following Intradiscal Electrothermal Therapy (IDET), in particular those relating to the “High Intensity Zone” (HIZ) in the posterior annulus, were determined in this prospective study.

Material and Methods: MRI images before the IDET procedure were compared to those taken at six months post procedure in 10 patients. The presence and absence of an HIZ, the disc height and hydration, and Modic changes, were determined from the images. Two of the patients also had discography performed post-IDET to supplement the MRI.

Results: In 6 out of the 10 patients, an HIZ was present on the MRI images of the disc before the IDET procedure. In all 6 patients, a HIZ was still present six months after the procedure. In all 10 patients, there were no changes to disc height and hydration signal on T2 weighted images. Modic changes were not present in any of the patients on pre or post IDET images. Two patients had significant changes to the shape of the posterior annulus compared to the pre-treatment MRI scans. The two patients who had discography after IDET had persistent annular tears.

Conclusion: Our findings question the clinical relevance of the “High Intensity Zone”. They also suggest that the main mechanism of action of IDET, may be other than that of sealing the annular tear.


M Underwood

Background: Current orthodoxy in the management of acute back pain is that GPs should refer their patients for physical therapy when it does not resolve. Guidelines from the National Institute of Clinical Excellence (NICE) state that patients with simple back pain who have not resumed their normal activities in 3 months should be referred ‘soon’ to a specialist. The evidence underpinning these recommendations was reassessed to consider the question, ‘Is there evidence to justify diverting health service resources to provide these facilities’.

Methods and results: Existing Cochrane and other systematic reviews for commonly recommended conservative treatments for acute back pain were identified through the Cochrane and DARE databases. Where available the Cochrane review was considered definitive. Reviews were identified for ‘advice to stay active’, ‘back schools’, ‘exercise’, ‘massage’, ‘multidisciplinary psychosocial rehabilitation’, ‘manipulation and ‘drug treatments’. Where reviews considered acute back pain and long-term clinical outcomes (not workloss) in studies comparing intervention with no treatment or placebo the reviewers’ conclusions were accepted. In other cases, the reviewers’ assessment of individual relevant papers was considered to be definitive. Massage was the only treatment with evidence of a clinically important long-term effect. This conclusion was based on one small study.

Conclusions: There appears to be inadequate randomised controlled trial (RCT) evidence to justify diversion of NHS resources from proven interventions to expand services for acute simple back pain. An RCT to show that an intervention for acute back pain decreases the proportion disabled at one year from 10% to 5% requires 1,250 randomised participants (a = 0.05, b=0.2). Obtaining RCT evidence to confirm or refute that these interventions will have meaningful health impact may be impossible. We need to consider other ways of obtaining evidence to inform the development of models of care for those with acute back pain.


Full Access
J. Karppinen T. Korhonen A. Malmivaara L. Paimela S. Seitsalo K-A Lindgren P Rantanen H. Hurri

Introduction: Infliximab, a monoclonal antibody against tumour necrosis factor alfa (TNFα) has been used succesfully in the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis and Crohn’s disease. Recent animal studies suggest that TNFα also has an important role in the pathogenesis of sciatica. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the efficacy and safety of infliximab in the treatment of sciatic patients.

Methods: 10 patients with acute or subacute severe sciatica (duration of symptoms from 2 to 12 weeks) were included. A disc herniation corresponding to symptoms was confirmed by MRI in each case. Patients with previous back operation or with contraindications for infliximab were excluded. A dose of 3 mg/kg body weight of infliximab in saline was infused intravenously over 2 hours. Leg pain (100-mm Visual Analog Scale) was recorded before and one hour after the infusion, and later at 1 week, 2 weeks, 1 month, 3 months and 6 months. Changes in leg pain were compared statistically with 62 historical controls (saline group in a study of periradicular infiltration) using repeated measures analysis of variance. Changes in back pain, back-related disability on Oswestry Index and clinical status were also assessed.

Results: Mean (SD) leg pain before the infusion was 80 (18) mm in the infliximab group. One hour after the infusion, there was a decrease of 49% in leg pain. At 1 week mean leg pain was 26 (21), at 2 weeks 19 (20), at 1 month 18 (19), at 3 months 10 (16) and at 6 months 13 (8). When compared with the historical controls, the difference was in favour of infliximab for leg pain (19 mm; 95% CI, 6 to 32, P=0.005) and for back-related disability on Oswestry (12%; 95%CI, 4 to 20, P=0.003) over the 6 month follow-up period. At the one-month follow-up every patient in the infliximab group had returned to work compared to 38% of control patients (P=0.02). None of the patients treated with infliximab underwent surgery during the follow-up compared to 14 (23%) in the control group (P=0.09). No immediate or delayed adverse drug reactions were observed.

Conclusions: According to this study, a single infusion of infliximab seems to provide immediate, highly effective and safe treatment of sciatica through 6 months. Rapid return to work appears to be fascilitated, and surgery may possibly be avoided in some patients. There is an urgent need for a randomized trial to verify these results.


D J White A K Preston C G Greenough

Introduction: Numerous studies have reported the usefulness of exercise and increases in fitness in the management of Lower Back Pain (LBP). Additionally, the importance of psychosocial factors in both the development and chronicity of LBP have been reported. This study was designed to work within the local community and improve levels of health and awareness regarding LBP. More specifically an evaluation of how an educational package may influence fitness and exercise levels, disability and beliefs about LBP was undertaken.

Methods: 195 particpants were recruited from the community. Testing is conducted at 0, 12 and 24 months. Each participant completes a battery of tests including an aerobic fitness test and self-report questionnaires measuring disability (Low Back Outcome Score: LBOS), Acute pain (visual analogue scale), LBP history (time off work), and back pain beliefs (Back Beliefs Questionnaire: BBQ). participants receive a one to one educational intervention supported by educational literature (Back Book, exercise sheet and diary).

Results: BBQ scores improved significantly ( p = .000) between 0 and 12 months. This difference remained when controlling for gender, LBP history and acute pain level. No significant differences were found in LBOS scores and fitness levels. Significant differences existed between level of pain and LBOS scores, with higher pain resulting in lower LBOS values ( p = .000). A non-significant trend was observed between BBQ scores and higher pain levels, with higher pain resulting in smaller BBQ improvements.

Conclusions: Participants taking part in this research had significantly more positive beliefs about the inevitability of their future in relation to LBP after receiving an educational intervention. Anecdotal evidence from participants suggests the educational package was of benefit due to an improvement in their level of back care understanding. The study was unable to elicit any positive changes in fitness level or disability, although baseline fitness levels were above average, and disability scores, low.


S Brealey

Background: Systematic reviews in back pain suggest beneficial effects from spinal manipulation, general exercise, and ‘active management’. These approaches have not been tested rigorously in the UK National Health Service. The UK BEAM trial was designed to evaluate such treatments for back pain in primary care. This paper describes the manipulation package used in the trial and the frequency with which the different elements of the package were delivered by therapists.

Methods/Results: At over 150 UK practices, patients consulting GPs with back pain were identified. Eligible and consenting patients were then randomised to receive one of GP active management, manipulation (either in NHS or private premises), exercise classes or both manipulation and exercise. Manipulation was delivered either by a chiropractor, an osteopath, or a physiotherapist. A package of manipulative care, agreed by the three professions, was developed, and practitioners could choose elements from the package within broad constraints.

The trial recruited 1334 participants, across 14 centres. Participants who received manipulation alone attended on average 6.5 sessions compared with 5.2 sessions when receiving manipulation combined with exercise. A ‘results embargo’ precludes detailed results prior to the conference, but we shall present findings about the pattern of delivery of the various elements of the manipulation package for these treatments, within NHS or private premises, and whether delivered by a chiropractor, an osteopath, or a physiotherapist.

Conclusion: Participants received more treatment sessions when randomised to manipulation alone compared with manipulation and exercise. This may be due to differences in the duration of treatment periods, which affected both clinician and patient availability. Findings will also show if there is variation in the delivery of manipulation depending on the treatment package, setting and profession. We shall use these data in the secondary analysis to determine the extent to which they explain variation in treatment effects.


S Bartys A K Burton P J Watson I Wright C Mackay C J Main

Background: The influence of psychosocial factors on absence rates is incompletely understood; much research has been cross-sectional, involving a limited range of psychosocial variables. This paper reports a large prospective study of the relationship between psychosocial factors and absence rates due to low back pain across a multi-site UK pharmaceutical company.

Methods/Results: Baseline data were collected from 4,637 workers, and absence data over the ensuing 15 months were obtained from company records. In addition to demographic and historical variables, a wide range of psychosocial variables was included with a focus on occupational psychosocial factors, termed ‘blue flags’. Validated questionnaires were used to quantify job satisfaction, social support, attribution of cause, control over work, and organisation of work, with psychological distress as a ’yellow flag’. 176 workers took absence due to back pain during follow-up.

Previously defined cut-off scores were used to categorise hypothesised risk; scores beyond the cut-off point were considered detrimental, and the ‘flag’ was considered to be ‘flying’. Odds ratios (OR) were calculated to explore the association between the flags and taking sick leave; a statistically significant association was found with ORs between 1.5 and 2.9. The cut-off scores were then used to compare the length of absence between workers who had zero flags flying and those who had one or more flags flying. Absence over the ensuing 15 months was significantly longer for those people who had one or more flags flying (mean 10.6 days compared with 6.1 days, P< 0.05). There was a trend for longer absence with more flags flying.

Conclusion: This prospective study confirms the influence of blue, as well as yellow, psychosocial flags on both the taking of sick leave and the subsequent length of absence. This supports their hypothesised role as obstacles to recovery that might be suitable targets for occupational health interventions.


Philip Helliwell Robin Waxman Allan Tennant

Background: The natural history of low back pain remains ill defined. This study has provided a unique opportunity to follow a community based cohort of people over a seven year period from 1994 to 2000.

Methodology: The respondents to the 1994 survey were the panel of adults used in this survey. This sample of 3,184 was validated against the current electoral register resulting in a sample size of 1,918. Valid responses totalled 957. Questions were designed to elicit data in an identical manner to the previous surveys.

Results: Periodicity data indicated that the majority of people with chronic persistent pain had recurrent acute episodes rather than one continuous episode. Significant predictors of persistent low back pain included higher scores on the Zung Depression Index, the Roland and Morris Disability Questionnaire, visual analogue pain scales and the Back Beliefs Questionnaire. People who developed low back pain in 2000 but didn’t report low back pain in 1994 or 1997, were distinguishable from those who did not develop low back pain by the number of disabilities reported in 1994.

Conclusions: The natural history of low back pain prevalence in this cohort of people does not entirely support the view that back pain starts as a series of acute episodes when younger which gradually merge to become chronic as the person becomes older. Many people will continue to experience intermittent acute episodes of low back pain well in to their sixties. Pre-morbid disability may result from pain in areas other than the low back, probably reflecting an increased reporting of pain generally. Some of this group will ultimately include people with chronic widespread pain. Adverse coping strategies may influence the persistence of pain in this group.


P Pollintine SJ Garbutt JH Tobias P Dolan MA Adams

Introduction: Osteoporotic fractures affect certain bones more than others, suggesting that systemic bone loss is not the only underlying cause. We have shown that age-related intervertebral disc degeneration causes the anterior vertebral body (VB) to be stress-shielded in erect postures, and yet severely loaded when the spine is flexed (1). We hypothesise that this unequal loading causes exaggerated bone loss from the anterior vertebral body, making it vulnerable to fracture when the spine is heavily loaded in a forward stooping (flexed) posture.

Materials and Methods: Regional volumetric bone mineral density (BMD) was measured in 35 thoracolumbar motion segments (aged 64–92 yrs) using dual-energy x-ray absorptiometry. The distribution of compressive stress was measured along the mid-sagittal diameter of each intervertebral disc using a miniature pressure transducer. Stresses were integrated over area to give the compressive force acting on the anterior and posterior halves of the VB (1). Motion segment compressive strength was measured in moderate flexion.

Results: BMD of the anterior half of the VB was 26% (STD 13%) lower than that of the posterior half (p< 0.0001), was correlated with % load on the anterior VB in erect posture (r2=0.48, p< 0.0001), and was a better predictor of motion segment compressive strength (in flexion) than was BMD of the whole vertebral body (r2 = 0.79 compared to r2 = 0.59).

Conclusion: These results clearly support our hypothesis. It appears that intervertebral disc degeneration leads to exaggerated bone loss from the anterior VB, leaving it more vulnerable to fracture when the spine is flexed. Future work aims to confirm this important result on a larger number of specimens, and to compare the relative importance of disc degeneration and overall bone loss on vertebral compressive strength.

Pollintine P et al (2001). SBPR Annual Meeting, Bristol. Backcare Research Award 2002.


A. L. Roshier Y. L. Leung S. Johnson D. S. McNally

Purposes of the study and background: Diagnostic interventional procedures are often performed on patients who suffer from cervical facet joint pain and discogenic pain emanating from the cervical region. These procedures require radiographic imaging to confirm placement of instruments e.g. needles. However, these techniques are unable to provide real-time images hence prolonging the intervention. It would be of benefit to have an imaging tool that is capable of visualising needle insertion in real-time whilst preventing side effects. The purpose of this study was to determine the ultrasonic appearance of cervical facet joints in vivo and describe a standardized transducer position to visualise intervertebral discs and facet joints.

Summary of the methods and the results: 10 healthy volunteers (age range: 21–36 years, 6 females, 4 males) were evaluated using an 8-16MHz linear array transducer (Diasus Dynamic Imaging). Subjects were scanned in a prone, lateral position. The transducer was placed in the posterior triangle orientated longitudinally, initially along the posterior border of sternocleidomastoid and then moved in a cranial-caudal direction. By adjusting the angle (in the antero-posterior direction) of the transducer about a fixed position; facet joints and discs were located. The characteristic V shaped appearance of the facet joint emanates from the hyperechoic signal of the closely spaced transverse processes of adjacent vertebra (Figure1). Disc regions appeared as areas of high signal penetration into the spine with low amplitude signals returning from the disc.

Conclusion: The detail of facet joint and disc anatomy captured using ultrasound reveal it to be a viable imaging tool for interventional procedures. Noteworthy advantages of ultrasound include: its ability to provide real-time images economically, the option of portability and no known side effects.


J C Park P Pollintine N Farooq D J Annesley-Williams P Dolan

Introduction: Cement augmentation of osteoporotic vertebral fractures by vertebroplasty can alleviate pain, although the mechanism remains unknown. We hypothesise that vertebral fracture reduces loading by the vertebral body, and that vertebroplasty reverses this effect.

Methods: Nineteen thoracolumbar motion segments (64 – 90 yrs) were used. Specimens were compressed at 1.5kN in moderate flexion and extension while intradis-cal stress profiles were obtained by pulling a miniature pressure transducer along the mid-sagittal diameter of the disc (1). Vertebral fracture was induced by compressive overload in moderate flexion. Vertebroplasty was then performed by injecting polymethylmethacry-late cement into the anterior vertebral body. Stress profiles were repeated after fracture, and after vertebroplasty.

Stress concentration in the annulus was calculated by subtracting the nuclear pressure from the maximum stress in the annulus. Neural arch compressive load was obtained by subtracting the disc compressive force, calculated by integrating intradiscal stress over area, from the applied 1.5kN (1).

Results: Fracture increased the stress concentration in the annulus from 0.21 to 0.58MPa in flexion (p< 0.01) and from 0.02 to 0.20MPa in extension (p< 0.05). It also increased neural arch load bearing from 9% to 27% of the applied load in flexion (p< 0.01), and from 53% to 70% in extension (p< 0.01). Following vertebroplasty, these changes were largely reversed: in flexion, stress concentrations in the annulus decreased to 0.36MPa and neural arch load-bearing fell to 5% (p< 0.01). Similar, non-significant trends were observed in extension.

Discussion: Vertebral fracture reduces load-bearing by the vertebral body, and increased compressive loading of the neural arch. Vertebroplasty goes some way to reversing these effects, and significantly decreased stress concentration in the annulus and loading of the neural arch in flexion. This could contribute to pain relief in patients undergoing this procedure.


A Breen J Muggleton F Mellor A Morris S Eisenstein L Thomas

Background: The prospect of a second operative procedure following an apparently unsuccessful spinal fusion is an unwelcome one. Since 1987, we have worked to develop an objective method of measuring the motion between vertebrae from fluoroscopic images. Successive versions have been evaluated for their reliability and validity. However, only the current one combines sufficiently reduced operator interaction with acceptable error limitation to be operationally useful as a tool for reporting findings about graft integrity for spinal surgeons. The current work brings this to an advanced prototype stage.

Methods and results: The measurement of lumbar intervertebral coronal and saggital plane motion in vivo using this technique is in 3 stages: Fluoroscopic screening of patients lying on a passive motion table Co-ordinated real-time digital acquisition of the intensifier images.

Registration of the images of each vertebra by templates which are automatically tracked and whose output is converted to inter-vertebral kinematic parameters and averaged for display and reporting.

Results are currently displayed as inter-vertebral angles throughout the motion that indicate whether or not solid fusion has been achieved. The Instrument Measurement Error is quantifiable and will vary with image quality, but can be improved by averaging. The technology is applicable to any imaging system of sufficient speed and resolution and may, for example, be used with MR in the future.

Conclusions: An advanced prototype version of this device is now approaching readiness for service as a routine procedure for use by specially trained radiographers. Its limitations will be determined mainly by the quality of the intensifier images. This can be expected, in the future, to benefit from yet further advances in the technology.


Y. L. Leung A. L. Roshier S. Johnson D. S. McNally

Purposes of the study and background: This study tests the hypothesis that it is possible to visualise the cervical spine musculature using ultrasound. The use of diagnostic ultrasound is well established for assessing other anatomical regions; whereas the cervical spine has received little attention. Other available imaging procedures can be resource intensive with recognized risks and do not give an indication of structural detail. Ultrasound has the potential to resolve these inadequacies and would therefore be appealing.

Summary of the methods and the results: 10 healthy volunteers (age range: 21–36 years, 6 females, 4 males) were evaluated using a 8-16MHz linear array transducer (Diasus Dynamic Imaging, UK) and a 16MHz CL15-7 linear array scanhead transducer (Phillips ATL HDI 5000 SonoCT, Netherlands). Subjects were seated with their neck in a neutral position. The transducer was orientated transversely, and initially placed on the thyroid cartilage. Successive images were taken as the transducer was moved laterally across the anterior triangle, over the sternocleidomastoid, into the posterior triangle, ending in the posterior midline. Landmarks, with characteristic ultrasonic appearances, were identified to aid orientation e.g. carotid artery. Both machines produced images that clearly displayed the musculature of the cervical spine. Composite images were obtained of the anterior and posterior aspects of the neck (Figure 1) to provide information regarding the spatial orientation and relationship between the muscles.

Conclusion: This study concludes that modern ultrasound equipment provides cervical spine soft tissue images of a quality suitable for diagnostic applications. It also has the advantages of being a risk free, economic and portable procedure.


J.D.F. Calder T.S. Saxby

Percutaneous repair of a ruptured Achilles tendon has been shown to reduce wound healing problems but it has a high incidence of injury to the sural nerve. The Achillon Suture System is a new method utilising a small longitudinal incision. It passes a suture through the Achilles tendon leaving the suture purely within the tendon. The aim of this prospective study was to investigate the results of a new mini-open technique utilising a horizontal incision and early active mobilisation.

Following ethical committee approval 25 patients underwent repair of their ruptured Achilles tendon using the Achillon System. Rather than the longitudinal incision we used a horizontal incision and an accelerated rehabilitation program with a brace for six weeks post-operatively. Patients were followed up at six weeks, three and six months and one year post-op using the AOFAS and Leppilahti scoring systems.

There were no wound complications, re-ruptures or sural nerve injuries. All patients returned to work or their previous daily activities by six weeks (mean 22 days) post op. All patients had returned to driving by six weeks. One patient had 10° restriction in dorsiflexion at three months, which prevented her return to running. She was back to running and had a full range of movement at six months. All other patients returned to sporting activities at three months but jumping sports such as basketball were discouraged until six months post-op.

We suggest that this modification of using a horizontal incision and early mobilisation enhances wound healing and allows early return to normal activities and sports. It is technically simple, utilises a small incision (still enabling visual confirmation that the tendon ends have been approximated) and reduces the risk of sural nerve injury seen in other mini-open or percutaneous techniques.


J.J. Candal-Couto D. Burrow S. Bromage P.J. Briggs

Syndesmotic stability in ankle fractures is usually assessed by pulling on the fibula with a bone hook in the coronal plane (“hook test”). Our clinical observations have suggested that instability may be more marked in the sagittal plane.

Our aim was to compare movement at the tibio-fibular syndesmosis in the sagittal and coronal planes after sequential ligament division in a cadaver model.

Seven specimens were used. A blinded subject was asked to perform the hook test both in the sagittal and coronal planes. Movement was assessed by measuring the displacement of parallel k-wires three consecutive times. In all specimens, the anterior tibio-fibular, interosseous and posterior tibio-fibular ligaments were sequentially divided and movement tested. In three specimens the deltoid ligament was then divided and the interosseous membrane in another three.

After division of all three syndesmosis ligaments the mean displacement was 8.8mm (±3.9) in the sagittal plane and 1.5mm (±0.4) in the coronal plane. When the deltoid ligament was then divided, the displacement increased to 11.7mm (±2.4) and 3.2mm (±0.5) respectively. When the interosseous membrane was divided the measurements were 12.7mm (±4) and 3.1mm (±1.5).

We conclude that distal tibio-fibular instability should be assessed in the sagittal plane.


M. Nyska A. Nguyen B. Parks S. Shabat M. Myerson

Insertional Achilles tendonitis is an inflammatory disorder affecting mainly active young patients. The etiology is multifactorial and include the combination of anatomical and biomechanical characteristics. One fifth of the tendon injuries in athletes are insertional complaints which includes bursitis and insertion tendinitis.The complex of the insertion of the Achilles tendon includes three main components of fibrocartilage sesamoid, periosteum and enthesis. A conservative regime is recommended as the first line of treatment. In case of failure a surgical decompression of the posterior margin of the calcaneum is indicated.

Nine cadaveric legs were used for the experiment. The leg was mounted on an MTS machine and was axially loaded 360 N. The foot was attached to a plate which enabled dorsal and plantar flexion. The Achilles was sutured twice in an Ethibond No. 5 using the Krakow technique in order to anchor the tendon to an actuator. A thin pressure sensor plate (Teckscan) was inserted into the retrocalcaneal bursa to measure the force, pressure and contact area of the Achilles to the calcaneus in various positions of the foot. The conditions included 90 degrees of the foot, 15 and 30 degrees of dorsiflexion while the tension that was applied on the Achilles was 0, 200 N and 300 N. After resection of the posterior surface of the calcaneus in a 20 degrees inclination.

The mean peak force, pressure and area did not change in Achilles tensioning while the foot was in 90 degrees and were close to zero. In 15 degrees of dorsiflexion there was increase in the mean peak force, pressure and area when the Achilles was tensed to 200 and 300 Newton. Larger increase in these parameters was achieved by further dorsiflexion of the foot to 30 degrees.

After resection of the posterior margin of the calcaneus in an angle of 20 degrees the mean peak force, pressure and area dropped close to zero and remained almost unchanged during the various conditions of the experiment.

Dorsiflexion and tension of the Achilles tendon increases the mean peak force, pressure and area in the Achilles retrocalcaneal bursa. These data may explain the mechanism for insertional Achilles tendinosis. Resection of the posterior surface of the calcaneus in 20 degrees efficiently decompresses the retrocalcaneal bursa in various angles of the foot and in various tensions of the Achilles.


C.M. Blundell C. Bass T.E. Schneider

The role of the subtalar joint in patients with chronic hindfoot instability remains controversial We have made an attempt at quantifying subtalar instability clinically and comparing this with findings at dynamic ultrasound. As a result of this study we have been able to demonstrate and test for reliability a new ultrasound sign for calcaneofibular ligament (CFL) deficiency.

A preliminary dissection of four cadavers was undertaken to determine the role of the CFL in providing subtalar stability and the effect of sectioning this ligament. Fifteen patients with symptomatic hindfoot instability were examined by two orthopaedic surgeons and subsequently had dynamic ultrasound examination of their ankle and subtalar joints on both the affected and unaffected sides. Ten control ankles were also examined. It was found that in a subset of these, with positive clinical signs of subtalar instability, the CFL failed to elevate the overlying peroneal tendons and alter their roundness on ultrasound cross section (suggesting that the CFL was deficient) whilst in normal hindfeet and those without a positive clinical test for subtalar instability the tendons were elevated in a reproducible manner. There was perfect correlation with the findings (in terms of the presence or absence of the CFL) at surgery in 5 patients undergoing lateral stabilisation procedures.

We believe this new sign is reliable and demonstrates the integrity of the CFL in patients with chronic hind-foot instability.


T. Bishop S. Molloy M. Solan D. Elliott K. Newman

Traditionally, immobilisation following Achilles tendon rupture has been for 10 to 12 weeks.

We have previously published a series of 71 consecutive repairs with no re-ruptures, using a lateral surgical approach. The latter part of this cohort were immobilised for six weeks instead of 12, with early weight bearing. The lack of any re-ruptures encouraged us to persue the accelerated rehabilitation.

This study documents a further 34 cases followed prospectively for 6–24 months (mean 15.9 months). All were repaired with a single Kessler-type suture using loop PDS, through a lateral approach. Patients were partial weight-bearing immediately in an Aircast boot with three cork heel wedges. At two-weekly intervals the wedges were reduced, and the boot abandoned after six weeks.

There have been no re-ruptures. Thirty of the 34 patients returned to pre-injury activity levels. All patients were satisfied or very satisfied with the immobilisation device and the accelerated rehabilitation regime. Costs savings were also made through use of a single removable orthosis rather than sequential casts.

We advocate this regimen of careful operative achilles tendon repair and accelerated weight bearing rehabilitation with a removable orthosis.


I. F. N. Lasrado M.Y. Sabouni K. Trimble S. W. Parsons

We wish to report a technique for the reconstruction of the late presenting Achilles tendon rupture.

A proximal intra muscular Z lengthening through a separate incision facilitates distal translation of the proximal tendon stump, allowing direct repair distally with minimum tension. Post operatively, a below knee cast is applied for six weeks, with progressive dorsiflexion at two weekly intervals. A dorsiflexion restriction splint accompanies early physiotherapy for a further six weeks, with unprotected weight bearing commencing at three months.

There were eleven patients in the study group with an average follow up of 24 months. All tendons united. There were no re-ruptures. Two distal wound breakdowns occurred and one of these healed by secondary intention. Good single stance power returned in patients with smaller separations but greater calf wasting and weakness was observed in those patients with large separations.

We conclude that this technique can be employed for the reconstruction of late presenting Achilles tendon ruptures, but great care is required with soft tissue dissection distally. Consideration could be given to deep flexor transfers in the widely separated case.


G. Lomax K. Eccles S. Clarkson C. McLaughlin G.R. Jones J.L. Barrie

Charcot neuroarthropathy is a progressive, destructive process occurring in the presence of neuropathy. We report the outcome of neuropathic foot joints presenting to our clinic over a 12 year period.

Methods

Cases were identified from the Diabetic Foot Clinic Register, 1989–2001. We studied patient demographics, clinical presentation, distribution, treatment and outcome.

Results

Twenty-eight episodes of arthropathy occurred in 23 patients. Age at onset ranged from 40 to 79 years. Presentation was acute in 14 and subacute in the others. Sites affected included 23 mid foot, 4 ankle and 1 MTP. Nine feet were ulcerated at presentation, eight had a history of ulcer, nine have no ulcer history. Infection complicated the Charcot process in 15. Mean Hba1c at presentation was 9.3%.

Treatments

Total contact casting 23, 4 “scotch cast” boots and 1 Air-cast walker. Pamidronate was given to 10 patients.

Outcomes

Three patients died. Two had below knee amputations. Casts were required for up to 12 months. Three required orthopaedic foot reconstructions. All ulcers present initially healed.

Conclusion

Charcot arthropathy remains uncommon. In our series treatment was successful in all but two patients in terms of preserved limbs, mobility and freedom from ulceration.


J.P. Whittaker N. Makwana G. Smith P. Laing J.B. Richardson B.A. Ashton P. Harrison

Patients with osteochondral lesions of the talus have traditionally been difficult to treat. Autologous chondrocyte implantion (ACI) may provide predictable repair through restoring an articular surface. We reviewed our results of Ankle ACI in eight ACI plus two ACI and mosaicplasty combined with an average age of 40 years (32 to 62) performed over four years.

The patients were assessed with a modified Mazur ankle score, patient satisfaction score and Lysholm knee score, pre- and post-operatively. Ankle arthroscopic assessment was performed in patients at 12 months post surgery. The average time to follow up was 24 months (range two to 52). The osteochondral lesions were post traumatic in seven cases, with seven lesions situated medially and three anterolaterally. The average size of the talar defects at surgery was 2.25cm (range 1 to 4 cm.)

Patient satisfaction scores in eight patients were either “extremely pleased” or “pleased” with the operation which was sustained in the patients at up to four years follow up. The Mazur scores increased by 23 points at mean 24 months follow up. Six patients with over 12 months follow up maintained a markedly improved ankle score. Patients were noted to rehabilitate twice as quickly as patients receiving ACI to the knee.

The Lysholm knee scores returned to the preoperative level in four patients, with the remaining six patients showing a reduced score (mean 12 points), suggesting there may be some donor site morbidity. Five had ankle arthroscopy at one year and were shown to have filled defects and stable cartilage. A biopsy taken from the graft site showed hyaline like cartilage and fibrocartilage to be present These early results suggest that ankle ACI is an appropriate treatment for large symptomatic osteochondral lesions in the talus.


A.D. Mendonca N.K. Makwana

Aims

The aims of this study were to determine if vacuum assisted closure (VAC) therapy affords quicker wound closure in diabetic and ischaemic wounds or ulcers than standard treatment, if it helps debride wounds and if it prevents the need for further surgery.

Materials and methods

We retrospectively reviewed 12 patients, average aged 52.1 yrs (22 to 67) at an average of 6.3 months (1 to12 months). Seven had diabetes and three had chronic osteomyelitis. All wounds or ulcers were surgically debrided prior to application of the VAC therapy. The VAC therapy was applied according to the manufacturers instructions. The main outcome measures were the time to satisfactory healing and the change in the wound surface area.

Results

Satisfactory healing was achieved in six patients (50%), seven were diabetic and one patient had peripheral vascular disease. The average time to satisfactory healing was 2.5 months, (1 to 6 months). The average size of the wound /ulcer was 7.41 cm2 prior to treatment and 1.58 cm2 following treatment for an average 2.5 months in those in whom the wound/ulcer was still present. VAC therapy helped debride all wounds which remained sloughy following surgical debridement. In 8 patients the need for further surgery, such as soft tissue flaps or more radical surgery was avoided.

Conclusion

VAC therapy is a useful adjunct to the standard treatment of chronic wound /ulcers in patients with diabetes or peripheral vascular disease. Its use in foot and ankle surgery leads to a quicker wound closure and in some cases, avoids the need for further surgery. There are significant economic cost savings with its use in foot and ankle surgery.


J.D.F. Calder T.S. Saxby

The aim of this study was to investigate the long-term outcome of isolated, displaced Lisfranc injuries requiring operative intervention and identify whether results of treatment are influenced by workers compensation.

This retrospective study reviewed all patients who underwent operative intervention for Lisfranc injuries. Patients with concomitant injuries were excluded from further investigation so that the outcome of purely isolated Lisfranc injuries could be assessed. The minimum follow-up was two years and the senior author performed all the operations. Patients were contacted and their employment status recorded. Ordinal regression analysis was performed to identify which factors influenced the outcome.

Forty-six patients were studied and 24 had pursued medico-legal claims. The average Workcover payment was Aus$25,000 (£10,000). Thirteen of forty-six patients had a poor outcome. Eleven of these patients had compensation claims (p< 0.01) and 11 had greater than a three month delay in treatment following diagnosis (p< 0.05). Although 12/33 men and 1/13 women had a poor outcome this difference was not statistically significant. The need for secondary fusion was not associated with a poor outcome. There was no significant difference between outcome and mechanism of injury or previous occupation. There was no correlation between the outcome and age at the time of injury.

This series of 46 patients has a long follow-up of a rare injury. We believe that this study has medico-legal implications on reporting prognosis for such injuries and highlights the importance of prompt diagnosis and treatment for such injuries.


Full Access
M Herron Y Lodhi D Beard J McKenna M Stephens

There are numerous ankle and hindfoot scores in existence, which have been devised and used to assess surgical interventions. All have in common that there has been little or no work done to demonstrate their validity, reliability or sensitivity to change. Which score one chooses to use for the assessment of outcome will at present depend largely on personal preference.

We have undertaken a study to assess four of the most commonly used scores, those of Mazur (1978), Takakura (1990), AOFAS (1994) and Kofoed (1995) as well as a little used but well designed score, The Foot Function Index (1991).

A cohort of twenty patients who had undergone a unilateral total ankle replacement (STAR) for rheumatoid or osteoarthritis were assessed by a single observer. The time following operation ranged from six to 48 months. All completed the above scores as well as a SF36 questionnaire. Using the SF36 as a “Gold standard” the scores were compared, both in terms of their overall results and also more specifically in terms of subsections such as pain and function.

Our results, though not to be interpreted as validation, do give some rational basis for the choice of score to use in assessing total ankle replacements.


M.K. Lwin N.P. Geary A.I. Zubairy M.S. Hennessy

Numerous techniques have been described for ankle arthrodesis. Arthroscopic arthrodesis with internal fixation has evolved to reduce the complications associated with open arthrodesis. We present our technique of arthroscopic ankle fusion using two medial cannulated screws with specially designed dished washers

The tibiotalar joint is debrided arthroscopically and internal fixation is achieved with two medial cannulated screws with designed dished washers. Seven ankle arthrodeses were performed on six patients; one underwent bilateral arthrodesis.

All the patients suffered from OA (four post traumatic) and were aged between 53–61 (mean 55.4). There were four males and two females. The follow up ranged from 8–18 months (mean 10).

All the patients achieved ankle fusion. Time for fusion ranged from 6 to 18 weeks, five fused within 12 weeks. Pre operative pain scores improved from 6–10 out of 10 (mean 7.2) to 1–3 out of 10 (mean 1.4) post-operative. Post-operative AAFOS ankle hind foot score ranged from 74–89 out of 100 (mean 81.8). One patient required further operations for adjustment of fixation and one suffered a stress fracture at the level of the proximal screw.

This method of arthroscopic ankle fusion provides an effective alternative to open arthrodesis for selected patients with OA achieving good initial results.


A. P. Molloy L. Cutler R. Banerjee A. Bass A . Kalyan V. Dhukurum

Introduction

Distal tibial physeal fractures are the commonest cause of growth arrest and deformity secondary to failure to achieve and maintain an accurate reduction. Our study compared assessment of displacement and screw placement using X-Ray alone compared to CT scans.

Method

Sixty-two consecutive fractures over a four-year period were used. Displacement was measured on 18 Salter Harris III and IV fractures by seven surgeons separately using X-rays alone. These were compared to measurements from the CT scans. Screw placement was drawn onto outlines of single cuts of CT scans by four surgeons for all 62 fractures using X-Rays alone. This was repeated one week later using the CT scans. Ideal screw placement was considered to perpendicularly bisect the fracture line. Differences between the ideal and observer measurements were analysed using the paired t-test.

Results

The surgeons were incorrect in determining whether there was more or less than 2mm of displacement in 33.3 – 50% of cases (mean = 38.9% ). There was a statistically significant difference (p < 0.0001) in accuracy of screw placement between using X-Rays and CT scans for all surgeons.

Conclusions

We recommend that CT scans are essential for accurate pre-operative assessment of distal tibial physeal fractures.


C.J. Topliss M. Jackson R.M. Atkins

Tibial Pilon fractures pose a difficult management problem. For logical fracture treatment, precise understanding of the 3-D anatomy is essential.

We have studied a consecutive series of 126 pilon fractures. Digitised X-rays and CT scans were analysed using a CAD programme.

We have defined six main fragments at the articular surface, their relative frequency and their proportion: Anterior (A) present in 89%, 28% of area. Posterior (P) present in 89%, 40% of area. Medial (M) present in 74%, 29% of area. Anterolateral (AL) present in 34%, 8% of area. Posterolateral (PL) present in 21%, 9% of area. Die-punch (DP) present in 43%, 4% of area.

The primary fracture line varied in orientation from coronal (93%) to sagittal (7%), in contrast to the classic description.

Within those cases where the primary fracture line was coronal we found hitherto undescribed variations in the articular pattern, there being ‘T’, ‘V’, ‘Y’ and pure split fractures with respect to the medial fragment. Fractures which displace into varus show a “T” configuration, those in valgus a “Y” or “V” configuration, (p < 0.001). Fractures with no coronal mal-alignment produce a talo-fibular joint disruption.

Once recognised these different articular patterns require individual techniques for anatomic reduction and fixation.


R. Hammett S. Hepple B. Forster WJ. Harries IG. Winson

Aim

To report the clinical and radiological results of patients undergoing hindfoot fusion using an intramedullary nail.

Methods

Retrospective review of notes and radiographs of the patients of 2 surgeons who perform combined ankle and subtalar arthrodesis using retrograde intramedullary nailing with an ACE® humeral nail. The procedure is performed mainly for the treatment of combined ankle and subtalar arthritis or complex hindfoot deformities. Outcome was assessed by a combination of notes review, clinical examination and telephone questionnaire.

Results

Between 1995 and 2001 54 arthrodeses in 51 patients have been performed. The average follow up is 3 years. Approach to the joints was via a vertical anterolateral incision unless previous surgery dictated otherwise. All cases utilised an ACE® humeral nail which was locked proximally and distally. Most procedures utilised bone graft from the fibula, proximal tibia, iliac crest or allograft femoral head. Mean tourniquet time was 122 mins. Intra operative complications included one fractured tibia and one fractured medial malleolus. Postoperative management generally consisted of 3 months plaster immobilisation. Only 3 cases were immobilised significantly longer than this. Postoperative complications included deep infection, amputation, stress fracture, non-union & prominent metalwork. At review almost 78% of patients were satisfied with the results of surgery and approximately 80% felt the pain level & function of their foot had improved. Average postoperative AOFAS hindfoot score was 73.

Conclusion

Hindfoot fusion by intramedullary nailing is an effective technique in complex cases of deformity and in many cases is the only alternative to amputation. Patient satisfaction appears to be high but the procedure is demanding and the complication rate can be significant.


R. Coull T. Raffiq L.E. James M.M. Stephens

The long term outcome of open debridement for the treatment of anterior impingement in the ankle in 27 patients was assessed. Using pre-operative radiographs, patients were grouped according to both the McDermott and the van Dijk scoring systems for anterior impingement. The accuracy of these classifications in predicting outcome was assessed. Clinical outcome was evaluated using the Ogilvie-Harris scoring system, a visual analogue of patient satisfaction, time to return to full activities, and the ability to return to sports at the pre-morbid level. Follow-up radiographs were used to assess the recurrence of osteophytes. The incidence of talar osteochondral lesions at surgery was assessed.

At a mean follow-up of 7.3 years, 23 of 25 (92%) patients without joint space narrowing had a good or excellent result. Improvement in the Oglivie-Harris score was seen in all patients. In athletes, 19 of 24 (79%) were able to return to sports at the pre-morbid level. Two patients with pre-operative joint space narrowing had poor results.

Recurrence of osteophytes was the norm and most patients did not feel their range of dorsiflexion ever returned to normal, but symptomatic relief enabled most patients to return to high level sport.

Our results for non-arthritic joints suggest that this is a safe and successful procedure.


M. Nyska B. Kish S. Shabat S. Masarawa A. Stern

The treatment of OA of the ankle is similar to any other large joint and includes conservative and surgical treatment. The surgical treatment is fusion or replacement but conservative treatment is limited and include mainly ankle supports and physiotherapy. Hyaluronic acid was discovered by Meyer and Palmer in 1934 and recently is widely used in the treatment of knee osteoarthritis. We evaluated the efficacy of intra-articular preparation containing Sodium Hyaluronate, in the treatment of OA of the ankle.

A group of 16 patients suffering from ankle osteoarthritis were selected for the study. The mean age was 43 years (range 31–79 years) and the duration of pain from nine months to 27 years. Twelve patients had ankle fractures and four had no trauma history. The clinical presentation included at least one or more of the following conditions of the ankle joint: pain in motion or at rest, swelling and tenderness for over than nine months. The radiographic severity of the ankle osteoarthritis was grade II, III or IV according to Kellgren and Lawrence. Intra-articular injections of 25 mg Sodium-hyaluronate (Adant) were administered on five consecutive weeks. Follow-up visits were perfumed one, two, three, four and seven months post treatment and included clinical evaluation and score scale.

Global assessment showed, in 13 out of 16 patients, improvement in the range of motion by 20%. Significant reduction of the OA symptoms according to the score: two to three points improvement on each scale. According to the osteoarthrithis ankle score scale: up to 20 points. Improvement continued for seven months follow-up after the treatment; no decrease in the treatment efficacy has been shown. Global assessment of two patients did not show any significant improvement after the treatment. One patient dropped off the study due to other operation.

Symptomatic relief of OA of the ankle can be achieved by injection of intraarticular preparation containing Sodium Hyaluronate.


S. Molloy B.G. Burkhart L.E. Jasper M.C. Solan J. Campbell S. Belkoff

Aims and methods

To compare the mechanical stability of an intramedullary (IM) screw with two crossed interfragmentary compression screws for fixation of the 1st MTPJ in ten pairs of cadaveric feet. One foot underwent fixation with two crossed 4.0-mm cannulated cancellous screws. The contralateral foot was fixed with an IM 1.6-mm Kirschner wire and an IM 6.5-mm partially threaded cancellous lag screw. A plantar-to-dorsal load was applied to the distal end of the proximal phalanx at a rate of 1 mm/sec. Failure was defined as gross actuator displacement of 5 mm. Stiffness was defined as the slope of the force versus deformation curve between 10 and 60 N. Strength was defined as the load at failure. The differences in stiffness and strength parameters between the two fixation techniques were checked for significance (P < 0.05) with a paired t-test.

Results

The intramedullary MTP joint fixation was significantly stiffer (18.7 ± 10.1 N/mm) than control group fixation (10.2 ± 6.1 N/mm). Similarly MTP joint fixation in the IM group was stronger (149.2 ± 88.2 N) than that of the control group (100.2 ± 70.8 N), but this was not significant (P = 0.07).

Conclusions

The IM technique resulted in a stronger stiffer fixation when compared with the standard crossed lag screw technique.


J. Edvinsson S. Molloy L.E. Jasper S. Belkoff

Introduction

The distal part of the interosseous membrane (IM) may contribute to ankle joint stability and therefore partly explain the results of a study that reported no difference in outcome in patients with low Weber C fractures treated with or without a syndesmotic screw. The aim of the current study was to compare the strength of the IM to the interosseous ligament (IL).

Method

Six paired cadaveric lower extremities were stripped, leaving only the IM and the IL intact. The tibia was fixed and a load was applied via a steel plate to the lateral surface of the fibula to displace it with respect to the tibia along the line of the fibers of the IM and IL. In group one the interosseous ligament was sectioned and the interosseous membrane was mechanically tested until failure. In group two, the interosseous membrane was sectioned and the interosseous ligament was tested.

Results

The interosseous membrane was 30% stronger than the interosseous ligament (1040 ± 183 N versus 798 ± 322 N, respectively; mean ± SD).

Conclusion

The current biomechanical study found that the IM was 30% stronger than the IL. The interosseous membrane has considerable strength and may play a role in ankle stability.


M Herron S Kar D Beard P Binfield

Injury to the dorsomedial cutaneous nerve has been identified as a potentially frequent occurrence after hallux valgus surgery. The existence of pre-operative pressure neuropathy is also described but remains largely unexplored. This study was performed to investigate the incidence of pre-operative sensory deficit in the hallux valgus toe, and to examine to what extent any deficit was related to the degree of joint angulation.

A cohort of 43 patients (61 hallux toes) presenting for consideration of surgical correction had their sensation tested in pre-designated sensory zones using a five-filament set of Semmes-Weinstein monofilaments. These allowed good inter-observer reliability with an ICC (intra-class correlation coefficient) of 0.84 overall.

Whilst sensory symptoms were self reported in only 21% of the feet, a measurable reduction in sensation by one monofilament grade or more was found in an additional 44% of the feet. No relationship was found between the degree of sensory loss and degree of angulation.

Patients with symptomatic hallux valgus may have sensory loss of the toe despite not being aware of the deficit. Normal subjective sensation does not reliably predict normal sensory function. Given the potentially high rates of intra-operative nerve damage in hallux surgery we recommend objective sensory testing as part of routine pre-operative assessment.


C.J. Topliss M. Jackson R.M. Atkins

Optimal treatment of articular fractures is open anatomic reduction and rigid internal fixation. In pilon fractures, this has been associated with unacceptable complication rates.

The cutaneous blood supply of the anterior aspect of the distal tibia is from short direct radial vessels which themselves arise from arteries closely adherent to the deep fascia. On the anteromedial aspect of the leg the deep fascia is fused with the periosteum. We hypothesise that shearing associated with displaced fractures divide these short radial vessels, rendering the skin critically ischaemic. Standard extensile approaches lead to further devitalisation and wound breakdown. It follows that a direct approach onto the fracture line should do minimal extra damage to the blood supply.

Of 97 pilon fractures, 53 have required an open reduction. Median age 43, 39 male. Mechanism of Injury: fall-41, RTA-10, other-two. 19% open (60% IIIB). Time to surgery nine days.

A longitudinal incision with full thickness flaps is based directly over the fracture, not necessarily following internervous planes.

Anatomic reduction was achieved in all cases. There was only one complication of wound breakdown (2%).

This technique affords a safe and reliable approach to the fractured articular surface. Lack of wound breakdown may rely on the use of fine-wire circular frame external fixators for stabilisation of the proximal fracture. Whether this approach will allow plate fixation, remains to be seen.


C C Tai S Ridgeway V A Ng D Singh

Background

Various clinical outcome studies have consistently reported high dissatisfaction rate (25–33%) among the patients after hallux valgus surgery. We believe that a patient’s pre-operative expectations may play a major role in post-operative satisfaction.

Patients & Methods

Questionnaires were sent to 104 patients anonymously who were given a list of reasons and asked which they hoped to improve by having the surgery. They were also asked to list, in the order of priority, goals that they hoped to achieve from surgery.

Results

Overall, improvement in the ability to walk was the most important reason. Most patients also wished to reduce pain over bunion and to regain the ability to wear daily shoes. However, the expectations of patients vary significantly according to age. Patients under 40 placed more importance on their ability to wear dress shoes and improvement in functional activities. Patients between the age of 40 and 60 were more interested to improve physical appearance. Pain on other toes, and the abilities to squat and climb stairs are the main concerns for patients above 60. For the male patients, to be able to continue work is the second most important reason after improvement in walking ability. This is in contrast to the female group where the ability to wear shoes of their choice is more important. Occupation did not make any significant difference.

Conclusions

This study shows that patients have different expectations that can influence the choice of operation. We believe that understanding patients preoperative expectation is crucial in achieving better patient satisfaction, and it should be an important consideration in planning appropriate operation for the patients.


M. Ramakrishnan K. Subramanian N.P.J. Geary

Up to 75% of patients develop metalwork related problems following ankle fracture fixation and require further open surgery to remove them. This second procedure can lead to significant morbidity. To minimise these complications, we developed a technique, for removing the metalwork percutaneously. This technique was used in 12 patients with metalwork problems related to malleolar implants. The majority of problems occurred with the distal fibular plate and the screws.

One stab incision was placed mid way between every two screws so that two screws could be removed though one incision. The plate was stripped from the distal fibula using a narrow osteotome and extracted through the distal or proximal stab wound. Lag screws were also removed through an anterolateral stab incision. When we were unable to palpate the screw head, we used a guide wire under image intensifier to locate the screw head and railroaded a cannulated screwdriver over the wire to lock into the head of the screw. Medial malleolar screws were removed in a similar fashion. The technique was undertaken as day case surgery. No complications were encountered. All patients remained symptom-free postoperatively.

We conclude that percutaneous removal of metalwork around ankle joint is a safe and effective technique, allowing the patient to quickly regain their preoperative level of activity.


S. Prasad A. Lake H. Hannah M. Hennessy

Introduction

The scarf osteotomy is a z-osteotomy of the first metatarsal. This is a technically demanding procedure which allows early ambulation without cast and early return of function. This study was conducted to evaluate clinical results following this procedure in a district general hospital.

Method

We prospectively collected the data from 67 feet in 53 consecutive patients followed up for six months. Four patients were lost to follow up. We collected the AOFAS score preoperatively, and at three and six months. Hallux valgus angle, first-second intermetatarsal angle and sesamoid subluxation were measured from weight bearing radiographs taken preoperatively and at six weeks and six months.

Results

Total AOFAS score increased from 43.1 preoperatively to 85.0 at three months postoperatively (p< 0.0001, 95% CI of 44.5 to 35.5). The AOFAS scores at three and six months also showed significant difference (p< 0.0001, 95% CI of 4 to 10). All the components of AOFAS showed similar improvement postoperatively. The hallux valgus angle decreased from 30.1 to 9.9 degrees at six weeks post operatively (p< 0.0001, 95% CI of 22.21 to 18.27). The first-second intermetatarsal angle decreased from 12.6 to 6.4 at 6 weeks post operatively (p< 0.0001, 95% CI of 5.1 to 7.14). Sesamoid subluxation was reduced in the majority of cases. We had two fractures of the metatarsal head, three wound infections and six cases of transient neuropraxia of the cutaneous nerves.

Conclusion

With Scarf osteotomy, we achieved good correction of the hallux valgus deformity and significant improvement of AOFAS score. It is a versatile and reliable procedure in the management of hallux valgus.


N. Aslam W. J. Ribbans

A retrospective analysis of first metatarsophalangeal joint arthrodesis with a minimum two year follow up was carried out. Twenty-four patients (33 feet) with an average age of 54 years (range, 31–68) were followed up at an average of 28 months (range, 16 to 40). All patients had first metatarsophalangeal joint fusion using a vitallium plate as described by Coughlin (1994).

Patients were evaluated using the American Foot and Ankle Society clinical (Kitaoka 1994) and radiographic guidelines. They also completed a patient satisfaction questionnaire. Twenty three patients (32 feet) went on to complete fusion of their first metatarsophalangeal joints. One patient had an infected non-union, his fusion was repeated successfully after one year. One patient required plate removal because of prominence. There was one case of deep infection which went on to a non-union. Overall, hallux valgus angle was reduced by a mean of 11 degrees and intermetatarsal angle by a mean of two degrees.

Clinical evaluation showed marked improvement in pain and functional scores.

Patient satisfaction was high with relief of symptoms and improved appearance of the foot. First metatarso-phalangeal joint arthrodesis using a vitallium plate is a successful procedure with a high fusion rate, low complication rate and a high level of patient satisfaction.


S.D. Coleridge D.J. Redfern S. Bendall

This implant seemed to overcome the failings of previous designs. It is a ceramic bearing screwed into a titanium screw, which bonded to bone. The bearing surface was also coated with calcium phosphate to enhance secondary stability.

An initial study examined 40 patients over three years. No patients had any loosening, screw breakages, fractures, or local osteoporosis. The patient satisfaction was good with only two dissatisfied. On the basis of this, Orthosonics introduced it to the UK in 1999. Following problems with the device we conducted a survey with Orthosonics and the MDA.

In total 160 implants were implanted by 46 surgeons. We received replies from 33 surgeons representing 119 patients. There were 93 implants with a successful outcome but 17 had failed and been revised. The commonest mode of failure was osteolysis secondary to metallic wear debris. Also six implants showed radiographic loosening with symptoms, but had not been revised. There were three that showed radiographic loosening, but were symptom free.

A failure rate of 19% at one year is unacceptable. We are of the view that products of this type should be introduced in a controlled fashion as part of a prospective trial.


S. Prasad A. Lake M. Hennessy

Introduction

Hallux Valgus was thought to alter the forefoot function with defuctioning of the first ray with a resulting overloading of the second ray. The scarf osteotomy is a z-osteotomy of the first metatarsal and is proposed to correct anatomical and functional deformities of hallux valgus. This study was conducted to evaluate forefoot pressures using the Musgrave foot print system following this procedure in a district general hospital.

Method

We prospectively collected the data from 43 feet in 31 consecutive patients. We evaluated the forefoot function using peak pressure, force time integral and pressure time integral parts of pedobarographs (Musgrave) pre-operatively, three and six months postoperatively.

Results

The mean peak pressure under the first metatarsal head was reduced from 3.09 (95% CI 2.49 −3.70) to 2.25 (95% CI1.80–2.71) at six months. The mean peak pressure under the second metatarsal head was reduced from 6.29 (95% CI 5.44–7.13) to 5.01 (95% CI 3.98–6.05) at six months. Force time integral under the first metatarsal head was reduced from 1.34 (95% CI 1.06–1.62) to 0.97 (95% CI 0.74–1.19)) at six months. Force time integral under the second metatarsal head also reduced from 2.66 (95% CI 2.27–3.06) to 2.41(95% CI 1.98–2.85). Pressure time integrals also showed similar changes.

Conclusion

Scarf osteotomy produced decrease in the forefoot pressures under the medial part of forefoot. We have not noticed significant alteration of forefoot pressures under the lateral part of forefoot.


J. M. Loughead W. J. Harrison

Concern over long term outcomes in patients with silastic metatarsophalangeal implants prompted an assessment of such patients. We reviewed 21 single-stemmed silastic metatarsophalangeal arthroplasties in 18 patients with a mean follow-up of 18 years and 9 months. Eight operations were performed for hallux valgus, and 13 for hallux rigidus. Patients were assessed by clinical scoring, patient satisfaction, and radiographic grading. Patients treated for hallux rigidus achieved higher clinical scores than those treated for hallux valgus. This difference was statistically significant (p < 0.02). There was no correlation between radiographic appearance and clinical score, patient satisfaction, or time since implantation. Long-term changes to the bone stock did not cause clinical detriment, and in no case was late revision surgery necessary.

There has been widespread concern regarding silicone synovitis associated with early clinical detriment, together with progressive erosive bony changes seen with these implants. In our very long term review outcomes were surprisingly good, particularly in the surgical treatment of hallux rigidus in the over fifty age group.


O.D. Omonbude A.A. Faraj

Total joint arthroplasty of the first metatarsophalangeal joint is an acceptable modality of treatment for hallux rigidus. We set out to evaluate the early outcome of ceramic/ceramic (MOJE) prosthesis, in the treatment of painful hallux rigidus.

Between March 2000 and June 2002, 13 patients (14 implants) with painful hallux rigidus were treated with ceramic/ceramic (MOJE) prosthesis. The hallux meta-tarsophalangeal-interphalangeal scoring scale, by the American Orthopaedic Foot and Ankle Society, was used to assess these patients, pre-operatively and at follow up. A total score of 100 is possible in a patient with no pain, full range of MTP joint movement and good alignment.

The average follow up was for 12 months. At six months, 12 patients had no pain post operatively. The average AOFAS score pre-operatively was 43.07, compared to 95.28 post-operatively (p= 0.0001). Ten of the patients subjectively described the out come of the procedure as excellent. Two patients described it as satisfactory. One patient with significant hallux valgus pre-operatively, developed subluxation of the prosthesis at 6 months. At revision, the prosthesis was noted to be loose and a distraction arthrodesis was carried out. Pre-operatively, all patients had a combined dorsiflexion and plantarflexion range of between 30 and 74 degrees. Post operatively this was improved to greater than 75 degrees in 10 patients. Seven out of the eight female patients were able to wear fashionable foot shoes with high heels comfortably. Twelve of the patients experienced audible squeaking, which improved after six months. One patient developed a superficial infection, which was treated successfully.

The ceramic/ceramic (MOJE) total arthroplasty gave excellent results in 77% of patients. Patients were happy with the fact that they could continue wearing fashionable shoes. The early outcome is encouraging, with a statistically significant improvement in the AOFAS scoring system.


Full Access
S. Raja J.L. Barrie A.A. Henderson

Introduction

Mallet toe is a flexion deformity of the distal interphalangeal joint of the lesser toe. It causes pain and callosity in the toe tip and the dorsum of the distal interphalangeal joint. Campbell refers to the “terminal Syme’s amputation” for this condition but the results of this have not previously been reported.

Material and Methods

This is a retrospective review of 35 toes in 22 patients that underwent distal phalangectomy. Sixteen patients were aged over 70. Patients were interviewed by an independent observer regarding the pain relief, cosmetic acceptability and satisfaction with the procedure and were examined for callosity, stump tenderness, sensitivity and neuroma.

Results

All patients were satisfied including pain relief and cosmetic acceptability at an average follow up of 4.6 years. One patient had mild wound infection. One patient had asymptomatic nail growth. No stump tenderness, sensitivity or neuroma was noted.

Discussion and Conclusion

Coughlin reported a satisfaction rate of 89% and 86% following successful fusion and excision arthroplasty respectively. In this series all patients were satisfied. We feel that distal phalangectomy is an option in a selected group of elderly patients where pain relief and functional outcome is the priority.


R.O. Sundaram H.P.J. Walsh

Hallux valgus deformity may cause overriding of the second toe. Hallux valgus correction surgery in the elderly can be debilitating and patients may suffer a long period of morbidity. We show the outcomes of amputation of over-riding second toe caused by gross hallux valgus in the elderly. Eight patients underwent amputation of their overriding second toe, one of these patients underwent bilateral second toe amputations. All surgery was performed as a day case. Six patients had surgery under a local anaesthetic, two patients had surgery under a general anaesthetic. Patients selected had asymptomatic or minimally symptomatic hallux valgus with an overriding second toe and did not want hallux valgus correction surgery. A disease specific questionnaire using a Visual Analogue Scale (VAS) was implemented measuring pain, discomfort, deformity and walking distance. Patients were followed up for a minimum nine of months.

Eight patients (nine feet) underwent amputation of their second toe. There were seven females and one male. The age range was 63–90 years (median 83 years). All patients had a painful second toe on wearing footwear. Skin ulceration occurred on the dorsum of second toe in two patients. The mean VAS for pain, deformity, discomfort and walking distance before and after surgery are:- (before/after); pain = (7.00/0.94), deformity = (7.44/2.78), discomfort = (7.78/1.22) and walking distance = (6.89/6.44). There were no cases of post-operative infection, wound dehiscence, bleeding or deep vein thrombosis. One patient complained of a painful neuroma after one year.

Amputation of the second toe significantly reduces pain, discomfort and the appearance of deformity (p< 0.01), there was no difference in the patient’s walking distance after surgery. We recommend this type of surgery as an alternative to hallux valgus correction surgery in the elderly if the first ray is not causing significant symptoms.


Full Access
K.N. Subramanian A.I. Zubairy N.P. Geary M.S. Hennessy M. Lwin

Introduction

The existence of various techniques of ankle arthrodesis shows that there are pros and cons in each method. We describe our experience of ankle arthrodesis using a paediatric angle blade plate.

Materials and methods

10 ankle arthrodeses were performed in nine patients. All patients were reviewed independently in special clinics. The objective assessment was performed by detailed clinical examination and the subjective assessment was made including overall patient satisfaction. The American Orthopedic Foot and Ankle Society ankle/hind foot scoring system was used. The technique of ankle arthrodesis was similar in all patients using an anteromedial or anterolateral incision, preparation of articular surface and paediatric angle blade plate fixation with or without bone grafting. Time to union was assessed by clinical and radiological examinations.

Results

Radiological union was achieved in nine patients in a mean time of 16 weeks. Fibrous union occurred in one patient. Eight patients were very satisfied with their treatment. The patient with fibrous union had a marginal improvement of symptoms with pain score improved from nine to seven. The mean AOFAS score was 84.

Conclusion

Ankle arthrodesis with a paediatric angle blade plate is a useful method of managing intractable cases of ankle arthritis. The technique is simple and effective with excellent success rate.


BEST FOOT FORWARD Pages 249 - 249
Full Access
A.P. Westbrook K.N. Subramanian J. Monk D. Calthorpe

Introduction

Inclusion of foot dominance in clinical examination of foot disorders is not routinely practised. The existence of foot dominance is not reported in the orthopaedic literature. We have evaluated foot dominance in a normal population and correlated it with hand dominance to highlight its existence and also to bring it into common practice.

Materials and methods

Demographic data was obtained from 468 healthy adult subjects. Those with pre-existing lower limb pathology were excluded from the study. Hand dominance was noted and each subject was then assessed for foot dominance by a blinded method. During the study all subjects were invited to come and stand on a set of weighing scales, and the leading foot was regarded as the dominant one. This was repeated three times for each subject.

Results

Two hundred and fifteen (46%) were males. Two hundred and fifty-three (54%) were females. Three hundred and ninety (83%) were right handed and 78(17%) were left-handed. Three hundred and fifty (75%) were right footed and 118 (25%) were left footed. Eighty-four per cent (328) of the right-handed lead with their right foot and 16% (62) lead with their left foot. Seventy-seven per cent (60) of the left-handed lead with their left foot and 23% (18) lead with their right foot.

Conclusion and Discussion

Foot Dominance seems important to recognise in the same way that we always ask about hand dominance. Further study obviously needs to be carried out to relate foot dominance with lower limb pathology. Are we more likely to injure or stress the dominant lower limb and is this reflected in the incidence of conditions such as fractured necks of femur, lower limb arthritis or foot disorders? We would certainly expect a correlation with the speed of rehabilitation of lower limb disorders depending on which limb is affected, and some existing evidence and the experiences of our physiotherapists support this. Further research is being undertaken to investigate this.


T. Bishop S. Molloy M. Solan D. Elliott K. Newman

Traditionally, immobilisation following achilles tendon rupture has been for 10 to 12 weeks.

We have previously published a series of 71 consecutive repairs with no re-ruptures, using a lateral surgical approach. The latter part of this cohort were immobilised for six weeks instead of 12, with early weight bearing. The lack of any re-ruptures encouraged us to pursue the accelerated rehabilitation.

This study documents a further 34 cases followed prospectively for 6–24 months (mean 15.9 months). All were repaired with a single Kessler-type suture using loop PDS, through a lateral approach. Patients were partial weight-bearing immediately in an Aircast boot with three cork heel wedges. At two-weekly intervals the wedges were reduced, and the boot abandoned after six weeks.

There have been no re-ruptures. Thirty of the 34 patients returned to pre-injury activity levels. All patients were satisfied or very satisfied with the immobilisation device and the accelerated rehabilitation regime. Cost savings were also made through use of a single removable orthosis rather than sequential casts.

We advocate this regimen of careful operative achilles tendon repair and accelerated weight bearing rehabilitation with a removable orthosis.


A. Goel K.N. Subramanian M.S. Hennessy

Introduction

To achieve tibiotalocalcaneal arthodesis, implants described range from external fixator, compression screws and anterior plate and the more recent retrograde calcaneal locked intramedullary nail. Our aim is to assess the outcome of the AO cannulated blade plate for tibiotalocalcaneal arthrodesis.

Patients and methods

Four tibiotalocalcaneal arthrodeses were performed in three patients. The operative technique involves lateral approach to the distal fibula that was osteotomised and used as bone graft. The articular cartilage of ankle and subtalar joint was removed using an osteotome and congruent surfaces achieved. AO cannulated blade plate was applied on the lateral aspect to achieve compression. The postoperative protocol included a plaster cast for three months, followed by mobilization out of plaster.

Results and discussion

At the mean follow up of 10 months (range five to fourteen months) all patients were pain free on full weight bearing. The union was achieved at three months which was confirmed clinically and radiologically. There was no infection, wound breakdown, or loss of position at the ankle or subtalar joints. Mean preoperative American Orthopaedic Foot and Ankle Society ankle/hindfoot score was 21 and postoperative score 83. We conclude that the cannulated blade plate is an alternate technique for tibiotalocalcaneal arthodesis, with no moulding of the implant required to attain satisfactory alignment.


S. Blanckley C.R. Walker

Controversy exists regarding the management of intra-articular fractures of the calcaneus. We present medium-term outcome data on 37 consecutive patients who underwent open reduction and internal fixation for comminuted intra-articular calcaneal fractures.

Operations were performed by one surgeon, CRW, following CT assessment of the fracture. All procedures were performed using an extensile lateral approach and early physiotherapy was standard. Case notes were reviewed retrospectively between three months and five years post-operatively. Patients were also invited to attend a follow-up clinic where outcomes were assessed using the American Orthopaedic Foot and Ankle Society Hind Foot Score and were questioned regarding on-going problems, change in shoe size and return to work.

Complete data is available for 16 patients, with additional information from other patients. Results show average AOFAS scores for type II fractures to be 59/100, type III to be 81/100 and 79/100 for type IV fractures. We have shown low rates of complications – one infection, three patients requiring a change in shoe size and an average return to work of seven months.

We have shown good medium-term outcome results for the operative management of displaced intra-articular fractures and to answer our question, we believe we should be operating on them.


V. Dhukaram C. Senthil Kumar

The use of peripheral nerve blocks for postoperative pain relief following foot & ankle surgery is not widespread. We conducted a prospective study evaluating the efficacy and safety of such blocks in 30 patients who underwent foot & ankle surgery over a period of three months. Sciatic/popliteal nerve blocks were carried out for hindfoot operations and ankle blocks were used in forefoot surgery. All the ankle blocks were administered preoperatively by us while the sciatic nerve blocks were administered by the anaesthetist. Postoperative pain was assessed using visual analog scales and a record was also made of the analgesic requirements at fixed time intervals. Ninety-three percent of the patients were satisfied with their pain control and recorded a pain score of 0 – 1. Only seven percent required analgesics in the immediate postoperative period and a further 30% requested analgesia after 7 – 12 hours. Sixty-three percent had good pain relief at an average of 18 hours postoperatively and did not use any additional analgesics.

We conclude that peripheral nerve blocks are very effective in post- operative pain management and this may allow many of the commonly performed foot and ankle procedures to be done as day case surgeries.


A.S. Aster M.C. Forster R.A. Rajan K.J. Patel R. Asirvatham

The five different methods of measuring hallux valgus (HVA) and intermetatarsal angles (IMA) and the diagnosis of congruency of first MTP joint were studied on 50 pre-operative standing foot radiographs, to test if these methods were reliable and the results reproducible enough to be used in a treatment algorithm for hallux valgus.

Analysis of variance (ANOVA) was used to examine the difference between the five methods and between the five observers. Kappa test was used to measure agreement in diagnosing congruency between two occasions.

The mean IMA and HVA varied significantly (p< 0.00001). The ANOVA model showed that method and observer variations were both significant for IMA; there was no significant difference between measurement methods for HVA. Congruency had good (k=0.608) intraobserver and fair (k=0.261) interobserver reliability. A second IMA measurement will lie between 4.2° less and 4.6° more than the first IMA measurement 95% of the time. A second HVA measurement will lie between 6° less and 5.6° more than the first HVA measurement 95% of the time.

Overall, there was no advantage to any of the measurement methods, although some observers were better than others. All methods had considerable inter- and intra-observer variability that makes these measurements unreliable.


Full Access
V. Dhukaram A. Roche H.P.J. Walsh

A retrospective analysis was done on 20 cases of interphalangeal joint fusion of the great toe utilizing longitudinal cortical screw fixation. The purpose of this study was to present a series of interphalangeal joint fusion great toe done in both paediatric and adult patients using 3.5mm cortical screws. Most of the patients had interphalangeal joint fusion along with Jones transfer and other associated procedures with a mean follow up period of 19 months. Arthrodesis was successfully achieved in all the patients. No one had pain at the interphalangeal joint of the great toe. A literature review on interphalangeal joint arthrodesis was done and advantages of cortical screw fixation over other techniques have also been presented.


M. Zenios R.B. Dalal

Although it is generally accepted that surgical treatment is the treatment of choice in chronic TA ruptures, therapeutic options are difficult. Traditional options include grafts (natural, allografts and synthetic grafts) and end to end repair. Natural grafts described include fascia lata and plantaris tendon. Synthetic materials such as Dacrongrafts, Marlex mesh and carbon fibers have been used. There are significant complications from graft and end to end repair. These include wound necrosis, delayed union, infection, foreign body reaction and devastating tissue loss. Also functional results are suboptimal after delayed reconstruction.

Tendon transfer is another method that has been described for the treatment of these injuries. The tendons used were the flexor hallucis lomgus, flexor digitorum longus and the peronei . The FHL tendon transfer is considered advantageous to other tendon transfers because it is stronger, its axis of force is close to that of the TA and harvesting the tendon is easy and unlikely to cause any complications.

We report excellent results following four operations in three patients treated with flexor hallucis longus tendon transfer for chronic Achilles tendon ruptures. All patients were on long term steroid treatment and an end to end repair would have been associated with a high complication rate.

We believe that FHL transfer to replace the TA is a low morbidity alternative which gives good to excellent results in individuals with low to moderate demand.


S. Srivastava C.E.J. Docker T. El-Fakhri

The Kramer osteotomy for hallux valgus deformity was described in 1990 and has been performed by the senior author in our unit since 1999. The procedure involves a wedge excision of bone and lateral displacement of the first metatarsal head. The osteotomy is splinted by a K-wire passed medially to the phalanges and metatarsal head into the metatarsal diaphysis.

During the period October 1999 to December 2001 this procedure was performed on 26 feet in 24 patients. Case notes were reviewed retrospectively to assess the subjective outcome following the operation. Patients were invited to attend a follow up clinic to assess the outcome using the Hallux Metatarsal-Interphalangeal Scale (HMIS) of the American Orthopaedic Foot and Ankle Society and weight bearing radiographs of the foot. Twelve patients (13 feet) were seen at this follow up.

Discharge from hospital was on the day following surgery in 20/24 patients with three days maximum stay. K-wires and plaster boots were left in situ for 41 days on average (30–50 days range). From the case notes, using absence of hallux pain, deformity, hallux stiffness and footwear problems as outcome measures, 20 feet (77%) had a good outcome, five feet (19%) had a fair outcome and one foot (4%) had a poor outcome. At the follow up clinic at a mean time from operation of 134 weeks (range 56–153 weeks), the average HMIS score was 86/100 (Range 60–100) with 77% scoring 85 or more out of 100. Average postoperative intermetatarsal, hallux valgus and distal metatarsal articular angles were 6.9, 15.8 and 11 degrees respectively. Other than six cases of minor infection of skin, treated empirically with antibiotics, no other complications were seen. All patients were happy they had received this treatment.

In conclusion the Kramer osteotomy is a technically simple operation which gives good results with few complications.


A. M. Smith B. Modarai M. Davies R. Birch

An inability to extend the hallux following trauma is most often observed after direct laceration to the Extensor Hallucis Longus [EHL]. Primary repair, subsequent splinting and appropriate rehabilitation best deal with this type of injury. Damage to either the EHL muscle belly or the motor nerve to EHL are uncommon causes of the dropped hallux and present difficult reconstructive problems. Damage to the motor nerve branch to EHL in isolation is an uncommon problem and as far as we are aware surgery to address this pathology has not previously been described in the literature. This problem can occur after a penetrating injury, high tibial osteotomy or intramedullary nailing of a fractured tibia. We describe the operative procedure, technique and outcome in two cases of extensor hallucis longus to extensor digitorum communis (EDC) transfer to overcome this problem. A longitudinal skin incision is made just lateral to the tibia in the distal anterior part of the leg. The extensor retinaculum is divided and the EHL tendon identified and divided just distal to the EHL musculotendinous junction. The extensor digitorum communis (EDC) is then identified and the proximal stump of EHL woven into the EDC. A Pulvertaft weave technique is used and secured with 3/0 Ethibond suture. The appropriate amount of tension is placed on the repair by simulating weight bearing on the foot, ensuring the great toe remains in the neutral position. The extensor retinaculum is then repaired with 2/0 Vicryl and the skin closed with interrupted nylon sutures. The wound is infiltrated with 0.5% Marcaine to aid postoperative pain relief. A protected active motion rehabilitation program follows the surgery. We have used this technique in two cases, both have regained active extension of the hallux.


N. Aslam C. Pasapula I. Reilly

Our aim was to determine if a tourniquet placed on the ankle has any advantage in forefoot surgery over the position on the midcalf. We randomised 30 patients who were undergoing forefoot surgery under under local anaesthesia into two groups. One had a tourniquet on the ankle and the other on the mid calf. All calf and ankle tourniquets were inflated to 100 mm Hg above the systolic pressure, just before the surgical procedure.

The blood pressure, pulse and level of pain were recorded at intervals of five minutes during the operation. The surgeon evaluated the quality of the anaesthesia, the bloodless field, and the site of the tourniquet.

The patients tolerated the tourniquet on the ankle much more. Both the tourniquet positions gave good operative fields, however the use of the ankle tourniquet was less painful at 5,10,20 and 30 minutes after the operation had started (p< 0.01). Physiological parameters were better in the ankle group.

We conclude that the ankle tourniquet gives a good bloodless field and provides improved pain tolerance for forefoot surgery carried out under local anaesthesia.


K. Rajasekar P. Gholve A. Faraj

The subjective functional outcome and factors affecting patient satisfaction were assessed following tendo Achilles injury which was treated either by conservative (42.4%) or surgical (57.6%) methods.

This is a retrospective study on 35 patients treated for tendo Achilles injury at Airedale General Hospital with a mean follow up time of 2 years (range nine months to four years). A questionnaire ascertained pre and post injury leisure time activity level, occupational change and overall satisfaction with treatment. Case-notes were reviewed for mechanism of injury, time of referral to specialist,previous tendon pathologies,treatment details and complications. Fifty-two patients were contacted and 35 responded. The mean age was 52.7 years (range 33 to 90); 27.3% are involved in office work, 27.3% doing manual work, 15.2% doing job which involves standing most of their time (teacher), 27.2% were leading a retired life and remaining were house wives.

Nobody has changed their occupation. Seventy percent were very satisfied with treatment (analogue score 7–10). The remaining patients complained of pain, stiffness and weakness of ankle and they could not fully get back to their previous leisure time activities. Statistically the operative and conservative groups did not show any difference in the level of satisfaction. The age, sex, occupation and level of sports activities undertaken did not have any significant bearing on satisfaction level. Decreased post injury leisure time activities significantly affected the satisfaction score (p=0.003). Sixty percent of subjects took less than six months to reach there pre-injury activity level. Another significant finding was that the group who presented late for treatment (range 15 days to 1.4 years) was less satisfied (p=0.015). There was some evidence (p=0.034) from regression analysis that physiotherapy intervention increased post injury activity and the satisfaction level. There were 2 reruptures in the conservative group but no other major complications.

To conclude, there were no differences in satisfaction following surgical or conservative management. The reduced post injury leisure time activities, delay in treatment and physiotherapy determined the final outcome.


Full Access
L.A. Williams D.N.W. Lake K. Hariharan

This small study was a pilot for a larger ongoing study to look at the long-term results of Wilson’s osteotomy.

Eight patients and thirteen feet were reviewed at a minimum of twelve years post operatively (twelve to eighteen years).

Photographs were obtained of their feet, also pedographs, and pre and post op X-rays. Clinical assessments were done and the patient outcome was quantified using the American Academy of Foot and Ankle Surgeons scoring system which includes a shoe comfort score.

The findings show that in the younger population (less than 40 years old) there were minimal symptoms (pain and stiffness), all showed callosity formation and none had a recurrence. The older group (over 40 at operation) were more symptomatic, all showed callosity formation and there was a recurrence rate of more than 40%.


N W Emms S J Scott HPJ Walsh B Eyes

Introduction

Osteochondritis dissecans (OCD) is a localised disorder of subchondral bone and the overlying articular cartilage. The most commonly used classification systems involve arthroscopy and MRI.

Aim

To investigate the correlation between arthroscopic and MR findings in patients with OCD of the talus.

Methods

16 ankles in 14 patients with radiographically proven OCD were reviewed. Nine were male and five female. Mean age was 35yrs (range 18–64yrs). The lesions were staged independently using the Guhl1 arthroscopic and Dipaola2 MR classification systems.

Results

Arthroscopically there were eight stable and eight unstable lesions. Of the eight stable lesions, MRI staged five as stable and three as unstable. Of the eight unstable lesions, MRI staged six as unstable and two as stable. This gives a sensitivity of diagnosing unstable lesions as 0.75, with a specificity of 0.63.

Conclusions

This small study demonstrates that MR scans may have some limitations in classifying OCD lesions of the talus. Possible explanations are discussed. We propose that MRI findings, of OCD of the talus, should not be taken in isolation, but correlated with the patients symptoms and signs to avoid unnecessary arthroscopy.


P. Meda B. Machani J.M. Auchinclouss

In five years 55 joints in 46 patients were treated surgically with a titanium implant for arthritic hallux meta-tarsophalangeal joints. There were 35 women and 11 men. The pathological indications were hallux rigidus (74%), rheumatoid arthritis (10%) and degenerative changes associated with hallux valgus (16%). Six cases were done as a revision of silastic to titanium prosthesis due to severe silicone synovitis.

The mean age was 60 (range 43–76) years, and the mean follow up was 56 (range 28–86) months. The mean time taken to get back to normal activities is 36 (range 21–90) days. The mean range of motion achieved was 32 degrees (range 20–64) and the relief of pain was excellent or good in 86% of the patients. There were no surgical complications in the form of infection, osteolysis or instability. The synovitis in the revision group has subsided.

The clinical results of titanium hemiarthroplasty were good. The advantages of this procedure were preservation of joint movement and good pain relief.


M. Anwar S. Kommu M.S. Sundar

We present the results of the first two years of experience with the Weil osteotomy at The Royal Oldham Hospital and endeavour to define its role in the management of intractable plantar keratosis (IPK) and complication rate.

All patients undergoing Weil osteotomy in 2000 & 2001 were included in this prospective study. A total of 21 consecutive patients, having 61 lesser metatarsal osteotomies were reviewed (95% female). The mean age was 62 years (range 12 to 86). The mean follow-up period was 17 months (range seven to 28 months). Fourteen patients (66%) had no previous foot surgery. In 11 patients (53%) only Weil osteotomy was performed; in the other 10 patients (47%) the procedure was combined with surgery to the first ray for the correction of hallux valgus deformity.

There were no major complications. Superficial wound infections in four (19%) patients were treated successfully with antibiotics. No screws needed to be removed and no non-union / avascular necrosis were seen. Only one patient was left with residual pain and stiffness on ambulation but the rest (95%) were able to walk comfortably in either normal shoe wear or trainers.

We found that the patients consistently reported pain relief although some stiffness of the toes may remain. The majority of patients were satisfied with the outcome in terms of symptoms and function when evaluated by using the American Orthopaedic Foot and Ankle Society scoring system. Excellent results (90–100 points) were achieved in 10 patients (47%), good (80–89 points) in six patients (28%), fair (70–79 points) in four (20%) and poor (less than 70 points) in only one patient (5%). We conclude that although there is a considerable learning curve that must be overcome the Weil osteotomy can be a reliable procedure that effectively reduce the load under the lesser metatarsal heads.


S Schröder Ph. Berdel F. U. Niethard M. Weber

Aim: Since the thalidomide-catastrophe in the 50’s and 60’s the sawareness of children with limb defects has become more important in the population. An accurate registration of limb defects did not exist in Germany till now. Besides the incidence of limb defects, the aetiology of limb defects is a very important question.

Method: Like the ESPED-Model (Documentation of rare pediatric diseasea in Germany) we send every three months a letter to 1079 gynaecological clinics to ask the number of live births and still births and the number of limb defects. If there are limb defects announced, a second letter is send to ask details about pregnancy, birth and family. The limb defects are registered after the ICD-10-classification.

Results: Time of registration: 18 months (April 2000 – September 2001).Number of all registered births: 411656, number of live births with limb defects: 493 (0,12%), number of still births with limb defects: 16 (1,2%), minor limb defects like polydactylie (26,3%) are more often than major defects of the tibia (1,3%) or of the fibula (2,3%), hereditary in 17%, multiple anomalies in 24%, no correlation to the profession of the parents or their age (mother: 29, father 32), no correlation to nicotine abuses, nothing special concerned pregnancy (amniocentese in 5,7 %; oligohydramnie in 1%, polyhy-dramnie in 1%, etc.) and birth (normal birth in 67%, sectio in 28%, etc.). The data will be update regularly.

Conclusion: It is very important to continue the registration of limb defects in the whole of Germany to detemine the incidence of the different types of limb defects and to define the aetiology of these limb defects.


K Saldanha J Fernandes

Objective: To review the existing classifications in characterizing the pathological morphology of congenital lower limb deficiencies and their usefulness in planning limb reconstruction.

Methods: Ninety-five patients undergoing limb reconstruction were classified using existing classifications. Predominantly femoral deficiencies were classified using Aitken,Amstutz,Hamanishi,Gillespie andTorode,Fixsen and Lloyd-Roberts, Kalamchi, and Pappas systems and fibular deficiencies were classified using Coventry and Johnston, Achterman and Kalamchi, and Birch systems.

Results: All patients with predominantly femoral deficiencies also had associated shortening of ipsilateral tibia and fibula. Similarly, most patients with predominantly fibular deficiencies also had some associated shortening ipsilateral femur. Acetabular dysplasia, knee instability due to cruciate insufficiency and lateral femoral condylar hypoplasia were found in both femoral and fibular deficiencies. None of the existing classification systems were able to represent the complete pathologic morphology in any given patient. Due consideration of alignment, joint stability and length discrepancy of affected limb as a whole at the planning stage of reconstruction could not be ascertained using these classification systems. Instead, it was useful to characterize the morphology of the involved limb using the following method:

Acetabulum: Dysplastic/ Non-dysplastic (AC index, Sharp’s angle, CE angle)

Ball (Head of femur): Present/Absent

Cervix (Neck of femur): Presence of pseudoarthrosis & neck-shaft angle

Diaphysis of femur: Length / deformity

Knee: Presence of cruciates, patellar and femoral con-dylar hypoplasia

Fibula and Tibia: Presence/ absence, length and deformity

Ankle: Normal/Ball and socket/ valgus

Heel: Presence of tarsal coalition and deformity (valgus, equinus)

Ray: Number of rays present in the foot

Conclusion: Congenital longitudinal lower limb deficiency is a spectrum of disorder involving the entire lower limb. Existing classifications do not represent the complete morphology of the entire involved lower limb and therefore a systematic method of characterizing the morphology of the lower limb is more useful in planning limb reconstruction.


H.M. Manner C. Radler R. Ganger F. Grill

Introduction: The knee joint in congenital longitudinal deformities of the lower extremity shows a large variety of pathological findings. Valgus deformity is found in most cases and is described as being juxta- articular. To describe the true anatomic pathology we performed a radiographic analysis of the knee joint in congenital longitudinal deformities.

Patients and Method: Between 1985 and 2001 we treated 102 patients presenting with congenital longitudinal deformities. Inclusion criteria for this study were diagnoses of fibular hemimelia (FBH) and/or congenital femoral deficiency (CFD), an age between 5 and 16 years, unilateral affection and availability of long standing X-rays, whereas bilateral affection or previous operations on the lower extremities were defined as exclusion criteria. Twenty-four parameters were defined on the femur and tibia respectively and a nomenclature was created. The mean values including standard deviation were calculated and we statistically compared the parameters of the affected to those of the non-affected knee. Furthermore, MRI scans of the knee joint of 20 of these patients were evaluated.

Results: Thirty- nine patients (19 female, 20 male) met the inclusion criteria. The average age at the time of evaluation was 8.87 years (3.1 SD). A combined deficiency of femur and tibia was found in 35 patients. The predominant diagnosis was CFD in 13, fibular hemime-lia in 13 and fibular aplasia in 9 cases. The anatomic lateral distal femoral angle (ALDFA) measured 75.4° (2.5 SD) on the affected, and 81.6° (1.6 SD) on the non-affected knee. The lateral distal femoral metaphyseal angle of the affected side and of the non-affected side showed no significant difference. The distal lateral femoral epiphyseal width (DLFEW) was decreased in the affected limb compared to the non affected limb, whereas the distal medial femoral epiphyseal width (DMFEW) of the affected and non-affected side showed only a minor difference. In the tibia we found no significant difference between the variables for the medial proximal tibial angle (MPTA) and for the medial proximal tibial metaphyseal angle (MPTMA) of the affected and the non-affected limb. A significant difference was found between the proximal lateral tibial epiphyseal width of the affected and the non-affected side. Analysis of the MRI scans revealed aplasia of the anterior cruciate ligament in 18 cases and aplasia of the posterior cruciate ligament in 8 of the 20 cases. The defect of ossification of the lateral tibial epiphysis as seen in plain X-rays is visible in the MRI scans as cartilage anlage. (Only the most important findings are summarized)

Conclusions: In our patient population only four patients had FBH or CFD but 35 cases presented combined defects; we assume that the femur is affected to some extent in almost all cases of FBH. The hypoplasia was only found in the lateral aspects of femur and tibia and was primarily located within the femoral epiphysis. The metaphysis was not or only minimally affected in the evaluated longitudinal deficiencies. Awareness of sagittal instability, due to ACL and/or PCL aplasia, is necessary to avoid subluxation or dislocation when lengthening procedures are performed.


Hosny Gamal Ahmed

Treatment protocols of tibial hemimelia comprised joint reconstruction and amputation or knee disarticulation and prosthetic fitting. However, amputation is not acceptable in our community. Therefore we tried to treat these cases without amputation.

From 1993 till 1999, 2 cases of tibial hemimelia type IA, and 4 cases type II were referred to our center. All the cases presented late as the age of patients ranged from 3 _ years to 13 years. For type IA we applied Ilizarov External Fixator on the femur, fibula and foot to centralize the fibula between the femoral candyles and talus using gradual distraction. The second step comprised a Brown procedure. Then, the fixator was reapplied to correct the knee and foot deformities using the bloodless technique. For type II, synostosis of the tibia and fibula was performed followed by differential lengthening. Then we over lengthened the femur. Results: After follow up 2 to 5 _ years all patents were satisfied with good function. The tibial lengthening ranged from 6 to 9 cm and femoral lengthening ranged from 5 to 7.5 cm.

Complications:

Pin tract infection in all cases.

Cutting through of the calcanean wires in 2 cases.

Flexion deformity in 4 cases.

Fracture of the lengthened femur in one case.

Up to our knowledge this is the first report tfor treatment of complete congenital tibial absence without amputation. Our early results are encouraging, as there are marked functional improvements in these patients.


J Hartley R. Hill

Limb lengthening and limb reconstruction using the Ilizarov system is a recognized treatment for children with congenital and acquired lower limb discrepancy and/or deformity. It is a complicated, costly, time consuming and challenging procedure for the multidisci-plinary team, the child and their family. Traditional outcome measures for this group of children tend to focus on X-ray appearances, lengthening indices and problems, obstacles and complications occurring during the treatment phase. At the present time there are unanswered questions as to their functional status as adults. The literature does not appear to have addressed this question as yet. For families considering this difficult treatment option, the potential function for their child as an adult may be valuable in the decision making process The aim of this study was to discover the physical, occupational and psychosocial function of a group of young adults who underwent Ilizarov procedures as children at Great Ormond Street Children’s Hospital.

Forty young adults, aged 18 – 27 years (mean age 19.9 years), who had Ilizarov procedures between 1992 and 2000, were sent questionnaires. Items included in the questionnaire were taken from the Toronto Extremity Salvage Score (TESS) to assess function and the Pediatric Orthopaedic Society of North America (POSNA) Adolescent Musculoskeletal Functional Health Questionnaire to assess psychosocial and occupational domains. Questions were also included to gather demographic information.

A total of 27 responses were received from 14 males and 13 females. Twenty four patients had Ilizarov procedures for limb lengthening or lengthening with deformity correction. Deformity correction only was carried out in three patients. Mean time since treatment was 5.6 years (range 9 – 2 years). A total of 24 tibial frames, 6 femoral, 4 whole leg and 2 foot frames were applied. Four patients had had repeat Ilizarov procedures. Six patients had had previous lengthenings using uniaxial fixators.

Functional ability indicators were high but activities such as kneeling, walking up and down slopes or hills, walking long distances and running were significant problems reported by more than half. Assistive devices (crutches, shoe raises, AFO, knee brace) were needed full time by five, with crutches, sticks and wheelchair used occasionally by three others.

Seven adults chose not to partake in sporting activity, with a further three finding it extremely hard and two impossible. Swimming was the most popular activity. Activity related pain was uncommon but pain in the limb requiring occasional analgesia was reported. All but one respondent worked full time or were students. Most occupations were office or shop based. Three men were manual workers. Time off work for problems related to their limb problem was minimal. Socialising with friends and family was high with only one respondent expressing extreme difficulty. Four men and five women identified scarring from the Ilizarov treatment as a cause of concern. Ten women and eight men raised body image issues. Twenty six adults said they would recommend Ilizarov treatment to others, if asked. Conclusions: We view this data as important to provide information for use when counselling It weill also help prospective patients and families of expectation for function in adult life.


J. Fernandes F. Saldanha M Saleh M Bell

Objective: To review the hip subluxations or dislocations occurring during femoral lengthening in patients with congenital longitudinal lower limb deficiencies.

Methods: Sixty-three patients with congenital longitudinal lower limb deficiencies underwent femoral lengthening using either De Bastiani, Villarubias or Ilizarov technique. Acetabular index, medial joint space, CE angle of Wiberg, acetabular angle of Sharp and neck-shaft angle were measured on anteroposterior radiographs of hip before, during and after lengthening. The Acetabulum was considered dysplastic when the Sharp angle was more than 45 degrees. Hip was considered to be subluxed when the medial joint space increased during lengthening.

Results: During femoral lengthening, eleven hips sub-luxed as measured by the increase in medial joint space and one hip dislocated. All these hips had a preoperative acetabular index more than 25 degrees, CE angle less than 20 degrees and Sharp angle more than 45 degrees. The average neck-shaft angle was 75 degrees. Following subluxation, lengthening was stopped and the hips were reduced in hip spica after adductor and sartorius tenotomies. In one patient femoral shortening and acetabulo-plasty had to be done to reduce the subluxation. No case of avascular necrosis was noted.

Conclusion: Hip subluxation during femoral lengthening of congenital longitudinal lower limb deficiencies tends to occur when the acetabular index is more than 25 degrees, Sharp angle is more than 45 degrees, CE angle is less than 20 degrees and when there is associated femoral coxa vara. Careful preoperative assessment is required, and if need be hip reconstruction prior to lengthening. Close monitoring during lengthening is recommended.


MA Vitale J Choe A Sesko J Hyman F Lee D Roye MG Vitale

Introduction: The goal of surgical equalization of leg length discrepancy (LLD) is to improve the quality of life (QOL) of affected individuals by improving function and appearance. While many surgeons utilize a cut off point of 2cm as a treatment guide, little attention has been focused on the effect of LLD on QOL. The purpose is to determine the critical cut off size for the effect of LLD on QOL. Such information may help refine the surgical indications of leg length equalization in these patients.

Methods: QOL and scanogram data were collected from children diagnosed with LLD at our institution. QOL was assessed using the parent short-form of the Child Health Questionnaire (CHQ). QOL scores from this group were compared to normative data. Correlation analyses and independent t-tests were conducted to assess the relationship between size of LLD and QOL.

Results: Our cohort consists of 41 patients (50 observations) with an average LLD of 2.05cm. Compared to norms, LLD patients scored significantly lower on four CHQ domains. Correlation analyses revealed a negative relationship between size of LLD and several psychosocial domains. Independent t-test revealed that children with LLD greater than or equal to 2cm scored significantly (p< 0.05) higher in six domains than children with LLD> 2cm: General Health, Parental Impact-Emotional Scale, Parental Impact-Time Scale, Family Activities, Family Cohesion, Psychosocial Summary Score.

Discussion and conclusion: With increasing LLD, differences in psychosocial health become especially apparent. This study suggests that children with LLD> 2 cm experience perturbations in QOL, supporting the use of this cut off as a guideline for intervention.


Full Access
W Girsch F. Grill

Classically Radioulnar Synostosis is corrected by rotation-osteotomy. Kanaya first presented a technique for “dynamic” treatment of the deformity. In our institution two cases were treated with a procedure according to Kanayas technique. A four and half year old girl suffered from bilateral radioulnar synostosis, thus presenting the classic indication for surgical correction at least of one side – in our right handed case the left side. A forteen year old boy suffered from radioulnar synostosis of his right upper limb. An increasing luxation of the radial head, causing pain and deformity and decreasing function of the elbow necessitated a surgical intervention. The procedure used was performed identically in both cases: Division of the synostosis and shortening-wedge osteotomy of the proximal radius as described by Kanaya. A deepithelialized fasciocutaneous flap was raised from the dorsum of the proximal forearm and rotated in a position between the separated bones. A cast was applied for six weeks.

Wound healing and consolidation of bones was achieved without problems in both cases. At a 12 months follow up the space between radius and ulna remained open, with no evidence of reoccurence of the deformity. Opening of the synostosis did not affect ellbow flexion and extension and produced an active ROM of about 30 to 40 degrees in pronation; both patients reached neutral position but did neither achieve passive nor active supination.

In our hands Kanayas technique was sufficient for bone separation and produced some active movement, but could not produce active supination. Investigation of the wrists did not reveal deformities of these joints. At the moment the reason for the lack of real supination is not clear. Actually this problem has to be solved to improve the technique to a real dynamic treatment of radioulnar synostosis.


Full Access
J. Correll M. Baise A. Reinemann

Introduction: Between 1986 and 2001 174 cases of Proximal Femoral Focal Deficiency (PFFD) have been treated in our institution. The treatment of PFFD is difficult, many possible traps must be avoided.

Patients: According to the Aitken classification we had 104 cases type A, 41 type B, 16 type C, and 13 type D. The age of the patients treated in our institution had a range between 1 week and 18 years. 12 pelvic and 16 intertrochanteric osteotomies, 34 femoral and 20 lower leg lengthenings have been done up to date.

Complications: Depending on our learning curve the difficulties were bigger in the first years of lengthening PFFD patients. 3 femora fractured after removal of the external fixator, 1 hip dislocated one year after end of lengthening. Meanwhile only few complications occur any longer.

Disscussion: In general, lengthening is possible in type A and B and can be delayed until preschool age. We strongly recommend hip MRI imaging prior to any operation. In severe leg length discrepancy several lengthening procedures must be planned. We recommend lengthening if the final leg length discrepancy at end of growth will not be more than 22 cm. Patients should be aware that lengthening in PFFD needs perfect cooperation, is long lasting and bears certain risks.


E. Sheehan D Collins KJ Mulhall F. McManus

A retrospective study was undertaken in our unit to investigate any change in osteomyelitis trends in the last ten years (1991-2001). These results were then compared to 3 previous studies conducted by our unit on childhood osteomyelitis, 1977-1979 45 cases(O’Brien et al)1, 1980-87 (84 cases) and 1988-1991 (54 cases).

149 patients were identified from hospital discharge database with a diagnosis of osteomyelitis between 1991 and 2001. 136 fully completed charts were discovered and included in the study. 22 children did not fulfil the criterion for the diagnosis of acute or subacute osteomyelitis and were excluded. Cellulitis was the actual diagnosis 18/22 cases, leukaemia or other neoplasm in 4/22 cases. 28% of the children 32/114 had acute haematog-enous osteomyelitis with classical signs and symptoms the remaining 72% fell into the subacute osteomyelitis category as described by Gledhill. Table 1 shows the comparison between the 4 studies.

89% of patients underwent 3 phase bone scanning, and 90% of these were positive. Blood cultures were performed in 87% of patients and were positive in 8.5%, 2 patients being positive and symptomatic of Nesseria meningitis, 4 Staph aureus, 2 Strep Pneumonia, 1 staph epidermidis and 1 E.Coli. As compared to previous 3 studies no case of haemophilus influenza type B was encountered. Aspiration was performed in 22 patients and 18 demonstrated bacteria, the two commonest pathogens were Staphylococcus aureus 66% and epider-midis 16%. 8 patients underwent surgical debridement or drilling if clinically septic or because of failure to improve despite medical treatment.

Initial antibiotic treatment comprised of i.v. penicillins and oral fucidin in 92% of patients, the remainder receiving cephalosporins as favoured by physicians or erythromycin if history of hypersensitivity. Antibiotics arethen tailored to clinical picture or culture results. Table 2 shows the changing duration pattern of antibiotic administration.

There were four cases of complications, 2 cases of chronic osteomyelitis and 2 cases of limb shortening both around the knee joint.

Our results correlate well with other authors. Surgery has an ever-decreasing role in the management of osteomyelitis, with conservative antibiotic management and splintage being the treatment of choice. Subacute osteomyelitis is an ever-increasing entity as reflected in other studies. The incidence of osteomyelitis presenting to our unit has fallen to 2.34 per 10000 per yea. A possible explanation may lie in altered host pathogen interactions, increased host resistance, the frequent administration of broad-spectrum antibiotics in general practice. Increased population wealth as experienced in Ireland in the last 8 years may also have a role.


F. Fernández-Palazzi H Miscione

The abnormal shortening of a metatarsal (MT), being congenital or aquired, may cause functional problems, on altering feet support. Besides some deformities may be aestheticaly unacceptable to some patients, particularly females. We performed a retrospective, concurrent epide-miological revision on 28 records of patients that had MT lengthening for a short metatarsal. ( 21 patients with 9 bilateral.) These were the 4th. in 22 oportunities, followed by the 1st in 7, the 3rd. in 2 and the 5th. in 1. Etiology was in 20 cases congenital shortening, 2 shortening after equinus foot surgery and 1 after osteomyelitis. Seven cases had bilateral elongation, thus making 28 cases. Age ranged from 5 years to 20 years, with a mean 10 years. The indications for surgery were pain in 10 cases and aesthetic in 18 . All. were females except one.

The Caracas group used a modified mini Anderson apparatus. After 1992 the apparatus was modified for the last 4 cases for one that could be placed only on the dorsal aspect of foot, thus allowing weight bearing. The application was performed under image intensifier placing the threaded pins perpendicularly to the MTT with transversal diafisis osteotomy, starting the elongation between 5th and 10th day at a speed of 1.5 mm weekly at a range of 0.5 mm every second day, in a period from 3 weeks to 8 weeks with a mean of 5.5 weeks. Ten had unilateral lengthening (83.33) and 2 bilateraly (16.57%) making a total of 14 metatarsal lengthenings. All were females and all had elongation fix-ation callotaxis according to DeBastiani. The cases were operated from 1987 to 1994 and with more than 6 years follow up. Age ranged from 10 to 15 years in 10 cases and 16 to 20 in 2 patients. The MTT mostly involved was the 4th. in 12 patients (85.71%), 2 bilateral (14 MTT), and the 3rd in 2 cases (14.29%), . The shortest MTT lengthened measured 3.5 cmts. Lengthening obtained ranged from 5 mm. to 22 mm, with a mean of 14.3 mm. One patient obtained 5 mm. (7.14%), another 10 mm. (7.14%), one 11 (7.14%) and 1 15mm. (7.14%), 5 (35,71%) from 16mm. To 20 mm. and other 5 (35.71%) from 21mm. to 25mm.

Complications were pseudoarthrosis in 3 cases, delayed union in 1 case and angulation in 1. These were treated by reintervention and bone graft maintaining the lengthening in 4 and in the other, 1 pseudoarthrosis the lengthening was lost.

The Buenos Aires Group with 16 lengthenings in 11 patients,used an external apparatus with 2,3 or 4 joints and threded 1 mm pins fixed in the metatarsal to length, dorsally. . In some cases the proximal pin was fixed to third cuneiform and in 6 to the the distal in the proximal phalang to aviod bending. This last mentioned method were not used afterwards because correct alignment was obtained fixing the apparatus only in the metatarsal. The corticotomy was metaphysoepyphisary lenghthening 0.5 mm daily starting the 8th day. Hospitalization time ranged 2.5 days. Minimal follow up was 2.6 years. Nine of 11 cases recovered the normal metatarsal formula. Pain disappeared in cases that had it previously but aesthetic requirements were not always completely fulfilled, special with the 1st. MT. Mean elongation length was 17 mm. Mean percentage ogf elongation was 40%. Mean duration of total treatment was 112 days, making mean healing time index of 65 days per every centimeter elongated. No axial deviation ocurred. All cases healed at callus site. The case of osteomyelitis had bone graft at operation. Complications were 3 superficial infections at pin site and 1 case of recurrent deep infection. An elongation above 50% of original length of MT should be avoided.


C Radler R. Ganger H.M. Manner G. Petje F. Grill

Introduction: The Taylor Spatial Frame (TSF) is a circular external fixator based on a hexapod system consisting of two carbon fiber rings connected with six telescopic struts. In conjunction with a software program the TSF allows for correction of deformities in 6 axis. After completion of the computer generated distraction plan a residual program can be used to correct any residual malalignment. Although the TSF received marketing clearance in 1997 and is used in specialized centers around the world, there is, up to date, only one MEDLINE report of two cases treated with the TSF. We present the results of 48 cases of limb lengthening and/or deformity correction using the TSF frame.

Patients and Methods: Between June 1999 and Septem-ber 2002 we implanted a total of 102 Taylor Spatial Frames (TSF). Only cases with a minimum follow up of 6 months after removal of the frame were included in our retrospective study. Thirty-six patients with a total of 48 TSF fixators met the inclusion criteria. The 23 female and 13 male patients had a mean age of 16 years (range:4-49). Eleven cases showed a post-traumatic deformity,13 cases a metabolic, 9 a congenital, 8 a osteodysplastic deformity and 7 showed various underlying pathologies. Seven TSF frames were implanted on the femur, whereas the remaining 41 frames were applied to the tibia.

Results: In 25 cases lengthening was the main treatment goal and in 23 cases the TSF was applied for angular or rotational deformity correction. The mean lengthening achieved in the group of patients treated was 40 mm (range: 20-70) and a mean healing index of 52.73 days/cm (28-105). In the patients who were treated to correct a deformity, the mean healing index was 159.69 days/cm (88-276). The highest mean healing index (178.91 days/cm) was found in patients where a metabolic disease was the underlying pathology, whereas patients treated for congenital lateral longitudinal defects showed the lowest mean healing index (53.25 days/cm). Complications included a superficial pin infection occurred in 66.6 % of the cases. There was no case of deep infection . Further complications were temporary postoperative sensory disturbance in 2 cases, premature consolidation of the fibula requiring re-oste-otomy in 2 cases, femoral fracture after removal of the frame in one case and dislocation of the frame with the need to change the position of a pin in another case. There were no hardware associated complications. A residual program was generated in 15 cases, 3 cases needed 2 and one case 4 residual programs to achieve the desired correction.

Conclusion: The healing index varied widely within our patient population. We assume that the healing index is not applicable to the correction of angular or rotational deformities with a lengthening less than 2 cm. The possibility of performing residual correction in all axis without the need to change the frame setup is a main advantage of the TSF and is very time saving during follow up examinations. Preoperative frame assembly is easy and fast compared to the standard Ilizarov system. A computer printed day-by-day prescription of strut adjustments makes it easy for the patient to perform the distraction and augments patient compliance.


U Givon B. Liberman A. Schindler Z. Heyman A. Ganel

Introduction: Septic arthritis of the hip joint in the pediatric age group is considered as an indication for surgical drainage of the joint. The commonly accepted treatment is arthrotomy of the hip joint, and continuous lavage and drainage. The child is treated with intravenous antibiotic therapy and is sometimes placed in a cast.

Because of repeated technical problems with the drains, the senior author developed a method of treatment by repeated aspirations of the hip joint under ultra-sound guidance. We report the results of the first group of these patients, followed up for at least 2 years.

Methods: Hip aspiration is performed when a child is suspected to have septic arthritis of the hip joint based on clinical, radiographic, ultrasonic and laboratory examinations. When hip effusion is found, aspiration is performed under ultrasound guidance, using topical anesthesia and strict sterile technique. If the aspirated fluid is visibly purulent, the joins is irrigated with sterile saline until clear fluid is aspirated. The patient is admitted to the hospital and intravenous antibiotic therapy is initiated. Repeated ultrasound examinations are performed daily, and the joint is decompressed and irrigated again. The procedure is continued until no effusion is demonstrated.

Results: Twenty-four patients were treated for septic arthritis of the hip joint at our institution between January 1st 1990 and December 31st 1998. The first 3 patients were operated and then aspirated when the drains were clogged during the first post operative day. Twenty-one patients were treated by repeated aspirations. Four of those patients were operated when the aspiration failed or when the clinical course did not improve, all of them during the first 4 years of the study. Seventeen patients were treated by repeated aspirations only. The mean number of aspirations was 4, and the children tolerated them well. No complications were seen on follow-up, and all patients went back to full activities. No cases of avascular necrosis of the femoral head were identified.

Discussion and Conclusions: Arthrotomy and drainage of hip joint is an emergency procedure for the treatment of septic arthritis of the hip joint. Possible complications of the procedure are dislocation of the hip joint, avascu-lar necrosis of the hip joint and technical problems with drains. We describe a reliable and safe procedure, that does not necessitate general anesthesia and surgery. The 4 patients who did have to undergo surgery represent a learning curve, and were all treated during the first four years. No complications or late sequelae were seen in our patients.


A Hamel S Guillard JM Rogez

Immobilization of septic arthritis is an ancient and always recommended notion. Before discovery of antibiotics, immobilization allowed an articular ankylosis in functional position. Since discovery of antibiotic chemotherapy, immobilization is justified for its antalgic and anti-inflammatory qualities. However, Salter demonstrated experimentally the interest of continuous passive mobilization during septic arthritis. The authors also demonstrated the deleterious effects of immobilization on articular cartilage during Staphylococcus aureus induced arthritis in a rabbit model. The authors compared two series of children treated for septic arthritis. All children were treated by articular lavage, and by intravenous antibiotic chemotherapy during 10 days, then by enteral antibiotic chemotherapy for 6 supplementary weeks. 14 children were immobilized during 1 month, while 14 others were mobilized from the first days. Consumption and class of antalgic chemotherapy, inflammatory balances (Blood Count, C Reactiv Protein), articular range motion during of the first and sixth month clinical review, were compared. Only articular range motion noted during the clinical review of the first month were significantly different in the two groups. Articular range motion of the not immobilized children were close of normal, while the other children suffered from articular stiffness. Immobilization had no beneficial effects either in pain or in correction of the inflam-matory process.


O Ugwonali G Lomas J Choe J Hyman F Lee M Vitale D Roye

Introduction: While bracing may improve the natural history of patients with adolescent idiopathic scoliosis with moderate curves, little attention has been paid to the potential impact of brace treatment on their quality of life. We hypothesized that bracing has a negative affect on the physical and psychosocial health of affected adolescents.

Methods: Quality of life (QOL) data was collected from patients with adolescent idiopathic scoliosis and a spinal curvature greater than 10 degrees at our institution. The Child Health Questionnaire (CHQ) and the American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons Pediatric Outcomes Data Collection Instrument (PODCI) were administered to parents to measure their children’s QOL. Multivariate analyses were conducted to determine the effect of gender and treatment on QOL.

Results: Our cohort consisted of 214 patients, who were mostly female, with an average curve of 28 degrees and an average age of 13.7 years. One hundred thirty four patients were observed (average curve 25 degrees), while 80 patients were treated with bracing (average curve 34 degrees). There were no significant differences in QOL between these two treatment groups, using the Bonfer-roni multiple comparison test. There were no gender-related differences in QOL. Among 15 children with pre- and intra-bracing data, there were no significant differences in QOL between these two time points.

Discussion and conclusion: Our patients who were treated with spinal bracing did not seem to have significantly different health-related QOL, as compared with patients in the observation group. These findings are contrary to our initial hypotheses and merit further study.


G. Gonzalez-Moran C.G Garcia-Duran J Albiñana

Pyomyositis in a temperate climate is a rare condition in children according the number of reports. Most authors postulate trauma with simultaneous bacteriemia is the most likely mechanism.

We reviewed 8 cases, 4 boys and 4 girls. Their mean age was 9,2 y. ( 5 to 16 y.). Pain, tenderness, limp and fever were the most common signs. Duration of symptoms before initial evaluation was 8,1 d. (5 to 15 d.). 6 patients had fever (> 38,5°C), all had leukocytosis and a shift to the left in the WBC, and a elevated ESR 69,3 mm/h(32 to110), as well as an increased C-protein reactive (mean=10). All cases had radiographs, US in 6, CT scan in 6 and MRI in 5. These studies demonstrated involvement of psoas muscle in 4, obturator internus and externus in 3, and gluteal and quadratus femoris in 1. We found simultaneous involvement of ischiopubic ramus in 3, one iliac osteomyelitis, one piogenic sacro-ileitis, one supurative lymphadenitis and one resection for Crohn’s disease. Incision and drainage of muscular abcess (5 cases)plus IV antibiotics(8 cases) provided uneventfully resolution. 4 cultures were positive to Staf Aureus, 1 to E. Coli and 3 negatives.

In this series we found 87% of pelvic pyomyositis with simultaneous septic factors. We consider them more causative factors than predisponing, and pyomyositis as a secondary entity. Previous reports propose pyomyo-sitis as a primary condition after a speculative bacter-aemia with a muscle strain, as the likeliest cause. MRI could be helpful to determine bone involvement or other regional problems in pelvic pyomyositis.


C.F. Bradish M.V. Belthur PJ. Gibbons

Introduction: Meningococcal septicemia is a devastating illness that primarily affects children. Late orthopaedic sequelae, though rare, are being seen more frequently as acute medical management has reduced the initial mortality rate.

Aims: To review the case histories and discuss the management of these children.

Methods: A retrospective review of medical notes and radiographs was undertaken at the participating hospitals. Outcomes assessed included clinical & radiologic outcome, limb length equalization and correction of the mechanical axis.

Results: Between 1990 and 2000, twenty patients aged 2 to7 years presented to the orthopaedic departments of the participating hospitals with late sequelae. On average presentation wasf 4 years (2 – 6) after the acute phase of the disease. The reasons for referral included angular deformity, limb length discrepancy, joint con-tracture or problems with prosthetic fitting. The lower limbs were involved more frequently than the upper limbs. In fourteen children multiple growth plates were affected. Partial growth arrest was the cause of the angular deformity and limb length discrepancy. All twenty children underwent operations for realignment of the mechanical axis and equalization of limb length. Recurrence of the angular deformity was almost universal.

Conclusion: Children who survive meningococcal septicaemia are at risk for developing late orthopaedic sequelae. Lower limbs are more commonly affected with deformities of limb length and axis. We recommend complete ablation of the affected growth plates at the initial surgery to prevent recurrence of the angular deformity. Further limb length equalization procedures can be anticipated. Early recognition and orthopaedic follow-up to skeletal maturity is essential for minimizing the effects of these sequelae.


M Oleksak E.B. Hoffman S. Dix-Peek

After tuberculosis of the spine, hip and knee, tuberculosis of the foot and ankle is the most common occurring area of skeletal tuberculosis seen in our unit. We retrospectively reviewed 14 patients (14 feet and/or ankles) seen over the 16-year period 1982 to 1997.

The average age of the children was 5.2 years (range 1.5 to 11 years). The duration of symptoms ranged from 1 week to 1 year. The most common presentation was swelling and pain of the involved joint, but three patients each presented with a chronic discharging sinus after being drained elsewhere as an acute abscess. Radiographs revealed osteo-penia with or without lytic areas, joint margin destruction or joint space narrowing. The average sedimentation rate (ESR) was 52.3 mm/hour (range 9 to 120). The Mantoux test was positive in 13 out of the 14 patients. Chest x-rays demonstrated latent or active tuberculosis in 50% of patients. Open biopsy was performed in all patients. Hypertrophic synovium was found in all cases except one, where atrophic tuberculosis with joint space narrowing was present. A positive diagnosis of tuberculosis was made in all cases, either by demonstrating caseating granulomatous tissue on histology, or by growing a positive culture for mycobacterium tuberculosis or both. Histology was positive in 86%, acid-fast bacteria were seen in 28.5% and a positive culture was obtained in 82% of the patients.

At an average follow up of 7.4 years (range 1 to 17 years) all patients were assessed both clinically and radiologically. Patients with lytic lesions and destruction of joint margins reconstituted well radiologically, had a good clinical outcome with a good range of movement of the affected joint, however the one patient with atrophic tuberculosis remained with a narrowed joint space, stiffness and a poor clinical result compared to the rest.


A. Danielsson A. Nachemson

INTRODUCTION: A consecutive series of patients with adolescent idiopathic scoliosis (AIS), treated between 1968 and 1977 before 21 years of age, with brace (BT, n=127; 122 females and 5 males) were followed at least twenty years after completion of the treatment.

Methods: One hundred and nine patients were reexamined as part of an unbiased personal follow-up, including a clinical examination, radiographs, validated questionnaires in terms of general and disease-specific quality of life aspects as well as present back and pain symptoms. An age- and sex-matched control group (CTR) of 100 persons was randomly selected and subjected to the same examinations.

Results: Curve size (major curve) was mean 38 degrees with a mean increase of 8 degrees from end of treatment to present follow-up. Significantly more patients complained of back pain (77%) in comparison to the control group (58%, p=0.0012), more often lumbar or thoracic pain. Significant but numerically small differences could be found for Oswestry Disability Index and other scores reflecting general back funtion and more patients had been on sick-leave due to the back (38% vs 19%). No differences were found in sociodemographic variables or in general quality of life (SF-36) between the groups. No correlation could be found between pain and its localization and curve size, increase since end of treatment or curve type.

Conclusion: Patients with brace treatment for adolescent idiopathic scoliosis were found to have approximately the same back function as the general population. A few were physically severely disabled due to the back


TPC Kane J Harvey NMP Clarke RHR Richards

Background: The necessity for radiographic follow up of infants with hip clicks and normal ultrasound is not clear.

Materials and methods: Infants referred to a paediatric hip clinic whose sole risk factor for DDH was a soft tissue hip click who had a normal ultrasound scan on initial assessment were identified. A follow up six month AP pelvis radiograph was assessed and acetabular index(A.I), position of femoral ossific nucleus and Shen-ton’s line measured. Infants with rotated pelvis Xrays were excluded. Inter-observer variability for acetabular index was measured and dysplasia defined according to Tonnis.

Results: 171 infants (193 clicking hips) met the criteria for inclusion. 48 male and 109 female with unilateral clicks (57 right, 64 left) and 36 bilateral clicks. 10 were excluded due to rotation of the AP pelvis Xray. Inter-observer error for A.I. was 4°. All A.I. were within normal ranges. Shenton’s line was unbroken and all hips were located.

Conclusion: In this study infants with soft tissue hip clicks and a normal ultrasound scan on initial assessment had a normal Xray at six months.


Omeroglu Hakan D.H. Ucar A. Eren M. Inan A. Baktir M.C. Aksoy

Purpose: The purpose of this study was to evaluate a possible correlation between DDH and lumbosacral spina bifida occulta (LSSBO).

Patients and Methods: This multicentric study included the assessment of anteroposterior pelvic radiographs of 415 adolescents and adults without any bilateral clinical and radiological hip joint abnormality and of latest radiographs of 291 adolescent and adult patients who had treated or untreated DDH which had occured unilaterally or bilaterally. Control group included 332 females and 83 males and mean age was 38±17 (12-70) years. DDH group included 246 females and 45 males and mean age was 30±17 (12-80) years.

Results: Female/male ratio of both groups was statistically similar (p=0.124). Rate of LSSBO was 12% and 23% in the control and DDH groups, respectively (p< 0.001). S1 and L5 vertebrae were the two most common involved sites in both groups. There wasn’t any significant correlation between the rate of LSSBO and the involved hip side in the DDH group (p=0.336). In females, rate of LSSBO was 9% and 23% in the control and DDH groups, respectively (p< 0.001). In males, rate of LSSBO was 22% and 24% in the control and DDH groups, respectively (p=0.893).

Conclusion: In females, DDH is significantly accompanied by LSSBO and LSSBO may be considered as a risk factor for DDH. Further intrauterine studies are needed for better understanding of this fact. It may be better to perfom ultrasonographic hip screening for the newborns who has an evident posterior vertebral arch defect without any intraspinal anomaly which has been seen during fetal ultrasonography.


NJ Ihme F.U. Niethard L. Aldenhoven R. von Kries B.D Katthagen

Aim: In Germany an ultrasound screening examination to determine CDH is recommended for all children in the first 6 weeks of life. We evaluated this ultrasound-screening-program together with the German Association of health insurance carriers over five years to show if an early ultrasound of the hip can reduce the number and the required operative procedures of children with CDH.

Methods: From 1997 to 2002, we documented monthly all children with CDH aged ten weeks up to five years from all German paediatric orthopaedic departments with a registration card and questionnaire. Children with neuromuscular diseases or teratologic dislocation of the hip, enrolled in out-patient treatment programs, as well as children born abroad were excluded.

Results: Overall we registered 645 children, 534 with single operative procedure. 68% received a closed reduction of the hip, 11% open, while 21% required an oste-otomy of the acetabulum and/or femur. The percentage of the single operative procedures did not change over the years. The number of children, who underwent no ultrasound of the hip before diagnosis decreased from 20% in the first year to 10% in the last. The first ultrasound examination revealed no pathological findings in 20% of the cases. During the five years children received the first screening more and more at the age four to six weeks than during the first days of life. Nevertheless, the yearly number of cases declined by 50%.

Conclusion: Despite the German ultrasound-screening-program late or undiagnosed CDH still exists in our country. A possible reason can be the quality of ultrasound examination, the form of treatment as well as a later worsening of CDH and the so-called endogenous dysplasia. The aim must be the improvement of diagnosis and treatment.


Bollini G J.L. Jouve F. Launay E. Viehweger M. Jacquemier

Among two hundred and twenty hemivertebrae in our files we performed over a period of eighteen years sixty nine hemivertebrae (HV) excision. Only H.V. with evidence of curve progression were operated on. The technique was a one stage anterior and posterior approach plus convex anterior and posterior arthrodesis plus convex posterior instrumentation using in the more recents cases a baby C.D.

Material: The location of the H.V. was thoraco-lumbar in twenty five cases, lumbar in twenty nine and lumbo-sacral in fifteen. Thirty two free, thirty six hemifused and only one fused H.V. were operated on. The sex ratio was 35 males and 34 females. Associarted malformations were numerous. If the rate of visceral associated malformations is rather the same whatever was the location of the H.V. ( 40% ) the number of associated spine malformations decrease from cranial to caudal ( 60% for thoraco-lumbar H.V. versus 13 % for lumbo-sacral H.V.) The mean age at surgery was 3Y 3M ( 1Y- 9Y) with a mean F.U. of 5Y ( 6M-18Y) for the 25 thoraco-lumbar H.V., respectively 3Y3M ( 1Y- 8Y3M) for the mean age at surgery and 5Y ( 1M-17Y5M) for the average F.U.for the 29 lumbar H.V. and 5Y1M (1M-10Y4M) for surgery and 7Y (1M-18Y3M) for F.U. for the remaining 15 lumbo-sacral H.V.

Results: 8 complications were encountered: 4 hardware failures, 1 sepsis, 1 transient paresthesia of the tibial nerve, 1 partial loss of power in the tibialis anterior and 1 valgus deformity following fibular bone grafting. For the 25 thoraco-lumbar H.V. the average scoliosis Cobb angle pre operatively was 38° ( 18°/ 75°) and at F.U. 24° ( 0°/ 76°) . The mean kyphosis Cobb angle was 24° ( -20°/ 54°) pre operatively and 25° (-16°/60°) at F.U. For the 29 lumbar H.V. the mean scoliosis Cobb angle was 35° (16°/58°) pre operatively and 10° (0°/38°) at F.U.The average kyphosis Cobb angle was -2°( -45°/20°) pre operatively and -6° (-42°/22°) at F.U. For the remaining 15 lumbo-sacral H.V. the average scoliosis Cobb angle was 30° (18°/40°) pre operatively and 13° (2°/32°) at F.U. The mean kyphosis Cobb angle was -22°(-54°/0°) pre operatively and -25°(-64°/-8°) at F.U. H.V. excision is in our opinion the best procedure to treat thoraco-lumbar,lumbar and lumbo-sacral H.V. as far as there is evidence of curve progression. The appropriate age to perform this kind of surgery is before three years of age.


A. Nachemson A. Danielsson

Introduction: A consecutive series of patients with adolescent idiopathic scoliosis (AIS), treated between 1968 and 1977 before 21 years of age, with distraction and fusion using Harrington rods (ST, n=156; 145 females and 11 males) were followed at least twenty years after completion of the treatment.

Methods: One hundred and thirty-nine patients were reexamined as part of an unbiased personal follow-up, including a clinical examination, radiographs, validated questionnaires in terms of general and disease-specific quality of life aspects as well as present back and pain symptoms. An age- and sex-matched control group of 100 persons was randomly selected and subjected to the same examinations.

Results: Curve size was mean 36 degrees and nine of the patients (6%) had undergone any additional curve-related surgical procedure due to complications. Significantly more patients complained of back pain (78%) in comparison to the control group (58%, p=0.0012), mainly lumbar but mild pain. Significant but numerically small differences could be found for Oswestry Disability Index but not for sociodemographic variables or general quality of life (SF-36) between the groups. No correlation could be found between pain and its localization and curve size, increase since end of treatment or curve type. No differences were found between patients fused to L3/higher versus L4/lower.

Discussion and conclusion: Patients surgically treated for adolescent idiopathic scoliosis were found to have approximately the same quality of life and back function as the general population and only a few were physically severely disabled.


N. Kiely U Younis J Day T. Meadows

The results of the Ferguson medial open reduction of the hip for DDH were reviewed to determine the complications, re-operation rate, clinical and radiological outcome. Notes were reviewed for 75 cases, of which 5 were bilateral. X-rays were available for 69 hips and were analysed for Acetabular index (AI) and Centre Edge (CE) angles of the operated and unaffected hips. The hips were assessed for avascular necrosis by the method of Kalamchi and MacEwan and were graded according to Severin.

The mean age at operation was 11.8 months (range 3-23, SD 4.42, mode 11). The mean clinical follow up was 65.1 months (range 4-148, SD 33.4). The mean radiological follow up was 58.2 months (range 3 – 131, SD 31). No further surgical procedure was required for 60 hips (75%). Of the remainder, a Salter osteotomy was performed for 8 hips, of which 6 had additional procedures. 8 hips required a femoral osteotomy, 2 an Arthrogram and one a triple pelvic osteotomy.

The AI improved following surgery, with a rate of increase double that for the unaffected side. The mean centre edge of the operated side was 6 degrees less than the unaffected side. Tables 2 and 3 show that the majority of hips had no avascular necrosis and a good radiological outcome. The results compare favourably with the literature. The conclusion is that the Ferguson medial open reduction has good long-term results with low rates of avascular necrosis.


RW Paton P Hopgood K Eccles

Aim: To compare the results of early splintage against delayed splintage with ultrasound surveillance in neonatal hip instability.

Methods: Between 1992 and 1997, all unstable hips (Ortolani or Barlow positive) referred by the Paediat-ric Department were seen within 1 to 2 weeks of birth. They were assessed clinically and by static and dynamic ultrasound. Those with proven instability were treated in a Wheaton Pavlick splint. Between 1998 and 1999, with the same assessments made, all hips with proven instability were treated by close surveillance in the form of serial ultrasound and were splinted if there was persistent instability or dysplasia. Any neonate presenting later than 2 weeks was excluded from this study.

Results: From 1992 to 1997, 37 neonates were treated with 59 unstable hips. Mean time to splintage was 6.35 days (1-14 days), and mean splintage time was 6.13 weeks (4-11 weeks). All patients in this group developed normally, and no surgical intervention was required. From 1998 to 1999, 11 neonates were treated with 16 unstable hips. 9 hips required splintage after an average of nine weeks. 7 hips stabilised with no splintage. Two hips required surgical intervention, one for ‘late’ dislocation and one for persistent dysplasia. These results show a statistically significant difference for the two treatment groups. (p=0.04, Fishers exact test)

Conclusion: We conclude from these results that neonatal hip instability is best treated by splintage within two weeks of birth.


O’ Connor Philip D. McCormack

Background: Developmental dysplasia of the hip (DDH) is a common paediatric orthopaedic problem. Open reduction and debridement of the hip joint in neonates is necessary to ensure a congruent reduction in some patients. Despite advances in the treatment of DDH, the various surgical approaches are not without limitations and risks. The development of hip arthroscopy is a new science, which we believe could be applied to the treatment of DDH.

Aims: To date there have been no reports in the literature of the use of hip arthroscopy in either the neonatal hip or in infantile hips with DDH. The purpose of this study was: (a) to design a suitable animal model of DDH for the purpose of designing and evaluating hip arthroscopy, (b) to document the pathoanatomy of the dysplastic hip arthroscopically and (c) to define the methodology of performing hip arthroscopy in neonates with DDH.

Method: A novel model of producing hip dysplasia in large white cross piglets has been created. 4-week-old piglets undergo surgical fixation of the knee by retrograde passage of a 3.5mm diameter steinmann pin. After free ambulation, progressive hip dysplasia is produced. We have monitored the development of hip dysplasia at 4 and 6 weeks post fixation by plain radiographs, MRI and Hip Arthroscopy using a 2.7mm diameter arthro-scope.

Results: We have successfully produced hip dysplasia in an animal model of comparable size and anatomy to that seen in infants. Hip arthroscopy was performed in 20 animals. Documentation of a lax capsule, elongated ligamentum teres and pulvinar has been made. In addition arthroscopic debridement of the joint has been performed. We believe that arthroscopic debridement of the impediments to reduction in DDH is possible using the techniques learned from this model.


HH Muratl AB Bicimoglu AY Tabak MF Yagmurlu L Celebi Pakel

We aimed to determine if there are mechanoreceptors in hip joint capsule and ligamentum capitis femoris of the patients with developmental dysplasia of the hip. We took capsule and ligamentum capitis femoris biopsies from 20 hips of 20 patients who were operated because of developmental dysplasia of the hip. Meanage was 10.2 months (ranges 6-20 months) on the time of surgery. There were 12 girls and 8 boys. Teratologic and secondary hip dislocations were not included in this study. 0.5x 0.5 cm full thickness anterior capsule and liga-mentum capitis femoris portions were taken for biopsy specimen. Specimens were stained with hemotoxylin eosin and examined immunohistochemically using poly-clonal antibodyagainst S-100 Protein. In both analysis no mechanoreceptors was found in any samples of capsule and ligamentum capitis femoris.

Conclusion: We think that there is a possibility that developmental dysplasia of the hip can be caused from a defect in formation of mechanoreceptors on localized capsule and ligamentum capitis femoris and we emphasize the need for further studies on the subject.


M. Sibinski M Synder A Grzegorzewski M. Domzalski

Ischemic necrosis of the femoral head occurring after the treatment of congenital dysplasia of the hip can negatively affect the long-term prognosis of the involved hip.

The purpose of the study was to evaluate a number of clinical and radiological risk factors for AVN after non-operative treatment of DDH.

Clinical data and radiographs of 77 patients with103 abnormal hips treated because of developmental dysplasia of the hip by closed reduction followed by cast immobilization were reviewed retrospectively. The average age of patients at the time of reduction was 16 months (ranged, 4 to 28) and the average final follow up was 22,4 years (ranged from 13 to 47 years). Kalamchi and MacEwen classification system was used for evaluation of the AVN. Avascular necrosis was found in 35,9% of the treated hips. We established the influence of several radiological and clinical data on the incidence and severity of AVN.

Conclusion: In our analysis the degree of initial dislocation according to Tönnis classification is an important risk factor for AVN. Age at the onset of treatment, presence and size of ossific nucleus, the use and period of preliminary traction, previous treatment with Frejka pillow or Pavlik splint, sex and side were not associated with the incidence and severity of ischemic necrosis. The results have been analysed statistically.


Hell K. Anna O. Ruehmann G. Peters D. Lazovic

Introduction. In Mid-Europe developmental dysplasia of the hip (DDH) is diagnosed using the sonographic hip screening described by Graf. To learn the necessary standards three courses are mandatory. However, little is known about learning curves and measurement errors of doctors at different levels of training and experience.

Material and Methods. Between 1997 and 2002 participants of the basic, advanced and final hip ultrasonogra-phy course were evaluated by a questionnaire and 34 normal and pathological sonograms. They were asked to measure the alpha and beta angle. “Normal” angles of each hip were created through the mean values of two experienced course organizers.

Results. 186 doctors (40% orthopedic surgeons, 60% pediatricians) were evaluated. The group included 20% interns, 60% residents and 20% consultants. An average time of 6.3 months lay between the basic and the advanced, and of 16.7 months between the advanced and the final course. The evaluation of the sonograms according to Graf showed major inter-observer differences of up to 30°. Participants had more difficulties in evaluating a correct beta angle than an alpha angle. Sonographic pictures of minor quality and pathological hips produced more difficulties than pictures of Graf type I and II hips. In the basic course all measurements showed an average difference of 3,6°, in the advanced course of 3,1° and in the final course of 4,2°. The number of examinations between courses did not correlate with good measurements.

Conclusion. Even participants of all three courses seem to develop major systemic errors if ultrasonography is regularly applied without supervision. Therefore, regular training and supervision should be mandatory in order to guarantee good quality.


R Brunner

Introduction: Although hip dislocation is of little functional importance concerning walking ability in most spina bifida patients, relocative surgery may be considered to improve sitting balance or gait pattern in some. The risk for re-dislocation may provide further information to be considered in decision making.

Material and methods: A retrospective cohort study included all patients with spina bifida of our unit in which dislocated hip joints were surgically relocated between 1983 and 2000. This procedure including femoral and pelvic corrective surgery, open reduction and soft tissue procedures if necessary, was carried out as a routine in all hip dislocations because hip stability was regarded beneficial for function. The patients were grouped according to the presence of hip dislocation or subluxation: A) within the first year of life, B) later. Group A consisted of 8 (3m, 3f), group B of 10 patients (5m, 5f). In group A 11 (5r, 6l), and in group B 13 hips (7r, 6l) were treated. The neurological levels did not differ between the groups. The hip subluxation or dislocation was diagnosed at age 0.3 years (+0.5 / -0.2 years) in group A and 8.7 years (+6.8 / -5.6 years) in group B.

The first corrective hip intervention was done at age 4.6 years (+3.4 / -1.9 years) in group A, at age 9.5 years (+6.6 / -6.2 years) in group B. The follow-up time was 6.8 years (+6.2 / -6.5 years) in group A and 5.0 years (+6.7 / -4.8 years) in group B (p = 0.42) (mean values, range). Results: In group A (n=11 hips) only 1 hip remained stable located. Altogether 14 re- dislocations occurred and 10 additional re-locative operations were performed (some hips were operated on several ocasions). Seven hips were dislocated at final control. In group B (n=13 hips) 10 hips remained stable located, and 3 hips re-dislocated. One re-operation was successful, another one failed. Hence 2 hips were dislocated at final control. The difference between group A and B were statistically significant (p = 0.008). Discussion: Hip deformity present already within the first year of life is a predictor for a poor outcome of relocating surgery, whereas such surgery has a good prognosis in deformities developed later in life. This may be even more important as it has been shown that muscle balance is not a problem .


LB Engesæter O Furnes B Espehaug SA Lie SE Vollset LI Havelin

Purpose: The outcome of primary total hip arthroplasty (THA) after a previous paediatric hip disease was studied in data from the Norwegian Arthroplasty Register (NAR).

Materials and Methods: 72,301 primary THAs were reported to the NAR for the period 1987 – February 2002. Of these, 5,459 (7.6%) were performed because of sequela after developmental dysplasia of hip (DDH), 737 (1.0%) because of DDH with dislocation, 961 (1.3%) because of Perthes’/ slipped femoral capital epiphysis (SFCE) and 50,369 (70%) because of primary osteoarthritis (OA). Prosthesis survival was calculated by the Kaplan-Meier method and relative risks for revision in a Cox model with adjustments for age, gender, type of systemic antibiotic, operation time, type of operating theatre and brand of prosthesis.

Results: Without any adjustments the THAs for all three groups of paediatric hip diseases had 1.4 – 2.0 times increased risk for revision compared to that of OA (p< 0.001). Due to huge differences in the studied groups, a more homogenous subset of the data had to be analysed. In this subset, only THAs with well documented prostheses, high-viscosity cements and antibiotic prophylaxis both systemically and in the cement were included (16,874 THAs). In this homogenous subset, no differences in the survivals could be detected for DDH without dislocation and for Perthes’/SFCE compared to OA. For DDH with dislocation the revision risk with all reasons for revisions as endpoint in the analyses was increased 3.3 times compared to OA (p< 0.001), 2.7 times with aseptic loosening as endpoint (p< 0.01) and 10 times with infection as endpoint (p< 0.001).

Conclusions: If well-documented THAs are used after paediatric hip diseases the results are just as good as after osteoarthritis, except for DDH with dislocation where increased revision risk is found.


J. Czubak A. Czwojdzinski

Reorientation of the dysplastic acetabulum can be achieved with a simple Salter or Dega osteotomy. While this may be beneficial in children, it is usually insufficient in more severe adolescent or adult dysplasias. Improvement in coverage with double and triple oste-otomies is limited by the size of the acetabular fragment and the ligaments connected to the sacrum. Correction is achieved with the notable asymmetry of the pelvis. The development of these osteotomies results in making the acetabular fragment smaller and smaller and without ligamentous connection between sacrum and sciatic bone. The periacetabular Ganz osteotomy (PAO) is a compromise of the size of acetabular fragment between triple and dial (spherical) osteotomies. The acetabular fragment as in triple Carlioz and Tonnis osteotomies has no connection with the sacrum, what results in enormous possibilities for correction . Finally, the pelvic ring is left untouched.

The aim of the study is to present our experience and early results in using this technique in the treatment of dysplasia with subluxation in adolescent and young adults.

Our material consists of 42 hips in 35 patients (29 females and 6 males) operated in years 1998 – 2001. In 7 cases there was bilateral involvement, the rest were unilateral. The age at operation was between 11 and 39 years, mean 17,5 years. The indication for the PAO in all cases was acetabular dysplasia with different degree of subluxation. In 10 hips there was severe subluxation with CE below 0°, in 4 hips the signs of osteoarthritis were found. The follow-up ranged from 1 to 4 years. Methods. The PAO as a single procedure was done in 39 hips. In only 3 hips the subtrochanteric DVO was done simultaneously. In clinical pre-op. and post-op. examination the following factors were regarded: pain, limping, Trendelenburg sign, range of motion, leg length discrepancy. Radiographic pre-op. and post-op. examination consisted of AP view of the pelvis, false profile and AP view with leg in abduction. Classic and anterior CE angles were measured.

Results. Flexion slightly decreased from pre-op. 90-140° (av.118°) to 80-130° (av.104°) post-op., abduction left unchanged 15-80° (av.40°) and 15-80° (40°) respectively, adduction slightly increased 15-50° (av.31°) and 20-50° (av. 33°). The range of rotation did not change after operation. The sign of Trendelenburg was found in 27 hips pre-op. and in 8 hips post-op. Pain was found in 29 hips before operation and in 4 after surgery. Either classic or anterior CE angle increased after surgery to the normal value in almost all cases from −14° to 34° and from −10° to 35° respectively. We had a rather low complication rate. In our group 35 operations were done without any complications. In 7 hips the following complications were found: in 1 hip overcorrection and in 2 others insufficient correction, 2 urinary infections, ectopic bone formation in 1 hip, local soft tissue infection in 1 hip and in 1 bad scar formation. We did not find any signs of AVN in our series.


M. Albayrak A.E. Bagatur G Zorer

Purpose: To evaluate femoral head coverage with three-dimensional computed tomographic (3D CT) reconstruction after Pemberton’s pericapsular osteotomy with open reduction in cases with developmental dysplasia of the hip (DDH).

In a prospective study, routine anteroposterior (AP) radiographs and 3D CT reconstruction of the pelvis in 15 consecutive patients with DDH were obtained pre-operatively and six months after surgery. In all patients, a Pemberton’s pericapsular osteotomy with open reduction was performed. The mean age of the patients at the time of surgery was 26 months (range 18 to 34) and 32 months (range 24 to 40) months at the last follow-up. Twelve of the patients were girls and three were boys. The 3D images were studied by using the anterior, posterior, lateral, and inferior views to analyse changes in the acetabular position in the frontal, sagittal, and trns-verse planes. Acetabular indices on radiographs and anterolateral acetabular lip angle (ALAL) on anterior view, posterolateral acetabular lip angle (PLAL) on posterior view, lateral acetabular inclination (LAI) on lateral view, and transverse rotation of the acetabulum (TR) on inferior view were measured pre- and postoperatively. Furthermore, coverage of the femoral head was classified according to Azuma’s criteria on anterior and posterior views.

The mean acetabular index was 38 degrees (range 33 to 52) preoperatively and 19 degrees (range 16 to 23) postoperatively. Comparison between pre- and postoperative 3D CT reconstruction images revealed increased acetabular adduction and extension, and decreased ace-tabular anteversion in all cases. Sufficient coverage of the femoral head was documented in all patients. Pre- and postoperative mean measurements on 3D CT reconstruction images are as follows: ALAL, 33 (range 29-40) – 16 (range 14-20); PLAL, 49 (range 46-52) – 29 (range 26-31); LAI, 48 (range 40-64) – 27 (range 25-30); TR, 13 (range 9-15) – 6 (range 5-10). Coverage of the femoral head was grade I in all patients according to Azuma’s criteria.

Conclusions: Pemberton’s pericapsular osteotomy provides successful results in appropriate cases, with sufficient coverage of the femoral head. However, if there is any doubt, utilisation of 3D CT reconstruction images may contribute to a more precise evaluation of the outcome.


M. MILLIS Y. Kim S. Murphy

We report our early Boston experience with the technique of Ganz, et al., for surgical dislocation of the hip, which provides a safe, powerful approach to certain major intraarticular hip problems.

Materials and Methods: Forty-seven hips with various mechanical disorders have been treated using the Ganz technique of trochanteric flip osteotomy and anterior dislocation (JBJS 83-B: 1119-1124, 2001). Diagnoses include slipped epiphysis 14, Perthes 12, aspherical head/ anterior offset 12, dysplasia 14, multiple exostoses 2, other 3.Seven patients had simultaneous femoral oste-otomies; four had subcapital osteotomies for epiphys-iolysis. All patients had pain and limitation of motion preoperatively, and more than fifty percent had severe deformity and/or some arthrosis. Follow-up was six months to five years. Ages at surgery were eight to forty-eight years (mean twenty years).

Results: The variety of pathologies render objective analysis difficult, though all patients reported greatly reduced pain and increased motion post operatively. Only five patients were totally pain free and had objectively totally normal hips. No patient felt unimproved. No patient had radiographic signs of osteonecrosis.

Conclusion: Paralleling the Bernese experience of more than eight hundred cases, we find the Bernese technique of surgical dislocation to be a safe, effective tool for treating intra-articular hip pathology, increasing treatment possibilities for hip joint preservation. We anticipate greatly expanding its use in the future.


A Roposch JH Wedge

Objective: Severe acetabular dysplasia with established dislocation of the hip represents a common problem in cerebral palsy. Once significant dysplasia is present little remodeling of the acetabulum occurs with femoral osteotomies alone. Pelvic osteotomies should address the problem of acetabular deficiency in order to restore optimal coverage of the femoral head. Standard innominate osteotomies are not recommended for neuromus-cular hip dysplasia. To address the lack of postero-lateral coverage in this population, a modified periacetabular osteotomy was performed.

Methods: Between 1991 and 2000 a total of 44 patients (52 hips) with total body involvement CP underwent this procedure at a mean age of 9,4 yrs. The modification includes only one bicortical cut at the posterior corner at the sciatic notch. The cut extends down to the trira-diate cartilage, if present, and through the former site of the triradiate cartilage after closure of the acetabu-lar growth plate in adolescence. Additional procedures included: open reduction, femoral varus osteotomy, and soft tissue releases. Follow-up included a subjective and clinical evaluation. Radiographic assessment included measurements of the migration percentage and acetab-ular index, evidence of AVN, and premature closure of the triradiate cartilage.

Results: The mean follow-up period for these patients was 3.5 years (1.0 to 8,1 yrs) after surgery, and 70% of the patients had reached skeletal maturity at that time. The median acetabular index improved from 30% pre-operatively to 18% at follow-up. The median migration percentage was 71% preoperatively, and 0 at follow-up. A re-dislocation occurred in 1 hip, and a re-subluxation in another. All other hips were stable and well contained at follow-up. There were 3 hips showing signs of postoperative femoral head defects . Premature closure of the triradiate cartilage was not noted. The caregivers had the impression that the surgery had improved personal care, positioning/transferring, and comfort.

Conclusions: This osteotomy reduces the volume of the elongated acetabulum and provides coverage by articular cartilage. It provides coverage particularly at the posterior part of the acetabulum. Compared to other techniques this modified periacetabular osteotomy has only one posterior cortical cut which extends down to the sciatic notch. Since this cut is cortical, the fragment can be mobilized extensively and it allows placement of a graft and a better posterior coverage.


D. Wenger

Introduction: Acute traumatic separation of the greater trochanter is a rare childhood injury with associated morbidity. Although the risk for femoral head avascular necrosis and morbidity following femoral neck fractures in childhood is well understood, the risk to femoral head blood supply in the much less common greater trochan-teric fracture is not widely known.

Materials and Methods: Three adolescents with greater trochanteric fracture were evaluated and treated. The first, a complete separation incurred in football, was fixed by open surgery using two large A-O screws plus washers. The patient developed severe avascular necrosis requiring further treatment including bone grafting of the femoral head plus shelf acetabuloplasty. The prognosis is guarded. A second patient had a similar injury following a fall from a ladder. Because of our experience with the prior case, she was treated with a careful, minimal open reduction with greater trochanter reat-tachment using a tension band technique. Follow-up has shown a normal femoral head. A third patient presented with progressive pain in the greater trochanter in sporting activities with early separation documented by radiograph. This picture was similar to slipped capital femoral epiphysis. Treatment was by emergent in-situ screw fixation. The hip has developed normally.

Discussion: The growth centers of the femoral head and greater trochanter are conjoined at birth with a similar blood supply The blood supply to the femoral head and neck as well as to the greater trochanter have been carefully studied but with little attention paid to the effect that greater trochanteric fracture might have on femoral head blood supply. The ascending branches of the medial femoral circumflex, which supply the blood to the femoral head via their course to the posterior femoral neck, can readily be injured with traumatic avulsion of the greater trochanter. Femoral head avascular necrosis can result from the fracture itself and/or to the methods of re-attachment.

Recognizing the risk , patients with this injury should be treated with a gentle open reduction with a minimal added trauma from reduction methods or fixation. K-wires and a tension band technique may be the best choice. The child should then be immobilized in a hip spica cast to allow full healing, rather than relying on large internal fixation devices in an attempt to avoid cast immobilization. Adolescents with this injury must be followed for two years to be certain that avascular necrosis does not develop.


Full Access
A Grzegorzewski M Synder W Szymczak JR Bowen

The purpose of this study is to determine how the lateral shape of the acetabulum changes during Perthes disease and if there is any correlation between the lateral acetabulum shape and final result and type of treatment.

The study population consisted of 243 patients with unilateral involvement who had reached skeletal maturity at last follow up. There were 35 (14.4%) female and 208 (85.6%) male patients. The mean age at the onset of symptoms was 7 years and 1 month. AP X-ray films were estimated during fragmentation, reossification and last follow up. Group A consisted of 56 hips, 126 hips were classified as group B and 61 hips as group C according to the Herring classification. For the lateral acetabular shape we proposed a classification: group A – a normal concave acetabular roof, group B – a horizontal flat roof and group C – a roof convexly rounded and up going. All hips were treated by containment methods (bed rest and traction in abduction-78 hips, Petri cast-31 hips, brace-94 hips, varus osteotomy-20 hips, Salter oste-otomy-12 hips and shelf arthroplasty-8 hips). The outcomes of treatment were evaluated according to the Stulberg classification.

During fragmentation stage we found 78 (32.1%) hips with normal lateral acetabular shape-type A. Horizontal roof-type B was noted in 136 (56%) hips and in 29 (11.9%) type C was observed. We observed improvement in the shape of lateral acetabulum after treatment. At the last follow up there were 124 (51%) hips with type A, 81 (33.3%) with type B and 38 (15.7%) with type C. Statistical analysis revealed significant correlation between lateral acetabular shape and Stulberg classification. A normal concave acetabular roof at the fragmentation stage leaded mainly to Stulberg group 1and 2 whereas a roof convexly rounded and up going leaded to Stulberg group 3, 4 or 5 (p< 0.0001). Analysis showed no statistical significant correlation between treatment by using bed rest and traction in abduction, Petri cast, braces and development the lateral acetab-ular shape (p=0.09). Only treatment by using surgical methods improved the lateral acetabular shape at the last follow up (p=0.0015).

The acetabulum is a mould for remodeling of the deformed femoral head in Perthes disease and the lateral acetabulum plays the most important role. We can expect that normal shape of the acetabulum gives good result at final follow up whereas a roof convexly rounded usually follows to Stulberg group 3, 4 or 5. Only surgical treatment improves the shape of the acetabulum.


M. Macnicol P. Crofton C. Macfarlane B Wardhaugh M. Ranke

Objectives: (1) To establish whether the acute phase of Perthes’ disease is associated with abnormalities of growth or bone/collagen turnover. (2) To investigate subsequent changes during treatment and healing.

Methods: In a longitudinal study of 9 children (7 boys), mean age 6.5years (range 3.0 -9.8 years), we serially monitored insulin-like growth factor (IGF)-I, IGF binding protein (BP)-3, bone alkaline phosphatase (ALP, osteoblast activity), C-terminal propeptide of type I collagen (PICP, bone collagen synthesis), C-terminal telopeptide of type I collagen (ICTP, bone collagen degradation), and N-terminal propeptide of type III collagen (P3NP, soft tissue collagen synthesis) in weeks 1,2 and 12 following acute presentation with a limp and again (in 7/9 patients) 1-2 years after presentation. We measured lengths of both lower legs by knemometry at weeks 1,2,6 and 12. Height and weight were measured at baseline and at year 2 follow-up.

Results: Stature was normal at presentation but height SD score subsequently declined (P: 0;06). In week 1, patients already had low circulating IGF-I (P < 0.05), PICP and P3NP (P < 0.0001) and increased ICTP (P:0.001) compared with age ang sex-matched reference groups, indicating low rates of collagen synthesis and enhanced rates of collagen breakdown. Normal or high body mass index ruled out under-nutrition as a cause for the low IGF-I. IGF-I, ICTP and P3NP showed little further change over the next 2 years. Increases in bone ALP and PICP during follow-up (P < 0.06) may have reflected healing of infarcted epiphysis or increased bone turnover associated with reduced physical activity. Year 2 height SD scores correlated with IGF-I (r +0.83, P < 0.05), suggesting that persistently low IGF-I may have contributed to declining height SD scores. Asymmetrical lower leg growth observed during the acute phase may reflect differential weight-bearing on affected and unaffected limbs. Subsequent cessation, then resumption of symmetrical lower leg growth probably reflected our treatment of immobilisation followed by gentle remobilisation.

Conclusions: This study provides insights into the patho-physiology of the growth abnormalities associated with the fragmentation and healing phases of Perthes’ disease.


Meiss Ludwig L. Clarfeld

Introduction: Autopsy findings (Jensen and Lauritzen 1976, Catterall et al. 1982) as well as own MRI studies (Lange et al. 1996) indicate that in Perthes’ disease there is an early cartilaginous enlargement of the femoral head. Lack of concomitant acetabular enlargement will lead to loss of containment and subluxation. We divided the transverse acetabular ligament (TAL) to promote expansion of the acetabulum for prevention of femoral head extrusion and loss of containment.

Material and Methods: We report 13 patients with Perthes’disease belonging to Catterall group III or IV. The operation was performed when MRI showed a labrum lift near horizontal position indicating risk of loss of containment (Meiss 2001). There was an average cartilaginous head enlargement of 11 % in comparison to the uneffected side as measured by the Maximum Oblique Diameter. Division of the TAL was performed through an antero-medial approach (Ludloff 1913, Wein-stein 1993). A window of about 1,5 x 1 cm was created in the capsule which was left open.

The TAL was divided but not removed. In all cases strict non-weightbearing was imposed postoperatively (use of a wheel chair and crutches) until well into the regeneration phase. The average period of non-weight-bearing was 1 year and 10 months. An abduction pillow was worn at night.

Results: The results after an average follow-up of 4,2 years (range 2,6 -5,3 years) were evaluated according to Stulberg (1981) and Catterall (1982) with emphasis on the radiographic appearance (sphericity of the femoral head, joint congruity, containment [acetabulum head index], articulo-trochanteric distance). The result was excellent in 2 cases, good in 8, satisfactory in 2, and poor in 1 case. Two patients had a bad compliance for non-weightbearing and underwent additional bony procedures. The outcome was satisfactory and poor.

Conclusions: Our data indicate that the combination of the division of the TAL and a strict conservative treatment gives very satisfactory results in Catterall group III and IV cases that present with signs of risk of loss of containment on MRI.


P. Koczewski

The risk of contra-lateral slip in patients with primary unilateral slipped capital femoral epiphysis (SCFE) is difficult to determine. The material consists of 115 patients operated on because of unilateral SCFE between 1968 – 1991. There were 75 boys (65%) and 40 girls (35%). The mean age at the diagnosis was 12.8 years.

Methods. Measurements of such radiological parameters of hip joints as: neck-shaft angle, Alsberg angle, slip angle and Klein’s sign were done. All these measurements were done in three periods. First – at the time of admission, second – at the time of suspected contra-lateral slip and third – at follow up (minimum 2 yrs after subcapital growth plate closure). The mean follow up was 11 yrs (2 – 29)

Results. Contra-lateral slip developed in 73% of patients with Alsberg angle (capital physeal – femoral shaft angle) less than 61° and only in 43% of patients with this angle bigger than 61°. No correlation between developing of contra-lateral slip and femoral neck – shaft angle, slip angle and negative Klein’s sign was found. A positive Kline’s sign in the “healthy” hip was observed in 37% of patients with unilateral SCFE at the moment of the fist slip and in all of them contra-lateral slip and/or early coxarthrosis developed.

Conclusions. More vertical orientation of the proximal femoral epiphysis can be used as risk factor of the contra-lateral slip in patients with primary unilateral SCFE. Femoral neck – shaft angle, slip angle and negative Kline’s sign in the “healthy” hip have no prognostic value according to the contra-lateral slip. More than 1/3 of the patients with primary unilateral slip developed a symptomatic contra-lateral slip.


A. Baker Porter DE1 M Fraser AHRW Simpson

Introduction: Diminished adult stature is a key feature of Hereditary Multiple Exostoses (HME). Current debate on the pathogenesis of skeletal abnormalities in HME centres on whether there are ‘field-change’ effects which might retard bone-growth, or whether exostoses themselves distort normal bone development locally. The latter theory allows for surgical excision of exostoses to improve prospects for local normal bone development whereas the former does not. No study has previously investigated patterns of height disturbance in HME. Such an analysis in a cohort of children and adults with HME may provide evidence for or against either pathogenesis theory, and throw light on the chance of success of lower limb surgery in improving final height.

Methods: Between 1996 and 2000, 172 individuals from 78 families with HME had clinical measurement of standing height and leg length (anterior superior iliac spine to medial malleolus. 71 were skeletally immature (1st and 2nd decades). Surgical intervention in anatomical areas affecting stature (lower limb, pelvis and spine) were recorded. Centile heights were calculated from Tanner Whitehouse charts.

Results: 25/172 (15%) exhibited severe short stature (< 3rd centile height). Overall, Statural retardation was not apparent up to age 10; thereafter progressive diminution in centile height was recorded (figure 1). Before age 10, 25/37 (68%) were over the 50th centile. Beyond this age, 98/35 (73%) were less than the 50th centile (X2=22.42, p< 0.001). 101 patients who had surgery did not achieve a greater stature than those who had not. In the normal population lower limb contribution to height increases with age, whereas in HME it remains static suggesting that the retardation of stature seen between ages 10 and 20 in HME is mainly due to lower limb, not spinal growth retardation. Leg length discrepancy of > 1% of centile height was seen in 35/167 (21%), encompassing all age groups without significant difference.

Discussion: The pattern of height retardation observed in this study is consistent with a progressive linear disturbance which is not apparent in early childhood, but progresses significantly in the second decade. Overt spinal exostoses are rare; and the spine’s contribution to growth retardation in HME appears be far less than that due to the lower limb. Although the genetics of HME allow for a field-change effect as well as a local osteo-chondroma effect, these results reinforce the possibility that solutions to severe short stature in HME may be achieved through lower limb surgery.


Lascombes Pierre P Bordigoni Th Haumont

Eight children developed osteochondroma (OS) at a mean of 88 months, after hematopoietic stem cell transplantation (HSCT). The mean age at HSCT was 56 months (12-84). This represents a cumulative incidence of 20% among patients less than 18 years of age transplanted from 1981 to 1997. These eight patients underwent allogeneic (n=2) of autologous (n=6) transplantation for either acute leukemia (n=6) or neuroblastoma (n=2) after a conditioning regimen including total body irradiation (n=7) or a combination of Busulfan and Cyclophosphamide.Multiple OS were indentified in seven patients and a solitary OS in one. Locations included: clavicle (2), ribs (2), superior iliac epiphysis (1), metaphy-sis of the distal femur (2), distal (2) and proximal (1) tibia, proximal humerus (1), distal radii (3), scapula (3), proximal metaphysis of the proximal phalanges of the fingers (2) and parietal bone (1). OS were asymptomatic in four children. Eight lesions in five patients were resected and all were benign. No recurrence occured.Four children received growth hormone before diagnosis of OS, but there was no clinical, radiological or histological difference between those who did not. Univariate analysis showed an increased rate associated only with autolo-gous HSCT, with a 31,7% probability of a new OS et 12 years after HSCT.Ostoechondroma should be added to the other adverse effects of HSCT in children.


B. Erol J. Lou J. Dormans

Introduction: Traditional treatment options for unicameral bone cysts (UBCs) include observation, sequential steroid injections, and open curettage and bone grafting, which are all associated with high recurrence rates, persistence and complications. Due to these factors, a new minimally invasive percutaneous technique (MIPT) utilizing calcium sulfate pellets was instituted. The purpose of the study was to evaluate the effectiveness and morbidity of MIPT for the treatment of unicameral bone cysts (UBCs) in children utilizing osteoconductive calcium sulfate pellets.

Material and methods: Eighteen children (8 girls, 10 boys) with UBCs were surgically treated using MIPT and had an average followup of 26 months (range, 24-42 months). Average age at the time of surgery was 11 years (range, 5-17 years), and 16 were skeletally immature. The patients underwent aspiration, cystogram, and biopsy under fluoroscopic guidance, followed by percutaneous intramedullary decompression, curettage and grafting with calcium sulfate pellets through a specially designed trocar system. To protect against fracture, the extremity was protected in a sling (for proximal humerus) or cast (for selected cases of lower extremity) for several weeks until structural integrity was sufficient. Followup was performed for each patient through clinical evaluation and radiographic review. Cyst healing was determined radiographically and defined as opacification and cortical thickening.

Results: All patients returned to daily activities with complete clinical recovery. Radiographically, 13 (72%) patients demonstrated complete healing and 5 patients (28%) showed significant partial healing (> 80% obliteration with cortical thickening) of the cyst. None of the patients required additional treatment. There were no recurrences or complications.

Conclusion: MIPT utilizing calcium sulfate pellets is potentially an effective treatment for UBCs in children with high healing and low reoperation and complication rates.


J. Chomiak J Huracek P. Dungl

Purpose of the study. To evaluate the changes of the wrist by arthroscopy without distraction in patients with multiple hereditary osteochondromatosis (MHO), and enchon-dromatosis in relation to the forearm deformity, and the combination with the following surgical procedure.

Introduction. Arthroscopy of the wrist in childhood was not published previously. Wrist arthroscopy was used to evaluate the changes in the wrist in patients with MHO and enchondromatosis and to correlate these changes to specific deformities of the forearm bones.

Material and Methods. The arthroscopy without distraction was used in 11 children in 13 wrist joints, with MHO (nine patients) and enchondromatosis (two patients). Conventional 2.4 mm arthroscope and the III/IV, VI/R and MCU approaches were used in combination mostly with the following surgical procedures according to the presented deformities (11 times). The arthroscopic find-ings were correlated to the conventional X-ray examinations of the wrist (radial articular angle, carpal slip, and relative ulna shortening).

Results. 1. Wrist arthroscopy without distraction offers sufficient information about wrist anatomy in children to make it possible to continue with the surgical procedure in the same session. 2. The arthroscopic findings in the radiocarpal and mediocarpal space were normal in all wrist joints. 3. The articular disc of the triangular fibro-cartilage complex failed in seven wrists where shortening of the ulna was present or the head of ulna was not centered to the incisura radii. 4. A normal or reduced disc was found in six wrists where the ulna was not shortened or a normal position of the head of the ulna was re-established after lengthening. No correlation was obtained between discus anatomy and the radial articular angle and the carpal slip.

Conclusions. Shortening of the ulna by MHO or enchon-dromatosis leads to the disappearance of the articular disc. Centering the ulna to the distal radioulnar joint can lead to re-establishment of the articular disc. Arthros-copy without distraction permits evaluation of the condition of the wrist, the results of treatment, and enables the surgical procedure to be performed in the same session.


S. Turra Gigante G.L. Bisinella R. Sinigaglia L. Zanesco S. Varotto

Paediatric acute leukemia may present with various clinical mifestations that mimic different orthopaedic conditions and can produce diagnostic confusion. In a retrospective study we reviewed the cases of 129 children (average age 6.2 years) affected by acute leukemia who had been seen between 1984 and 1999 at the Paediatric Haemato-Oncology Department of the University of Padova and had complete clinical and radiographic data. Almost all the patients (93.7%) had a variety of general signs and symptoms at presentation: weakness (44.3%); anorexia (32.7%); lethargy (7.8%); fever (64.2%); pallor (79.6%); bleeding (25.3%); lymphoadenopathy (58.8%); hepatosplenomeg-aly (75.6%). Thirty-seven patients (28.6%) had complaints related to the muscoloskeletal system when they were first seen including: pain (92.7%), swelling (29,7%), joint limitation (47.8%), limping (18.8%). Skeletal surveys were made for ninety-two (71.3%) of the patients when the diagnosis of leukemia was made, while the other thirty-seven (28.6%) had radiograms of the symptomatic areas. Seventy-five patients (58.1%) presented normal radiograms and fifty-four (41.9%) showed one or more abnormalities. Osteopenia was diagnosed in eight patients; lytic lesions were see in fourteen; metaphyseal bands in ten; periosteal reactions in four; osteosclerosis in two; mixed osteoscle-rosis and osteolysis in two; permetive pattern in eight; vertebral collapse in three children. During the course of the disease two patients developed avascular necrosis of the femoral head; one reported a pathologic femoral neck fracture; three presented collapse of one or more vertebral bodies. All these findings are not pathognomonic but the clinician should always include acute leukemia in the differential diagnosis of any child with unexplained radio-grafic changes and/or persistent skeletal pain.


F Motta Romei M.° Galli M.°

Statement of clinical significance: Gait Analysis (GA) is a valuable technique for investigating functional limitations in children with gait abnormalities. Because GA generates such a large quantity of data, it could be more useful to have a single parameter derived from kinematic and kinetic GA data. For this reason, Schutte proposed the use of a global index (Normalcy Index – NI) that is derived from 16 selected gait variables and measures the distance between the patient’s gait data and that of a control population with no pathology. The first aim of this study is the classification of children with gait abnormalities such as “clumsy” children, idiopathic Toe-walkers and children affected by Cerebral Palsy using NI and the second aim is to verify the usefulness of the NI in the characterisation of these subjects’ gait.

Material and methods: The GA trials were carried out at the “Gait Analysis Lab”, Children Hospital “V.Buzzi”, Milan, Italy by using an ELITE system (8 TVC working at 100 Hz) and two force platforms (Kistler, CH). 25 subjects with no known gait pathology (mean age 14, range: 7– 28 years) underwent GA and formed the group needed in order to define the parameters of normal gait. The subjects with gait abnormalities were 7 clumsy children (mean age: 7 years, range: 5-10 years), 17 idiopathic Toe-walkers (mean age: 6 years, range: 5-8 years) and 166 subjects affected by Cerebral Palsy (mean age: 10 years, range: 3-24 years) divided in two groups: Independent Walkers (33 hemiplegics, 106 diplegics and 7 quadriplegics) and Dependent Walkers (13 diplegics and 7 quadriplegics). The mean NI over the available trials was calculated for each subject. For all the subjects the left and right side NI values were pooled. Group means and standard errors were then calculated.

Results: For clumsy children and for idiopathic Toe-walkers we obtained mean NI values higher than mean NI value found for healthy subjects, but they are smaller than the mean NI values calculated for subjects affected by Cerebral Palsy. Moreover for children affected by Cerebral palsy, we found that higher degrees of severity of CP induced impairment were associated with higher NI values, in accordance with the findings of Schutte et al. The division of the Cerebral Palsy subjects into Independent and Dependent Walkers shows that the use of aids results in a locomotor pattern that is totally incomparable with that of “normal gait”.

Conclusions: The NI is easy to understand and to apply in order to summarize GA data. It is a useful element in the classification of the locomotor pattern of subjects with motor abnormalities. The NI is able to distinguish normal subjects from clumsy children and idiopathic Toe-walkers, patients with only minor abnormalities and by using NI it’s possible to classify different levels of functional impairments in group of subjects affected by Cerebral Palsy.


MV Belthur RJ Grimer SR Carter RM Tillman

Aim: The purpose of this retrospective study was to analyse the risk factors, causes, bacteriology of deep infection following extensible endoprosthetic replacement for bone tumours in children and to review our experience in the treatment of 20 patients with infected prostheses.

Materials and methods: 123 patients with extensible endoprostheses were treated between 1983 and 1998. Three types of prostheses, which differed in the lengthening mechanism used, were implanted. 20 of these were diagnosed to have deep infection. Patients were divided into 3 groups: group I- 5 patients were treated with a single stage revision, group II- 13 patients were treated with a two stage revision procedure, group III- 2 patients had a primary amputation. Control of infection was assessed clinically and with inflammatory markers. Function was assessed using the MSTS score.

Results: The overall incidence of infection was 16%. The incidence of infection at the proximal tibia and distal femur was 27% and 14% respectively. Staphylococcus epidermi-dis was the most common organism. The most common clinical features were pain and swelling around the pros-theses. Infection in most cases was immediately preceded by an operative procedure or by distant a focus of infection. The number of operative procedures and the site of the prosthesis were significant risk factors. The success rate was 20% in Group I and 84.6% Group II. Amputation was the salvage procedure of choice for failed revision procedures. The mean MSTS functional score was 83% in patients in whom the infection was controlled.

Conclusion: The incidence of deep infection is high following extensible endoprostheses. The site of the pros-thesis and the number of operative procedures are significant risk factors.


U. Exner

Allograft reconstruction of large defects after resection of malignant tumors is one option besides use of artificial and other biologic material. Allografts allow for a 1:1 reconstruction of the defect, while endoprosthetic reconstruction for its anchorage usually needs resection of more bone or joint structures and thus more loss of growth plates. Tibial allografts used in adults according to the literature and our own experience has been rather diasappointng – while in our experience in children they seem to function better.

Patients and Methods: In 6 children with open growth plates 8 reconstructions with massive fresh frozen cry-preserved allografts have been performed. Age at surgery was 7, 8 (2 children), 9, 11 and 13 years. 4 osteoarticular reconstructions were performed (1 distal tibia, 2 proximal tibia), the others were proximal tibia epiphysis sparing reconstructions after transepiphysial proximal tbia resections.

Results: All reconstructions between the recipient and allograft fused, except in one patient developing pseud-arthrosis at diaphysial level after irradiation. The joint function in 2 patients with osteoarticular allografts is excellent at 10 and 6 years f/u. One patient with an osteoarticular allograft died after 2 years from metastases, one needed replacement of the allograft because of a fracture at 4 years and at 6 y f/u of the second allograft is scheduled for resurfacing of the knee joint because of cartilage degeneration. In 4 transepiphyseal resectio-nas and reconstructions the joint fuction continues to be excellent at 1 to 5 year f/u

Conclusion: Allograft reconstructions of the tibia in growing children may have better results than in adults. This may be due to better incorporation. They may allow for partial or complete joint sparing and the growth plate of the joint partner . Good results definitely depend on the appropriate indication, choice of allograft and surgical Technique.


Full Access
F Monsell H Hosalker P. Harper

The Proteus syndrome involves asymmetrical gigantism, verrucous epidermal naevi, vascular malformations, hamartomas and hyperostosis. The clinical features have frequently been described, but the radiological features have not been studied in detail. This paper describes the radiological features of a group of 18 patients (12 male, 6 female) that presented to the Department of Dermatology and Orthopaedic Surgery of this institution.

Plain radiographs of each affected area were obtained to assist in the diagnosis and subsequent management of each patient. These radiographs were evaluated in an attempt to define the radiological anatomy of the osseous lesions.

The abnormalities were classified as involving abnormal ossification, hyperostotic overgrowth or ectopic calcification. The individual features of each group will be presented. We attempted to define radiological parameters that were specific to this condition and therefore useful in diagnosis. We considered a number of radiological measurements and found a consistent alteration in bony architecture of the upper and lower limbs of affected individuals. This association was not detected in other overgrowth symptoms. This is the first objective radiological parameter that assists in the diagnosis of this rare condition.


DM Eastwood D Back A Hilton C Black

Purpose: To review the orthopaedic manifestations and document the results of surgical intervention. Material and Methods: A review of all 22 children currently attending a specialist scleroderma clinic was performed. Disease extent was measured in terms of percentage body surface area (BSA) affected and all orthopaedic abnormalities were documented. The outcome of surgical intervention was evaluated.

Results: All children presented by the age of 12 and all but 2 had developed joint contractures of either the lower or upper limbs affecting function within 2yrs of diagnosis. Overall, lower limbs were more commonly affected than upper. Abdominal scleroderma led to a scoliosis in 75% of cases. The mean BSA affected was 35% (range 5-65%) with contractures more related to site of disease rather than extent. Pain was associated with lower limb contractures and loss of function with hand contractures. Limb length discrepancy (LLD) was common with a mean of 3cms (range 2-6.5cms). 8 children have had surgery. 7 developed wound healing problems. 50% of operations failed to correct the deformity and in a further 25% relapse has occurred. In the remaining 2 cases a good result was achieved. In addition, one epiphysiodesis has been performed and 3 are planned.

Conclusions: This is the largest known review of children with linear scleroderma. Joint contractures are common but poorly managed by conservative methods alone. Surgical intervention is difficult but early defini-tive treatment is recommended with subsequent aggressive splinting during growth whilst the disease is active. LLD must be corrected.


C. F Moseley E. Lin

Purpose: To modify the technique of Sofield to minimize avascularity and to maximize stability.

Introduction: Sofield and Millar described a technique for the correction of severe long bone deformity in osteogenesis imperfecta which involved removing the diaphysis from the limb and cutting it into several segments. These segments were then threaded on a rod without regard to their original position in the bone, their end to end orientation, or their rotation. The patient was then immobilized in a plaster cast. In order to avoid the extreme bone atrophy seen in some patients, sometimes called ‘disappearing bone disease’, and to provide sufficient stability to obviate cast immobilization we have modified Sofield’s technique.

Surgical principles: Our technique follows the following guidelines: 1. Make as few osteotomies as possible; 2. Avoid, if possible, completely stripping any segment of bone; 3. In severely angulated bones which cannot be made straight without shortening, the part of the bone excised should include the area of maximum deformity; 4. In order to maximize angular stability make the cuts as far from the ends of the bone as possible; and 5. In order to achieve rotational stability make the cuts 45 degrees oblique.

Material and methods: We reviewed 46 bones of 23 patients aged 1 to 20 years at the time of the study. There were 23 tibiae and 23 femora. We measured the angular deformity of the mechanical axis of the distal femur and the proximal and distal tibia. Six patients had only one bone corrected, 9 had two, 4 had 3, and 2 patients had corrections of both tibiae and both femora. We counted the number of cuts on the post-operative x-ray. Achieving shortening by removal of a piece was counted as one cut since it did not produce an additional segment. We noted whether or not a post-operative cast was used.

Results: In no case, not even in the most severe deformities, were more than two cuts required. There was no difference in the tendency of the femur and tibia to require more than one cut. We observed no instances of ‘disappearing bone disease’. A few bones were so fragile that they tended to crumble during surgery and in these patients cast immobilization was employed.

Conclusions: Viability of bone is enhanced by minimizing the number of osteotomies and periosteal stripping. Oblique osteotomies provide sufficient rotational stability that post-operative immobilization is unnecessary.


H Ghoneem

Background: Distal forearm fractures are common in children. Many studies have described high failure rate when treated by closed reduction and immobilization in plaster cast. Loss of reduced position in the cast has been shown to be the most important factor leading to malunion and failure of the treatment. Treating these fractures by closed reduction and percutaneous Kirsch-ner (K-) wiring has been recommended.

Objective: This study aims at determining the value of management of distal forearm fractures in children by closed reduction and percutaneous K-wiring in avoiding treatment failure and improving the final outcome.

Material and methods: A series of 70 displaced distal forearm fractures in children was studied. These children were randomly allocated to one of two treatment groups: either manipulation and cast alone, or manipulation and percutaneous K-wiring with cast. Both groups were followed up until union occurred. Looking at the incidence of redisplacement, the radiological position at union, and the functional results four months after injury.

Results: Redisplacement occurred in 8 out of 35 patients in the cast group (23%), compared to none in the K-wiring group (the difference was statistically significant).The quality of reduction was significantly better in the K-wire group, both initially and at union. Only 59 patients (84%) were reviewed 4 months after injury, none of the children in both groups had functional deficit.


P. Havranek T. Pehl

Aim of study: Finding the differences between classic distal humeral physeal injuries as radial condylar phy-seal injury, intercondylar fractures or apophyseal injuries and separations of the entire distal humeral epiphysis. To identify a classification of this serious injury according to the age.

Material: Children treated in the Regional Paediatric Trauma Centre, Thomayer Teaching Hospital, Prague during the period of last ten years (1992 – 2001): 14.708 patients with fractures; 1.249 from them with humeral fractures, 875 with distal humeral fractures and 29 with separation of distal humeral epiphysis.

Methods: Retrospective study of all cases with separation of the entire distal humeral epiphysis, diagnostic imaging, methods of treatment and results. Especially pitfalls and their reasons are followed.

Results: Eight fracture-separations were misdiagnosed or not recognised. One half of injuries was operated on either by miniinvasive or open surgery. In all misdiag-nosed cases serious sequels were recorded.

Conclusions: Separation of the entire distal humeral epiphysis has several forms according to ossification of the humerus. The most difficult diagnosis is in young children with cartilaginous periarticular skeleton invisible on X-rays. Stress investigation in general anaesthesia with the use of an image Intensifier or ultrasound imaging can be helpful. However, the knowledge of this type of skeletal injury is not welll known and due to frequent complications can be considered as one of most dangerous fractures in children.


R Sakkers D. Kok C. Uiterwaal R. Engelbert A. van Dongen M. Jansen

Methods: To participate in this study with a follow-up of 2 years the children with osteogenesis imperfecta (OI) had at least a restricted level of ambulation according to the criteria of Bleck and no history of prior bisphospho-nate use. Primary outcome measurements were BMD (L1-L4 and calcaneus), functional outcome (Bleck, Pediatric Disability Inventory (PEDI) and muscle strength) and quality of life (self-perception profile for children by Harter (CBSK)). Additional outcomes were sitting height, vertebral height (mean L1-L4) and fracture rate. Thirty-four children were included. Half of the children were treated with Olpadronate (dimethyl-APD, 10mg/m2/day), the others received placebo tablets. All children were supplied with calcium (500mg/m2/day) and vitamin D (400 I.U./day).

Results: Thirty-two children completed the two-year follow-up period of the study, 15 of them in the Olpadro-nate and 17 in the placebo group. The mean ages were 10.4 (SD 2.8) and 10.6 (SD 4.0) years, respectively, in both groups. In the complete study group, spinal BMD increased significantly during the two years of follow-up (p< 0.005), but the level of BMD accretion per year in the Olpadronate group was higher than in the placebo group (p< 0.0155). Increase of BMD at the os calcis was also seen in both groups (p< 0.05) with a borderline sig-nificant difference between the groups in favour of the Olpadronate group (p=0.085). Sitting height, vertebral height and muscle strength increased in both groups without a significant difference between the groups. No differences in changes in functional outcome (Bleck, PEDI) or self-perception (CBSK, Harter) were observed. Fracture rate and the percentage of children with 3 or more fractures during the 2 years follow-up were lower in the Olpadronate group compared to the placebo group. No side effects of the medication were noted during this study.

Conclusion: In this first double-blind randomized placebo-controlled study on the effects of bisphosphonates in children with OI, Olpadronate proved to be effective as demonstrated by a greater annual increase in BMD, independent from the effects of increase of age and calcium and vitamin D supplementation. Fracture risk seemed to decrease, however, given the interindividual variation in fracture rate within both groups, care must be taken in the wording of conclusions. The relationship between an increase in BMD and items such as functional outcome and quality of life remains unclear.


A Rehm W Gaine BI Singh B Alman

All supracondylar humeral fractures managed with closed or open reduction and pin fixation at the Hospital for Sick Children between 1995 and 2002 were retrospectively reviewed. Time from injury to treatment, post reduction complications and need for open reduction were recorded. Fractures treated ≥ 8 hours from injury were considered in the early treatment group while > 8 hours were considered in the late treatment group. Fractures presenting with a cold hand (four patients) were taken to the operating room as quickly as possible and were excluded from the study.

There were 431 patients with a Gartland grade 3 and 141 patients with a Gartland grade 2b. The time from injury to surgery ranged from 2 hours to 13 days. The average time to reduction was 12 hours for grade 3 injuries and 21 hours for grade 2b injuries. None of the patients had an initial closed reduction in the emergency department. The early treatment group consisted of 230 patients with two compartment syndromes, six ulnar-, one superficial radial-, one median- and one radial nerve palsy, one septic arthritis, one pin site infection, six open reductions and one re-manipulation was required for loss of reduction. The late treatment group consisted of 342 patients with six ulnar-, three median-, one radial nerve palsy and one lateral cutaneous nerve of the forearm palsy, three pin site infections, five open reductions and re-manipulation was required in one patient. All nerve palsies recovered post-operatively.

Conclusion: There was no significant difference in the proportion of complications between the early and late treatment group, but the most severe complication, the development of a compartment syndrome was only seen in the early group. Delayed treatment of supracondylar humeral fractures seems to be safe in a large number of patients, and in fact, most of our patients were treated more than eight hours from the injury. Early operation of fractures not associated with a neurovascular compromise also does not seem to reduce the complication rate. Nevertheless the decision when to operate needs to be decided for each patient individually.


Batouty M. Magdy M. El-Sayed A. Hammad

Eighteen children between the ages of 6 and 12 years with unilateral non-united femoral neck fractures were treated by valgus intertrochanteric osteotomy with bone grafting between January 1995 and December 2000. Twelve fractures were judged as Pauwel 3, and 6 as Pauwel 2, and 5 children had avascular necrosis in addition to non-union. The initial treatment included internal fixation in 14 fractures, conservative treatment in 2 fractures, and no treatment in 2. The average interval from injury to osteotomy was 10 months (8-14 months). In each case we used a 90° child or adolescent hip plate modified by making an angle of 120 0 between the blade and shaft portions to simulate an adult Osteotomy plate. All fractures healed after osteotomy and bone grafting; the average time to radiological union was 12 weeks (8-24 weeks). At an average follow-up of 3.5 years (2-6 years), 15 cases were rated good, 2 fair, and 1 poor based on Ratliff’s criteria. Valgus osteotomy with bone grafting provided successful results in treatment of non-united femoral neck fractures in children, even in the presence of avascular necrosis.


D. Collins E. Sheehan D. Collins K. Mulhall S. Kearns D. McCormack

Introduction: Subject to recent literature citing a reduction in ankle range of motion predisposing to ankle fractures in children, we decided prospectively to analyse the passive range of motion in children presenting to our fracture clinic with simple distal radial metaphyseal fractures treated conservatively in cast.

The range of motion was assessed by two observers, and measured using a goniometer in 80 patients. (42 radial fractures and 38 controls) The controls were recruited from children presenting with lower limb injuries and with no prior history of an upper limb injury or neuromuscular condition. The fractures were as a result of simple falls onto the outstretched hand with definite radiological and clinical findings. The range of motion in the contralateral limb was assessed. Both groups showed an equal distribution of dominant and non-dominant limbs.

Results: Both groups were well matched with an average age of 10 and 10.3 years fracture group and control group respectively, and gender 55% male fracture group and 52.5% control group. The m injured group showed a passive range of motion of 1680, whereas the control group showed a higher range of motion of 1820, a difference of 140 (p< . 005 student t-test). A third blinded independent observer of 20 children assessed Intra and interobserver error, and no observer was noted to have higher or lower readings.

Conclusion: Children with radial fractures have a lower passive range of motion of their wrists than Controls. This may contribute to the aetiology of wrist fractures in a paediatric population. An possible explanation may be as cited in original work that children who sustain fractures have less mobility around their joints due to reduced elasticity in their musculoskeletal framework. Simple passive stretching of fracture prone joints should therefore be advised.


C. Aksoy Ö. Çaolar M. Yazycy A. Surat

The traditional treatment method of pediatric femoral shaft fracture has been traction and spica casting.This method is safe but prolonged immobilization, frequent X-ray , pin tract infections are some of the disadvantages. Internal fixation has become an alternative treatment in especially children between 6-10 years. Surgical treatment has been advocated for children who have multiple injuries or severe head injury. Compression plate fixation provides rigid and stable fixation but requires extensive dissection. Fixation of the fractures with flex-ible intramedullary nailing is another alternative treatment method and is safe and effective especially in simple transverse and short oblique fractures.In the current study we tried to evaluate the results of flexible intramedullary nailing and compare them with compression plate fixation. Thirty four patients with 36 femoral segments were included to the study. Clinical and radiological records of the patients were evaluated retrospectively. Patient’s demographic data, mechanism of injury, type of treatment , duration of the operation ,age ,side were obtained from the files. 19 femoral segments were treated with compression plating .There were 13 male and 5 female patients in this group. The mean age was 7.7 (6-10).The mean operation time was 100 minutes.(75-160 minutes- time between entering and leaving the operation room )Average time to healing was calculated as 7.7 (4-10 ) months.In this group, four femoral segment non-unions and implant failures occured in 6-10 months time .These patients were managed with titanium elastic nail.17 femoral segments were treated with titanium elastic nail ( TEN ).There were 10 male and 6 female patients in this group.The mean age of the patients were 7.9 years ( 7-10 ) .There were four patients managed with plate fixation previously . Revision surgery was done with implant removal and open reduction.The remaining 12 patients were operated with closed reduction and nailing. The mean operation time for this group was 86 ( 45-135) minutes . No immobilization method was used and partial weigth bearing permitted after the surgery.The mean healing time was 4 ( 3-7 ) months for this group. As we compare the both groups , the results were similiar. Average operation time was shorter in the nailing group but there were no statistically significant difference between the two groups. ( p> 0.05) . Average healing time was statistically significantly shorter in the nailing group. ( p= 0.038)

It is generally accepted that plating is a traditionally safe and effective method; this study demonstrates that flexible intramedullary nailing maintains shorter operation time and shorter time to healing . The lack of need of post-operative immobilization , and small incisions for the insertion of the nail which is cosmetically more acceptable are the other advantages of this method.

Conclusion: Internal fixation with flexible intramedul-lary nailing of the femoral fractures in pediatric age group is an advocatable solution.


C Hasler L Von Laer AK Hell

Introduction: The variety of operative procedures for neglected Monteggia lesions reflect the difficulty to securely keep the radial head relocated. The amount and direction of angulation in case of an ulnar oste-otomy can only be defined intraoperatively by empirically searching for the appropriate position since the primary ulnar deformity has already partially or completely remodelled with growth in most cases.

Material and Methods: Retrospective study. From Janu-ary 1998 to May 2001 14 patients with late missed Mon-teggia lesions (Bado type I) underwent an osteotomy and external fixation (Hoffmann II compact, Howmed-ica) of the ulna combined with an open reduction of the radial head but without reconstruction of the anular ligament. The average age of 7 girls and 7 boys at the time of reconstruction was 9 years (5 to 15 years), the mean interval between the primary trauma and the reconstructive procedure 21 months (2 weeks to 7 years). Removal of the external fixator:12 weeks (7 – 16 weeks).

Results: In 12 patients the radial head remained located, in 2 patients it re-dislocated postoperatively. After early postoperative closed reduction in one patient and open relocation of the radial head in the other patient with modification of the external fixation, the radial head remained located. Preoperatively 7 of the 14 patients showed a decreased range of motion which improved postoperatively in most cases. Thirteen of the 14 patients had a clinical and radiological follow-up 14 months (3 – 44 months) after the reconstructive procedure. There were no complications.

Conclusions: Ulnar osteotomy, external fixation and open reduction of the radial head without ligament reconstruction or transarticular wire fixation proved to be a technically simple and safe procedure. It allows early functional after treatment without plaster. In case of posttraumatic overlength of the radius, it can be combined with acute or gradual lengthening of the ulna. Radio-humeral joint reconstruction in case of incongruency of the radial head and the capitullum, as well as reconstruction in adults with longstanding dislocation of the radial head are prone to failure.


K. Noonan J Jones J. Pierson

Purpose: In this study we comprehensively evaluate a cohort of profoundly affected adults with Cerebral Palsy. We document hip disability and pain and statistically evaluate the effect of demographic, physical examination (PE) and radiographic parameters on pain and function of the hip.

Methods: We evaluated 77 institutionalized patients with cerebral palsy. Medical history, level of function, pain, and analgesic requirements were obtained from record review and through caregiver interview. Range of motion (ROM), degree of spasticity, decubitus ulcers were documented as well as changes in vital signs and the FLACC pain scale during PE. Radiographs of the pelvis and spine were blindly evaluated without knowledge of the above data. Statistical analysis was performed in order to identify correlations between subjective and objective findings from the history and PE with radiographic parameters in these patients.

Results: Participants included 38 men and 39 women with a mean age of 40 years (range, 22-81), 94 % had severe spastic quadriplegia. Fifteen percent of hips were dislocated and radiographic evidence of arthritis was noted in 23 %. Eighteen percent of hips were definitely painful and 45 % were definitely not painful. Higher rates of dislocation and arthritis were noted in older patients (p< .05). Increased hip pain and perineal care problems were noted in patients with decreased hip abduction (p=.01), windswept hip deformities (p=.02) or flexion contractures (p=.07). Increased spasticity was associated with higher rates of arthrosis, dislocation, pain and decubiti. Hip dislocation and subluxation sig-nificantly correlated with osteoarthritis (p< .0001) but not hip pain. Patients with lower CE (< 20°) or higher Sharps (> 40°) angles were more likely to have a history of hip pain (p=.02). No radiographic parameter correlated with increased analgesic use, or change in FLACC score or vital signs during PE of the hip.

Conclusions: From these adult cerebral palsy patients we document pain and poor perineal care in patients with diminished hip range of motion and windswept hip posture. Hip dislocation and arthritis was noted in 15 and 23 % of hips, with definite pain noted in 18 %. Ace-tabular dysplasia was statistically associated with hip pain; however, in this study we could not correlate hip displacement or arthritis with a history of hip pain or diminished function. Because the incidence of hip pain is low and does not correlate with dislocation or arthritis, we suggest that surgical treatment of hips in severely affected immature patients with cerebral palsy be based on presence of pain or contractures and not on radiographic signs of hip displacement.


K. Katz J. Attias A Czieger DM. Weigl E. Bar-On

Purpose: To investigate sciatic nerve conduction during hamstring lengthening.

Conclusion: Sciatic nerve traction is caused during hamstring lengthening.

Summary of method, results, and discussion: Ten children with spastic cerebral palsy underwent distal hamstring lengthening, average popliteal angel before surgery was 80 degrees.

Methods: The tendon of the semitendinosus was elongated by sliding lengthening. The gracilis tendon was cut and the tendons of the biceps and semimembranosus were elongated by dividing the aponeurosis. Thereafter to elongate the hamstring the hip and knee were flexed to 90 degrees and the knee slowly extended with continuous evoked EMG monitoring. Bipolar nerve stimulation placed near the sciatic nerve consisted of the delivering of rectangular impulses of amplitude 0.8-1.2 ma for 100 US duration. The EMG recordings were performed from the tibialis anterior muscle.

Results: In all patients motor potential amplitude gradually decreased during extension of knee (hamstring lengthening). The average decrease of the amplitude at popliteal angle of 60 degrees was 37 percent (16-75) and at 30 degrees 83 percent (36-98). The elongation was stopped at 30° of popliteal angle. On extending the hip and knee motor potential amplitude returned to normal. Discussion: Elongation of hamstring muscle is associated with traction on the f sciatic nerve as appears by decrease in sciatic nerve motor potential amplitude. To avoid nerve injury no excessive hamstring lengthening should be done and no nerve traction should be allowed at postoperative immobilization.


H Saraste E Gutierrez A Bartonek Y. Haglund

Introduction: In children with MMC characteristic kinematic gait patterns and center of mass motion have been identified for different lumbo-sacral levels, which may vary in specific muscle paresis definitions and ambulatory outcome. The goal was to investigate compensatory movements employed in MMC in groups with successive paresis in the following major muscle groups: plantarflexors, dorsiflexors, hip abductors and hip extensors.

Patients and Methods: 28 children with MMC (m=10.3 y), walking independently participated in a gait study. A classification based on paresis on the primary muscle groups was established using standard Manual Muscle Test (MMT). Five groups of MMC were established based on successive paresis (0-2 MMT) of the plantarflexors,dor-siflexors, hip abductors, and hip extensors. Subjects were tested in their habitual orthoses, if any. All children underwent full-body three-dimensional gait analysis (VICON, Oxford). Five kinematic cycles from each side were analyzed and group averages were calculated.

Results: The most striking compensatory movements were observed in the frontal and transverse planes in the trunk, pelvis, and hips. Trunk sway increased sequentially from Groups 1 to 5, with the largest interval occurring at the onset of hip abductor paresis (Group 4). Trunk and pelvic rotation were observed to completely alter at the onset of hip abductor paresis (Group 4), where an internal position occurs during stance and external during swing. ‘Pelvic hike,’ or the lifting of the pelvis during swing, was observed in as early as Group 2 with plantarflexor paresis, becoming more pronounced in the latter groups. Large hip abduction was observed during stance at the onset of hip abductor paresis (Group 4). The onset of dorsiflexor paresis result in few kinematic changes since all subjects in Groups 2 and 3 wore orthoses. Sagittal plane differences were observed at the onset of hip extensor paresis (Group 5), where the trunk and pelvis were more posteriorly tipped and hips less flexed.

Discussion The classification method aids in understanding the specific compensatory mechanisms employed when the muscle functions are successively lost. Plantarflexor paresis is evident in all three planes in even the trunk. Abductor weakness results in large frontal and transverse plane changes. Hip extensor weakness is mostly evident in the sagittal plane. By understand-ingthe characteristic movements employed, an improved basis for evaluation and treatment can be established.


J Poul V. Raiser

Retrospectively to analyse factors contributing to the development of hyperextension deformity after distal surgical lengthening of hamstrings in cerebral palsy. In the cohort of 51 diparetic patients (98 operated knees ) surgically treated for fixed flexion deformity at least five yers before this study was contemplated, the range of of hyperextension of the knee was measured.

According to surgical technique two subgroups were differentiated:

A./ Simple cutting of gracilis and semitendinosus, followed by fractional lengthening of semimembranosus and biceps femoris.

B./ Proximal stumps of gracilis and semitendinosus after its transverse division were anchored to fractionally lengthened semimembranosus.

Assessment involved: Measurement of hyperextension of the knee in lying and standing position and by walking using video-documentation. Values of Bleck popliteal angle before and after operation were estimated. This cohort did not involve any case with residual fixed plantar flexion of the foot. Both surgical subgroups were compared for occurence of hyperextension deformity > 5° in lying, standing positions and by walking. Testing by Fisher exact test did not show any statistical difference in all three compared situations (p > 0,05). The occurence of hyperextension > 5°in lying position was found in 5 knees ( 5,1 %), in standing position in 8 knees ( 8,2 %) and by walking during stance phase in 12 knees (12,3 %). In no case hyperextension of the knee exceeded 15°. Statistical testing between the postoperative Bleck popliteal angle ( stratified into classes below 20° and over 20°) and the occurence of hyperextension deformity did not show in Fisher exact test any statistical significance. On the other side the testing between postoperative Bleck popliteal angle ( stratified as above) and the type of surgery showed statistical significancy in Fisher exact test. Simple cutting of gracilis and semitendinosus brought about oftener the lower values of Bleck popliteal angle below 20°.

It seems that the role of type of treating superficial flexors in the ways used in this study was not so much decisive for development of hyperextension deformity.


A Leet K. Chhor J. Kier-York P. Sponseller

Introduction: We compared femoral head resection (FHR) and traction with femoral head resection and valgus osteotomy (the McHale procedure), in order to determine the effectiveness of these two procedures in the treatment of painful hip subluxation in severely involved individuals with cerebral palsy.

Methods: Retrieval of demographic patient information, operative technique, post-operative complications, and migration of the femoral shaft was obtained from a retrospective review of charts and radiographs. Caregivers were then contacted by telephone and queried regarding post-operative changes in pain, sitting tolerance, and hygiene as well as overall satisfaction with surgical intervention.

Results: 27 patients, 36 hips comprise the study cohort; 26 patients have quadriplegia, one has diplegia and is the only patient who is ambulatory. 16 patients underwent FHR, 11 patients underwent McHale procedures. The average age of surgery was 19 years, range from 8 to 42 years. Average follow-up was 3.4 years from time of surgery. The majority of patients (17) had not undergone reconstructive hip surgery because they were lost to orthopedic follow-up, and missed the opportunity to have the hip relocated before femur was significantly deformed. Six patients had painful hips despite previous attempts at surgery, three patients refused reconstructive surgery, and one patient was not deemed medically stable enough for reconstructive surgery.

Post-operative complications were numerous and included skin breakdown, wound dehiscense, hardware infection or failure, heterotopic ossification, and death. The complication rate was significantly higher in patients who had undergone FHR and traction (13/16) compared with the patients who had a McHale procedure (3/11). The average length of hospitalization was almost twice as long for the FHR group (7 days) as for the McHale group (4 days). Telephone surveys of caregiv-ers often demonstrated equivalent overall satisfaction with surgery in both groups with average scores of 8/10 for the FHR and 7.6/10 for the McHale group (on a scale from 1 to 10, 10 being the most satisfied). Only two of the respondents (one from the FHR group, one McHale) we contacted regretted having had surgery.

Caregivers felt that post-operatively pain relief was achieved in almost all patients. The average time to achieve a more pain-free state was three months. Sitting tolerance improved variably between individual patients, while few caregivers felt that hygiene improved after surgery, although they also felt that hygiene had not been a significant problem pre-operatively.


A Wainwright N Thompson M Harrington T Theologis

Introduction: Traditionally, the degree of correction for derotational femoral osteotomies in cerebral palsy has been based on clinical or radiographic measures. Recently, three dimensional gait analysis has been used to plan and evaluate orthopaedic surgery. Our aim was to assess the outcome of derotation osteotomies, where the degree of rotation at surgery was guided by transverse plane kinematics (aiming at reducing peak hip rotations to normal limits).

Method: Pre and post-operative gait analyses were reviewed in a group of these patients (16 legs) and compared with a similar group of 8 patients (16 legs) who had soft tissue procedures only.

Results: Improvement following derotation osteotomy occurred in all but one case; 11/16 osteotomies resulted in peak internal rotation within one standard deviation (SD) of peak normal internal rotation (normal range −6° to +11°), the other 4 were within 1.4 SDs.

Discussion: Objective improvement in hip rotation during gait was measured in 15/16 subjects undergoing dero-tation osteotomy based on gait analysis. There was no rotational change overall in patients who had soft tissue procedures only. Average dynamic correction of internal rotation during gait was slightly less than intra-operative correction, possibly due to tensioning of spastic muscles.


A.I Tsirikos W.N. Chang K.W. Dabney F. Miller

Purpose: To evaluate the outcome of spinal fusion with unit rod in pediatric patients with cerebral palsy who were treated by the two senior authors using the same operative technique.

Methods: This is a retrospective study of 288 patients with mean age at surgery 13.9 years (SD: 3.26), whose medical charts and radiographs were reviewed. A questionnaire including 14 questions assessing patients’ functional improvement was given to the caretakers.

Results: Mean radiographic follow up of 3.2 years (range: 1-9.9) was available in 213 patients. In 46 patients anterior-posterior fusion was performed and in 242 only posterior. The preop. Cobb angle was 740(range: 6-176°) corrected by 68% to 230 (p< .01) and increased by 20 in the last follow-up (p< .01). The preop. pelvic obliquity was 170(range: 0-57°), corrected by 73% to 4.70 (p< .01) and increased by 0.40 at follow-up. The preop. kyphosis angle was 560(range: -44-130°), corrected by 37% to 350 (p< .01) and increased by 20 at follow-up. The preop. lordosis angle was 380(range: -50-140°), corrected by 14% to 430 (p< .05) and increased by 1.40 at follow-up. There was a strong correlation between hyperlordosis and days of hospitalization, blood loss and surgical time (r= -.22, .23, .24). Patients with lordotic angle > 600 developed 15.1% technical problems related to pelvic fixation, whereas only 3.4% of those with < 600. The mean days of hospitalization were 19.6, the mean blood loss 2.9lt (1.2BV), the mean surgical time 4.4h (Anterior-Posterior: 7h, Posterior only: 3.9h) and the mean ICU stay 5 days. There was a difference only in surgical time (p< .01) if an anterior procedure was required. The major complications included 3 perioperative deaths, 14 deep infections, 13 (4.5%) reop-erations for mechanical problems and no detected pseud-arthrosis. The answers received by the caretakers were 99% positive, emphasizing the improvement in child’s appearance, sitting ability and respiratory function.

Conclusion: Spine surgery in patients with cerebral palsy was accompanied by a considerable blood loss and multiple medical complications. A very satisfactory correction of spinal curvatures was achieved and maintained in follow up. Excessive lumbar lordosis was associated with a high incidence of technical problems and an increased morbidity. There were no pseudarthrosis and the overall number of reoperations for technical reasons was very low. The caretakers were extremely pleased with the outcome of this procedure.


M Agarwal AA Syed BW Scott PV Giannoudis

Aims: To evaluate whether in children with knee pathology there is any correlation between clinical diagnosis, magnetic resonance imaging and arthros-copy.

Methods: Between 1993 and 2001 children age 3-16 years old, who presented in the orthopaedic clinics of our institution with knee pathology were included in this study. All of them underwent MRI investigation. Their history, physical examination and clinical diagnosis were ascertained from their case notes. Some of these children underwent arthroscopic surgery of the knee and findings were also recorded. Clinical data, MRI find-ings and arthroscopic findings were computerised and analysed.

Results: were analysed and compared in the following 3 groups: a) clinical data versus MRI findings, b) clinical data versus arthroscopic findings and c) MRI report versus arthroscopic findings. Comparisons were rated in one of three categories: total agreement, partial agreement or total disagreement. Partial agreement was defined as the partial correlation of findings.

Results: 130 children (131 knees, one bilateral) were included in this study. The mean age was 8.5 years (range 3-16). 81 were male and 49 were female, ratio 1.7:1. 38 (30%) patients underwent arthroscopy. 43 (33%) of the MRI scans were reported as normal. Lesions reported on MRI included meniscal and ACL tears, osteochondritis dessicans, osteochondral fractures and discoid lateral meniscus. Overall, the results between the comparison of the 3 groups are summarised as follows:

Conclusion: In this study 1/3 of the knee MRI were normal and there was only 26% of total agreement between the clinical and MRI findings. Further more in 50% of cases that underwent arthroscopy, there was no correlation of arthroscopic and MRI findings.This study supports the view that knee MRI investigation in children may not provide a reliable diagnosis and guidance in children with knee pathology.


Hefti Fritz

Purpose of the study: Congenital dislocation of the patella is a very rare condition. The pathology is inconsistent and treatment modalities are unclear. The aim of the study was to show the results of operative treatment of congenital dislocation of the patella.

Material and methods: 9 knee joints in 7 patients with congenital dislocation of the patella have been treated between 1989 and 1999. Additional diagnoses were Rubinstein-Taybe syndrome, Larsen syndrome, pteryg-ium syndrome and cerebral palsy in 1 patient each. The age at the time of surgery was 8.9 years on average (between 4.3 and 14.8 years). In 6 knees primary treatment was a medial shifting of the quadriceps muscle according to Stanisavljevic, in the other 3 a combination of lateral release according to Green, proximal quadriceps realignment according to Insall and either medial displacement of the tibial tuberosity according to Elmslie or a duplication of the patellar tendon according to Goldthwait had been done.

Results: The follow-up time was 6.4 years on average (between 2 and 12.5 years). 4 of 9 patellae remained stable after 1 operation, 3 remained stable after 2 operations and 2 remained unstable. 4 of the 9 knees were symptomatic at the time of follow-up. All patients were able to walk and to run and all had full extension. Apart from recurrence there were no major complications.

Conclusions: Permanent dislocation of the patella reduces the extension force of the quadriceps muscle significantly. Medial shifting of the quadriceps muscle according to Stanisavljevic gives the best chance to reduce the patella permanently. Postoperative taping, splinting and muscle-exercises are often necessary to get a stable situation.


Full Access
A Presedo K. Dabney F. Miller

Objective: To identify the demographics, risk factors and guidelines for treatment in a population of cerebral palsy (CP) children with fractures.

Materials and Methods: One hundred and fifty children with CP received treatment for fractures from 1948 through 2000. To identify changes in demographics, patients treated before 1992 were compared to those treated after 1992. The latter group was matched by age and gender to a group of CP children without fractures and compared for: CP pattern, bone density, ambulatory status, presence of G-tube, weight for height-age Z score, surgical procedures during the previous year, presence of contractures in the proximity of the fracture and seizure medications. All data was analyzed statistically.

Results: 67% of patients had a spastic quadriplegic pattern of CP and 89% were non-ambulatory; 78% of fractures occurred in lower limbs, 48% of the fractures were delayed in diagnosis, and 62% of patients showed osteo-penia. Children treated after 1992 had higher incidence of multiple fractures, less contractures, and less surgical procedures. The risk factors identified for increased fracture risk were: the use of seizure medication (p=.001), quadriplegic CP pattern (p=.005), decreased ambulatory status (p=.001), and lower bone density (p=.001). Most fractures were treated with soft bulky dressing.

Conclusions: Ambulatory status and the presence of seizure medication are the greatest risk factors for fracture in children with CP. As a consequence, a low bone density occurs. Future research should focus on underlying fracture mechanisms and prevention.


F Plasschaert L Bouwen R Andrews J Patrick G. Evans

A chance observation of asymmetrical bone ages in a child with spastic hemiplegia stimulated a prospective gathering of bilateral hand radiographs in 33 hemiplegic patients, and on a single occasion in a control group of 23 patients with leg length discrepancy in the absence of neurological disorder. The bone age assessments according to Greulich and Pyle, which by convention has used the left hand only, were done by a single expert observer blinded to the clinical details.

13 hemiplegic patients (39%) had delayed bone ages of 6 months or more. When present it was always delayed on the hemiplegic side. The mean delay for the whole group was 2.5 months, whereas there was no mean difference in the control group (p = 0.001). The oldest bone age with asymmetry was 14.5 years in males and 12 years in females, indicating that when present the delay “catches up” in the last 2-3 years of growth.

In hemiplegia the percentage leg length discrepancy also tends to decrease during later growth, and after 80% of growth the hemiplegic side outgrows the normal leg by a mean of 0.3cm/year. No correlation could be found between the delay of bone age and the severity of either the neurological abnormality or the actual discrepancy of length. The implications for clinical management will be discussed.


US Aykut M Yazici G Gedikoglu U Kandemir MC Aksoy A Surat

Introduction: Prior to skeletal maturity temporary hemiepiphyseal stapling is a treatment method for angular deformities of long bones. The purpose of this study is to investigate the effects of temporary hemiepiphyseal stapling on the bone geometry and histology of physis.

Materials & Methods: Proximal medial epipyseal stapling of the right tibia were done in 46 New Zealand rabbits. 23 of them were euthanized at the end of 3 weeks. For the remaining 23 rabbits staples were fixed subperiostally (group A) in 11, and extraperiosteally (group B) in 12 rabbits. After 3 weeks the staples removed and the rabbits were euthanized at the end of 6 weeks. Bromodeoxyuridine used to evaluate cellular activity of the growth plate. Radiographs utilized for bone alignment.

Results: The articular surface-diaphysis angle was significantly increased at the end three weeks when compared to controls (27.7° vs. −1.5°, p:0.001). Cellular activity was decreased but preserved in the stapled tibias. At the end of six weeks while the angular deformity was worsening in group A 22.9° vs. 35.6°, p:0.001) it was improving in group B (23.2 ° vs. 14.6°, p:0.001). Bone tissue bridging the growth plate was noted in group A. Cellular activity in the group B was higher than group A at the end of six weeks.

Conclusion: Hemiepiphyseal stapling causes decreased cellular activity at the growth plate, which leads to angulation. With removal of staples, increased cellular activity at the growth plate results in the improvement of the deformity if staples were inserted extraperiosteally. Temporary extraperiosteal hemiepiphyseal stapling could be used as a safe and effective method for treatment of angular deformities prior to skeletal maturity.


EB Hoffman A.C. van Huyssteen C.S. Hastings E.B. Hoffman Dix-Peek

The results of 34 knees with stage IV to VI Blount’s disease were reviewed. 24 patients were treated over the seven-year period from 1994 to 2000.

The surgical technique addressed the medial joint line depression with an elevating osteotomy maintained with a tricortical wedge from the iliac crest. The tibial varus and intorsion was corrected with an osteotomy proximal to the apophysis. In the more recent patients a proximal lateral tibial and fibular epiphyseodesis was done concomitantly. The average preoperative mechanical varus angle of 30.6°(range 14° to 60°) was corrected to 0–4° mechanical valgus in 29 knees. In five knees an undercorrection of 2–4° mechanical varus occurred. At follow-up a further 8 knees developed residual varus due to a delayed epiphyseodesis. The tibial varus angle (ie. angle subtended by the mechanical axis of the tibia with the lateral tibial joint line) increased at an average of 1°/ month due to the inevitable medial growth plate fusion.

The average pre operative joint depression angle of 49° (range 40° to 60°) was corrected to an average of 26°(mean 20°–30°). There was no significant preoperative frontal plane f emoral deformity to warrant a femoral correction. At long term follow up of 3.5 years (range 2 to 5 years) all knees had a full range of movement without any varus instability. However in eight cases a delay of more than six months occurred before a lateral epiphysiodesis was performed, and in these patient’s mechanical axis varus recurred although the joint line correction was maintained. Neutral or valgus mechanical axis was maintained in all patients who underwent an epiphysiodesis within six months.

We concluded that although the joint elevation correction was maintained in our series, mechanical axis varus recurs if lateral epiphysiodesis is not performed early.


O. Lahoti M.J. Bell

Upper limbs are commonly involved in Arthrogyposis Multiplex Congenita. They may be involved in isolation or in combination with lower limbs. There are two patterns of involvement in upper limbs. The most common (type I) pattern presents with adduction and internal rotation at the shoulder, extension at the elbow, pro-nation of the forearm and flexion deformity of the wrist, indicating involvement of the C5 and C6 segments. These deformities can be quite disabling and may require surgery to help improve function. We present our long-term results with pectoralis major transfer procedure (as modified by senior author MJB) to restore elbow flexion in seven patients (ten procedures).

Results: Early results in all our patients were quite encouraging. Six patients retained useful power in transferred pectoralis major muscle and maintained the arc of flexion, which was attained following tricepsplasty. However, as children were followed up a gradually increasing flexion deformity and decreasing flexion arc were observed in eight elbows. The onset and progression of flexion deformity was gradual and progressive. The flexion deformity reached ninety degrees or more in all cases.

Conclusions: Results of pectoralis major transfer to treat extension contracture of the elbow in arthrogryposis deteriorate with time due to development of recalcitrant flexion deformity of the elbow. Presently we recommend this procedure on one side only in cases of bilateral involvement because if one procedure is carried out it would be possible for this hand to get to the mouth for feeding and the other unoperated side would be able to look after the perineal hygiene


Chen Qinghan Desong Fang Yousheng

Objective: Search for operation timing and methods for obstetrical brachial plexus injury(OBPI).

Methods: Thirty-two children with upper OBPI were treated by microsurgical procedure from October 1997 through April 2001, The average time of operation is 10 months of age, ranged from 3 months to 24 months, of which 19 were below 6 months while 13 were over 6 months. Surgical procedure included neurolysis (n=11), coaption after resection of the neroma without function(n=6), phrenic nerve transfer to anterior cord of upper trunkor musculocutaneous nerve (n=7) and intercostal nerves transfer to musculocutaneous nerve (n=6). The children were underwent operation by microsurgical technique and 7–0 or 9–0 nylon were used for nerve suture.

Results: Thirty cases were followed-up 21 months postoperatively, the excellent and good rate is 76.7%(23/30). The results of the children under 6 months is better than that over 6 months .

Conclusions: We concluded that the microsurgical operation might be considered at 3 to 6 months of age in infants who have shown little or no improvement in elbow flexion . Patients undergoing neurolysis and nerve coaption had more favorable outcome than those undergoing neurotization. The appropriate procedure must be selected according to the findings of exploration.


PR Williams NC Smith J Briody CT Cowell DG Little

Objective: To evaluate the effects of a new potent bisphosphonate on the formation, mineralisation, density, and mechanical properties of bone in distraction osteogenesis.

Methods: Thirty immature New Zealand White rabbits had a 10.5 millimetre lengthening of their tibia performed over 2 weeks using an Orthofix M-100 fixator. Ten control rabbits received saline only; 10 received the new bisphosphonate at the time of surgery, and 10 received a second dose at the end of distraction. Bone mineral content (BMC) and density (BMD) measurements were made at two, four and six weeks. Quantitative CT analysis of regenerate, proximal and distal bone, and corresponding segments in the non-operated limb was performed after culling. Mechanical testing was by 4-point bending.

Results: Bone mineral accrual was significantly faster in both treatment groups (ANOVA p< 0.01). BMD increased in all treated animals (ANOVA p< 0.01). Cross sectional area of regenerate at six weeks was increased by 49% in the single dosed group versus controls and by 59% in the re-dosed group. (ANOVA p< 0.01). BMC of the regenerate was increased by 92% in the single dose group and by 111% in the re-dosed group (ANOVA p< 0.01). Moment of inertia of the regenerate was significantly increased in both treated groups (ANOVA p< 0.05). The difference between single dose and controls was significant (p< 0.05), the difference between re-dosed and single dosed was not (p=0.5).

Conclusion: Bisphosphonate therapy significantly increased new bone formation, bone mineralisation and mechanical properties. Osteoporotic effects were reversed. This effect could have wide ranging implications for many orthopaedic practices


Hui H P James F Chen SW Chong S Nathan E H Lee

Introduction: (OCD) is characterized by bone necrosis and softening of the overlying cartilage, which may separate and displace. It is thought to be secondary to trauma, ischaemia or abnormal epiphyseal ossification. Management remains controversial during the early stages of the disease. Surgery for advanced chondral lesions with loose bodies however remains a challenge. Options that include periosteal graft and autologous chondrocyte transplantation have been used with variable degrees of success. This study investigates the efficacy of these techniques and the use of mesenchymal stem cells to treat advanced chondral lesions found in OCD in animal models.

Materials and Methods: A full thickness articular cartilage defect (6mm long, 3mm wide and 1mm deep) was created in the weight-bearing surface of medial femoral condyle in 22-week old NZW rabbits. A total of 90 knees were randomly divided into 3 groups as follows: 1) Transfer of cultured chondrocytes 2) Transfer of cultured periosteum-derived MSCs and 3) Repair by periosteal graft with their contralateral knees as control. The rabbits were allowed to move freely in their cages. The rabbits were sacrificed at 2, 6, 12, 24 and 36 weeks post-operatively. The healing of the defects was assessed by gross examination and histological grading and subjected biomechanical testing.

Results: Gross and histological examination at 36 weeks post operation (Wakitani et al grading), the mean score for Group 1 is 2.5, Group 2 is 2.3 and Group 3 is 4.5 with control group of 8.9 in terms of cell morphology, matrix staining, surface regularity, thickness of repaired cartilage and integration of cartilage to adjacent host. Biomechanically by indentation test, Group1 had value of 0.22 MPa, Group 2 0.20 MPa, Group 3 0.16 MPa and Control group of 0.12 MPa.

Conclusion: The findings suggested that cultured chondrocytes and mesenchymal stem cells had comparable enhancing effect of the repair of chondral defect in advanced OCD


A. Benaroya J. Patankar S.S. Warrier M.1 Sprague N..S. Laud

Introduction: Instrumental Distraction has opened a new window for management of resistant clubfoot. Classical Ilizarov assembly is typically used in patients over the age of two years. We applied the differential distraction technique using the UMEX fixator for ages varying from 6 months to 18 years. This method follows the Ilizarov principle of soft tissue response to tension stress.

Materials and Methods: A retrospective review included 120 patients, treated between 1990 – 2001. The majority of the cases were “idiopathic” with 36 feet after failed surgery, 60 feet after failed manipulation and casting, and 11-neglected clubfeet. The non-idiopathic group included 5 feet in patients with arthrogryposis, 5 feet in patients with myelomeningocele, and 3 feet in patients with Streeter’s dysplasia. The UMEX frame spans three segments. The tibial segment consists of two wires trans-fixing the tibia in its proximal third and an axial pin to prevent rocking of the frame. The metatarsal segment incorporates a transfixing pin and two half pins to maintain the transverse arch of the foot. The calcaneal segment includes two transfixing wires and and an axial pin. The three segments are then linked together by a system of clamps, rods and distractors to create the UMEX clubfoot frame. Treatment extends through three stages: Reduction, Retention and Remodeling. The distractors apply differential distraction, and the various deformities are corrected simultaneously. After r eduction is completed the frame is left in a “holding” mode for six more weeks. Thereafter, the assembly is removed and a well-molded below-knee cast is applied for a period of 8 – 12 weeks with monthly cast changes. During the remodeling phase, night splints and walking boots are used for a period of one year.

Results: Results were assessed on the basis of the HJD functional rating system. Results were measured at 6-month intervals for 2 years and then yearly. We obtained excellent results in 34.4%; good, in 38.3%; fair, in 16.7% and poor, in 10.8% of the cases.

Discussion: The classical Ilizarov method of deformity correction is a constrained assembly applying distraction – compression forces across a predefined hinge. The unconstrined UMEX assembly makes no such demands and correction is achieved at the natural joints. The technique of differential distraction avoids any compression and, as seen in the long-term follow-up, has no ill effects on the growing foot. There is no age limit for use of the system; in older patients, however, incomplete remodeling leaves residual bone deformities. If there is residual foot deformity with completion of the treatment, only limited open surgery is required. In our hands, the use of differential distraction produced functionally serviceable and cosmetically acceptable correction of clubfoot.

Conclusion: Our experience demonstrates the effectiveness of differential distraction using the UMEX mini external fixator. This is an excellent technique for correction of complex deformities of the foot and ankle at any age and in the future may replace, to a large degree, the need for open clubfoot surgery.


MG Uglo M Hile J Briody L Bilston D Little

Low intensity pulsed ultrasound (SAFHS, Exogen Inc.) was used to treat 15 immature New Zealand white rabbits following a mid diaphyseal tibial osteotomy and 1cm bone lengthening using an Orthofix M-100 device. Fifteen matched controls underwent an identical procedure but the ultrasound transducer was not switched on. At 4 and 6 weeks postoperatively the tibiae were analysed using DXA, QCT and 4 point bend mechanical testing. There were no differences identified between the active and control groups at 4 or 6 weeks with respect to bone mineral content or cross-sectional area of the regenerate, nor the bone proximal and distal to it. No improvement in strength of the regenerate was identified in either group. We cannot, therefore, support the use of the SAFHS to accelerate bone healing in patients undergoing limb lengthening.

Low intensity pulsed ultrasound has been shown to accelerate fracture healing in animals and humans. The mechanisms of action are discussed and we propose that the intensity of the ultrasound may need to be increased mechanically to stimulate a bone that is rigidly fixed using the M-100 fixator.


P Haslam I Lasrado MJ Flowers JA J Fernandes

Aims: To test the hypothesis that there is a trend to over correction in talipes patients who demonstrate signs of generalised joint laxity.

Patients and Methods: 45 patients with an average age of 6.9yrs(3–16) were examined for generalised joint laxity using the Biro score. This gave 65 feet (20 bilateral) for clinical assessment using the podoscope and graded based on Tachdijans flat foot score.

Results: The results were assessed and the patients divided into 2 groups depending on whether or not they had joint laxity. This left 19 patients with 26 feet in the non-lax group and 26 patients with 39 feet in the lax group. The 2 groups were then compared to see if there was a difference in flat foot grade. In the non-lax group 2 patients showed evidence of over-correction whereas in the lax group 18 patients(25 feet)were over corrected to some extent. Using the fisher’s exact test there was a significant difference between the 2 groups with a trend towards over correction in those with generalised joint laxity (p=. 002).

Conclusion: Based on the findings of this study there is a correlation between generalised joint laxity and over correction in congenital talipes equinovarus.


S. Ayanoglu A Bursali M Sirvanci O Ortak

Purpose: The aim of this study is to analyze objectively pathoanatomical changes of clubfoot treated with Ponseti method.

Introduction: In the treatment of clubfoot, regardless of the grade and severity of the disease, first conservative treatment and serial casting should be chosen. The follow up period for surgery performed group ranges usually from 2 to 8 years (not longer than 10–15 years). Thirty years results of Ponseti’s idiopathic clubfoot treatment is with 78% success. In some recent series 95% success rate was reported. Standard conservative treatment (Kite’s) success rates are only 11% to 58% for idiopathic group.

Material and Methods: Seventy patients, 115 feet (45 Bilateral, F/M 15/55) were included in the study. 28 of these patients were neurogenic group (20 Spina Bifida and 8 Artrogripotic). Since 1997, we strove Ponseti’s strict casting protocol. Bensahel’s a la carte PMR surgery was performed in 2 cases. Downey’s MRI evaluation criterias were used. In statistical analysis of the idiopathic, neurogenic and normal groups, ANOVA test was used.

Results: The Navicular angle assessment was statistically significant (p< 0.05). Assessment of the results of idiopathic group was in normal range. Pathological components of Clubfoot were significantly reduced in the neurogenic group.

Conclusions: Ponseti method is the effective treatment way of both the idiopathic clubfoot and the neurogenic foot. It is concluded that sound understanding of the anatomy of the foot, the biological response of young connective tissue and bone to changes in direction of mechanical stimuli, can gradually reduce or almost eliminate these deformities in most clubfeet.


Full Access
C. Gigante E. Talenti S. Turra

Purpose: To elucidate the pathomorphology of the unossified clubfoot and to monitor the progressive correction of the deformity during treatment, the authors introduce a standardized sonographic assessment of the foot at birth and at the end of both conservative and surgical corrective procedures.

Methods: 42 congenital clubfeet and 42 normal newborns were documented by ultrasound using a 7,5/10 MHz linear arrays probe with direct contact. Clubfeet were documented in the position of spontaneous alignment and during passive manual correction at the admission and at the end of both conservative and surgical treatment. Five standard ultrasound planes were used: sagittal posterior, sagittal anterior, coronal lateral, transversal and coronal medial plane.

Results: On the sagittal posterior plane the progressive gain of the dorsiflexion during the different steps of the treatment was documented measuring the distance between the distal tibial metaphysis and the calcaneal apophysis. In clubfeet, looking at the ossification centre of the talus, both its forfeit of domicile in the ankle mortise and its right positioning after treatment can be showed. On the sagittal anterior plane and on the transversal plane the medial displacement of the navicular is documented. The normalisation of the anatomic alignment of the navicular is well documented by these planes after appropriate treatment. On coronal lateral plane the relationships between the os calcis and cuboid can be estimated using the calcaneal-cuboid angle. The coronal medial plane exhibited a very low reproducibility in the neonatal clubfoot and it is not reccomended

Conclusions: Ultrasonography it is a very promising technique in the monitoring of clubfoot deformity during treatment. On the sagittal posterior and on the coronal lateral planes strictly quantitative information can be easily deduced while prevalently qualitative information are deduced on the sagittal anterior and on the transversal planes. Ultrasound gives exact and reproducible information concerning the pathomorphology of the not ossified


F. Chotel J.M. Durand F. Mancini E. Garnier J. Berard

The initial treatment of the congenital clubfoot is still a debated subject among different schools. We report our current experience with Ponseti method.

Materials and Methods: From April 1999 to May 2001 we have consecutively treated with this method 80 idiopathic clubfeet of 57 children put under treatment at neo-natal period. Progressive correction of the deformity has been obtained with 7 toe-to-groin plaster casts changed weekly. When complete derotation of the hind-foot and forefoot has been reached, subcutaneus tenotomy of the tendon Achilles has been performed. At the end of this first period, the feet have been adapted in Denis Browne splint, worn full time for four months and thereafter just at night. The feet have been evaluated clinically (score of Dimeglio and Bensahel), radiologically and some with MRI.

Results: Whole correction of the deformity at the end of treatment with plaster casts, has been achieved for 71 times. When the plaster casts are removed, the talocalcaneal divergence, on antero-posterior and lateral views and the tibial-calcaneal angle (x-ray in maximum dorsal flexion ), were respectively, as an average of 20; 30,7; 21,9 degrees. At an average of 20 months follow up, 54 feet of 80 had a score of 0 or 1 of 20, and 14 had a score of 2; on radiological aspect the talo-calcaneal divergence in antero-posterior and lateral views and the tibial-calcaneal angle were respectively as an average of 29; 24,5; 14 degrees. At this evaluation the percentage of relapses of the deformity was 20% (17 cases). All the relapses have been treated again in plaster casts with 40% of success. So far, only four medial release operations have been necessary. Six feet benefited by the transfer of the tibialis anterior tendon to the third cuneiform and slight medial release.

Discussion and Conclusion: The Ponseti’s method presents several advantages: high quality reduction of the clubfoot with the restoration of a “sub-normal” anatomy, low cost and small displeasing worry for the parents, with this method the functional re-education does not seem to improve the quality of results. The prevention of the relapse goes by good compliance to the splint.


SS Madan DM Scher DS Feldman H van Bosse D Sala WB Lehman

A retrospective review of records, radiographs, Computerized Tomography (CT) scans, and Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) scans was done from January 1994 to January 2002. Of the 35 patients in this study, 15 were females and 20 males. The mean age of the patients was 12.8 years (range, 9 to 19 years). There were 14 feet with bilateral coalition, 8 were right and 13 were left. There were 28 talo-calcaneal (all middle facets) coalitions of which 9 were bilateral. There were 20 calcaneo-navicular coalitions of which 5 were bilateral. One patient had a naviculo-cuboid coalition. The mean followup was 6.4 months (range, 1.2 to 36 months). Twenty six patients were treated conservatively with satisfactory outcome. Of the 23 patients operated 16 patients had good outcome, 5 had fair outcome, and 2 had poor outcome. Totally there were 10 out of 329 patients that had multiple tarsal coalition when we reviewed our cases and the literature. This gave an incidence of 3 percent of all the symptomatic tarsal coalition i.e. in other words the true incidence of multiple coalition is around 0.03%. This is the only study that establishes the incidence of multiple coalition.


A. Andreacchio C. Origo G. - Rocca

Adolescent hallux valgus is a progressive deformity of childhood. Patients with this disorder complain of pain, deformity, redness at the site of deformity, shoewear limitation and altered cosmesis. Surgery to correct the bunion is considered as pain gets worst, deformity increases or significant shoe wear limitation is present. However, there is still not an uniformly satisfying surgical treatment for the adolescent hallux valgus. This kind of surgery has been often associated with a high rate of recurrence and poor results. The adolescent condition often includes significant metatarsus primus varus as a primary element. This is the reason why isolated soft tissue procedures frequently fail. Surgical treatment often combines first metatarsal osteotomy with a soft tissue realignement of the first metatarsal phalangeal joint. Simmonds and Menelaus in 1960 reported their results with an osteotomy of the base of the first metatarsal in addition to McBride’s soft tissue recostruction. The procedure addresses the three main components of the adolescent hallux valgus deformity: the medial eminence, the hallux valgus and the metatarsus primus varus. Although Simmonds and Menelaus did not use any internal fixation to fix the osteotomy site, they performed a complete transverse osteotomy at the base of the first metatarsus. Besides they used an immobilization for six weeks in the post operative period. We describe a modified procedure where the osteotomy is performed incompletely at the base of the first metatarsal bone and we shortened the post operative immobilization period with a cast for three weeks. Simmonds’ procedure does not interfere with the sesamoid bones while in our method a repositioning of the sesamoids below the metatarsal head has been performed.

Materials and methods: From 1997 to 2000, 22 feet in 12 female and 1 male patients were treated surgically with the modified Simmonds-Menelaus bunion procedure. A primary operation was performed on all feet treated. The average age at surgery was 12.4 years (range 10.5 – 14.6 years). Preoperative, postoperative and final follow up evaluation included history, physical examination, record of range of motion of the first metatarsophalangeal joint, anteroposterior and lateral radiograph of the feet in the weight bearing position.

Results: Lenght of follow up averaged 3.9 years. The average pre operative Hallux Valgus Angle (HVA) was 31.2°. The average pre operative Inter Metatarsal Angle ( IMA) was 13.5°. The average HVA was reduced to 17.8°; the IMA was reduced to 11.3°. Of the 22 feet with preoperative subluxation of the sesamoids, all feet were improved after operation and none were worse. In order to assess our outcomes we used the duPont bunion rating score, which incorporates objective and subjective criteria. We had 5 excellent and 17 good results.

There were no fair or poor results.

Conclusion: Our proposed modified procedure is easy to perform and does not need any internal fixation device. The complications linked to the use of the hardware are removed. Our proposed procedure does not interfere with the shape or the length of the first metatarsal and does not preclude the possibility of further surgical correction.


A. Kirienko N. Portinaro

Introduction. Congenital deficiency of the fibula frequently presents as spectrum of musculoskeletal anomalies involving the ipsilateral hip, femur, knee, tibia/fibula, ankle and foot. Until recently the treatment of choice for sever type-II fibular hemimelia has been Syme’s or Boyd’s amputation. The present technique of limb lengthening with distraction osteogenesis have proved to be a valid alternative. The study shows that simultaneous treatment of tibial and foot deformities allows the patient to obtain a plantigrade foot and to avoid the prosthetic choice of treatment.

Materials and methods. 12 patients with 15 involved extremities underwent tibial lengthening and correction of the foot deformities for congenital tipe II fibular hemimelia with Ilizarov apparatus. There were 10 boys and 2 girls, range 7 years 3 month to 16 years 2 month (mean 10 years 7 month). The mean follow up time was 28 months ( range 15–63 month). Most of the patients had hypoplasia of the lateral femoral condyle and femoral shortening and simultaneous lengthening of femur in 9 cases was performed. Valgus-procurvatum deformity of tibia was present in all cases, absent lateral rays were present in 8 feet, foot coalition in 5 feet.

Results. Lengthening of the tibia was performed at one level in 4 cases In the other 11 it was performed simultaneously with a proximal osteotomy of tibia to correct thevalgus and with a supramalleolar osteotomy to obtain axial realignment of ankle. Correction of the foot deformities was performed by closed method in 5 cases with overcorrecton in varus-adduction and plaster cast. Subtalar osteotomy in the presence of coalition was performed in 5 cases, osteotomy of calcaneus for equinus in3, and in 2 cases osteotomy through rigid subtalar joint. Osteotomy of midfoot for abducted and equines forefoot was performed in 3 cases. In two difficult rigid cases ankle arthrodesis was needed to stabilise the foot. Prophylactic anlage excision with soft tissue release and Achilles-tendon lengthening in 13 cases. Good results were achieved in 12 cases. 2 were successful and one poor because the patient refused continuing treatment with external fixator. There were 5 major and 16 minor complications. Complications involving delayed consolidation, bending or deformation of regenerated bone, early consolidation were observed in 4 cases. Complications involving soft tissue were observed in 9 cases, There were no permanent neurological and vascular injures.

Conclusions. The Ilizarov technique provides a means of achieving simultaneous lengthening of the femur and tibia, angular and rotational deformities correction in children with congenital type II fibular hemimelia. This method should be combined with simultaneous ankle and foot reconstruction for correction of eqininovalgus deformity associated instability and subluxation of ankle. This method should be combined with simultaneous ankle and foot reconstruction for correction of eqininovalgus deformity associated instability and subluxation of ankle. Various types of osteotomy of the hind and mid food give the possibility to achieve the stable result of correction.


Full Access
M.D Coll-Bosch A Viladot S Suso

Introduction: The hypothesis of this work is to demonstrate that the Flexible Flat Foot (FFF) in children is not affected for any kind of treatment. The objective is: 1.-Rate the evolution of FFF during growing. 2.- Evaluate the accuracy of diagnosis criterion. 3.-Appoint the optimal age to diagnose and treat the FFF. 4.- Evaluate the different kinds of treatment.

Material and methods: 242 children of both sex, aged between 3 and 5 years old, diagnosed of flexible flat foot. We compare three groups of treatment during three years. One group were treated with orthopaedic shoes and internal wedges, other with inserts, and the third were a control group. We evaluated: Clinical findings: age, sex, flat foot family antecedents, weight, degree of flat foot, valgus of ankle, age of begin to walk, ligament hiperlaxity, vicious direction of leg axis and erosion of shoes. Radiological measurements: An astragalus-1°metatarsian, Moreau and Costa-Bartani, and astragalus-calcaneus divergence angles, valgus of ankle according Viladot system. We perform a walking test with an electronic baropodometer “PEL 38” with 20 children of every group.

Results: An 85 % child of our series has been normalized with growing. The overweight and ligament hiper-laxity are the most predisponent family antecedents. The Jack Test is not a prognostic factor of FFF. The vicious direction of leg is not related with the FFF. The valgus of ankle is physiologic. X-ray are not reliable to diagnose a FFF in children, while the walking test give us dates about the dynamic behaviour of FFF.

Conclusions

– The flexible flat foot in children is normally corrected with growing and is a normal step of foot evolution.

– Diagnosis of flat foot must be made in static and dynamic form.

– Best age to diagnose flexible flat foot in children is between 5 or 6 years old.

– The treatment don’t modify the normal evolution of flexible flat foot in children.


Full Access
R. Dayer A J Kaelin

Tibial hemimelia is a rare congenital anomaly, occurring approximately in 1 per 1million live birth and consisting of aplastic/hypoplastic tibia with relatively intact fibula. The widely used classification was proposed by Jones and based on radiological description: type I: tibia absent, type II distal tibia not seen, type III proximal tibia not seen, type IV tibio-fibular diastases. This congenital deformity can be unilateral or bilateral and isolated, or unilateral or bilateral and associated with other malformation witch raise its genetic cause.

We are reporting the cases of two monozigotic twins reflecting the “intragenotic” expression variability of the syndrome of tibial aplasia and ectrodactyly. The two monozigotic female twins are born after an unremarkable first pregnancy and delivery. Family history was positive for malformations.(syndactily, split hand, phocomelia(elbow) and hip dyspasia)

Twin 1: Left leg: tibial aplasia type Ia, short femur, absent patella. Right leg: tibial aplasia type IV, clubfoot, hypoplasia of the internal ray. Left hand: split hand.

Twin 2: Left leg: nornal. Right leg: tibial aplasia type II, clubfoot. Left hand: split hand.

Most of the cases are unilateral and sporadic. 4 autosomal dominant tibial hemimelia syndromes are described

tibial hemimelia-foot polydactyly-triphangeal thumbs syndrome,

tibial hemimelia diplopodia syndrome,

tibial hemimelia-split-hand foot syndrome,

tibial hemimelia micromelia-oigonobrachycephaly syndrome.

This is the first documennted case of monozigotic twins affected by the Tibial hemimelia-split-hand foot syndrome. Their clinical presentation demonstrates that the phenotypic manifestations are highly variable.


C. Bytyci A Pustina A Grazhdani F Morina B Ibrahimi H Bytyci

Acute haematogenous osteomyelitis in children occurs in metaphysis of a long bone, and the diagnosis is usually made within 48 hours of the onset of symptoms. From 1985 to 2001 we identified 682 cases with admission diagnosis of acute haematogenous osteomyelitis, which were treated in our hospital. Early diagnosis is essential to successful treatment. We excluded all patients without either radiological or bacteriological confirmation of the diagnosis those with a history of penetrating wound. Of 682 cases included in the full series, 320 or 47% fulfilled the diagnostic criteria. Of 320 cases, 173 (54%) the infection were on the right and 147 (46%) on the left. Five cases were multifocal, 47 cases were aged one year or less, in percent 14.6%. The principle of treatment were: identification of the organism, selection of the correct antibiotic, delivery of the antibiotic in sufficient concentration and for sufficient duration and arrest of destruction. In about 80% of cases Staphylococcus aureus was isolated. The reason for a fall in the incidence of Staphyloccocus aureus are not clear. Improvements in living standards, personal hygiene, and in the general health of population may well be responsible for decreased prevalence of Staphylococcus aureus. Oral administration of antibiotics is instituted after an initial good clinical response is seen during intravenous administration, and generally we use parenteral antibiotics for the first 21 days. Long-term follow-up of all patients is necessary, including the patient with an apparantly good early result.


A. W Davidson H.K. Hosalkar F. Monsell

Objective: To review of an uncommon deformity arising in four patients.

Method: A clinical and radiological review.

Conclusions: heightened awareness and early treatment with monitoring is required.

We describe four cases of distal radial epiphyseal dysplasia associated with a localised area of cutis aplasia congenita (CAC) over the dorsum of the distal forearm. The cutis aplasia was diagnosed at birth in all cases, but the radial dysplasia was not recognised until presentation to our orthopaedic department between the ages of 5 and 10 years. Radial dysplasia describes a spectrum of osseous, musculotendinous, and neurovascular dysplasias of the pre-axial border of the upper limb, and is the most common form of longitudinal deficiency. Cutis aplasia congenita involves an ulcerated area lacking in normal skin formation, present at birth. The most common site is on the scalp, but it has been described on the extremities, and overlying embryological malformations. This association, the long-term implications and the requirement for follow-up until skeletal maturity have not previously been described. We emphasise the importance of continued monitoring of these patients as the effects of radial dysplasia did not become obvious for several years, and the potential benefit from achieving early skin cover with grafting rather than allowing healing by secondary intention is discussed. It is important to increase awareness of this condition so that early orthopaedic and plastic surgical opinions can be sought, in order to reduce the disabling effect on the underlying radius.


M. Oleksak JA Fernandes M Saleh

Aim: To assess the outcome of operative treatment of joint deformities using circular external fixators in arthrogryposis

Materials and Methods: 16 cases were identified in 9 children, who underwent application of Ilizarov external fixation from 1989 to 2000 at the Sheffield Children’s Hospital for progressive correction of knee and foot deformities. This treatment modality was combined with either a soft tissue release, soft tissue distraction or a bony correction. Clinical outcomes were assessed, and comparisons were made between the different treatment modalities. Results: Three fixed flexion deformities of the knee treated with progressive correction and soft tissue distraction all achieved initial correction, but recurred some time after removal of fixators. Out of five club-feet treated with an Ilizarov frame with progressive soft tissue distraction alone, three deformities recurred despite long term splinting. The remaining eight club-foot deformities were treated with a bony procedure combined with gradual correction in the circular frame, and all corrections were maintained at follow up. The average treatment time in the fixator was 17 weeks (12–50 weeks), and the average follow up time was 36 months. Complications included 4 pin track sepses, 1 osteitis requiring a sequestrectomy, 1 transient neurapraxia and 1 fracture following removal of the fixator.

Conclusion: The treatment of joint deformities in arthrogryposis remains challenging and difficult, and complications do occur. Combining the Ilizarov device with a bony procedure seems to have superior results and less recurrence of deformities than pure progressive soft tissue correction.


G. Pagnotta G. Giorlandino C.De. Stefan

Purpose: To evaluate the real effectiveness of orthopaedic prenatal diagnosis.

Introduction: Sonographic early detection of fetal club foot, spine abnormalities like “spina bifida” or spondylocostal ‘” dysostosis, limb discrepancy have been often reported in prenatal orthopaedic diagnosis. But in all these cases the role of the orthopaedic surgeon is secondary: In the case reported the joined evaluation of obstetrician and orthopaedic surgeon was able to anticipate delivery, avoid a severe and constrictive amniotic band on the lover limb which might cause an amputation of the ankle and foot.

Material and methods: At 25th week of pregnancy a morphologic sonographic examination was carried out in a Caucasian healthy woman. It demonstrated an healthy male fetus presenting a constrictive amniotic band on the distal right leg causing a mild oedema of the foot. Four weeks later the oedema of ankle and feet was dramatically increased and on the distal tibia an initial notch on the cortex was observed. The risk of self-amputation in utero was high, so a decision to bring forward delivery was made by a obstetrician, and paediatrician orthopaedic surgeon. In the last two weeks of uterine life the fetus was treated to obtain a satisfactory lung maturity and at 32nd week a caesarean delivery was carried out. The baby, normal, (agar score 7–9, 2750 kg.) presented a tremendous oedema of the dorsal foot causing a complete disappearance of normal shape. The skin constriction was detected on the distal leg deeply extended to the bone. An X -ray early performed showed a lesion of the anterior margin of the tibia. A Sonographic Doppler of the distal leg was able to demonstrate vascular normality so at the age of two days the baby was admitted to the plastic and reconstructive surgery for the release of the amniotic band and for reductive surgery of foot’s redundant tissue. The follow-up was good with a temporary oedema post-surgery. In 60 days the appearance of the foot was satisfactory normal.

Discussion: The ultrasonographic prenatal diagnosis of an amniotic band in the reported case probably has been able to avoid an amputation of the distal lower limb. The aim of this communication is to stress the role of the prenatal diagnosis in paediatric orthopaedic to emphasize the importance of early detection of congenital skeletal abnormalities. Severe and stiff club-foot, congenital “genu recurvatum” and amniotic band as. well, ought to be treated as soon as possible. Therefore, when diagnosed in selected pregnancies, if the fetus is healthy and the lung maturity is obtained with corticosteroIds and sulfactante factor sommmlstratlon, we advise a premature delivery never before 32nd week of intrauterine life. At this stage the deformities are less stiff and every treatment (manipulation, bandage, casting) offers better results and less risk.


G. Piza V. Caja A. Navarro

Background: Tibial valgus, a known complication of leg lengthening by external fixation, has been related to stability of the bonefixator system and, in particular to pin loosening. Hydroxyapatite coating has been reported to enhance the quality of the bone-pin interface. The aim of this study was to compare the incidence of axial deformity between tibial lengthening procedures with hydroxyapatite-coated and non-coated external-fixation pins.

Methods: A prospective trial was conducted on 34 symmetrical tibial lengthenings in 17 pathologically-short patients. For each pair of bones, one side to be lengthened with hydroxyapatite-coated pins and the other with standard uncoated pins were randomly selected. The bone angle in the frontal plane was measured before the operation and at the end of the fixation period. The difference was calculated and compared between lengthenings performed with coated and uncoated pins.

Results: Mean deviation into valgus of the tibiae was 6.5° with hydroxyapatite-coated pins and 12.5° with uncoated pins (p=0.023). Other factors previously related to valgus deformity did not significantly differ between groups.

Conclusions: Tibial lengthenings performed with hydroxyapatite-coated external-fixation pins are less prone to axial deviation in the frontal plane than those without it.


Shoaib Amer Q Mehraj F Jepson N.R Clay

Introduction: Haemophilus influenzae type B has been the pathogen responsible for a significant proportion of cases of septic arthritis in children in the past. Vaccination was introduced in the United Kingdom in October, 1992 in order to combat meningitis and epiglottitis. This study looks at the effects of vaccination on childhood septic arthritis in Wales.

Methods: Data was collected prospectively from 1988 by the Public Health Laboratory Service in Wales. Data was analysed with a two-sample t-test.

Results: There were 17 cases in children in which 16 were attributed to type B. 14 cases occurred in the 5 years before mass immunisation. Only 2 cases occurred in the 8 years following immunisation. The incidence of Haemophilus influenzae septic arthritis in children has fallen significantly since the introduction of immunization (P=0.009).

Discussion: Vaccination has resulted in a significant fall in the incidence of Haemophilus influenzae type B septic arthritis in children in Wales. This may have consequences on guidelines for the empirical treatment of septic arthritis. If a child if found to have Haemophilus influenzae septic arthritis, this is suspicious of immunocompromise, or an alternate type infection. The novel way in which infection has been controlled may be one which can be used in future to control multi-resistant bacterial infection in orthopaedic surgery.


A. Gkiokas

Pyogenic arthritis of the hip in childhood despite improved antibiotic therapy remains a serious disorder which demands early diagnosis and prompt treatment. The most serious complication of the pyogenic arthritis of the hip in childhood and especialy in newborns and infants is the avascular necrosis of the femoral head which can lead to partial or complete destruction of the capital femoral epiphysis, the growth plate or both. This destruction may lead to hip joint deformity, leg length discrenpancy and dysfunction.

The PURPOSE of this study was an effort to determine the factors which affect the outcome of the hip joint in pyogenic arthritis. The present study included 37 children, 24 boys and 13 girls, with 37 involved hips. Their ages ranged from 10 days to 1 year old in 17 children and from 1y-11 years old in 20 children. All patients were hospitalized and treated in our Orthopaedic Department during 1983–1995 with proven pyogenic arthritis. All children were suspected to have pyogenic arthritis of the hip from the history, clinical features, laboratory and imaging findings and were confirmed with positive aspiration in 35 patients. In two negative aspirations the pyogenic arthritis was confirmed after surgical intervention. The treatment consisted of I.V. and oral administration of appropriate antibiotics and cast immobilization for about six weeks. In only 23 patients was immediate incision and surgical drainage performed with debridement of the hip joint, and removal of the panus on the cartilage. The length of the follow up was 7–16 years. The hips were classified according to radiographic findings into 3 groups. TYPE I (31 Patients, 84%) Normal overgrown femoral head. TYPE II (3 Patients, 8%) Deformed femoral head. TYPE III (3 Patients, 8%) Partial or complete destruction of the proximal femoral epiphysis. The evaluation and analysis of the results revealed primarily that delay in diagnosis lead to delayed treatment particularly in neonates and infants. Other factors which have an unfavorable outcome in the pyogenic hip arthritis are the multiple location, osteomyelitis of the hip region and the causative organism. Rapid diagnosis followed by immediate aspiration with surgical drainage and early administration of an appropriate antibiotics lead to good or excellent results.


P. Hopgood C D. Thomas K K Hinduja RW Paton

This study was undertaken between May 1992 and April 2002 in a hospital where there was a targeted screening programme for Developmental Dysplasia of the Hip. All data was collected prospectively. 2,578 infants with clinically unstable or at risk hips underwent bilateral hip ultrasound examination. This was performed by the senior author. At risk hips were considered to be those where there was a history of breech presentation, foot deformity, oligohydramnios on prenatal maternal ultrasound scans or a strong family history of Developmental Dysplasia of the Hip. There were significant changes in the reasons for referral for targeted screening over the ten year period. In the first year of the study 1.5% of referrals were because of oligohydramnios. In the last year of the survey 16.5% of referrals were because of oligohydramnios. The number of referrals for screening because of oligohydramnios increased sixty fold between the first year and last year of the study period. The overall number of infants referred for targeted screening more than doubled between the first and the last year of the study period. Of the infants that were found to have unstable or dislocated hips, no infants had oligohydramnios as a risk factor. The number of referrals for targeted ultrasound screening is increasing. In a targeted screening programme for Developmental Dysplasia of the Hip we suggest that oligohydramnios should not be used as a possible risk factor.


P. Meda N Garg R Davies D Pilling C Bruce

This study shows the efficacy of The Pavlik harness for the treatment of Development Dysplasia of Hip using ultrasonographic monitoring. Between March 1995 and February 2000 we treated 149 dysplastic hips in 117 babies. According to the Graf’s classification 90 were dysplastic type IIB, IIC,IID hips; 59 were dislocated Type IIIA, IIIB and IV hips.

Babies were regularly monitored using ultrasound until the age of 26 weeks and radiographs there after for bony roof angle. The Pavlik harness was abandoned if there was persistent dislocation of hip at the end of 3 weeks of treatment. The average full time harness treatment was 12.2 ( range 6–20 ) weeks. The average follow up was 55 ( range 30–90 ) months.

The harness failed to reduce 14 hips ( 9.5 % of total hips). These required arthrogram and closed or open reductions. Late presentation beyond 12 weeks and a higher grade on the Graf’s classification reduces the success rate of the pavlik harness treatment. Two cases continue to show a small femoral ossific nuclei at 30 months follow up. The hips treated successfully showed no significant difference in acetabular index from the normal values at follow up radiographs.

We conclude that using our protocol, successful initial treatment of Developmental Dysplasia of Hip with the Pavlik harness appears to restore normal development of the hip. We continue to monitor patients by regular radiological surveillance up to 3 years in dysplastic hips and 5 years in unstable and dislocated hips.


R.W. Paton S Hossain K Eccles

The use of targeted ultrasound screening for ‘at risk’ hips in order to reduce the rate of surgery in developmental dysplasia of the hip (DDH) are unproven. A prospective trial was undertaken in an attempt to clarify this matter.

Over an 8-year period, there were 28,676 live births. Unstable and ‘at risk’ hips were routinely targeted for ultrasound examination. One thousand eight hundred and six infants were ultrasounded, 6.3% of the birth population.

Twenty-five children (18 dislocations and 7 dysplasias) required surgical intervention (0.87 per 1000 births for DDH / 0.63 per 1000 births for dislocation).

Targeted ultrasound screening does not reduce the overall rate of surgery compared with the best conventional clinical screening programmes. The development of a national targeted ultrasound screening programme for ‘at risk’ hips cannot be justified on a cost or result basis.


S.S. Prasad C.E. Bruce S Crawford Ms J. Higham J. Garg

Introduction: It is commonly believed that markedly increased femoral anteversion is a primary abnormality and a consistent feature of hip dysplasia. It is also considered to be one of the main factors leading to redislocation. Apart from limited cadaveric studies, the true normal range of anteversion in infants is largely unknown. We measured femoral anteversion in infants using ultrasound. We are presenting our results measuring the femoral anteversion in both normal and DDH hips.

Methods and materials: Anteversion measurements are taken at the time of routine ultrasound screening for Developmental Dysplacia of Hip. This method was previously validated. We measured femoral anteversion in 76 infants with normal hips. We measured femoral ante-version in 27 hips with DDH. The mean femoral ante-version in normal babies is compared to the value in the babies with hip dysplasia using unpaired t-test.

Results: The mean value of femoral anteversion in normal babies in our series was 46.75° with 95% reference interval of 36.34° to 57.17°. The mean femoral anteversion in dysplastic hips was 50.39° with a 95% reference interval of 34.88° to 65.89°. The difference between normal and dysplastic hips was statistically significant (p value −0.0095 and 95% CI of 6.36° to 0.90°). This showed a small increase of femoral anteversion in the dysplastic hips.

Conclusion: We established reference ranges of femoral anteversion in normal and dysplastic hips. Our series showed only a small increase of femoral anteversion in the dysplastic hips. We showed that the markedly increased femoral anteversion was not a primary abnormality in hip dysplasia.


H. Dabke J.K. Tucker

There are very few reports on apophysitis of the iliac crest although similar afflictions of the knee, heel, and elbow are well recognised conditions. Excesive forefoot pronation has been suggested as a contributory factor in the development of iliac apophysitis. We present our experience of this not so well known problem.

Method: This is a prospective review of 8 patients (2- males, 6- females) between 12–16 years of age, who presented with pain in the hip of at least 3 months duration. They were prospectively reviewed over an average of 6 months (6–24 months). 7 of them were involved in some sort of sporting activity. 3 patients had to miss school due to pain. All of them had tenderness over the iliac crest, normal range of hip movements with pain on resisted hip abduction. None of them had any deformities in the lower limbs. Blood counts, ESR, CRP and radiographs were normal. 3 patients had persistent pain over 12 months hence had a bone scan which was normal. All patients had full symptomatic relief following rest, activity modification and anti-inflammatory medication.

Conclusions: Unlike previous reports, our patients did not have characteristic radiographic changes thus the diagnosis of this condition seems to be mainly clinical. All pediatric patients with hip pain should be thoroughly investigated to rule out other sinister causes. None of our patients had any foot deformities questioning the hypothesis that iliac apophysitis develops secondary to excessive forefoot pronation. It is important to be aware of this condition, which causes considerable distress and can be relieved easily by conservative means.


A. Bagatur Erdem G Zorer

To evaluate the clinical and radiographic correction obtained by distal and lateral advancement of the greater trochanter in patients with a positive Trendelenburg’s sign and a “gluteus medius lurch” kind of limp due to avascular necrosis of the capital femoral epiphysis following treatment of developmental dysplasia of the hip (DDH) or septic arthritis (SA).

The results of trochanteric advancement were evaluated in 24 hips of 18 patients with relative overgrowth of the greater trochanter because of avascular necrosis of the femoral head. There were 10 girls and eight boys with a mean age of 12 years (range 8 to 18 years). The deformity was bilateral in six and unilateral in 12 patients. Etiology was DDH in 20 hips of 15 patients and SA in four hips of three patients. The mean follow-up period was four years and two months (range 1 to 7 years). Radiographically, the articulotrochanteric distance (ATD) is used to assess the position of the greater trochanter in relation to the femoral head. All patients showed both clinical and radiographic improvement postoperatively. The Trendelenburg’s sign, which was positive in all patients preoperatively, became negative in 18 hips of 14 patients and Delayed positive in six hips of four patients. Abduction increased a mean of 25 degrees in 15 hips of 13 patients. On clinical evaluation, the results were excellent in 17 hips, good in five hips, and moderate in two hips. Radiographically, the ATD which was −10,5 mm (range −24 to +8 mm) preoperatively, became 22 mm (range −5 to +42 mm) postoperatively Trochanteric advancement leads to satisfactory clinical results in patients with a positive Trendelenburg’s sign and a gluteus medius lurch.

Although this operation does not affect the degenerative process in the hip joint. It improves the patients’ gait and the problem of getting tired easily are overcome. Furthermore, it provides a good understructure for future reconstructive operations of adult age


Choi In Ho Won Joon Yoo Chin Youb Chung Tae-Joon Cho

We evaluated growth and remodeling of the 21 hips after valgus osteotomy with rotational and sagittal components for hinge abduction in 21 patients (mean, 9.7 years) with Legg-Calvé-Perthes disease (LCPD) both clinically and radiologically. The type of osteotomy was determined by assessing the hinge movement three-dimensionally using preoperative gait assessment, 2-dimensional/3-dimensional computed tomography (2D/3D-CT), and intraoperative dynamic arthrography. The Iowa hip score averaged 66 (34 to 76) before operation and 92 (80 to 100) at a mean follow-up of 7.1 years (3.0 to 15.0). Radiographic measurements revealed favorable remodeling of the femoral head and improved hip joint mechanics. Valgus osteotomy with rotational and sagittal components results in sustained improvement in symptoms and functions and beneficially influences remodeling of the hip.

Preoperative gait assessment, 2D/3D-CT, and intra-operative dynamic arthrography are helpful for assessing the spatial features of the femoral capital hump and for determining the optimal congruent position of the hip.


S. Milickovic Z. Vukasinovic

Treatment of residual acetabular dysplasia is still controversial regarding the timing of Surgery, and the type of surgical procedur

Material and Methods: We analyzed 70 patients (83 hips) operated between 1980–1988 year, in which Salter innominate osteotomy was performed in the treatment of residual acetabular dysplasia in DDH. Patients were divided in two different age groups: from 2–4 (53 hips) and 4–6 (30 hips) years. The average follow up was 7 years (from 2 to 10 years). Acetabular remodeling was radiographically assessed by measuring of the Acetabular Index (AI) at the beginning and after the 5 years of age subsequently by measuring the CE angle of Wiberg. All preoperative hips were dysplastic according to Tonnis (+2SD) criteria. Results were statistically analyzed by using the Student’s T test, and One Way Repeated Measures ANOVA, with the correction for the different age groups.

Results: We found that there were no statistically significant differences in AI and CE angle between these two age groups and between these groups and normal values.

Conclusion: We recommend Salter innominate osteotomy as a procedure of choice in the treatment of acetabular dysplasia in DDH, provided the patient is younger than 6 years of age.


HIP ARTHRODESIS IN CHILDREN Pages 271 - 271
Full Access
H.J.S. Colyn E.M. Mennen J. Botha R.G Molteno

Purpose: A modification of the arthrodesis as described by F R Thompson is reviewed in ten children.

Method: Between September 1997 and July 2001, six patients ranging from 6 to 13 years underwent hip arthrodesis. Indications included trauma (one), idiopathic chondrolysis (one) post-septic arthritis (four) and tuberculosis of the hip joint (four). The subtrochanteric osteotomy was performed as a coronal chevron, differing from the previously described techniques. Patients were immobilized in a spica (six) and external fixation (four) in a functional position of 20 degrees flexion and neutral position (1degree abduction per year of growth left) for six weeks postoperatively.

Conclusion: This review re-establishes hip arthrodesis as an acceptable treatment for children with destroyed joints and intractable pain. The modification used provides an attractable alternative in preventing the displacement of the subtrochanteric osteotomy, but allows correct positioning of the limb. The use of the external fixation allows lengthening if needed.


M. Heeg CL De Ridder JR Van Horn

Purpose: To assess the long-term outcome of Schanz subtrochanteric abduction osteotomy (SO) in patients with long-standing dislocation of the hip

Patients and methods: Between 1962–1981, 11 patients were treated with a SO. Nine patients, in whom 16 SO procedures were performed, were available for follow-up. Seven hips had had failed surgery in infancy, 9 hips had not been operated on previously. The average age at the time of SO was 17.8 (12–29) years. The degree of dislocation at the time of SO was classified according to Eftekhar type B: subluxation; (4 hips); type C: dislocation with neo-acetabulum, (8 hips) patients, and type D: high dislocation, no neo-acetabulum (4 hips). The indications to perform SO were fatigue and a painful lurch in 14 hips and a flexion/adduction contracture with pain in 2 hips. Post-operatively, patients were immobilised in suspended traction for 6–8 weeks, followed by progressive weight-bearing. Follow-up averaged 21 (14–37) years. Follow-up included the Harris-Hip score and ADL-score (Barthel-index); working status, sexual problems, ROM, hip/knee instability and radiographic examination.

Results: Ten secondary surgical procedures were performed at an interval of 6–19 years following SO: shelf procedure ( 5); Epiphyseodesis (3) and total hip (2). The shelf procedures were performed for residual hip pain, at an average of 12 years. The total hips were performed after 17 and 19 years following SO. Both have failed and had complicated hip-revisions. ROM was severely restricted in 4 patients. The mean Harris hips score was 76 ( 27–97). One of six bilateral cases and 2 of 4 unilateral cases had poor functional results. All patients had unlimited ADL activities; 7 patients regularly participated in cycling and swimming. Three female patients experienced minor sexual problems, due to limited abduction. Four patients had 400 excessive valgus at the knee, without clinical or radiographic symptoms. Leg-length discrepancy varied from 0–3 cm.

Conclusion: 1. The results of SO in patients with Eftekhar C/D were surprisingly fair, and poor in type B, subluxation.


C. Radler G. Petje N. Aigner N. Walik R. Ganger F. Grill

Introduction: Although well-recognized in adults, RSD is rarely diagnosed in children. Management is still controversial and includes, mobilization and physical therapy, spinal cord stimulation, transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation, steroids, tricyclic antidepressants, anticonvulsants, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, injections of calcitonin, vasodilators and calcium channel blocker or alpha-sympathetic blocker. In this study, we describe the treatment of RSD in children using Iloprost, a pros-tacyclin analog that mimics sympathicolysis. We report our treatment regime, the clinical course, complications and the outcome in our first seven patients.

Patients and Methods: Seven female patients with a mean age of 9 years (6 to 11 years) suffering from reflex sympathetic dystrophy (RSD) stage II were included in this prospective study. Inclusion criteria were RSD stage II – III, an age between 4 to 12 years, no previous operative procedures and duration of symptoms for a minimum of 6 months. Diagnosis of RSD was based on the presence of neuropathic pain, such as burning, dysaesthesia, paresthesia, and hypalgesia to cold, and physical signs of autonomic dysfunction such as skin cyanosis, mottling, hyperhidrosis, edema and coldness of the extremity. Treatment regime consisted of two infusions of Iloprost (IlomedinÒ, Schering AG, Germany) administered over 6 hours on two consecutive days. Additionally, all patients underwent physiotherapy as part of their inpatient treatment and were offered psychological counselling.

Results: One day after the last infusion, all seven patients were free of pain and full weight-bearing was possible. The side-effects of Iloprost were a headache in all patients and vomiting in two patients. Two patients relapsed, one 3 months and one 5 months after primary treatment. These two patients received a second series of infusions and were again free of pain within two days. During a mean follow-up period of 30 months all patients remained asymptomatic.

Conclusion: These preliminary results indicate that the treatment of RSD with Iloprost in combination with psychological counselling is a safe and effective treatment regime. Infusion therapy is a non-frightening procedure which may be an important factor considering the possible psychogenic etiology of RSD in children. Additional psychological counselling helps patients and their parents to develop coping strategies which may help to avoid relapses.


Motoo Hosokawa W.C. Kim Y Tsuchida S Takai Y Fukuda N Yoshino T Kusakabe S Tsutsumi T Kubo

The changes of stress distribution in the femoral head with Perthes disease were observed under several condition. Finite element models were constructed referring to X-ray images and magnetic resonance images of the intact hip joint. The model was divided into five parts: cancellous bone, articular cartilage, necrotic bone, cortical bone, physeal cartilage. Material properties were alloted to these components by the past literature. The body weight and abductor muscle force were applied as loading. The model was altered to study the effect of age, the extent of necrosis, and lateralization of the fomoral head. Analysis were performed on a digital computer PC-9821(NEC) using the finite element program. There was no significant difference in stress distribution patterns regardless of age or extent of necrosis. However, compressive stresses were concentrated on the lateral portion of the epiphysis by lateralization of femoral head. The femoral head deformity in Perthes disease was more affected by the lateralization than by the age and the extent of necrosis.


K Seller A. Wild B. Westhoff P. Raab R. Krauspe

We present the results of a prospective study about twenty-nine patients (thirty-two hips) with unstable slipped capital femoral epiphysis (SCFE), which were treated by indirect reduction and internal fixation of the epi- and metaphysis with 3–4 Kirschner-wires between 1990 – 1999.

Methods: The 29 patients with a mean age of 12,9 years were clinically and radiologically evaluated after a mean follow-up of 3 years applying the score of Heymann and Herndon and by different roentgenological parameters (CCD-angle, femoral head diameter, length of the femoral neck and sphericity of the femoral head). Compared to the uninvolved side in unilateral case, which all had prophylactic pinning, all patients showed overall a good subjective and objective outcome. The average slip angle of all 29 unstable SCFE patients (32 hips) was 31° with 19 (59,4%) mild SCFE (< 30°), 7 (21,9%) moderate forms (30–50°) and 6 (18,8%) severe slips (> 50°).

Results: According to the classification of Heyman and Herndon we had 18 excellent (62,1%), 9 good (31,1%), 1 fair (3,4%) and 1 poor (3,4%) results. None of the patients developed chondrolysis, but AVN occurred in one patient with complete and in one patient with partial involvement of the femoral head. The mean CCD-angle at the follow-up after skeletal maturity of the affected side was 133,3° in comparison to 135,9° of the non affected hips, indicating only a slight increase of varus position of the femoral neck of at average 2,6°. The mean length of the femoral neck of the affected hips was 64,5 mm in comparison to 70,8 mm of the not affected hips, thus a average difference of 6,3 mm. The neck/shaft-ratio between the affected and the not affected side was 0,88 (0,78 – 1,0). The mean femoral head diameter of the affected hips was 57,1 mm in comparison to 55,4 mm of the non affected hips. The radius quotient (RQ), measuring the relation of the femoral heads between the affected and the not affected hip was at average 103% (min 100 %, max. 114%). The sphericity according to Mose of the 58 hips (29 patients) treated by pinning with K-wires was normal (< 2mm) in 89,7% (52 hips), mild I°-aspheric (2–3mm) in 3,4% (2 hips), moderate II°-aspheric (3–4mm) in 3,4% (2 hips) and severe III°-aspheric (> 4mm) in 3,4% (2 hips).

Conclusion: As a standard in our institution we recommend the simultaneous transfixation of the epi- and metaphysis with Kirschner-wires in patients with unstable SCFE as therapeutic method for the involved as well as prophylactic for the uninvolved femoral epiphysis. Implants should not be placed in the anterosuperior quadrant of the femoral head and correct implant position has to be documented by the withdrawl maneouver using image intensifier during surgery. With this technique the slip could efficiently be stabilized, further slippage or any progression could be prevented and remodeling of the joint led to an optimal sphericity and improved femoral neck length at the end of growth, thus improving hip function. The rate of severe complications like AVN and chondrolysis was low in our prospective series (6,8% respectively 0%) compared to other series with different implants (screws, nails). There were no complications like implant failure or problems with hardware removal.


F. Fernández-Palazzi S. Rivas

Since 1976 we have performed 60 radioactive synoviorthesis in 53 haemophilic patients with age from 6 to 40 years with a mean of 10 years of age, 45 of these patients were under 12 years of age. The knees were injected in 38 cases, elbow in 16 cases, ankles in 5 and shoulders in 1 case. The procedure was performed in 6 sittings of 10 patients each. The synoviorthesis is done by an intrarticular injection of the radioactive material preceded by a local anesthetic. The clinical results of this procedure gives an 80 % of excellent results with no further bleeding. One of the criticisms against this method is the possible chromosomal damage induced by the radioactive material. In our center, two previous studied have been done in order to see whether these possible changes are everlasting and both have demonstrated that chromosomal changes are reversible. The radioactive material used in these synoviorthesis was 189 Au In 1978, 354 metaphases were studied with 61 ruptures, 17.23 %, (non premalign) and 6 structural changes -considered premalignant, 1.69 %. Any number below 2 % is considered non dangerous. A further study was done in 1982, in the same group of patients with a result of 21 ruptures, 3.34% and no structural changes. This demonstrated that the possible premalignant changes disappeared with time. A third study was performed in a series of 13 patients that unstained radioactive synoviorthesis with Re 186 in November 1991. We performed for comparison a chromosomal study just before and 6 months after the radioactive material injection. The results confirmed that changes that could be attributed to the radiation, appears equally in non irradiated patients and those due to the radiation disappear with time, never reaching the dangerous zone of 2 %. In these group treated with 186 Re we studied an additional number of 130 metaphases with identical results and NO structural changes.

Conclusions: In view of these results, it seems that radioactive synovectomy is safe procedure and gives great benefits to the haemophilic patients, and no long standing structural chromosomal damage


Vukasinovic Zoran S. Milickovic

Introduction: There are several possibilities for the treatment of Legg-Calve-Perthes (LCP) disease in older age group (more than 10 years of age): varus femoral osteotomies, different pelvic osteotomies (Salter, Chiari, triple), and the combination of pelvic and femoral osteotomies (Salter with femoral shortening).

Material and methods: We analyzed 214 hips with LCP disease surgically treated in our Institute in the period 1972–1999. Age of our patients ranged from 10–13 years. All of them were operated in the fragmentation phase of the disease. The distribution according to Catteral classification was: group II – 29 (13,5%), group III – 108 (50,5%), group IV – 77 (36%). Different risk factors were present in 154 (72%) cases. We performed: 69 (32,3%) varus femoral osteotomies, 32 (14,9%) Salter osteotomies, 69 (32,3%) Salter osteotomies with femoral shortening, 23 (10,7%) Chiariosteotomies and 21 (9,8%) triple pelvic osteotomies. There were no statistically significant differences between treatment groups (preoperatively). Postoperativelly hips were assessed clinically and radiologically. Follow-up period was in average 9,2 years (at least 3 years).

Results: All procedures showed improvement in hip containment and functional status. The best anatomical results were in the group of patients treated by triple pelvic osteotomy (p=0,02), very good results were found in the groups of patients treated by varus femoral osteotomy and Salter osteotomy with femoral shortening, whereas the results of treatment in the other groups were slightly worse. Triple pelvic osteotomy and Salter osteotomy (with or without femoral shortening) showed the best functional recovery. Positive Trendelenburg sign and waddling gait were present only in the groups of patients treated by varus femoral osteotomy and Chiariosteotomy.

Conclusion: Triple pelvic osteotomy is the best procedure for the treatment of LCP disease in the older age group


T.-J. Cho I.H. Choi C.Y. Chung M.S. Park Y.K. Park Shin

The purpose of this study was to investigate the efficacy of oral alendronate for the older children with osteogenesis imperfecta. Eight boys and 6 girls with average age of 9.7 years were given oral alendronate, 10mg everyday for those > 35kg, 10mg every other day for those 20 – 35 kg, and 10mg every three days for those < 20 kg. Treatment period averaged 3.3 years (range, 2.1 to 3.6). The number of fractures decreased by 39% in the lower extremity, although not statistically significant. Ten patients or their parents reported improved well-being during the treatment period. Z score for bone mineral density improved from −3.75 to −1.18 in the lumbar spine, and from −3.84 to −2.74 in the femur neck. Restoration of the collapsed vertebral bodies was observed, and the metaphyseal bands appeared on the simple radiographs. Urinary excretion of calcium and N-telopeptide of type I collagen were decreased by 64% and 47%, respectively. Abdominal discomfort was reported in five patients, one of which needed temporary switch to intravenous protocol. Iliac crest biopsy including the physis showed expanded primary spongiosa area with numeric multi-nucleated cells, which had heterogenous immunoreactivity for osteoclast markers.

This study revealed beneficial effects of oral alendronate in osteogenesis imperfecta patients, supported by radiological, biochemical and histological findings. We believe that oral alendronate is a more convenient method of bisphosphonate treatment for osteogenesis imperfecta, especially in older children.


K. Synnott B Heidari D Fitzpatrick D. McCormack

Introduction: Elucidation of the exact cause of adolescent idiopathic scoliosis (AIS) remains an elusive goal. The intervertebral disc is one of the many areas that have been investigated in an effort to find a cause for this condition. We hypothesize that a qualitative change in the orientation of collagen fibers in the annular layers of the disc could cause the deformity seen in AIS. This paper presents a mathematical model of such a change and how it could produce appropriate deforming forces. Hypothesis: In the normal disc the collagen fibers are obliquely orientated. Fibers in adjacent lamellae are orientated in opposing directions. This means that as forces are transmitted from a compressed nucleus to the annular fibers there is no net force tending to rotate one vertebra with respect to its neighbour. If there is a preponderance of fibers running in one direction as the nucleus is compressed there will be a net resultant force perpendicular to the long axis of the spine tending to produce an intervertebral rotation. This intervertebral rotation, applied to successive spinal segments will cause a scoliotic deformity.

Model: The highly oriented structure of the AF suggests the utility of an explicit representation of the collagen fibres and their mechanical contribution to disc function. In our study we have considered two groups of fibres, representing the clockwise and counter clockwise fibres in the disc. The AF is considered as a continuum containing two populations of fibres assumes to be of equal density and uniform distribution within an isotropic material as originally described by Spencer. Nuclear compression as a result of growth was modelled as a tendency to produce increased intervertebral separation of spinal segments and examined whether the resultant transformation that leads to a scoliotic pattern of deformity. Based on anatomical data from literature the positions of the 12 nodes that represent the thoracic vertebrae are applied to the model. The three-dimensional location of each vertebral body is defined. We store the coordinates of thoracic vertebrae in a three-dimensional matrix. In the present study in order to involve the translation operation in our transformation, we have used the homogeneous transformation matrix or Denavit & Hartenberg matrix.

In the present model for the initial set of transformations the reference axis is chosen to be the lowest vertebral axis (T-12) and remains unchanged throughout the transformation. All elements of the spine above the reference axis are transformed (translated and rotated). After completion of this iteration and storing the values for the origin coordinate and vector values in the next level of the matrix, the next reference axis is chosen. For the second axis everything above the axis will be transformed in the same way with the current axis and the one preceding it remaining unchanged. Therefore for each transformation a new reference axis is taken and the transformations are applied to all vectors and origins above it leaving all elements preceding it unchanged by the transformation.

Results: The first part of the model shows that rotational displacement increases linearly with changes in the fibre ratio. Rotational displacement on the other hand occurs independently of distraction of the vertebral bodies. When the rotational displacement is applied to a series of segments it produces alterations of curvature in the three planes. Specifically it produces a lateral curvature in the coronal plane and a hypokyphotic curvature in the saggital plane. The magnitude of these displacements varies with the imbalance in fibre ratio. Discussion: The proposed changes in annular fiber orientation have been modeled using accepted mathematical methods. These changes will produce an intervertebral rotation whose magnitude depends on the degree of fiber imbalance akin to that seen in AIS. When the displacements produced by this rotation being applied to a series of segments is modeled, it will produce a three dimensional deformity similar to that seen in AIS. Ongoing histological studies are being performed to see if the proposed imbalance can be identified in patients with AIS. Such a fiber orientation anomaly may be genetically determined by some fashion of directional sense gene and may be the aetiological basis for AIS.


MA Vitale R Arons J Hyman D Skaggs MG Vitale

Introduction: The surgical correction of idiopathic scoliosis is a technically complex procedure that requires significant surgical expertise and highly specialized support. The current study examines practice patterns for the surgical treatment of scoliosis over a 5-year period in the State of California, with particular attention to the effect of payer status on surgical outcomes. Given the significant disparity in reimbursement for scoliosis surgery between patients with different payment sources (i.e. Medicaid versus private insurance), the potential exists for different management of disease and patient outcomes.

Methods: Using the California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD) hospital discharge database, data for all surgical discharges between 1993 and 1997 for children ages 10–18 years old with a primary diagnosis of idiopathic scoliosis were reviewed. 1614 children were discharged from 99 hospitals over this period, and form the basis for this report. Outcomes of interest included length of stay (LOS), readmission, death, and need for surgical reoperation. Results: The mean age at admission of patients was 13.97 years (SD=1.89). The mean LOS was 7.38 days (SD=5.63) and mean readmission rate was 4.5%. Death (n=2) and reoperation (n=4) were extremely uncommon, making it impossible to use these as primary endpoints. Patients insured by Medi-Cal did not have significantly higher readmission rates, but did have a significantly longer length of hospital stay than patients with other payment sources (p< 0.001) and had a greater proportion of cases of extreme severity (p< 0.05), according to DRG severity code. Patients insured by Medi-Cal also incurred significantly higher hospital charges than patients with other sources of payment (p< 0.001).

Discussion and conclusions: The current study highlights the significant disparity in reimbursement rates for scoliosis surgery for patient insured by Medicaid versus private insurance in California. While this study does not address the issue of “unmet need” among the underinsured segment of the population, review of administrative data suggests that patients with Medicaid are more likely to have a higher severity of illness when presenting for surgery, and perhaps as a result, a longer length of stay. Future investigations will seek to reanalyze this dataset in patients with neurogenic scoliosis, where higher mortality and morbidity may allow for a more sensitive analysis of predictors of outcome.


G Dewnany A Ali F. Ali M.J. Bell

Children with osteogenesis imperfecta(OI) have multiple long bone fractures with subsequent deformities. The mainstay of treatment is correction with multiple osteotomies and intramedullary fixation. The Shefffield intramedullary telescoping rod system has been successful in the treament of long bone fractures and deformities (Wilkinson et al ,JBJS-B,1998) Bisphosphonates (Pamidronate -1- 1.5mg/kg/day)have been used as adjuvant therapy in the treatment of OI since the last five years. The perceived benefits include reduction in fracture frequency, improvement in bone density and a general feeling of well being.

We present our experience of five cases of OI who developed infections around thier Sheffield telescoping rods while on Pamidronate therapy. There was only one case of sepsis over a ten year period(over eighty patients)in a previously reported series from our centre.

The time interval between the start of Pamidronate therapy and the diagnosis of infection varied between 12–36 months ie. between 4–12 cycles of Pamidronate (parenteral administration over a three day period at three month intervals). All patients had their intramedullary rods in situ from anywhere between 2–7 years. The infections were low grade with a 2–3 month period of dull ache prior to actual presentation. Intrestigly though all patients had multiple rods in situ, only one of their femoral rods was affected and they did not have any other infective focus at the time of diagnosis. Three patients presented with thigh abcesses while the other two presented with ipsilateral knee pain and effusion. All had raised inflammatory markers, radiological signs of sepsis with Staph Aureus the commonest infecting organism.

Those cases presenting with abcesses were treated by drainage and rod removal, however only antibiotics were sufficient in the rest. The relationship between Pamidronate therapy and these infections is not absolutely clear and has not been reported previously. The possible links are discussed and a high degree of suspicion is recommended for those cases of OI on bisphosphonate


A WEEKEND BREAK FOR TWO Pages 273 - 273
Full Access
D.H.A. Jones

This poster describes the separation of a pair of conjoined twins, aged 3 months. They were joined at the pelvis, shared a common hindgut and each had bladder exstrophy. The operation to separate them, done over a weekend, involved paired teams of anaesthetists, Paediatric Surgeons and Paediatric Urologists and one Orthopaedic Surgeon.

The surgeons mobilised and divided the hindgut, giving one twin the distal half and the other the caecum and proximal colon. Two Urologists reconstructed the bladder exstrophies.

The orthopaedic contribution was bilateral oblique pelvic osteotomy to allow midline closure, along with extensive hip releases to deal with severe flexion and abduction contractures.

Both twins survived and are thriving. They have little neurological impairment in the lower limbs and therefore have great potential to walk.


J PRUIJS F.J.A. Beek R.H.J.M Gooskens

Objective. To determine on radiographs the presence of Basilar Impression (BI) in children with Osteogenesis Imperfecta (OI). To confirm this sign and altered geometrical relationships of the craniocervical junction in course of time with magnetic resonance imaging (MRI).

Methods and patients: In a cohort study of 130 patients with OI (OI type I:85; OI type III: 21; OI type IV: 24) lateral radiographs of the skull and cervical spine were made in a standardized way. MRI scans were performed when BI was suspected based upon protrusion of the odontoid above Chamberlain’s line. Intracranial abnormalities as well as the basal angle were described. Neurological examination was performed in patients with conclusive BI at MRI scan.

Results and Discussion: In eight patients BI could be confirmed by MRI scan. None of the children had or developed in time neurological symptoms or signs. In follow up no alteration of intracranial findings were seen, although in one child Chamberlain’s line increased from 8 mm (first MRI) to 15 mm (last MRI).

Conclusion: In our cohort study no alteration of the intracranial contents was seen at subsequent MRI scans. Although anatomic deformations exist in BI, no neurological symptoms or signs were present in our study and no operative reconstruction had to be performed. Periodical MRI – scan has not been of influence on the clinical decision making process. At the moment we perform a MRI-scan if BI is suspected on lateral skull radiographs


Full Access
Hosny Gamal Ahmed

Post – traumatic nonunion is unusual in children. The presence of more than one site for nonunion in a single bone, infection, shortening, osteoporosis and deformity makes the treatment more complicated. Case Report: A 10-y old boy presented to us with a post-traumatic 12 cm Rt. tibial shortening, unstable knee and a discharging sinus over the upper tibia. Roentgenograms revealed 3 sites of nonunion: in the upper middle and lower 1/3 of the tibia. The deformity of the upper tibia was varus 20° and recurvatum 25° while there was varus of the lower part 15°. The fibular head was over hanging the tibia. Treatment: Ilizarov Ext. fixator was applied concomitant with freshening of the upper site, sinus excision and osteotomy of the fibula. The lower fibula was fixed to the tibia leaving the upper part free. Then, gradual correction of deformities by distraction using properly positioned hinges was applied through the upper and lower sites for nonunion. Compression – Distraction was applied alternatively to stimulate the regenerate till we reached the sum of 12 cm lengthening from the 3 sites. The fixator was removed after 9 months where there was union and consolidation from all sites for non-union. The patient was followed up for 4 years.

Complications: Included wire tract infection, mild bowing of the regenerate after fixator removal and refracture.

Conclusion: Using the nonunion sites to correct complicated deformities and lengthen the bone is an effective method in children. Up to our knowledge, this is the first time to report the results of trifocal lengthening.


P. Chobanov M. Todorov P Tivchev

Methods of treatment of femoral fractures still remain controversial in adolescent age when the patients are too young for adult-type stabilization. This study examines the possibilities for improving the mechanical parameters of the bone-nail interface in flexible intramedullary nailing.

Mathematical models, which simulate different fractures, have been created by using the finite elements method. The stabilizing construction with two 4,00 mm Ender nails was performed in two versions:

standard divergent “C” configuration (3 points of pressure);

divergent “S” configuration (4 points of pressure).

Each version has been tested towards the deforming forces – bending in frontal and sagital plane; torsion and axial loading. Strength coefficient of the nails has been calculated as well as the stiffness of the configuration. The comparative analysis of the results found out that under the angular and torsional forces the mechanical parameters of the two types of configurations are equivalent. However, under axial loading, the divergent “S” configuration shows definitely better mechanical characteristics. The strength coefficient is 30% higher and the stiffness of the configuration is twice as strong. The specific intramedullary cohesion enables more considerable resistance towards the transverse displacement in telescoping of the fragments.

Proceeding from the presented data, it could be considered that the divergent “S” configuration creates much more sufficient length control. Its implementation in axial unstable femoral fractures could enable an earlier mobilization, respectively – an earlier weight-bearing loading.


C. Sinan Kara D Goksen M Coker S Darcan

Introduction and purpose: Osteogenesis imperfecta is a congenital disorder of the connective tissue, osteoporosis being the main complication with multiple fractures. Different therapy models have been tried in order to decrease bone resorption. Bisphosphanates are a group of drugs which suppress osteoclast mediated bone resorption thus reducing bone turnover. The aim of this study is to examine the improvement of bone mineralization with IV Pamidronate treatment and to determine the mobilization ability of the patients achieved during therapy with a new scoring system which was developed by these authors.

Methods: Sixteen osteogenesis imperfecta patients (9 female, 7 male) were treated with cyclic intravenous infusions of Pamidronate therapy for a period ranging from 12 to 40 months (mean 20.5±8.5 months). Pamidronate disodium was given in a dose of 20mg/m2/monthly at the beginning. The treatment regimen was changed after minor traumatic femur fractures of two patients where the bones showed peroperatively the characteristics of OSTEOPETROSIS, to cyclical therapy with 3 months intervals with the same dose. The patients’ calcium intake was evaluated regularly and was maintained with 800 mg/d oral calcium and vitamin D intake was 1000 IU at the beginning but then tapered to 500 IU according to laboratory changes. The mobilization scores of the patients were determined during treatment period with our scoring system in which scores changed from 0–40, every six months.

Results: A clinical response was shown with a reduction in fracture rate and improvement in mobilization scores. Median ambulation score was 11 and increased to 25 and to 20 in the first and the second year (p=0.001 and 0.026). Fracture rates decreased from a mean of 5.14±7.6/year before treatment to 1.4±2.3/year during treatment (p=0.018). Bone mineral density increased by, 13.6 % for the first year (p=0.29) improving from 0.219±0.103 to 0.249±0.085 g/cm2. Mean BMD increased by 34.4 % for the first 18 months from 0.219±0.1.3 to 0.294±0.07 g/cm2 (p=0.001). No adverse effects were seen with pamidronate infusions of 20/mg/m2/monthly and 3 monthly.

Conclusion: Cyclical pamidronate infusions significantly increased bone density and decreased bone fracture rate with time. According to our scoring system, IV pamidronate therapy reduces pain after initial therapy; improves the ability and the desire for sitting and walking in children. It helps them to sit and walk without any assistance.


M. Barry P. Calder P. Achan

Introduction: The majority of forearm fractures in children can be managed with a plaster cast alone and manipulation under anaesthetic as required. A small number of cases however require surgical intervention. A variety of methods are available but the use of elastic intramedullary nails is becoming the technique of choice.

Method: We present a two-centre study assessing the outcome of either Elastic StabJe Intramedullary Nails (ESIN) or Kirschner wires as the method of fracture stabilisation in diaphyseal forearm fractures of the radius and ulna.

Results: ESIN group: 24 children underwent ESIN fixation. There were 22 boys and 2 girls, mean age 9.4 years (1.4–15.2 years, p=O.ll). Indications for stabilisation included 21 cases for fracture instability (immediate or delayed,) 2 irreducible fractures and 1 open fracture. 14 children underwent surgery on the day they sustained their fracture. The remainder were operated on an average 6.5 days following injury (1–14 days). In the K wire group: 36 children underwent K-wires fixation with 2.5mrn wires. There were 21 boys and 15 girls, mean age 10.6 years (2.2–15.5 years). Indication for stabilisation included 22 cases for fracture instability , 6 irreducible fractures and 8 open fractures. 32 children underwent surgery on the day they sustained their fracture. The remaining 4 patients were operated on the following day.

Conclusions: All fractures united with no resultant subjective disability. The complication rate following K-wires was 16% and that following nail fixation 9%. Loss of forearm rotation was documented in 4 children in the K-wire group and 3 children stabilised with nails. These results confirm an excellent outcome following intramedullary fixation. We have demonstrated no difference in outcome between K-wires and ESIN, although the elastic nails do offer some theoretical advantages.


D. Duffy Miss J Cliffe Dr D Murdoch-Eaton Mr P Templeton

Objective: Prior to the appointment of a dedicated paediatric orthopaedic consultant at a tertiary referral centre (Feb 1999) the treatment of long bone fractures in paediatric patients with associated head injuries was predominately conservative. Current practice is now for early surgical stabilisation wherever possible. The aim of the study was to assess whether this change in clinical practice had resulted in any alteration in outcome.

Design: A prospective analysis of patients admitted to the paediatric intensive care unit between Feb 1996 and Jan 2002.

Setting: Leeds General Infirmary

Main outcome measures: Duration of ICU admission and time to independent walking was assessed.

Results: A total of 37 patients were included in the study.17 patients were treated conservatively and 19 surgically .A reduction of approximately 30% was observed in ICU stay and time to independent walking was observed in those patients that underwent early surgical stabilisation. Conclusions: Early surgical stabilisation of long bone fractures in head injured children allows quicker rehabilitation


T. Pesl P. Havránek

Aim of study Setting an investigation and therapeutical algorythm in paediatric patients with a distal tibiofibular joint injury.

Material: The authors present their clinical material collected during the period of last five years (from 1997 to 2001). 222 children with physeal injury of the distal tibia and/or fibula were treated in the Regional Paediatric Trauma Centre in Prague Krè.

Methods: In all patients with an injury of the ankle joint, a plain X-ray scanning in two basic planes was performed. In any doubts oblique views or an X-ray scan of the ankle joint in a stress position were added. In some patients it was necessary to complete the investigation by CT scans.

Results: Only 9 % of all 222 selected patients sustained the distal tibiofibular joint injury. In 85 % of them the skeletal injury was evident (the juvenile Tillaux fracture of Salter’s type 3 or 4). In the rest 15 % (three cases) there was no skeletal trauma visible on neither plain nor oblique X-ray scans but CT scan showed it.

Conclusions: Injury to the distal tibiofibular joint is very rare in the growing skeleton. Most of our patients were of premature age. There is a danger of missing this rare but subsequently serious injury. That’s why we recommend the use of CT in all cases of ankle joint injury in children. Children with fractures (juvenile Tillaux fracture) displaced more than 2 mm should be operated on (closed reduction and internal fixation). In two girls we had to stabilise the distal tibiofibular joint due to severe ligamentous injury.


PJ. Kiely PD Kiely A Al Ekri K Synnott EE Fogarty MM Stephens

Background The non-motorised microscooter has become the urban transport of choice for children in Ireland. Recently, Josefson highlighted the rising trend of scooter-related injury in the US and predicted possible significant impacts in human and socioeconomic terms.

Materials and Methods. A prospective study was undertaken of all referrals with scooter injuries to accident and emergency departments and fracture clinics in the first three months of the year. These cases were then reviewed at 6 months post injury

Results: There were 151 microscooter injuries seen in the first 3 months of the year, Forming over 4% of all trauma seen over this period. Eighty nine of the patients (59%) were female, and the mean age at presentation was 8.5 years (range 3–15 years). The peak referral rates for January, February and March measured 48%, 29% and 23% respectively. A survey of attending paediatric outpatients over this period revealed that 75% of households possessed at least 1 scooter, and in those households with children aged between 4 and 14 years, the rate of micoscooter possession increased to 83%. Eighty four children suffered fractures and dislocations, 59 suffered soft tissue injuries, 8 had isolated head injuries. Upper limb fractures and dislocations were the most common injury (75 of 84 bone and joint injuries). Fracture of distal third of radius and ulna, was the most common single injury. upper limb fractures wer seen frequently. A high proportion of these had apex dorsal angulation with or without displacement (Smith deformity). Lower limb fractures were relatively rare. The pattern of soft tissue injuries and lacerations mostly affected the head and neck 25 (17%), the lower limb was involved in 19 (13%) and upper limb in 15 (10%) of patients. No major head injuries occurred. Only 5 patients had any adult supervision at the time of their injury. No children wore any formal protective clothing or apparatus. In the 84 patients who had suffered bony injury, at 6 months, 110 patients (73%) had


de Gauzy J. Sales A Abid X Cassard P Darodes J Ph. Cahuzac

Purpose of the study: To analyse the ability of Blount’s technique (closed reduction and immobilisation with a collar and cuff sling) for the treatment of completely displaced extension-type (Gartland III) supracondylar fracture of the humerus in children.

Introduction: Blount’s technique is usually considered to be unreliable for completely displaced extension-type supracondylar fracture of the humerus. According to the literature, it increases the risks of secondary displacement and neurovascular complications. Consequently, many authors prefer traction or internal fixation with K-wires. Nevertheless, some authors stated that Blount’s technique can be efficient in selected cases of type-III fractures. As we usually used Blount’s technique in our Institution even in cases of type-III fractures we decided to analyse our results.

Material and method: we evaluated retrospectively 46 consecutive cases of completely displaced supracondylar fractures of the humerus treated in our Institution. Mean age was 7 years (3–11). There were 31 left side and 15 right side, 35 males and 11 females. 7 patients who had associated fracture of the forearm or neurovascular damage were treated surgically and stabilised with pins. In 39 patients where the fracture was isolated without initial neurovascular complication, closed reduction under general anesthesia and stabilization with a collar according to Blount’s technique was first attempted. Results: Among the 39 patients where Blount’s technique was used, external reduction failed in 8 cases (in 5 cases, the reduction was not satisfactory, and in 3 cases, the reduction was unstable). These 8 patients were operated during the same anesthesia. Reduction and stabilisation was achieved by open reduction and pinning. Among the remaining 31 patients where closed reduction and external stabilisation could be achieved, we did not note any neurovascular complication or compartment syndrome. 8 days postoperatively, secondary displacement was noted in 2 patients. These 2 patients had operative treatment. The 29 remaining patients were reviewed with a mean follow-up of 29 months (2–6 years). Consolidation was obtained between 30 and 45 days in all cases. At the final follow-up, according to Flynn’s overall modified classification, the clinical result was considered to be excellent in 26 patients and good in 3 patients where a 10° limitation of flexion was noted. The carrying angle was identical to the controlateral side in all cases. Radiographic assessment using Baumann angle was normal in all 29 cases (65° to 75°).

Conclusion: Blount’s technique can be used in selected cases of completely displaced extension-type supracondylar fractures of the humerus in children. It appears to be safe and reliable if a perfect and stable initial reduction can be obtained.


E Sheehan D Collins KJ Mulhall F. McManus

The number of skate related injuries has seen a resurgence in the western world with almost 51000 patients in 1999 presenting to US hospitals with a skateboard related injury, almost 90% of these being male and almost 70% of these are orthopaedic related injuries. Protection , particularly wrist guards, elbow pads, knee pads and recognized helmets are all necessary in protecting the young child against orthopaedic injuries. However despite these physical barriers little training or supervision exists in adequately educating children as to the dangers of these devices. Having observed an increased number of referrals to our Accident and Emergency Dept with fractures sustained whilst roller-blading and skateboarding we set about prospectively evaluating the epidemiology and nature of such injuries. 100 successive referrals to the orthopaedic service as a result of roller/skate injuries were evaluated. Childs age, sex, time using apparatus, mechanism of injury, and whether the injury occurred in a dedicated skatepark or on the street was recorded. Whether the child was wearing any form of protective gear and what type was also recorded. The type of fracture and its treatment and follow up was evaluated. All results were recorded on standard excel spreadsheets and statistical analysis was performed using Instat statistics (Graphpad USA 2002). The Male to female ratio in street injuries was 1:1, whereas in ramp injuries 4:1. 60 injuries occurred on the street whereas 40 occurred whilst using the ramps. The mean age was 11.4yrs. The mean length of time using rollerblades/skateboards was 20 and 19 months for street and ramps respectively. The number of children wearing some form of protective gear shows only 20 children out of the 100 studied wore gear, of these 15 wore helmets only. The treatment initiated shows almost 80% of ramp related injuries required formal manipulation under general anaesthesia or open reduction and internal fixation, where as only 25% of street fractures required this form of treatment, The usage of ramps demonstrates an increased relative risk of 4.26 (95% CI 3.5–5.1) This study shows that skateboards and rollerblades still constitute a major component of childhood fracture admissions. Only 20% of children use some form of protective gear whilst skating, this needs to be addressed on a national level. The wearing of helmets whilst protecting the child against head injury do not prevent serious orthopaedic injuries. Wrist guards should be worn by all children skating as the fall onto outstretched hand still remains a childs defensive mechanism when thrown off balance. Almost 75% of all fractures involve the wrist or the forearm. We urge better education and a tighter supervision of children whilst skating. Dedicated skateparks should only be used by experienced and older children and they should at least be supervised during their first attempts at using the parks, 85% of ramp injuries occurred during first or second time users. A child using a skatepark particularily for the first time is three times more likely to sustain a fracture, and almost 4 and a half times more likely to require definitive surgical treatment of this fracture. This constitutes a huge orthopaedic burden as well as it’s associated morbidity and financial costs to the health service. Children should be encouraged to use limb protectors as well as helmets whilst skating and should be supervised more closely during their initial attempts.


F. Fernández-Palazzi S. Rivas R. Viso

Europeam Group of Neuro-orthopaedic (GLAENeO), Caracas, The prevention of a dislocated hip is one of the aims of early surgery in Cerebral Palsy children, specially those severely involved. We performed a retrospective study of those cerebral palsy patients operated of adductor tenotomy between 1975 and 1995 with a total of 1474 patients. We grouped them in those who had a unilateral tenotomy and those who had a bilateral tenotomy as primary surgery. Of these only 8% had an obturator neurectomy, without walking ability, and 92 % had it not. Age at surgery varied from 6 months to 8 years of age with a mean of 4 years and 3 months. Group I: 792 patients (53.7 %) with unilateral adductor contracture, sustained a unilateral adductor tenotomy. Of these patients a total of 619 (78, 2 %) required a contralateral adductor tenotomy at a mean of 3 years and 6 months. Group II: 682 patients (46, 3 %) with bilateral adductor contracture that had a bilateral adductor tenotomy in one stage. Of the 792 patients that sustained a two stage adductor tenotomy, 123 (20%) presented a unilateral dislocated hip and of these 115 (93 %) occurred in the hip operated secondly at a mean of 1 year post tenotomy. Of the 682 patients with bilateral adductor tenotomies only 7 (1 %) had a dislocated hip 2 years post tenotomy. Of the 72 dislocated hips, 12 (59 %) were quadriplegics, 28 (22 %) were diplegic, 21 (18 %) hemiplegics and 1 (1 %) tetraplegic.

Of the 619 patients tenotomized in two stages, in 143 the diaphyseal – cervical angle was 155 ° (23,1 %), at a mean of 6 and a half years of age and 3 years post the second tenotomy. In 102 of these patients (71 %) a varus derotation osteotomy was performed in the hip operated in the second act with further dislocation of the hip in 20 cases (20 %). Of the 685 patients with bilateral tenotomy in one stage, varus derotation osteotomy was required in 68 (68 %) at a mean of 6 years of age with only a 3 % of dislocations in this group.

In view of these results we recommend a bilateral adductor tenotomy be performd regardless of a difference in the degree of contracture of both sides, thus coordinating the forces and avoid further dislocation the hip.


Hell-Vocke K. Anna J. Romkes R. Brunner

Introduction: Hemiplegic cerebral palsy (CP) children are often treated with ankle-foot orthoses (AFO′s) in order to resist abnormal motion patterns and to restore normal function. It has been shown that AFOs are successful in improving pre-positioning of the foot for initial heel strike in CP patients. The myoelectric signal (EMG) during gait provides valuable information with respect to timing of muscular activity. The aim of this study was to evaluate changes in timing of muscle activation in children with hemipelegic CP during gait with and without wearing AFOs.

Patients/Materials and Methods: Eight Children (5 boys, 3 girls; mean age 9.5±1.4 years) with mild to moderate hemiplegic CP and no prior surgeries or fixed contractures were studied. The children were tested barefoot and wearing a hinged AFO and shoes. Only children with an initial toe-strike barefoot and a physiological heel-strike with the AFO were included. All children performed a 3-dimensional gait analysis. At least six trials with clear forceplate data have to be collected for each of the two testing condition. Frontal and sagittal video recording took place. A sSurface EMG of vastus medialis/lateralis, rectus femoris, biceps fem-oris, semimembranosus/semitendinosus, gastrocnemius lateralis (only barefoot), and tibialis anterior was collected.

Results: Mean ankle plantarflexion at initial foot contact was 16.1° when walking barefoot and 3.4° with the AFO. EMG data showed reduced tibialis anterior muscle activity with the AFO in all patients, especially in early to mid swing phase. Muscle activation pattern was corrected towards normal for knee extensors and hamstrings.

Discussion: Our results show that tibialis anterior muscle activity is reduced by a hinged AFO with plantarflexion block in hemiplegic CP children. These results indicate that the pathological muscle activation pattern present in CP patients are not only due to spastic activation but also to a compensation for the abnormal gait pattern.


J Paterson H. Mark K Mannan

Myoneural blockade is a well-established means of reducing tone in spastic muscles, thereby delaying or avoiding the need for operative intervention. The recent interest in botulinum A toxin has tended to obscure the fact that other agents such as alcohol have been used for many years to achieve a similar effect.

Eighty-two children between the ages of 2 and 16 years with cerebral palsy underwent myoneural blocks using 45% ethanol for dynamic contracture of the hamstrings and/or gastrocnemius. The injections were performed under a light general anaesthetic, using a nerve stimulator to localise the myoneural junction. A total of 153 muscle groups were injected.

Hamstring tightness improved as a result of ethanol injection, the popliteal angle reducing from a mean of 73° (range 40° – 90°) to 43° (range 10° – 70°). Gastrocnemius tightness also improved, the ankle dorsiflexion with knee extended improving from a mean of −7° to +3°.

The maximal effect was achieved in a mean of 12 weeks and was maintained for a further 12 weeks before starting to deteriorate. The time from injection to the next intervention ranged from 13 weeks to over 2 years. There were no complications or adverse effects.

The effect of any one therapy in cerebral palsy is difficult to establish, given that there are often several different modalities of treatment operating concurrently. However, the results from this series indicate that myoneural blockade with ethanol is a useful and safe adjunct to other therapies in the child with lower limb spasticity.


R. Montgomery I. Carluke

Hip dysplasia in cerebral palsy (CP) poses technical challenges because of the need to produce large corrections in the face of soft tissue contractures, and extreme distortion of the femur and acetabulum. In addition to adductor and flexor lengthenings, bony surgery may be required in the older child. We have developed an inter-trochanteric shortening osteotomy which allows a major varus realignment without resulting in an adducted leg. Medial displacement of the lower femoral shaft is carried out. The osteotomy is fixed using a Richards Intermediate Hip Screw, whose lag screw and barrel are inserted into the upper face of the osteotomy (not through the lateral cortex as in the standard technique). The plate is attached to the femur below in the normal way. The plate is not prominent laterally because of the medial displacement.

We have performed 37 such osteotomies in 29 patients.19 were male, 18 were female. Age range 3–12 years, mean 8 years. Mean time since operation 5.8 years. Additional procedures were carried out in 16 patients. The mean neck shaft angle pre-operatively was 159 degrees, post-operatively it was 118 degrees. The mean change was 41 degrees. The mean migration percentage pre-operatively was 56.8%, post-operatively it was 15.7%. The mean change was 41.1%. We found the technique to be easier, more stable, and obtained better correction screw did not seem to be a problem, we think because the osteotomy is above the than conventional femoral osteotomy. Rotation of the upper segment around the psoas attachment, and psoas is released.


S. West J. Andrews P. Alderman

Objectives: To show that the treatment of buckle fracture in children in a soft bandage, rather than a plaster cast, is an effective and safe method of treatment, with an earlier return to normal function.

Methods: In order to determine the difference between the two groups it was decided to compare the range of movement at three weeks. Power calculations were performed using the minimum difference for a two-sample t-test method and assuming a non-central distribution. The calculation was performed on Minitab release version 12.1 Assuming a required difference of 5 degrees and a standard deviation of 5 degrees also with a required power of 0.9(90%) this gave a required sample size of 23 for each group i.e a total of 46 patients. Guidelines for the parents, consent forms, doctor and nurse protocols, a guidance poster for the A& E, treatment profiles for each patient and a questionnaire for parents were written. The project was submitted for ethical approval in July 1999 and granted at the end of that month. Patients enter the trial after parents agree and sign the consent form. Allocation to either plaster or bandage is random and parents draw previously sealed envelopes themselves. Those allocated to bandage are seen each week and measurements taken of their range of movement.

Results: Thirty seven patients have completed the study. 17 have been allocated to bandage the rest to cast. Those in bandage show an excellent range of movement at the first week with no reported problems on their questionnaires. One patient has transferred from bandage to plaster at the request of the parents. Problems encountered have been compliance of those in bandage to return for follow up after two weeks and, ensuring all patients enter the trial and attend the right clinic.

Conclusion: Results suggest a positive result for treatment in bandage with no reported adverse effects and, a highly desirable result for the patient. We would hope to suggest a change in treatment policy for such fractures.


P. Glithero B Kumar D Clark

Adverse effects of different preparations of Botulinus Toxin were studied. 97 episodes of injections in 67 children with cerebral palsy carried out between 1994 and 2001 were available for study. A telephonic interview was carried out according to a format in which the nature of adverse effects and the onset and duration of beneficial effect were recorded. 52 children had diplegia, 27 had hemiplegia and 18 had quadriplegia. 69 injections were made using Botox and remainder were made using Dysport. The dose for botox was up to 12 units per kilogram body weight and for dysport up to 40 units per kilogram body weight. The average age at injection was 94 months. The diagnoses were evenly distributed between the groups. A total of 72 adverse effects were noted in 44 episodes. Botox group accounted for 35 episodes and dysport for 9 (p=0.23). Thirty-three children had at least one adverse effect. Botox group accounting for 23 and Dysport group for 10 (p=0.45). The commonest adverse effect was pain at the injection site. The student t test was carried out to test statistical significance. There were no significant differences in the occurrence of adverse effects or the onset and duration of beneficial effect.

It may be concluded that botulinum therapy for cerebral palsy provided a high degree of patient/carer satisfaction. It produced few adverse effects and is generally well tolerated. The effects of botox and dysport were comparable.


N Kose U Inan C Bayçu H Ömerolu S Seber

Arthrography is a valuable diagnostic tool in pediatric orthopaedics. Although it is considered safe for systemic use of water-soluble contrast media, toxicities in some tissues have been identified.

The goal of this study is to describe the ultrastructural alterations induced by intra-articular two water soluble contrast media, namely Dimeglumine and Iopromide, in rabbit joint cartilage.

60 rabbit knees were used in this study, 20 receiving 1 ml injections of Dimeglumine, 20 receiving 1 ml injections of Iopromide and the remainder of the knees served as control and injected 1 ml physiological saline. The animals were killed after 1 hour, 1 day, 1 week and 2 weeks and a specimen of the knee cartilage were immersed in to %5 Glutaraldehyde + Phosphate buffer solution and fixed for overnight at +5° C. Tissues were postfixed in %1 Osmium Tetroxide solution for 1 hour and samples were routinely proccessed for electron microscopy.

In the knees injected with SF, the cartilage appeared normal on transmission EM examination and only rare chondrocytes with small glycogen and lipid vacuoles were observed, whereas in those injected with Dimeglumine and Iopromide, increased activation of cells, glycogen and lipid accumulation, collagen fibrils in matrix and especially in those injected with Iopromide decreased matrix around the cells were present in the cartilage. There were very rare picnotic cells in these samples. Contrast agents have local effects as well as systemic effects. In this study detrimental local effects of contrast agents have been demonstrated by high dose exposure in rabbit joint cartilage. We concluded that further work is needed to determine if these effects are of clinical importance.


I.M. Buchholz J. Koedam R.J.B. Sakkers K.. de Meer

Introduction: The majority of collagen is found in connective tissues of the skeletal system. In diseases like Osteogenesis Imperfecta, the collagen synthesis is disturbed. The interest of this study is to determine if supplementation of amino acids can influence the Fractional Synthese Rate (FSR) of collagen I, especially in growing bone. We developed a method for direct measurement of collagen I s ynthesis in long bones.

Methods: Thirteen piglets were randomly divided into two groups. The animals were fed a standard diet. Group 1, was supplemented amino acids, counting for 150% of the normal protein intake, intravenously by constant infusion, starting 3 days prior to the experiment. Group 2 served as a control group. L-[1-13C]-valine was used as a tracer, and isotopic enrichment in plasma a-ketoisovalerate (KIV) was used as an indicator for intracellular valine enrichment. The tracer infusion rate was adapted to maintain a constant tracer to tracee ratio of the labeled amino acid precursor in the plasma blood samples were taken to measure the isotopic enrichment, P1CP, IGF1 and the amount of amino acids. At the end of the experiment the animals were killed and the femora were taken and new formed bone was collected just below the growth plate and collagen I was isolated, hydrolyzed, enrichment in valine with combustion mass spectrometry and FSR was calculated from the incorporation of the labeled valine in long bones.

Results: Although the amount of amino acids in blood in group I was much higher, there was no significant difference between the FSR of the amino acid group I (44.1% /day, SD 6.7) and the control group II (48.2%/day, SD 9.2). There was also no significant difference between the amount of P1CP and IGF between the groups.

Conclusion: Supplementation of a normal diet with amino acids doesn’t stimulate the collagen I synthesis in new formed bone.


P Monorchio M Esposito M. Rizzo P. Di Giacomo G. Riccardi

Objective: Bone marrow stromal cells (BMSC) represent an interesting target for novel strategies in the gene and cell therapy of skeletal pathologies, involving BMSC in vitro expansion/transfection and reinfusion.

Materials and Methods: Stromal cells were obtained from healthy donors. For the first 2 weeks, culture medium was supplemented only with human recombinant fibroblast growth factor 2 (FGF-2) to promote cell proliferation and maintain cells in a more immature state. Confluent cultures were detached with trypsin-EDTA. Cells were replated for the in vitro differentiation experiments and for determination of BMSC growth kinetics. Cultures were stimulated with appropriate inductive media and the chondro-/osteo-/adipo-diferentiations were tested by staining with alizarin red, alcian blue, Sudan black and by immunostaining for osteocalcina or collagen II.

Results: After the first passage, BMSC had a markedly diminish proliferation rate and gradually lost their multiple differentiation potential. Their bone-forming efficiency in vivo was reduced by about 36 times at first confluence as compared to fresh bone marrow.

Conclusion: Culture expansion causes BMSC gradually to lose their early progenitor properties. Both the duration and the conditions of culture could be crucial to successful clinical use of these cells and must be considered when designing novel therapeutic strategies involving stromal mesenchymal progenitor manipulation and reinfusion. There are numerous potential applications of this novel strategy, for example: reconstruction of extensive long-bone defects, osteochondral defect repair, treatment of bone cyst, bioactivable scaffolds, etc.


E. E Fopma R J Abboud M F Macnicol

Purpose of study: The aim of this study was twofold. Firstly, to compare a subjective clinical with an objective biomechanical assessment of operated clubfeet, using the optical Dynamic Pedobarograph foot pressure system. Secondly, to develop the latter into a classification system for future prospective studies and to complement clinical evaluation of patients, especially those with relapse.

Methods and results: Sixteen patients (21 feet) were randomly selected from a pool of patients that had undergone clubfoot surgery. The operations were carried out by a single surgeon and consisted of a lateral-posteromedial peritalar release utilising the Cincinnati incision. Post-operatively, all feet were independently classified using a modified functional outcome scoring system. After completion of treatment, patients were referred to the Foot Pressure Analysis Clinic in Dundee where a novel method has been developed for the evaluation of clubfeet, using a static and dynamic foot pressure analysis system which provide both a graphical and analytical model for comparison. A three point grading scale was developed. The correlation between clinical and biomechanical outcomes in the 21 feet was calculated using Kendall’s tau rank test for non-parametric data. The t value was 0.3524, which was significant (p < 0.05).

Conclusion: There is a significant correlation between the above mentioned subjective and objective outcome measurements. Biomechanical assessment can complement, support or change the line of management after clubfoot surgery. This technique has not only proven to be objective but also clinically valuable and cost effective. A prospective study to refine this biomechanical classification into a reliable predictor of relapse in surgically corrected clubfeet is currently being considered


A.I. Tsirikos W.N. Chang K.W. Dabney F Miller J. Glutting

Purpose. The aim of this study was to document rate of survival among 288 severely affected pediatric patients with spasticity and neuromuscular scoliosis who underwent spinal fusion and to identify exposure variables that could significantly predict survival times.

Methods. Kaplan-Meier survivorship analysis was performed and Cox’s proportional hazards model was used to evaluate predictive efficacy of exposure variables such as gender, age at surgery, level of ambulation, mental ability, degree of coronal and sagittal plane spinal deformity, intraoperative blood loss, surgical time, days in the hospital, and days in the intensive care unit (ICU).

Results. The statistical analysis demonstrated a mean predicted survival of 134.3 months (11.2 years) after spine surgery for this group of globally involved children with cerebral palsy (Figure 1). The number of days in the ICU after surgery and the presence of severe preoperative thoracic hyperkyphosis were the only factors affecting survival rates. ICU stay of greater than five days, which was usually associated with respiratory problems, substantially increased the risk of death. Thoracic hyperkyphosis of greater than 70° caused a considerable increase in the predicted mortality rate.

Conclusions. Our study demonstrated a relatively long mean predicted survivorship for children and adolescents with severe spastic cerebral palsy and neuromuscular scoliosis who underwent spine surgery, which is consistent with the current concept of increased life expectancy even for the total-body involved patients.

The most accurate determinants for survival rates among this population group were the number of days the patient had to spend postoperatively in the intensive care unit, and the presence of excessive thoracic hyper-kyphosis.


F Fernández-Palazzi F Salvador A Anmez R Rojas M. Gomez

Introduction: Arthrodesis of the wrist must still be considered as a useful procedure in the treatment of certain deformities of the wrist joint that by performing this operation can improve the function or the aesthetics of the limb. Except those techniques of partial carpal arthrodesis, the surgical procedures of wrist arthrodesis requires a bridging from the radius to the metacarpal in order to stabilize the joint. When this procedure is performed in a growing child this can be a draw back.

Material: We have developed a new procedure that producing the arthrodesis distally to the growing cartilage of the radius does not interfere with the growing at wrist level. Furthermore, the use of a wire shroud gives an active fixation reducing postoperative immobilisation and shortening healing time. Since 1986 we have performed this technique in 9 cases of children with mean age of 14 years. The pathology was in 5 cases Cerebral Palsy, in 2 cases Juvenile Rheumatoid Arthritis and in 2 cases Obstetrical Brachial Plexus Palsy. Eight cases were males and 3 cases females. The indication for surgery was flexion deformity of the wrist in 8 cases and extension in 1 case. Four cases had carpal instability (including the 2 Juvenile Rheumatoid Arthritis).

Results: The time of fusion was in all cases 2 months with primary arthrodesis and improved extremity. Functional improvement seemed to be most related to pre-operative conditions. Follow up ranged from 4 years to 6 years.

Conclusions: The good results obtained with this procedure encourage us to present this new surgical technique to be applied in the still growing child.


SS. Madan DM Scher DS Feldman H van Bosse D Sala

This paper evaluates the ability to predict the need for a tenotomy prior to beginning the Ponseti method.

The purpose of this study was to determine how one might predict the need for tenotomy at the initiation of the Ponseti treatment for clubfeet. Fifty clubfeet in thirty-five patients were treated with serial casting. The feet were prospectively rated according to two different scoring systems (Pirani, et. al. and Dimeglio, et. al.). The decision to perform a tenotomy was made when the foot could not be easily dorsiflexed 15 degrees prior to application of the final cast. Tenotomies were performed in 36 of 50 feet (72%). Those that underwent tenotomy required a significantly greater number of casts (p< 0.05). Of 27 feet with an initial Pirani score 5.0, 85.2% required a tenotomy and 14.8% did not. 94.7% of the Dimeglio Type III feet required tenotomies. At the time of the initial evaluation there was a significant difference between those that did and did not require a tenotomy for multiple components of the Pirani hind-foot score. Following removal of the last cast there was no significant difference between those that did and did not have a tenotomy.

In conclusion, children with clubfeet who have an initial score of 5.0 by the Pirani system or are rated as Type III feet by the Dimeglio system are very likely to need a tenotomy. Those that needed a tenotomy were more severely deformed with regard to all components of the hindfoot deformity, not just equinus. At the end of treatment feet were equally well corrected whether or not they needed a tenotomy.


B I Mr. Singh A.J Prof. Vaishnavi A Rehm

This study was undertaken to assess the long term results of treatment of club foot by modified Turco’s Procedure.

Thirty patients with 50 feet were treated by serial casting and postero-medial release for club feet, by modified Turco’s procedure. All patients treated from January 1980 to January 1983 were included in the study. Eighteen patients with 33 club feet were available for the final follow-up. They were followed up for an average of 13.8 years, range of 10 – 16 years. There were two females while the remaining 16 males. Only three patients had unilateral affection and all were males. Only patients with idiopathic club feet were chosen for this study. All patients underwent serial plaster correction after birth till undergoing surgical correction. All procedures were carried by the senior surgeon, using the same technique. All patients were operated between the ages of 6 – 9 months, depending on the severity of deformity and correction achieved with serial plaster. A modified Turco’s technique was used. A longer incision extending to the lateral border of tendoachilles was used. The abductor hallucis was completely excised. All patients had a subtalar release as well. No K wire was used for holding the correction. All children were left in plaster till they started walking. No Dennis-Browne Splint was used, but a modified splint and correction shoes were used in the postoperative period. There were no wound problems in any cases, either at the time of wound closure or later on. They were followed with clinical and radiological examinations. There were no wound problems which is a frequent problem in most series. Three (9%) cases each had recurrence of heel varus and forefoot adduction. The forefoot adduction was less than as compared to other studies. Three cases had some cavus deformity while four cases had flat foot. All patients were noted to have calf muscle wasting. The results were assessed using Ponseti’s score. The average Ponseti’s score was 87.2 (range 49 – 98). Two feet out of 33 had recurrence of all the deformities. There were 27 good to excellent results. The most common problem was terminal restriction of dorsiflexion, but most of the patients were happy with the results. We believe that our treatment is safe, simple, giving satisfactory results in more than 80% and with minimal complications. The results are maintained over a long follow up period. We think that this modified approach helped reduce one of the common deformities to recur.


P Guida M. Esposito A. Esposito T. Costabile B. Sorrentino V. Esposito M. De Rosa V. Riccio G. Riccardi

Objective: Starting from results of studies made in the last ten years about the presence of myofibroblasts as the main cells involved into fibro-contractile disease, we investigated if this cells were also involved into pathogenesis of club foot deformities.

Methods: Specimens removed surgically from five patients affected by congenital club foot were investigated. Each specimen was cut in three parts: the first, was fixed for optical microscopy in formalin; the second was fixed for trasmission electron microscopy (TEM) in glutaraldehyde and postfixed in osmium tetroxide; the third was immediately placed in cold (4°C) tissue culture medium. We have stained the first part of each specimen with: haematoxylineosin, Pasini, Masson, Congo red, Van Gieson, Martius scarlet blue and immunostaining for a-smooth muscle actin (a-SM actin). The third part of each specimen, dissected into 2mm. cubes, was place in standard medium and cultured at 37°C. On the cultured cells, we have valued metalloproteinases and a-SM actin expressions. Moreover, a part of culture cells, when reached confluence, were detached with trypsin-EDTA and centrifuged for 10 min. at 2000 rpm. to obtain a pellet, subsequently fixed for TEM.

Results: Optical and electron microscopy have showed, only in one of our cases, the presence of myofibroblast’s clusters in the Henry’s nodule and in the medial and lateral fibrous nodules, that are characteristic nodule of congenital club foot.

Conclusions: Starting from the results of our studies, we would like to study in detail the role of myofibroblast in the pathogenesis of club foot.


M. Napiontek M. Shadi

The purpose of the study was to evaluate the usefulness of the techniques introduced for correction of the deformities associated with fibular hemimelia.

Material. 10 children (6 boys and 4 garils) with affected 11 limbs were analyzed. All presented Achterman-Kalamchi type II fibular hemimelia (absence of the fibula, anterior tibial bowing and hypoplastic foot). Limb length discrepancy ranged from 2 to 9 cm. Only 2 feet had 5 rays, 4 – 4 rays and 5 three rays. In 10 feet talo-calcaneal synostosis was diagnosed intra-operatively. Age at operation ranged from 7 to 23 months (mean 13.2). Follow-up was 4.7 years (1 – 8.5).

Technique. Two groups of patients were analyzed.

The 1st group consisted of 3 children (3 affected limbs) operated on by partial or complete release of the ankle. Correction of the equinus and valgus deformity was possible by rotation of the talus in the ankle joint in coronal and sagittal plain (the oval shape of talar dome allowed its rotation in the ankle joint). In 2 patients the tibial osteotomy were made as a separate procedure.

The 2nd group consisted of 7 children (8 affected limbs) operated on by one-stage technique consisting of (1) trapezoid resection of the tibia for correction of anterior bowing and internal torsion (2) posterior and lateral release of the foot with lengthening of tendo Achilles and peroneals tendons (3) •opening wedge osteotomy through talo-calcaneal synostosis with bone graft taken from the tibia for correction of valgus and equinus deformity (4) skin plasty with subcuteneous flap for wound covering. In this group relationships between talus and tibia were not changed by operation (flat top talus).

Results. Both techniques resulted in stabile and properly aligned tibia and hindfoot. Five children were treated later by Ilizarov method at age of 57 months (53 – 80). Other five patients walked independently in orthopaedic or normal shoes. Two of them wait for limb lengthening. The method used in the 2nd group was especially useful for patients with bilateral deformity. The relapse of hindfoot valgus deformity was observed after limb lengthening.

Conclusion. One-staged correction of the complex deformity in fibular hemimelia is safe and cost effective. The treated limb was properly prepared for lengthening, wear-bearing in shoes (bilateral cases), orthosis or pros-thesis.


A. Fagan R. Moore B. Vernon Roberts P. Blumbergs R. Fraser

INTRODUCTION: Although it is well recognised that the outer annulus is innervated, the relative densities of innervation of different regions of the disc have not been quantitated. We present here the first comparative analysis of the innervation of the innervation of different regions of the lumbar intervertebral disc.

METHODS: A sheep model was used allowing evaluation of the whole motion segment. Four sheep spines were used. One was processed for PGP 9.5 immunofluorescence and three were processed for PGP 9.5 immunoperoxidase histochemistry. Serial sagittal sections were obtained and a count was made of the densities of innervation of different regions of the endplate and annulus. These were compared to identify which areas of the disc and endplate are most innervated.

RESULTS: The endplate innervation is concentrated centrally adjoining the nucleus. The mean density of innervation of the central endplate was 0.44 (SEM 0.07) nerves/mm2 while the mean density of the peripheral endplate was 0.10 (SEM 0.03) nerves/ mm2 (p= 0.0001). There was no significant difference between the overall endplate and annulus innervation densities 0.52 (SEM 0.1) v 0.37 (SEM 0.07) p=0.2. But the peri-annular connective tissue, external to the outer annulus contained the densest innervation of any region in the motion segment 1.05 (SEM 0.16).

DISCUSSION: The lumbar intervertebral disc has a meagre innervation. This is concentrated in the peri-annular connective tissue and the central endplate. While receptor threshold is more closely related to noci-ceptive function than innervation density, these findings have important implications for any treatment of discogenic pain.


B.F. Walker R. Muller W.D. Grant

INTRODUCTION: Low back pain (LBP) is a common symptom in Australian adults. In any six months period approximately 10% of Australian adults suffer some significant disability from low back pain1. One way of assessing the impact of LBP on a population is to estimate the economic costs associated with the disorder. This method is usually known as a “Cost-of-Illness” or an “Economic Burden” study2. The economic burden of disease is often divided into direct and indirect costs and is most often calculated using the Human Capital Method2. According to this method the direct costs are represented by the dollar value of the interventions required for diagnosis, treatment and rehabilitation of the disease and the indirect costs by valuing the loss of productivity due to morbidity and mortality2,3. We estimated the economic burden of LBP in Australian adults.

METHODS: Data sources used in this study were the 2001 Australian adult low back pain prevalence survey1 and a multiplicity of Commonwealth, State and Private Health instrumentalities. Using the Human Capital Method direct costs were estimated on the basis of market prices (charges) and the indirect costs by valuing the loss of productivity due to morbidity. The conservative Friction Cost Method for calculating indirect costs was also used as a comparison4. A sensitivity analysis was undertaken where unit prices and volume for a range of services were varied over a feasible range (10%) to review the consequent change in overall costs.

RESULTS: We estimated the direct cost of low back pain in 2001 to be AUD$1.02 Billion. Approximately 71% of this amount is for treatment by chiropractors, general practitioners, massage therapists, physiotherapists and acupuncture. However, the direct costs are minor compared to the indirect costs of AUD$8.15 Billion giving a total cost of AUD$9.17 Billion. The sensitivity analysis showed very little change in results.

DISCUSSION: The economic burden of low back pain in Australian adults represents a massive health problem. This burden is so great that it has compelling and urgent ramifications for health policy, planning and research. This study identifies that research should concentrate on the reduction of indirect costs. This is not to suggest excluding direct cost research, as it is likely that early, efficient and evidence-based management of low back pain in the first instance may lessen the indirect costs that often follow. These startling results advocate urgent Government attention to LBP as a disorder.


B.F. Walker R. Muller W.D. Grant

INTRODUCTION: There is no shortage of treatments for low back pain (LBP), including medication, injections, bed rest, physiotherapy, chiropractic, osteopathy, acupuncture, massage therapy, and surgery. In addition to this are a plethora of home and folk remedies. However, there is still doubt about the efficacy or effectiveness of even the most common forms of therapy1. Also, little is known about the proportion of persons who seek care for LBP, why they sought care, the type of care sought and indeed what differentiates them from those who do not seek care at all. The objective of this study was to determine the characteristics of Australian adults who seek care for LBP, including the type of care they choose and any factors associated with making those choices.

METHODS: An age, gender and State stratified random sample of 2768 Australian adults was selected from the Electoral Roll. This sample were mailed a fully structured questionnaire that included a series of questions relating to care-seeking for LBP, choice of provider and types of treatment received. In addition a series of questions were asked relating to demographic characteristics, socioeconomic variables, and severity of LBP. Also asked was cigarette smoking status, anthropometric variables, perceived cause of low back pain, emotional distress, job satisfaction, physical fitness, past five year health status, and whether the subject feared LBP could impair their work capacity or life in the future.

RESULTS: The survey response rate was 69.1%. The sample proved to be similar to the Australian adult population. The majority of respondents with LBP in the past six months did not seek care for it (55.5%). Factors that increased care seeking were higher grades of pain and disability, fear of the impact of pain on future work and life and female sex. Factors decreasing the likelihood for seeking care were identified as the cause of pain being an accident at home and also never being married. General medical practitioners and chiropractors are the most popular providers of care.

DISCUSSION: High levels of pain and disability equating with higher levels of care-seeking would not surprise, however fear as a motivator for care-seeking has implications for clinical practice. Another important issue is the type of care selected for LBP. Using the best evidence available for the management of LBP is now seen as a responsibility for all practitioners. It would be useful to compare care-seeking with the evidence of the efficacy and effectiveness of the various therapies utilised.


B. George

INTRODUCTION: Standard approaches to the cra-niocervical junction (CCJ) include the midline posterior approach and the transoral approach. Both of them are limited laterally because of the Vertebral Artery (VA). Lateral approaches in which the VA is controlled and sometimes mobilised or transposed have been developed to reach the lateral corner of the CCJ. The surgical technique and personal experience are presented.

METHODS: From our experience in the VA surgical exposure, we developed since 1980 two lateral approaches directed towards the CCJ: the posterolateral and the anterolateral approach.

The posterolateral approach is a lateral extension of the midline posterior approach with control of the VA above the arch of atlas and opening of the CCJ up to the VA. Minimal drilling of the arch of atlas and occipital condyle is realised. It is mostly applied on intradural tumours but also in some extradural posterolateral lesions.

The anterolateral approach is a superior extension of the lateral approach used to control the VA from the C6 to C2 levels. The field is opened between the sterno-mastoïd muscle and the internal jugular vein. Then the VA is exposed between C1 and C2 transverse processes and above C1. It is essentially applied on extradural and bony lesions around the CCJ.

EXPERIENCE: Posterolateral approach was applied on 109 tumours, mostly meningiomas (N=78) and neurinomas (N=22) and four bony malformations compressing the VA or the neuraxis. Excellent results were obtained with complete tumoural resection (Simpson grade I or II for meningioma) with only one case of worsening of the neurological condition and two cases with stabilisation.

Anterolateral approach was used on 139 patients with different types of tumours including neuromeningeal tumours N=36, primary bone tumours N=51, sarcoma N=16 and others types N=21, and on three cases of VA compression by bone malformations. Satisfying tumoural resection could be achieved in almost all cases. Sacrifice of the VA was deliberately realised in five patients to ensure as radical a resection as possible in case of malignant tumours or chordomas.

There was no mortality in this series. Morbidity is very limited; injury of the VA was observed in two cases in which repair of the vessel could be done successfully. Stretching of the XI nerve was the cause of pain along the trapezius muscle in five patients.

CONCLUSION: Lateral approach to the CCJ can be realised through two different axis of work; the posterolateral and the anterolateral approach. These approaches give very nice and safe access to the lateral aspect of the CCJ. They complete the other approaches to the CCJ and may be used in association with them.


B.J.C. Freeman R.M. Walters R.J. Moore B. Vernon-Roberts R.D. Fraser

INTRODUCTION: Intradiscal electrothermal therapy (IDET) is being used increasingly as a minimally-invasive treatment for chronic discogenic low back pain, with success reported in up to 70% of cases. The mechanism of action however is poorly understood. Proposed mechanisms include the contraction of collagen and the coagulation of annular nociceptors. An ovine model was used to assess the innervation of peripheral posterolateral annular lesions and the potential for IDET to denervate this region.

METHODS: Posterolateral annular incisions were made in 36 lumbar discs of 18 sheep. After twelve weeks the sheep underwent IDET at one level and a sham treatment at the other level. IDET was performed using a modified intradiscal catheter (SpineCATHTM, Oratec Interventions Inc., Menlo Park, CA). Temperatures were recorded in the nucleus and the posterior annulus. The spines were harvested at intervals of up to eighteen months. Histological sections of the discs were stained with haematoxylin and eosin and an antibody to the general neuronal marker PGP 9.5.

RESULTS: The target temperature of 90°C at the catheter tip was reached in all cases. The mean maximum TPa was 63.6°C and the mean maximum TN was 67.8°C. Vascular granulation tissue consistent with a healing response was observed in the region of the posterior annulus tear of all incised discs from 12 weeks. PGP 9.5 positive nerve fibres were clearly identified in the adjacent periannular tissue, but were scarce within the outer few lamellae of the annulus. There were no fewer nerve fibres identified in those specimens that had undergone IDET. From six weeks after IDET there was evidence of thermal necrosis in the inner annulus, sparing the periphery of the disc.

DISCUSSION: IDET delivered at 90°C in the sheep consistently heats the posterior annulus and the nucleus to a temperature associated with coagulation of nociceptors and collagen contraction. Thermal necrosis was observed within the inner annulus from six weeks after IDET. In this model IDET did not appear to produce denervation of the posterior annular lesion.


B.J.C. Freeman R.D. Fraser C.M.J. Cain D.J. Hall

INTRODUCTION: Intra-Discal Electrothermal Therapy (IDET) has been proposed as a treatment for chronic discogenic low back pain. Reports from prospective outcome studies demonstrate statistically significant improvements, but to date there are no published randomised controlled trials assessing efficacy versus a placebo group.

METHODS: Ethical committee approval was obtained prior to the study. Patients with chronic low back pain who failed to improve with conservative therapy were considered for the study. Inclusion criteria included the presence of one or two level symptomatic disc degeneration with posterior or posterolateral annular tears as determined by provocative CT/discography. Patients were excluded if there was > 50% loss of disc height or previous back surgery. Fifty-seven patients were randomised with a 2:1 (IDET: Placebo) ratio, 38 to the active IDET arm and 19 to the sham procedure (placebo). In all cases the IDET catheter was positioned under sedation to cover at least 70% of the annular tear defined by the CT/ discogram. An independent technician connected the catheter to the generator and either delivered electrothermal energy (active group) or did not (sham group). Both surgeon and patient were blinded to the treatment. Patients followed a standard post-procedural rehabilitation programme.

OUTCOME MEASURES: Low Back Outcome Score (LBOS), Oswestry Disability Index (ODI), SF-36 questionnaire, Zung Depression Index (ZDI) and Modified Somatic Perceptions Questionnaire (MSPQ) were measured at baseline and six months. Successful outcome was defined as: No neurological deficit resulting from the procedure, improvement in LBOS of > 7 points, improvements in SF-36 subsets (pain/disability, physical functioning and bodily pain)

RESULTS: Two subjects withdrew from the study (both IDET). Baseline demographic data, employment and worker’s compensation status, sitting tolerance, initial LBOS, ODI, SF-36, ZDI and MSPQ were similar for both groups.

No neurological deficits occurred as a result of either procedure. No subject in either treatment arm showed improvement of > 7 points in LBOS or specified domains of the SF-36. Mean ODI was 41.4 at baseline and 39.7 at six months for the IDET group compared to 40.7 at baseline and 41.5 at six months for the Placebo group. There was no significant change in ZDI or MSPQ scores for either group.

DISCUSSION: No subject in either treatment arm met criteria for successful outcome. Further analysis showed no significant change in outcome measures in either group at six months. This study demonstrates no significant benefit from IDET over placebo.


K. Pauza S. Howell P. Dreyfuss J. Peloza K. Dawson K. Park N. Bogduk

INTRODUCTION: Intradiscal electrothermal therapy (IDET) is a controversial, new treatment for low back pain, whose efficacy has not been tested in randomised trials. The present study was undertaken to compare the efficacy of IDET with that of a placebo treatment.

METHODS: Patients were recruited by referral and by advertising in the media. Of 4,530 individuals who enquired, 1,360 were prepared to submit to randomisation. Of these, 260 were found potentially eligible after clinical examination, and 64 became eligible after discography. All had discogenic low back pain lasting longer than six months, with no co-morbidity. Thirty-seven were allocated to IDET, and 27 to sham therapy. Both groups were satisfactorily matched for demographic and clinical features. IDET was performed using a standard protocol, in which the posterior annulus of the painful disc was heated to 90°C. Sham therapy consisted of introducing a needle on to the disc and exposing the patient to the same visual and auditory environment as for a real procedure. Follow-up at six months was achieved in over 85% of patients. Pain and disability were assessed using a visual analog scale for pain, the SF-36, the Oswestry disability scale, and the Back Depression Inventory.

RESULTS: Patients in both groups exhibited improvements, but improvements in pain, disability, and depression, were significantly greater in the group treated with IDET. Pain scores improved by 24 points in the IDET group compared with 11 in the sham group. Oswestry scores improved by 11 in the IDET group, but only by four in the sham group. More patients deteriorated when subjected to sham treatment, whereas eight patients (25%) achieved greater than 75% relief of pain following IDET. Only one patient did so after sham treatment. The number needed to treat, to achieve 75% relief of pain, was five. No patient suffered any adverse effects.

DISCUSSION: IDET fails to provide relief in some 50% of patients. Consequently, its efficacy is difficult to demonstrate statistically. Nevertheless, IDET provides satisfying relief in a substantial proportion of patients. Non-specific factors account for a large proportion of the apparent efficacy of IDET, but its efficacy cannot be attributed wholly to a placebo effect. The efficacy of IDET may be related critically to patient selection and the technique used. Improvements in either of these areas may improve the effect-size of IDET. Meanwhile, IDET is a low risk procedure that constitutes a legitimate option for patients with discogenic low back pain whose only alternative is fusion.


R.A. Story G.S. Inglis D.I. Walton

INTRODUCTION: The optimal treatment for acute thoracolumbar burst fractures remains controversial, particularly in the patient with minimal or no neurologic deficit. While this group could be treated conservatively, at Burwood we prefer to utilise short segment instrumented stabilisation.

We wished to review the indications for surgical intervention and the outcomes in this group with emphasis on safety, rate of rehabilitation, function, and pain levels.

METHODS: The clinical notes and X-rays were reviewed for 34 consecutive patients with thoracolumbar burst fractures with minimal or no neurologic deficit, and treated by Dick fixator between August 1995 and September 2001. A questionnaire was mailed to all patients.

RESULTS: At presentation this group had a mean age of 30.7 years (range 16–59), mean kyphotic deformity (Cobb method) of 16.1°, decrease in vertebral body anterior height of 40.9%, and decrease in canal area of 41.2%. Operative fixation was successful in greatly improving both height and kyphosis. No major complication such as metalware breakage, thromboembolism, deep infection, or neurologic deterioration was encountered. Average operating time was 71 minutes, time to discharge was 8.4 days, except where an associated injury limited mobility (17.1 days).

Questionnaires were returned by 29 of 34 patients at a mean of three years post-injury. All of these had returned to work or usual level of activity at 14.3 weeks (4–36 weeks). Pain was experienced never or occasionally by 18 (62%), in relation to activity by 9 (31%), and on most days by 2 (7%). The average visual analog pain score was 2.1/10. No patient required regular or opioid analgesia.

DISCUSSION: This form of operative fixation appeared to benefit this group of patients by allowing rapid rehabilitation with early mobilisation, discharge, and return to work. Pain frequency and severity were both low at medium term follow-up and no major complication was encountered.


T.J. Geraghty A. West N. Bellamy

STUDY DESIGN: Retrospective, descriptive study.

OBJECTIVES: To describe the characteristics and outcomes of patients with spinal canal stenosis who suffer significant spinal cord injury (SCI) due to hyperextension injury of the cervical spine. To compare their characteristics and outcomes with all patients suffering traumatic cervical SCI and with the total cohort of patients admitted to a Spinal Injuries Unit for rehabilitation.

SETTING: Spinal Injuries Unit (SIU), Princess Alexandra Hospital, Brisbane.

METHODS: Demographic, injury and outcome data were obtained from an existing database and by review of the medical records of 575 patients admitted to and discharged from the SIU between July 1st, 1995 and July 1st 2002. Main outcome measures were: change in American Spinal Injury Association (ASIA) scale category, change in ASIA motor score, discharge Functional Independence Measure (FIM) score and change in FIM score, length of stay (LOS), primary means of mobility at discharge and discharge destination. Standard statistical methods were used to compare groups.

RESULTS: A total of 18 (3%) of the 575 patients were found to have cervical canal stenosis and hyperextension injury (the CCS/HI group). This represents 8% of the total group suffering traumatic injury to the cervical spinal cord (the total cervical trauma: TCT group, n = 225). This CCS/HI group was found to have a mean age at injury of 55.1 years compared to 37.1 and 37.8 years respectively for the TCT and total groups. Ninety-four percent of patients were found to have a neurological level at admission at C1-3 or C4-5 compared to 75.6% of the TCT group and only 5.6% of patients had an ASIA Impairment Category A lesion at admission compared to 38.7% of the TCT group. Falls (55.6%) was the most common cause of injury in the CCS/HI group with motor vehicle accidents (33.8%) most common in the TCT group.

The mean change in ASIA motor score between admission and discharge was 34.7 compared to 20.4 for the TCT group. Degree of impairment (measured by a change in ASIA Category) improved in 28% of patients and mean change in total FIM score was 41.3. There was no difference seen with the TCT group. LOS was shorter for these patients (111.1 days vs. 161.6 days). The primary means of mobility at discharge was “walking” for 50% of this group (compared to 28.4% for the TCT group) while the next most common means of mobility was “power wheelchair” at 28% (17% of TCT group). Most patients (55.4%) were discharged to their previous home following rehabilitation and 22.3% were discharged to another rehabilitation unit or acute hospital.

CONCLUSIONS: Patients with cervical spinal canal stenosis who suffer hyperextension injury constitute a distinct subgroup with the total group of traumatic cervical spinal cord injuries. This study suggests that they are older at the time of injury, have more rostral cervical injuries, are more likely to have incomplete injuries and that falls is the most common cause of injury. They have greater improvement in motor function but this does not appear to result in greater function at discharge as measured by the FIM. There appears to be a dichotomy with results for mobility at discharge with patients either being able to walk or requiring a power wheelchair. LOS in the SIU is shorter but a higher percentage are discharged to another hospital or rehabilitation unit.


S.D. Cook J.D. Schwardt L.P. Patron P.M. Christakis K.J. Bailey P.A. Glazer

INTRODUCTION: The use of adjunctive techniques such as electrical stimulation may improve the rate of successful anterior lumbar interbody fusion. The purpose of this study was to determine if supplemental direct current electrical stimulation of a titanium anterior spinal fusion device increases the incidence and extent of bony fusion in a nonhuman primate model.

METHODS: Anterior lumbar interbody fusion was level in 35 adult pigtail macaque performed at the L5–L6 monkeys with iliac crest graft and either a titanium fusion device or a femoral allograft ring. The fusion devices of some animals received either high current (100 μA) or low current (28 μA) electrical stimulation using an implanted generator for the duration of the 12- or 26-week evaluation period. All animals were studied using AP and lateral radiographs, CT imaging, nondestructive mechanical testing, and qualitative and quantitative histology. Specimens were scored for presence of fusion according to a semi-quantitative scale (0 = No healing, 1 = Minimal consolidation, 2 = Consolidation, 3 = Bridging callus, 4 = Bridging callus with trabeculations, 5= Evidence of bony remodeling of callus). A similar scale was used to score the extent of fusion.

RESULTS: As shown in Table 1, both low and high current stimulation groups had generally increased incidence of bony fusion compared to the non-stimulated and femoral allograft ring groups. At 26 weeks, the extent of bony fusion increased with the devices from 43% to 75% in a dose-dependent fashion, compared to 25% with the femoral rings. Mechanical testing also demonstrated similar increases in mechanical stiffness in a dose-dependent fashion.

DISCUSSION: Adjunctive electrical stimulation of an anterior titanium spinal fusion device improved success rate and overall fusion quality compared to non-stimulated devices and femoral allograft rings. Stimulated devices may be particularly beneficial in patients with known risk factors for nonunion.


J. Brotchi S. Gill R. Kahler A. Lubansu R. Nelson P. McCombe F. Porchet

INTRODUCTION: A prospective, randomised, controlled study has been conducted to compare the clinical outcomes of patients treated with an Artificial Cervical Disc to patients who receive fusion after cervical discectomy for the treatment of primary cervical disc disease. It is hypothesised that maintenance of motion after anterior cervical discectomy will prevent the high rate of adjacent level premature degeneration. The primary purpose of the study is to prove equivalence (non inferiority) of outcome of the disc prosthesis in the short term compared with fusion.

METHODS: In four centres, 60 patients with primary, single level cervical disc disease producing radiculopathy and/or myelopathy are randomised prospectively to receive anterior cervical discectomy with either fusion or artificial cervical disc placement. The patients are evaluated with pre- and post-operative serial flexion-extension cervical X-rays at six weeks, three, six, 12, and 24 months. At the same intervals, the patients have pre- and post-operative neck disability indexes, visual pain analogue scales, European myelopathy scores, SF-36 general health scores, and neurological status examinations assessing the patient’s reflex, motor and sensory function.

RESULTS: Data are presented for the first 47 patients. At six weeks the neck disability index reduced by 36.1 for the investigational group compared to 34.8 for the fusion group. The pain score had reduced by 8.2 for the investigational group and by 9.9 for the control group. This improvement appeared to be maintained until the 12 month follow-up. In general there appeared to be a slightly better outcome for the investigational group. Both pain score and disability scores improved statistically significantly compared to the pre-operative scores (p< 0.001 all comparisons). Analysis of non inferiority of outcome for the investigational group using ANCOVA with the pre-operative score as the covariate and a non inferiority margin of five points showed statistical significance at six and 12 weeks for Neck disability index. Operative time appeared slightly less (2.3 hours) for the investigational group compared to the fusion group (2.5 hours). Blood loss also appeared higher in the fusion group (165 mls compared to 91 mls). Hospital stay was equivalent (2.8 days and 2.9 days).

DISCUSSION: Anterior cervical discectomy and fusion has a good short term outcome though there is a high incidence of failure at adjacent levels over time. It is hypothesised that the maintenance of motion of a segment will prevent adjacent premature degeneration. It will take long term follow-up studies however to prove this. In the meantime, the justification to insert artificial cervical prostheses rests on being able to prove equivalence of outcome between fusion and prosthesis in the short term. This paper shows that the outcomes appear to be equivalent. Early statistical evidence is available for some of the outcome measures at early post-operative follow-up. Further statistical power will be available when the full 60 cases are available for study and this may give further weight to the hypothesis of equivalence of outcome.


A. Abou-Hamden N.R. Jones M.A. Stoodley A. Wells M.A. Smith C. Brown

INTRODUCTION: Modern imaging techniques have demonstrated that up to 28% of patients with spinal cord injury develop syringomyelia. Cyst formation and enlargement are thought to be related to abnormalities of cerebrospinal fluid hydrodynamics, however the exact mechanism and route of entry into the spinal cord remain incompletely understood. Previous work in rats has demonstrated that experimental post-traumatic syrinxes occur more reliably and are larger when the excitotoxic injury is combined with arachnoiditis produced by subarachnoid kaolin injection. A sheep model of post-traumatic syringomyelia (P.T.S.) has been characterised and studies of cerebrospinal fluid dynamics are currently being undertaken. The aim of this study was to assess the effect of focal subarachnoid space blockage on spinal fluid pressures and flow.

METHODS: Arachnoiditis was induced in five sheep by injection of 1.5 mls of kaolin in the subarachnoid space (SAS) of upper thoracic spinal cord. The animals were left for 6–8 weeks before C.S.F. studies were undertaken. In another five sheep, a ligature was passed around the spinal cord to simulate an acute blockage of the subarachnoid space. Fluid-coupled monitors were used to measure blood pressure, central venous pressure and subarachnoid pressure (1 cm rostral and 1 cm caudal to the arachnoiditis or ligature). Fiberoptic monitors were used to measure intracranial pressure. In the ligature group, subarachnoid pressures were also measured prior to tying the ligature to obliterate the SAS and served as baseline control pressures. The effects of Valsalva and Queckenstedt manoeuvres on SAS pressures were examined in both groups.

CSF flow was studied at 0 and 10 minutes after injection of the CSF tracer horseradish peroxidase (HRP). Vibratome sections of the spinal cord were processed using tetramethylbenzidine and sections examined under light microscopy.

RESULTS: The mean SAS pressure rostral to the arachnoiditis was found to be greater than the mean caudal SAS pressure by 1.7 mmHg. In the ligature group, the difference was 0.9 mmHg, being higher in the caudal SAS. Queckenstedt manoeuvre exaggerated this difference to 3 mmHg in the Kaolin group and 4 mmHg in the ligature group. The effect of Valsalva was much less marked in both groups.

Perivascular spaces were enlarged in most cases of arachnoiditis and HRP was seen to stain these spaces and the central canal within 10 minutes.

DISCUSSION: Post-traumatic syrinxes are usually juxtaposed to the injury site with 80% occurring rostral, 4% caudal and 15% in both directions. The finding of a higher subarachnoid pressure rostral to the injury site may help explain this phenomenon. We hypothesise that a reduction of compliance in subarachnoid space increases the pulse pressure and hence increases peri-vascular flow of C.S.F. contributing to the formation and enlargement of PTS. We are currently investigating this hypothesis by measuring subarachnoid space compliance directly in the sheep model of arachnoiditis described above.


G. Schneider M.J Pearcy N. Bogduk

INTRODUCTION: Contrary to the prevailing conviction that lumbar segments affected by lytic spondylolisthesis are unstable, multiple studies have failed to find evidence of increased or abnormal motion at these segments. Affected segments do not exhibit excessive anterior translation: the so-called slip. Previous studies, however, did not use techniques that might reveal abnormalities in the quality of motion, as opposed to its magnitude.

METHODS: To determine if features of instability could be detected in the radiographs of patients with spondylolisthesis, a retrospective, cohort study was conducted of the kinematics of the lumbar spine of patients with spondylolisthesis compared with asymptomatic normal subjects. The flexion-extension radiographs of 15 patients with spondylolytic spondylolisthesis were analysed to determine the location of their instantaneous centres of rotation, and their magnitudes of translation and sagittal rotation. Normative data were obtained by applying the same techniques to the radiographs of 20 asymptomatic subjects.

RESULTS: All but one of the 15 patients exhibited at least one segment with abnormal motion. Only one patient had excessive translation at the lytic segment. Four had minor abnormalities affecting either the lytic segment or ones above. Nine patients exhibited major abnormalities. Seven had paradoxical motion at the lytic segment, in which the centre of rotation was located above L5, instead of below, and in which L5 translated backwards, instead of forwards, during flexion. Two patients exhibited axial dropping of L4, instead of horizontal translation, during extension.

DISCUSSION: Not all patients with spondylolisthesis show features of instability. However, a proportion of patients exhibit highly abnormal movements that are consistent with instability. The abnormalities involve movements within normal range but in abnormal directions. Visual inspection of radiographs will not reveal these abnormalities but they can be detected by plotting the instantaneous axes of rotation.


A. Nowitzke

INTRODUCTION: Repetitive undertaking of a physical task results in an innate memory for that task. Development of this memory is an important component of surgical training and the ease and safety with which these changes are incorporated into a smoothly flowing procedure is represented by the so-called “learning curve”.

Changes in equipment and technology may radically alter the paradigm used by surgeons for completing the task of an operation. An example of this is the integration of endoscopy. The hand-eye orientation, field of view, angle of approach, binocularity of vision and skew of the visual field are all altered in lumbar microendoscopic discectomy (MED), when compared to open microdiscectomy.

METHODS: This is a prospective observational study of the initial twenty-five cases of lumbar MED in the hands of a single surgeon. The twenty-five cases of open microdiscectomy immediately predating the current series are used as a cohort for comparison.

RESULTS: A definite alteration in the ability of the surgeon to undertake a new method of discectomy occurred.

Three of the first seven cases of MED were converted to an open discectomy. None of the ensuing 18 cases was converted. The major learning outcomes to account for the change were familiarity with the radiological and videoscopic anatomy, and recognition of the importance of angles of approach.

The average time for surgery in the first ten cases was significantly longer than the second fifteen. The time for surgery in the latter group was not significantly altered from the open cohort group. The facets of surgery responsible for the increased time in the first group were techniques of exposing the nerve root, comfort of the extent of decompression of the nerve root and excision of the disc and comfort with the orientation and cleaning of the camera. The quality of illumination and visualisation of the operative field improved over the study although the significance of this could not be quantified.

Subjectively, surgeon “comfort” with the procedure developed relatively early in the “learning curve”.

There was no significant difference in clinical outcome and complications between the two groups.

DISCUSSION: Minimal access techniques have been widely integrated into other fields of surgical endeavour. Open microdiscectomy is well accepted as a treatment for acute lumbar disc prolapse. The decision whether or not to change a surgeon’s operative technique should be based on the final anticipated clinical benefit of such a change compared to the cost and risk of changing. This study shows that there is a learning curve associated with lumbar MED, but that it can be integrated relatively easily into a surgical armamentarium.


O.L. Osti R.T. Gun A. O’Rioran F. Mpelasoka

STUDY DESIGN: A prospective study of 135 subjects with whiplash injury.

OBJECTIVES: To identify factors predictive of prolonged disability following whiplash injury.

SUMMARY OF BACKGROUND DATA: Although subjects with whiplash associated disorders lack demonstrable physical injury, many exhibit prolonged disability. Disability appears unrelated to the severity of the collision.

METHODS: 147 subjects with recent whiplash injury were interviewed for putative risk factors for disability. 135 were re-interviewed 12 months later to assess degree of duration of disability. Bi-variate and multi-variate analyses were undertaken to measure the association between putative risk factors and measures of outcome.

RESULTS: The bodily pain score and role emotional scores of the SF-36 health questionnaire showed a consistent significant positive association with better outcomes. After adjustment for bodily pain score and role emotional scores, consulting a lawyer was associated with less improvement in NPOS (p< 0.01) after one year, but there was no significant association with rate of return to work. The degree of damage to the vehicle was not a predictor of outcome.

CONCLUSIONS: SF-36 scores for bodily pain and role emotional are useful means of identifying subjects at risk of prolonged disability. The findings support the implementation of an insurance system designed to minimise litigation.


A.R. Brodbelt M.A. Stoodley A. Watling J. Tu N. Jones

INTRODUCTION: It has been suggested that arachnoiditis predisposes to post-traumatic syringomyelia formation by obstructing subarachnoid cerebrospinal fluid flow and enhancing perivascular flow into the cord. In an animal model of post-traumatic syringomyelia (PTS), fluid flow in spinal cord perivascular spaces (PVS) is greater at the level of arachnoiditis and syrinx than at other levels and fluid enters the syrinx via the PVS. This study was performed to determine the effects of cere-brospinal fluid (CSF) diversion from the subarachnoid space on perivascular flow and syrinx formation in PTS.

METHODS: Twenty six male Sprague-Dawley rats were investigated using the CSF tracer horseradish peroxidase (HRP), the excitotoxic and arachnoiditis model of PTS, and lumboperitoneal shunt insertion. Four experimental groups consisted of syrinx only and shunt only controls, and shunt insertion before or after syrinx formation. CSF flow studies were performed six weeks following the final intervention. Grading scales were used to quantify HRP staining.

RESULTS: Syrinxes formed in all animals. Perivascular flow was greatest at the level of the syrinx. Cerebral cortex perivascular flow was significantly reduced following shunt insertion in animals with a syrinx (p< 0.05). Shunt insertion did not alter syrinx length or size, but did reduce the number of animals with evidence of sensory disturbances. There were no significant differences between shunt and syrinx first groups.

DISCUSSION: Increasing distal subarachnoid space compliance does not affect local CSF flow into the spinal cord and syrinx. These results suggest that localised alterations in compliance, as opposed to obstruction from traumatic arachnoiditis, act as an important factor in syrinx pathogenesis.


R.E.A. Newcombe P.C. Blumbergs J. Manavis N.R. Jones

INTRODUCTION: Apoptosis, or secondary cell death, has been demonstrated in a number of neurological conditions, including Alzheimer’s disease, Parkinson’s disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis and brain ischaemia. It is well established from studies of acute spinal cord injury that apoptosis seems an important factor in secondary cell death and irreversible neurological deficit. It is only recently that studies have emerged analysing secondary cell death in chronic injury to the cord. In this study, the spatial and temporal expression of apoptotic cells was analysed in acute traumatic spinal cord injury (SCI) (n=6) and chronic myelopathies due to meta-static tumour (n=5), degenerative spondylosis (n=6) and syringomyelia (n=4). The study aimed to demonstrate apoptosis in compressive spinal cord injury and to analyse the spatial and temporal distribution of apoptosis in acute and chronic myelopathy.

METHOD: Archival material from 21 spinal cords of patients with documented myelopathy during life and definitive evidence on post mortem examination were available for study. The spatial and temporal expression of apoptotic cells was analysed in acute traumatic spinal cord injury (SCI) (n=6) and chronic myelopathy due to metastatic tumour (n=5), degenerative spondylosis (n=6) and syringomyelia (n=4).

Immunohistochemical analysis of each specimen was conducted using markers of apoptosis, as well as the biochemical apoptotic marker TUNEL. A total of 1800 histopathological slides were analysed. Specimens were also analysed using confocal microscopy to identify the immunopositive cell type. A combination of morphological, immunohistochemical and in situ end-labelling techniques were used to investigate the mechanism of cell death in this experiment. The analytical techniques employed were aimed at showing firstly the presence of apoptosis and secondly the size and position of the damaged regions.

RESULTS: Positivity for active Caspase-3, DNA-PKCS, PARP, TUNEL and active Caspase-9 was found in glia (oligodendrocytes and microglia) axons and neurons in both acute and chronic compression above, below and at the site of compression. In chronic compression, the severity of positivity for apoptotic immunological markers was positively correlated with the severity of white matter damage, as measured by APP immunostaining for axonal injury, and Wallerian degeneration. There was no correlation between the duration of chronic compression and immunopositivity for apoptotic markers. In acute SCI, axonal swellings were consistently positive for Caspases −9 and -3, suggesting mitochon-drial activation of apoptotic pathways.

CONCLUSION: Apoptosis occurs in both acute and chronic spinal cord injury. In acute compression, axonal injury is associated with apoptotic immunopositivity of glia and neurons. In chronic compression, apoptosis of oligodendrocytes and microglia correlates with demyelination of axons within the white matter.


M.L. Gatton M.J. Pearcy G. Pettet

INTRODUCTION: The complexity of the spine has made a complete understanding of its mechanical function difficult. As a consequence, biomechanical models have been used to describe the behaviour of the spine and its various components. A comprehensive mathematical model of the muscles of the lumbar spine and trunk is presented to enable computation of the forces and moments experienced by the lumbar intervertebral joints during physiological activities.

METHODS: The model includes the nine major muscles crossing the region and concentrates on improving the estimated line of action for the muscles. The muscles are considered to consist of numerous fascicles, each with its own force producing potential based on size and line of action. The model respects the physical constraints imposed by the skeletal structure by ensuring that muscles maintain their anatomical position in various spinal postures. Validation was performed by comparing model predictions of maximum moments to published data from maximum isometric exertions in male volunteers. To highlight the potential novel uses of the model, three examples of muscle injury caused by surgical procedures were investigated; posterior lumbar surgery, impairment of abdominal muscles from anterior surgery and removal of the psoas major unilaterally during total hip replacement.

RESULTS: The validation indicated that the model predicted forces similar to those measured in normal volunteers. The biomechanical changes resulting from the muscle injuries during the surgical procedures share several common features: decreased spinal compression and production of asymmetric moments during symmetric tasks.

DISCUSSION: The results suggest that interference with muscles crossing or attaching to the lumbar spine can have a significant impact on its function.


R. Rahmat R.J. Moore S. Nikoloff D. Matsacos B.W. Oakes R.D. Fraser

INTRODUCTION: The development of laboratory techniques in the last ten years has enabled the successful harvest, in vitro selection, culture and transplant of chondrocytes. The study proposes that transplantation of autologous chondrocytes prevents degeneration of the intervertebral disc following outer annular injury in an ovine model.

METHODS: Eight sheep were anaesthetised and five contiguous lumbar discs were exposed via a left-sided posterolateral approach. Four of the animals were given full thickness annular incisions in three alternate discs. No annular incisions were made in the other four sheep. Costal cartilage was harvested from the left twelfth rib of all animals. Tissue was cultured and the chondrocytes were labelled in vitro with CFSE for verification following transplantation. Six weeks later autologous cultured chondrocytes were injected into the lower two alternate discs of all animals, leaving the uppermost discs and those untouched in between as internal controls. Animals were sacrificed after three, six, twelve and twenty-four weeks. Results were based on X-rays, histological, and immunocytochemical assessments.

RESULTS: Preliminary histological results up to three months showed viability of cultured chondrocytes and matrix production post transplantation. Serial X-rays suggested that progressive disc degeneration was arrested in the treated discs.

DISCUSSION: In this pilot study we have shown that cultured autologous chondrocytes can remain viable long term in vivo. These preliminary results suggest that these transplanted chondrocytes have the ability to retard and possibly prevent disc degeneration following annular incision. Previous similar studies have reported the use of chondrocytes cultured from disc, whilst this study showed that chondrocytes from a source foreign to the disc can exert positive effects. The encouraging result from this pilot study needs to be further validated to realise its potential as a treatment for degenerative disc disease.


J.A. Finkelstein E.K. Wai S.S. Jackson H. Ahn M. Brighton-Knight

INTRODUCTION: Flexion distraction injuries (FDI) of the thoracic and lumbar spine can be stabilised with a short construct spanning one motion-segment. This fracture is functionally defined by failure of the posterior and middle columns in tension and the anterior column in compression or tension. Treatment of a predominantly bony injury with minimal deformity (Chance type) is usually non-operative. Intra-abdominal pathology, and ligamentous spinal instability are relative indications for surgery. Deformity of greater than 17 degrees of kyphosis has a poor prognosis when treated conservatively, and represents true instability in vitro. Surgical treatment is mainly through a posterior approach with instrumentation. Which construct to use and the number of motion segments to include is controversial. Multi-level instrumentation techniques both in distraction and compression have been used as well as shorter constructs, particularly in the lumbar spine. We addressed the efficacy of single motion-segment fixation by evaluating the radiographic and functional results of this treatment technique.

METHODS: All patients diagnosed with a FDI were prospectively identified over a 48 months period. Non-operatively treated fractures were excluded. Other spine fractures were excluded. Demographics, co-morbidity, neurological status, operative details and complications were recorded. Radiographic reviewers were blinded to the functional outcome of the patient and the time of follow-up. The Oswestry Functional Assessment Questionnaire was administered by mail.

RESULTS: Twenty-one eligible patients were identified. A significant (p< 0.0001) correction of deformity was achieved, from a mean pre-operative kyphosis of 10.1 degrees to a mean post-operative lordosis of 0.9 degrees. No loss of correction occurred. The mean Oswestry score was 11.5, with 88% of patients having minimal disability. One patient died from unrelated morbidity.

CONCLUSIONS: Hoshikawa et al showed in vitro how compression forces alone can create FDI. Compression without flexion causes burst fractures. With moderate flexion there is FDI with anterior body compression. With increasing flexion FDI becomes entirely distractive. As the forces are concentrated at a single point, reconstruction only requires that this location be addressed. As all FDI are created by the same mechanism, regardless of structures injured only short segment fixation is required.

We have demonstrated in FDI, single level fixation is biomechanically sound. Multilevel instrumentation creates loss of adjacent level motion segments. This is not necessary. The absence of a control group precludes absolute conclusions. Nonetheless most patients reported minimal disability related to their back and had excellent radiological outcomes. This study demonstrates that posterior reduction and stabilisation of a single motion-segment for FDI can adequately stabilise the spine and lead to excellent functional outcomes.


B. George

INTRODUCTION: Oblique corpectomy is a surgical technique of spinal cord decompression through a limited bone resection of the posterolateral corner of the vertebral bodies. In this study the results of this technique applied in cases of spondylotic myelopathy and tumours are presented.

METHODS: The oblique corpectomy is achieved through a lateral approach with control and sometimes transposition of the VA. It can be used at any level from C2 to T1 and on as many levels as required from 1 to 5. It was mostly applied on cervical spondylotic myelopathy (N=157) or radiculopathy (N=89) but also on hourglass tumours (neurinomas N=67, meningiomas N=7, hemangioblastoma N=1, paraganglioma N=1) and different tumours N=49 involving the lateral part of the vertebral body such as osteoid osteomas N=8, chordomas N=11, aneurysmal cyst N=3, sarcomas N=4. The total series includes 126 tumours. In most cases preservation of the main part of the vertebral bodies permitted to avoid bone grafting and plating. However stabilisation procedure is still necessary when more than one disc is resected and when the discs are soft and not collapsed.

RESULTS: Excellent decompression was obtained in every case of spondylotic myelopathy and radiculopathy. Clinical results are similar to those obtained by any other techniques of decompression through anterior approach but without the complications related to grafting and plating. Improvement of the pre-operative score was noted in 79% of patients with myelopathy stabilisation in 13% and worsening in 8%. In patients with radiculopathy, good and excellent results were obtained in 85%. A better decompression of the intervertebral foramen is achieved through the oblique corpectomy since the whole length of the cervical nerve root from the dural sac to the vertebral artery can be decompressed. Instability requiring further stabilisation procedure was observed only in three cases which in fact were pre-operatively unstable.

Complete tumour resection was achieved in every case especially for the lateral part located into the intervertebral foramen and around the vertebral artery. Even tumours extending from the outside of the spine to the intradural space could be entirely removed through the same approach. Grafting and plating were realised in 13 out of the 126 cases of tumour.

CONCLUSION: Oblique corpectomy technique is a safe technique which permits to decompress the spinal cord and cervical nerve roots from spondylotic elements and tumours.

As compared to other techniques, it achieves a better decompression on the lateral part of the spinal canal and on the intervertebral foramen up to the vertebral artery. In many cases it does not require any complementary stabilisation technique and avoids the use of instrumentation.


R.E. Thompson M.J. Pearcy T.M. Barker

INTRODUCTION: Structural changes to the intervertebral disc (IVD) in the form of anular lesions are a feature of IVD degeneration. Degeneration has been related to changes in the mechanical function of the IVD. This study determined the mechanical effect of individual concentric tears, radial tears and rim lesions of the anulus in an in vitro experiment.

METHODS: The lumbar spines from five sheep were taken post mortem and divided into three motion segments. The disc body units were tested on a robotic testing facility, using position control, in flexion/extension, lateral bending and axial rotation. Concentric tears, radial tears and rim lesions were experimentally introduced and the motions repeated after the introduction of each lesion. The mechanical response after the lesion creation was compared to the undamaged response to assess the mechanical effect of each lesion.

RESULTS: It was found that an anterior rim lesion reduced the peak moment resisted by the disc in extension, lateral bending and axial rotation. Concentric tears and radial tears did not affect the peak moment resisted, however, radial tears reduced the hysteresis of response in flexion/extension and lateral bending. The neutral zone was not affected by the presence of IVD lesions.

DISCUSSION: These results show that rim lesions reduce the disc’s ability to resist motion. Radial tears change the hysteresis of response indicating an altered stress distribution in the disc. These changes may lead to overloading of the spinal ligaments, muscles and zygapophysial joints, possibly damaging these structures. This suggests a mechanism for a cycle of degeneration that is instigated by small changes in the mechanical integrity of the IVD.


A.R. Vaccaro T.Ch. Patel E. Truumees J.S. Fischgrund H.N. Herkowitz T. Albert A. Hilibrand F. Phillips T. Wetzel J. McCulloch

INTRODUCTION: Posterolateral intertransverse lumbar fusion is a commonly performed procedure for stabilisation of the degenerated lumbar spine. A typical clinical scenario for which such fusions are used is the stabilisation of a degenerative spondylolisthesis after decompression. In a recent large series reported in the literature, this type of fusion was noted to have a pseudarthrosis rate of up to 45% (Fischgrund, Spine 1997).

METHODS: A pilot study was designed to evaluate the safety and efficacy of osteoinductive protein-1 (OP-1, also known as recombinant human BMP-7) in lumbar posterolateral fusion. Thirty-six patients with the diagnosis of symptomatic spinal stenosis and single level degenerative spondylolisthesis in the lower lumbar spine (L3–S1) were enrolled. The patients were randomised to either the OP-1 group or the control group. The OP-1 group received 3.5 mg of OP-1 per side in a putty carrier. The control group received iliac crest autograft alone. Outcomes were measured clinically using the Oswestry score and radiographically using dynamic radiographs evaluated independently by two blinded radiologists using digital calipers. Patients were deemed a clinical success if they showed a > 20% improvement in Oswestry score and were deemed a radiographic success if they showed bridging bone and spinal stability on flexion/ extension films.

RESULTS: At twelve months, 18/21 (85.7%) patients in the OP-1 group and 8/11 (72.7%) patients in the autograft group were considered clinical successes, while 13/18 (72.2%) of patients in the OP-1 group and 6/10 (60%) patients in the autograft group were considered radiographic successes. No adverse events related to the use of OP-1 were noted.

DISCUSSION: Despite the non-statistical number of patients enrolled in this pilot study, these preliminary results suggest that OP-1 appears to be a safe and effective replacement for iliac crest autograft in human pos-terolateral lumbar fusion. The OP-1 group had a higher radiographic fusion rate than the autograft group. This correlated well with the greater clinical success experienced by the OP-1 group, as measured by improvement in the Oswestry score. None of the previously reported device related complications related to the use of BMPs in animal studies, such as exuberant bone growth with subsequent neural impingement, ectopic ossification, or spinal stenosis, was seen in the treatment group.

CONCLUSION: OP-1 appears to be a safe and effective replacement for iliac crest autograft in human posterolateral lumbar fusion. The dose, 3.5 mg per side, and the carrier, a biodegradable putty, appear to provide a safe and effective means of delivering the bone morphogenetic protein OP-1 to the human lumbar spine.


R.D. Guyer S.L. Blumenthal S.H. Hochschuler D.D. Ohnmeiss

INTRODUCTION: Two total disc replacement devices have been used in Europe for more than 10 years. However, there are few, if any, prospective studies evaluating their results. The purpose of this prospective study using standardised outcome evaluations was to evaluate surgical outcome following implantation of an artificial disc.

METHODS: This study is based on the consecutive series of the first 57 patients undergoing total disc replacement using the SB Charité (Link) disc prosthesis. Indications included single-level symptomatic disc degeneration, failure of at least six months of non-operative treatment including active rehabilitation, and no previous surgery at the operated segment. Data were collected prospectively pre-operatively and at six weeks, three, six, and 12 months post-operatively (24 month follow-up data collection is continuing). Primary outcome measures included visual analog scales (VAS) assessing pain and the Oswestry Low Back Pain Disability Questionnaire.

RESULTS: The mean operative time was 78.5 minutes and the mean estimated operative blood loss was 134.3 cc. Estimated blood loss and operating time were both significantly less for disc replacements at the L5-S1 level than at L4-5 (p< 0.05; t-test). As seen in Figures 1 and 2, there was a significant improvement in the VAS and Oswestry scores (p< 0.05) at the six week follow-up visit, and the improvements were maintained during subsequent follow-up visits.

There were no cases of device failure, displacement, or migration. Complications were comparable to those encountered with anterior interbody fusion.

DISCUSSION: The results of this prospective study, using patient self-report questionnaires, demonstrated significant improvement at six weeks and the improvement was maintained during the 12 months follow-up period (24-months data is being collected). The disc prosthesis can be implanted safely, with complications similar to those encountered with anterior lumbar inter-body fusion.


E.K. Wai E. Santos R.D. Fraser

INTRODUCTION: Numerous in-vitro studies demonstrating increased stress at levels adjacent to a lumbar fusion have raised concerns of accelerated degeneration. However, the significance of this increased stress in the in-vivo setting remains unclear, especially with long-term follow-up. The objective of this study is to assess the level of degeneration on MRI in this same cohort of patients at a minimum of twenty years follow-up.

METHODS: Twenty-five patients undergoing one or two level anterior lumbar interbody fusion at the L5-S1 or L4-5 levels with a minimum of twenty-years follow-up were identified. Only patients with normal pre-operative discograms at the level adjacent to the fusion were considered in this study. MRI scans were performed and evaluated for any evidence of degeneration by an independent radiologist. Advanced degeneration was defined as either: (1) absence of T2 signal intensity in the disk, (2) disk herniation, or (3) spinal canal stenosis. RESULTS: Advanced degeneration was identified in five (20%) patients, with three (12%) being isolated to the adjacent level. Fourteen (56%) other patients had evidence of early degeneration in their lumbar spine. Overall, eight (32%) patients had some evidence of degeneration isolated to the level adjacent to the disk whereas seven (28%) patients had multilevel degeneration and four patients (16%) had degeneration in their lumbar spine but preservation of the adjacent level.

DISCUSSION AND CONCLUSION: Without a control group, it is difficult to make firm conclusions on whether the changes seen on MRI represent the natural history of spinal deterioration or represent accelerated degeneration. However, after twenty years, only a handful of patients developed advanced adjacent level degeneration. Furthermore, the majority of degenerative changes seen occurred over multiple levels or at levels not adjacent to the fusion, suggesting that changes seen may be more likely related to constitutional factors inherent within the individual as opposed to the increased biomechanical stresses at the adjacent levels.


G. Selmon E. Wai D. Hall C. Cain

INTRODUCTION: 360 degree combined anterior and posterior fusion is an accepted surgical treatment for the management of discogenic back pain. Controversy exists to the optimal technique of posterior fixation. Proponents of translaminar screw fixation cite lower morbidity as a result of less dissection. Despite reports of high fusion rates with this technique, there are concerns over the biomechanical inferiority of this construct compared to pedicle screw fixation. Previous studies on translaminar screws have used only plain radiographs to assess fusion. The objective of this paper is to compare radiographic outcomes, using high definition CT scans, and clinical outcomes between these two methods of posterior fixation.

METHODS: During 2001, 31 patients underwent combined anterior and posterior fusion by the two senior surgeons for the management of back pain. Anterior interbody fusion was performed using the Syncage in all patients. 16 patients underwent translaminar screw posterior fixation and 15 underwent pedicle screw posterior fixation. Fusion was assessed by high definition CT scan at one year post-operatively. Function was assessed with pre- and post-operative Low Back Outcome Score and visual analogue scores.

RESULTS: Minimum follow-up was 12 months. The incidence of pseudarthrosis in the translaminar group was over 75% which was five times greater than that seen in the pedicle screw group (p = 0.01). There were trends towards greater improvements in the LBOS and VAS scores in the pedicle screw group and amongst those patients who achieved a successful fusion. There were two surgical complications in the translaminar screw group and one in the pedicle screw group.

DISCUSSION: With the numbers that are available, there are no clinical differences between the two methods of fixation, although there were trends towards improved function and reduced pain in the pedicle screw group. Furthermore there does not appear to be any difference in regard to complications. However, translaminar screws are associated with a significantly higher rate of pseudarthrosis compared to pedicle screws.


P. McCombe W. Sears

INTRODUCTION: Posterior interbody fusion (PLIF) can be performed for a variety of indications and by a variety of methods. This paper presents a prospective observational study of the outcome for PLIF using an insert and rotate lordotic implant with pedicle screws for the indication of neurological compression caused by segmental deformity.

METHODS: Prospective data were collected pre-operatively and at regular intervals during the post-operative period. Self assessed outcome measures of visual analog pain score (VAS), Low Back Outcome Score (LBOS) and SF12 general health data were obtained at intervals after the surgery. This paper presents the results of a consecutive series who have a minimum of six months follow-up. All surgery was performed by the two authors. Implants used were a carbon fibre composite ramp (DePuy AcroMed), a titanium mesh lordotic cage (Medtronic Sofamor Danek) or a lordotic PEEK spacer (R90, Medtronic Sofamor Danek).

RESULTS: One hundred and twenty eight cases were performed. The mean age was 61.5 years (sd 15.1), 63 (49% ) were female and 65 (51%) were male. Thirteen cases (10%) were workers compensation. Eighty seven (69%) had a single level fused, thirty three (26%) had two levels fused. Six cases had three or more levels fused. Forty cases had had one or more previous decompressive procedures at the target level. All cases had leg pain due to neurological compression associated with some form of deformity. Fifty three percent had a spondylolisthesis, 20% had degenerative scoliosis with collapse of the disc space being the most common other deformity. The mean pre-operative VAS pain score dropped from 6.95 (sd 2.0) to 3.2 (sd 2.4). (p< 0.0001 paired t test). The mean percentage VAS improvement was 49.7% (95% ci 42.4% to 57.1%). Twenty seven percent achieved greater than 80% pain improvement with 47% achieving greater than 60% pain improvement. The mean LBOS score rose from 21.8 (95% ci 19.6 to 24.0) to 37.9 (95% ci 35.1 to 40.6) (p< 0.001 paired t test). The mean percentage improvement in LBOS was 120.7% (95% ci 94.6% to 146%).

Complications consisted of three cases of minor wound drainage that settled, a possible deep infection that settled with antibiotics. There were four cases of transient leg weakness that recovered and one case of post-operative extradural haematoma requiring evacuation for partial cauda equina lesion (near full recovery). Unexplained persistence of leg pain or new leg pain was present in eight cases. Three cases resolved spontaneously, two cases were due to screw malposition and required revision and three cases required re-exploration for further foraminal decompression. Other medical problems included pulmonary embolus (1), chest infection/atelectasis (2), confusional state (2), paralytic ileus (3), atrial fibrillation (2), myocardial infarction (1).

DISCUSSION: Posterior lumbar interbody fusion with insert and rotate implants for neural compression gives reasonable pain relief and reduction in disability with a low complication rate for the target (elderly) population.


N. Birch S. Grannum N. Aslam

INTRODUCTION: Discectomy for herniation of the nucleus pulposus is an effective procedure when conservative treatment has failed. However, a number of patients rapidly progress to symptomatic instability after discectomy. Those most likely to develop instability have central and multi-regional herniations. Therefore, primary posterior lumbar interbody fusion (PLIF) may be a better option than discectomy alone in this group. This paper presents the clinical and radiological outcome of a consecutive group of such patients treated in one centre by PLIF, but recognises that newer technologies may make such destructive spinal surgery unnecessary in the future.

METHODS: Between June 1997 and December 2000, PLIF for central disc herniation presenting with acute, sub-acute and chronic back and leg pain, with or without neurological loss, using Diapason pedicle screw instrumentation and Ogival PEEK (Poly-ether-ether-ketone) Interbody Fusion cages was performed on 41 patients. Eight patients presented acutely with cauda equina symptoms and 33 patients had sub-acute or chronic symptoms. Formal clinic follow-up was continued for at least two years post-surgery and the final outcome at two to five years after operation was assessed using the Low Back Outcome Score (LBOS). Two independent orthopaedic surgeons assessed the radiological evidence of fusion on X-rays taken at least two years after surgery.

RESULTS: 39 of the 41 patients completed the LBOS questionnaire (95%). One patient had died from an unrelated cause and the other could not be contacted having moved away. 34 (87%) of these had an excellent or good outcome according to the LBOS criteria. However, every patient who returned the questionnaire stated that they would undergo the operation again if guaranteed the same surgical result and all would recommend it to a friend for similar trouble. Four patients (9.7%) were dissatisfied with the process of care they experienced. Analysis of radiographs taken between two and four years post-operatively revealed that spinal fusion (as defined by the Brantigan and Steffee criteria) was present in 38 cases (92.7%). None of the patients with a non-union radiologically had a poor outcome.

CONCLUSIONS: Post-discectomy instability causing disabling low back and leg pain is more likely to occur in patients with an incompetent annulus than those with a largely intact annulus. The patients in this series all had good evidence on MRI of complete (pan-annular) failure. The decision to perform an acute single level PLIF was taken after discussion with the patients, presenting them with the option of having only a central discectomy and a later fusion if needed or of dealing with the problem at one operation. The outcomes described in this study show that this condition is a good indication for PLIF. However, newer technologies such as disc arthroplasty may be a better option for this group of patients in the future.


B. George

INTRODUCTION: Results on surgical treatment of chordomas from series published in the literature are disappointing with survival rate of 50% and 35% respectively at five and 10 years. In most reports, surgical resection is limited to a palliative decompression or at best to a subtotal resection. The purpose of this study is to evaluate the results of patients treated aggressively by several surgeries and radiotherapy from 1989 to 2000.

METHODS: From a series of 36 patients presenting with cervical (N=8) or suboccipital (N=28) chordomas, 22 were referred primarily while 14 were sent to us for a recurrence after a previous partial surgical resection. In both groups of patients, we proposed as radical a surgical resection as possible realised in one to four surgical stages followed by radiotherapy (and protontherapy for the more recent cases).

RESULTS: Patients seen at first presentation (group A) underwent 1,9 surgeries in average and 10 of them could have a protontherapy while in group B patients referred after recurrence, 1,4 surgeries were carried out and three could have a protontherapy. Follow-up extends from one to 11 years (mean 4 years).

Actuarial survival rate was 80 and 65% respectively at five and 10 years in group A as compared to 50 and 0% in group B. Actuarial recurrence free rate was 70 and 35% at five and 10 years in group A and 0% at three years in group B. Disease related mortality was 15% in group A and 63% in group B. The rate of recurrence per year was 0,15 in group A and 0,62 in group B. The mean delay before the first recurrence was 43 months in group A and 15 months in group B.

Factors such as sex, age, duration of symptoms, severity of symptoms, extent of tumour, histological type or grading have no influence on the survival rate and the recurrence free rate. Even the comparison between patients having received or not radiotherapy and patients treated or not by protontherapy failed to show any difference. However these groups of patients are very small and include group A and group B patients.

CONCLUSION: Aggressive surgical treatment at first presentation of patients with chordomas seems to provide better results in terms of survival and recurrence. However it requires several surgical stages (up to four) followed by radio and protontherapy. No other factors have proven to influence the prognosis. In case of patients already presenting a recurrence this aggressiveness does not seem to be justified. Therefore after this study, aggressive surgical treatment was only proposed to primary patients (N=12) and not on patients with recurrence (N=7).


J. Sénégas P. Bernard

INTRODUCTION: Intervertebral degeneration is characterised by instability due to permanent decrease in the stiffness of the intervertebral segment and concentration of stress upon the posterior portion of the disc, and by morphologic changes in the posterior elements due to posterior displacement of loading, notably enlargement of the lamina and zygapophyseal joints. These changes lead to reduction in the cross-sectional area of the vertebral canal.

In order to counterbalance these changes, an implant has been developed with an interspinous blocker and an artificial ligament made of Dacron. This obviates the need for a permanent fixation in the vertebral bone, avoiding the risk of loosening. Inhibition of hyperextension limits narrowing of the posterior canal, resulting in an increase in its cross-sectional area of up to 40%.

A first-generation implant for nonrigid stabilisation of lumbar segments was developed in 1986 with a titanium interspinous blocker. Following an initial observational study in 1988 and a prospective controlled study from 1988 to 1993, more than 300 patients have been treated for degenerative lesions with significant resolution of residual low back pain with no serious adverse effects.

After careful analysis of the points that could be improved,a second-generation,improved implant called the ‘Wallis implant’ was developed with a redesigned blocker made of PEEK (polyetheretherketone), a more resilient material.

METHODS: Biomechanical studies were used to verify the effectiveness of this implant in increasing intervertebral stiffness, reducing mobility, and unloading the facet joints and the posterior portion of the disc.

A prospective multicenter international observational study was begun a year ago.

RESULTS: Preliminary results confirm the clinical efficacy of this treatment on low back pain and nerve root symptoms, especially in recurrent disc herniation and canal stenosis.

DISCUSSION: Nonrigid intervertebral fixation with the Wallis implant clearly appears to be a useful technique in the management of initial forms of degenerative intervertebral lumbar disc disease. The method should rapidly assume a specific role along with total disc prostheses in the new step-wise surgical strategy to obviate definitive fusion of degenerative intervertebral segments. Moreover, dynamic stabilisation with the Wallis system is totally reversible and leaves all other options open.

Wallis is recommended for patients with lumbar disc disease who have: (i) discectomy for massive herniated disc leading to substantial loss of disc material, (ii) a second discectomy for recurrence of herniated disc, (iii) discectomy for herniation of a transitional disc with sacralization of L5, (iv) degenerative disc disease at a level adjacent to a previous fusion or prosthesis, (v) isolated disc resorption, notably with concomitant type-1 Modic changes, associated with low back pain, or (vi) symptomatic narrow canal treated by resection of the superior aspect of the laminae.


S. Liew

INTRODUCTION: The principles of treatment of deep wound infection around bony implants involve appropriate antibiotics, drainage, repeat debridements, and secondary closure. This type of wound management can be difficult for nursing staff and uncomfortable for the patient. This paper discusses the results of debridement and immediate closure over drain tubes in eight cases from one surgeon’s practice in two tertiary hospitals.

METHODS: This is a retrospective review of patients from a personal database. Over a five year period, 178 instrumented posterior spine surgeries, in all regions of the spine, were performed. The indications for surgery included trauma, scoliosis, degenerative conditions, tumour, and other deformities in decreasing order of frequency. In this group, there were eight deep wound infections requiring debridement. All were in the thoracic and/or lumbar region. In two patients with non-fusion rods, the implants were removed. In six patients the implants were retained. All wounds were closed immediately over 16 Fr drain tubes. Follow-up times range from four years to three months.

RESULTS: No wounds required repeat debridement or developed subsequent breakdown. No patient had any further significant septic episodes. The drain tubes remained in situ for a time ranging from five days to three weeks. Of the two patients who had their implants removed at debridement, one remained on antibiotics for six weeks and the other for three months. Four patients remained on antibiotics for one year. One patient had removal of the implants before ceasing the antibiotics but the other three have not had a recurrence of infection despite retaining their implants. Two patients remain on lifelong antibiotics.

DISCUSSION: Debridement and immediate wound closure, in concert with the appropriate antibiotic, after post-operative deep wound infection can be successful with the benefit of less discomfort for the patient and greater ease of nursing care.


D. Fender I. Astori G.N. Askin

INTRODUCTION: Thorascopic techniques are an accepted and useful technique for spinal surgery. For certain clinical indications (ie thoracic kyphosis), an anterior spinal release followed by a posterior instrumentation may be indicated. The standard technique for a thorascopic anterior release is with the patient in the lateral decubitus position and intubated with a double lumen endotracheal tube (ETT), allowing one lung to be deflated for access to the spine. Placing a double lumen ETT and repositioning the patient before the posterior surgery both add to the duration of surgery. We report our initial experience using standard ETT ventilation, low pressure CO2 insufflation into the thorax to push the lung away from the operative field, and prone positioning, for thorascopic anterior spinal release, followed by posterior instrumentation. Although previously described for thoracic surgery 1,2, this technique has not been reported for spinal procedures.

METHODS: Five male patients, mean age 15.4 years (13–17 years) have undergone thorascopic anterior release and posterior instrumentation as described CO2 insufflation pressure was maintained at 6 above. mm Hg or less. There were three cases of Scheuermanns disease and two progressive kyphosis post laminectomy for intradural tumours. Clinical, operative (including intraoperative physiological measurements) and radiological data have been collected by a retrospective chart review.

RESULTS: In all cases the anterior release was performed successfully followed by posterior instrumentation. Three portals were used in each and three to five levels released. Mean time from start of anaesthesia to completion of anterior release was 140 minutes. Intra-operative physiological measurements (EtCO2, SaO2, pulse, BP) remained stable in all cases during the endoscopic procedure. All patients were extubated post-operatively, spent 24 hours in ICU, and remained in hospital for a mean of nine days (7 – 13 days). There were no significant complications. Mean kyphosis angle improved from 82 degrees pre-operatively to 50 degrees postoperatively.

DISCUSSION: Our initial experience with this new technique has been encouraging. There have been concerns regarding the physiological effects of inducing a tension pneumothorax3, although our results are similar to others who have found low pressure CO2 insufflation to be safe2. The prone positioning is especially suited for anterior release of a kyphotic spine as it allows the lung to fall away from the spine. Overall we feel this is a useful technique for anterior release of a kyphotic spine.


A. Epps T.K.F Taylor M-C. Waugh

Recent years have seen a decided swing from the longstanding inpatient model of rehabilitation to an outpatient model for all branches of medicine in Australia. This swing has been largely cost-driven and is unlikely to change. This paper reports on the development of a paediatric spinal outreach team (ORT) in NSW. The ORT was formed in 1993 and consists of a nurse, physiotherapist, occupational therapist and a social worker. It functions in close collaboration with the two children’s hospitals in Sydney. Approximately 10–11 new cases of paraplegia/quadriplegia occur in children/adolescents (up to 18 years of age) in NSW each year. Their therapeutic needs change with growth, development and maturation. Families in regional NSW have special requirements and website information services (distance education) will play an important role for them in the future. Integration with an organisation which provides ancillary services is essential for a comprehensive, statewide program.

It is suggested that a comparable service would play an equally important role in other states. Case studies to demonstrate savings to be made with this type of service need to be done to secure recurrent government funding.


N. Aebli J. Krebs G. Davis B.G. Goss J.C. Theis

INTRODUCTION: Vertebroplasty (VP) is a new prophylactic treatment for preventing osteoporotic compression fractures of vertebral bodies. During this procedure polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA) is injected into several vertebral bodies. It has been shown that fat embolism (FE) with acute cardiopulmonary deterioration occurs during VP as in a variety of other orthopaedic procedures (eg knee and hip replacements). The aim of the study is to investigate cardiovascular changes during FE caused by multiple VP using an animal model.

METHOD: In six sheep, PMMA was injected unilaterally, into L1 – L6, with ten minutes in between injections. Arterial, venous and pulmonary artery pressure, cardiac output and blood gas values were recorded pre injection and one, three, five and 10 minutes post injection. Post mortem lungs were harvested and the histopathologic score (percentage of lung fields occupied by intravascular fat globules as seen in the microscope) was calculated.

RESULTS: The sequential injection of bone cement into six vertebral bodies from values pre injection of L1 to 10 minutes post injection of L6 resulted in: significant falls in arterial blood pressure (P< 0.0001), cardiac output (P=0.0049), pO2 (P< 0.0001) and pH (P< 0.0001) and significant rises in pulmonary arterial pressure (P=0.0005) and pCO2 (P< 0.0001), but no significant change in central venous pressure. The histopathological score was 19.1±1.94%.

CONCLUSION: This study clearly shows that multiple VP in sheep leads to FE with major cardiovascular reactions. Arterial blood pressure showed a stepwise, cumulative fall and was clearly the best parameter to demonstrate these reactions. This suggests, in human patients, particular attention should be paid to falls in arterial blood pressure during multiple VP.


M.J. Sherwood P.A. Robertson A.T. Hadlow

PURPOSE: Lumbosacral dislocation injuries are rare. Severe trauma disrupts the mechanically stable lumbosacral junction, rendering the injuries particularly unstable. Aggressive surgical management has been recommended. We present a review of our experience with these uncommon injuries defining injury patterns, surgical strategies and outcomes.

METHODOLOGY: Six patients were treated at Auckland Hospital in the last decade. Thorough review and literature search were performed to revise recommendations for management.

RESULTS: All injuries were associated with high-energy trauma. In two cases there was evidence of previous spondylolysis, with dramatic progression after injury. All cases were surgically treated with decompression, reduction as indicated, and fusion with instrumentation. The only instrumentation failure occurred when reduction reconstituted disc height without attention to reconstruction of the severely mechanically compromised intervertebral disc. Satisfactory recovery of nerve root injury occurred in all but one case. Major cauda equina damage did not occur. Correlations with previously described classification systems for this injury were poor, and often showed injuries to span grades.

CONCLUSIONS: These highly unstable injuries require a high index of suspicion, and aggressive surgical management of these highly unstable injuries is warranted, yielding satisfactory outcomes. Existing classification systems are of little value prognostically, or in planning treatment, and it is better to classify and treat these injuries specifically relating to the anatomical injury patterns. The severe disruption to the intervertebral disc warrants special consideration with attention to a stable reduction position or three-column reconstruction. Spondylolysis may represent a predisposing factor.


Full Access
G.M. Weisz L. Green

INTRODUCTION: The clinical condition was described as Ankylosing Hyperostosis of the Spine by Forestier (19501), was expanded by Resnick (1975) with the Extraspinal Manifestations2. What is the nature of this unique formation, asymptomatic in 90% of cases? Several researchers questioned whether the hyperostosis was physiological or pathological. Initially, in 1985 B.M. Rotschild called it a phenomenon3. Schlapbach in 1989 found no associated pathological condition4. Hutton in his Editorial “Hyperostosis…a State not a Disease“ was doubtful5.

In recent personal observations, protection by ossification was recorded in a severe trauma case and in vertebrae weakened by malignant infiltration.

METHODS: A phylogenetic review of the animal world, followed by an ontogenetic study of mammals/ humans, could assist in a decision regarding the nature (physio-or pathological) of the hyperostosis.

RESULTS: The phylogenetic lineage on one side showed the oldest record of hyperostosis in dinosaur (144 million years ago=mya). Ossifications were found in the anterior, lateral, posterior longitudinal ligaments, in C1-C2 transverse ligament. In the other phylogenetic, Hyperostosis was in historic and contemporary mammals.

The next step in this study is in the ontogenetic line of the Humans. The oldest skeleton (Ethiopia, 4.5 mya) showed “bridged vertebrae“. The first definite hyperostosis was in the Shanidar skeleton (Iraq, 40–12,000 BCE) with “flowing osteophytes”. In the historic Humans since 9500 BCE, hyperostosis was found in Europeans, Egyptians, Indians (Chile) and Incas. In the Christian era, hyperostosis was present in Roman-British/Celt populations, Franks, Saxons, British, Swiss and N. Americans. In the 20th C, it is pandemic.

DISCUSSION: (a) Impressions from the animal world: Paleo-pathology was established as a scientific branch in 1912 (Ruffer), and exemplified its value in understanding the nature of diseases. Moodie questioned the function of the long spinal “bony rods”, considered them with a protective function. Others6 suggested spinal hyperostosis as induced by “mechanical stress”. Shore7 (1936) described the spondylitis ossificans ligamentorum as due to mechanical strain.

(b Impressions from the Hominid world: The ontogenetic line shows a constant presence of hyperostosis in prehistoric and historic periods. Parallel to human migration from Africa, hyperostosis expanded globally.

(c) The theory of logical probability: It is postulated that hyperostosis is a condition, as no pathology (other than inflammatory) could have expanded and persisted in many species along millions of years, as it would have been removed by the rules of the Darwinian Selection. Possibly triggered by strain in younger age, functional in the past, it is today an atavistic older age “condition“, with increased osteoblastic activity in connective tissues of ligaments and tendons. At times it is incidentally discovered and is occasionally excessive. Once presented with clinical manifestations, it becomes defined an illness and should be called the Forestier-Resnick syndrome.


O.D. Williamson R. Cronje

Science is an endeavour built on facts. Scientific methods discover facts, which have force because they are believed to be directly observable and exist independently of theory. Facts so discovered, constitute the solid and reliable foundations of scientific knowledge. Science is objective and rational because it predicts and explains outcomes that are valid and reliable. Applying scientific methods to medical practice is therefore thought to protect medical decision making from arbitrariness, bias, and error.

Pain presents a particular challenge to physicians seeking to base their practice on science. Pain is defined as an unpleasant sensory and emotional experience associated with actual or potential tissue damage, or described in terms of such damage. It is defined as subjective, because it is an internal phenomenon, not directly observable. It represents a quality, not a fact.

Tensions arise when scientific methods attempt to include subjective experiences within its objective framework. These tensions however, must be resolved if subjective phenomena, such as pain, are to be treated in a reliable and rational manner.

This paper presents a philosophical exploration of the tensions inherent in the study of subjective phenomena, such as pain, within an objective framework, based on contemporary models of rationality.


N. Birch J. Grundy A. Langdown

INTRODUCTION: Tarlov first described the sacral perineural cyst in 1938 as an incidental finding at autopsy. There is very little data in the literature regarding the natural history of Tarlov cysts and consequently the recommendations for treatment are vague. Various operative treatments have been suggested including cyst aspiration, cyst decompression, microsurgical cyst imbrication and cyst plication with cement filling of bony defects. We were first presented with the difficulty of managing a patient with a large symptomatic sacral cyst in 1997 and found little in the literature to help advise the patient. This paper presents the results of a prospective observational study and describes the clinical relevance of the different types of cyst, showing how a simple clinico-radiological classification can be used to help manage patients with cysts.

METHODS: Between February 1997 and December 2002, 3935 patients underwent standard three sequence MRI scanning (T1 and T2 sagittals and T2 axials) for lumbosacral symptoms in our hospitals. 62 patients had cysts in their sacral canals, an incidence of 1.6%. Additional contiguous axial and coronal scan sequences were carried out to fully characterise them. Once identified, the clinical picture was correlated with the findings on MRI.

RESULTS: Tarlov cysts can be classified according to whether or not their presence is related to clinical symptoms. Type 1 cysts (n=38; 61%) are small, often multiple and are found at the most distal sacral segments. They are entirely unrelated to the patient’s symptoms and require no specific treatment. This has been confirmed when the primary pathology has been treated and the patient’s symptoms have been alleviated. Type 2 cysts (n=13; 21%) are usually single, unilateral and occur at the same level as the main cause of the patient’s symptoms, often a prolapsed intervertebral disc at L5/S1 with a Tarlov cyst in the S1 root canal. As such, the cyst itself will not require any treatment, which should be directed at the main pathology. Type 3 cysts (n=11; 18%) are the main cause of the patient’s symptoms and may require specific treatment. We have found that more than half of the Type 3 cysts can be managed expectantly with serial clinical and MRI review. However, the majority of these cysts (9 of 11) are massive and can cause both erosion of bone and compression of the lower sacral nerve roots. Three have to date required decompression to treat cauda equina symptoms.

CONCLUSIONS: The majority of Tarlov cysts are incidental findings on MRI. They may, however, either contribute to, or be responsible for, a patient’s symptoms. Our classification system addresses this and offers guidance on patient management.


N. Birch S. Gwilym M. Shaw

INTRODUCTION: The initial promise of stand-alone threaded anterior interbody fusion cages to treat chronic low back pain has not been maintained. In an attempt to overcome some of the problems associated with threaded fusion devices (endplate subsidence, failure to re-establish lordosis and displacement) a two-part ALIF cage was devised. The device consists of a rectangular frame that accommodates a threaded, open-weave cylinder holding bone graft material. The device addresses the biomechanical issues required for successful ALIF whilst providing a large area for bone in-growth and is a less invasive solution than a formal 360° fusion.

METHODS: From August 2001 to December 2002, 41 patients who fulfilled selection criteria for a single or two-level 360° spinal fusion for low back and leg symptoms underwent ALIF using Stabilis. All patients had failed to improve with all non-invasive and minimally invasive treatments available to them. Prospective follow-up has continued for all cases using the Low Back Outcome Score and a Patient Satisfaction Score. Plain X-rays were taken at three, six and 12 months post-operatively and the 12-month series included flexion and extension films.

RESULTS: Ten patients (24.4%) have completed more than 12 months follow-up; 18 (43.9%) are between six and twelve months post surgery and the rest (31.7%) have less than six months follow-up. LBOS results for the first 10 showed nine (90%) as excellent or good. LBOS results for the second group of 18 were excellent or good in 15 (83.3%). All but two of the 28 patients, would be prepared to undergo the procedure again and all would recommend the operation to a friend with similar trouble. Radiographic assessment at six months showed 16 patients had at least a partial anterior or posterior sentinel sign. Using motion criteria, all 10 cases at one year were fused on flexion and extension lateral X-rays. No devices migrated anteriorly or posteriorly and no lucent lines have been seen around the implants. Three of the two-level procedures showed some subsidence of the L4/5 implant into the L5 vertebral body, but none was symptomatic. No clear reasons have emerged to explain the clinical failure of 14% of the patients given the radiological success. In only one was there a mismatch in the LBOS outcome measure and the satisfaction rating.

CONCLUSIONS: Stabilis is a useful stand-alone ALIF device that not only addresses the theoretical biomechanical failures of anterior threaded interbody fusion cages, but has been shown in this early clinical and radiological evaluation to be effective, objectively and subjectively. It is likely that in the medium term future, fewer patients will require fusion to treat back and leg pain as the results from lumbar spine arthroplasty become established and non-fusion technologies become accepted. Until that time, experience in the UK and USA suggests that Stabilis is a good alternative to 360° fusion.


N. Birch N. Orpen

INTRODUCTION: No previous cases of avascular necrosis (AVN) of the femoral head have been described in the World Literature, to our knowledge. This paper reports the catastrophic failure of the bony integrity of the hip in three patients (five hips) following prolonged hypotension during spinal surgery for spinal stenosis on a Montreal mattress and offers advice to prevent this complication of spinal surgery. A theory to explain this phenomenon is explored, but we recognise its limitations with such a small sample.

METHOD: The case notes of all patients undergoing decompressive spinal surgery in our hospitals between March 1997 and December 2001 were examined (168 cases). Three patients had been identified as suffering from AVN following prolonged hypotensive anaesthesia prospectively. No other cases were identified after the notes review. Clinical notes and pre- and post-operative radiographs were studied in an attempt to identify the factors that caused this complication in these three patients.

RESULTS: Between 1997 and 2001, 168 patients underwent surgery for multi-level symptomatic spinal stenosis in our hospitals. Forty percent of the patients had an instrumented fusion as well as a decompression. During this period, three patients had catastrophic AVN of the femoral head requiring total hip arthroplasty soon after their spinal operation. All had some clinical and radiological evidence of hip arthritis at their pre-surgery visit. All subsequently, presented with symptomatic hip AVN within six months of the index operation. In two, histology confirmed the diagnosis of AVN, and typical changes of AVN were well demonstrated on MRI in the third patient.

CONCLUSIONS: The development of avascular necrosis of the femoral heads following surgery for spinal stenosis may be due to a femoral head at risk being exposed to hypotensive anaesthesia, prone positioning on a Montreal mattress or a combination of the two. Careful intra-operative positioning may reduce the risk of this occurring after spinal surgery. However, close post-operative surveillance and a high index of suspicion of worsening hip pathology in patients who appear to mobilise poorly after lumbar spinal surgery may be the only method of early detection of this condition.


A.D. Diwan S.N. Khan M. Peterkin F.P. Cammisa H.S. Sandhu S. Doty J.M. Lane

Nitric oxide (NO) is a free radical labile gas which has important physiological functions and is synthesised by the action of a group of enzymes called nitric oxide synthases (NOS) on L- arginine. We have shown that nitric oxide modulates fracture healing1. Bone morphogenic proteins (BMP) are potent differentiating factors that augment the process of new bone formation. Recombinant human BMP-2 (rhBMP-2) enhances spinal fusion2. With progression of fusion there is a remodelling of the fusion mass bone accompanied with a decrease in the fusion mass size. It is not known whether nitric oxide has a role in spinal fusion or rhBMP-2 enhanced spinal fusion.

We studied this in a novel rat intertransverse fusion model using a defined volume of bone graft (7 caudal vertebrae) along with 157 mm3 of absorbable Type-1 collagen sponge (Helistat®) carrier, which was compacted and delivered using a custom jig for achieving a similar graft density from sample to sample. The control groups consisted of a sham operated group (S, n=20), an autograft + carrier group (AC, n=28) and a group consisting of 43 μg of rhBMP-2 (Genetics Institute, Andover, MA) mixed with autograft + carrier (ACB, n=28). Two experimental groups received a nitric oxide synthase (NOS) inhibitor, NG-nitro L-arginine methyl ester (L-NAME, Sigma Chemicals, St Louis, MO) in a dose of 1 mg/ml ad lib in the drinking water (ACL, n=28) and one of these experimental groups had rhBMP-2 added to the graft mixture at the time of surgery (ACLB, n=28). Rats were sacrificed at 22 days and 44 days, spinal columns dissected and subjected to high density radiology (faxitron) and decalcified histology. The faxitrons were subjected to image analysis (MetaMorph).

On a radiographic score (0–4) indicating progressive maturation of bone fusion mass, no difference was found between the AC and ACL groups, however, there was a significant enhancement of fusion when rhBMP-2 was added (ACB group, 3.3±0.2) when compared to the AC group (1±0) (p< .001). However, on day 44, the ACLB group (3.3±0.2) showed significantly less fusion progression when compared to the ACB group (4±0) (p< 0.01). There was a 25% (p< 0.05) more fusion-mass-area in day 44 of ACLB group (297±26 mm3) when compared to day 44 of the ACB group (225±16 mm3) indicating that NOS inhibition delayed the remodelling of the fusion mass. Undecalcified histology demonstrated that there was a delay in graft incorporation whenever NOS was inhibited (ACL and ACLB groups).

Our results show that the biology of autograft spinal fusion and rhBMP-2 enhanced spinal fusion can be potentially manipulated by nitric oxide pathways.


N. Birch S. Gwilym N. Aslam

INTRODUCTION: Recent evidence from the Swedish Lumbar Spine Group has confirmed the anecdotal opinions of many spinal surgeons that fusion for persistent back pain can be a very effective treatment. However, it is clear that many more variables operate in determining clinical success than just radiological evidence of solid fusion. The very careful selection of patients for low back surgery is, in the opinion of the authors, the most important predictor of success. This paper addresses this issue and presents data to show why clinical failure can coexist with radiological success.

METHODS: Between October 1997 and January 2001, 360° spinal fusion using Diapason pedicle screw instrumentation and Brantigan anterior interbody fusion cages was performed on 25 patients. During this period 5,850 new outpatients with back pain were assessed in the low back clinic. Patients were selected by the following criteria: Low back pain of two years or more duration; Pain resistant to all non-operative and minimally invasive treatments; Normal psycho-social profile; Normal body mass index; Non-Smokers; Single or two level disease on MRI proven to be painful by provocative discography; No current insurance or workers-compensation claims. Postal follow-up was at a minimum of two years post-surgery (mean 47 months) using the Low Back Outcome Score (LBOS) and X-rays taken at the two-year clinic follow-up were independently assessed to determine fusion.

RESULTS: 24 patients returned the questionnaire (96%). Only 20 (83%) patients had ‘good’ or ‘excellent’ results, as defined by the LBOS. However, 92% of patients stated that they would opt to have a circumferential fusion again, if guaranteed the same post-operative result. The same number of patients stated they would recommend the treatment to friend or family member. Analysis of the post-operative radiographs revealed that spinal fusion (as defined by the Brantigan and Steffee criteria) was present in all 25 cases.

CONCLUSIONS: Our opinion that patient selection is the most important predictor of satisfactory outcome in spinal surgery is demonstrated in this study by the mismatch between the clinical and radiological results. We have identified the causes of clinical failure in this group of patients as: Multiple sites of musculo-skeletal pain confounding the LBOS; Neuropathic leg pain that cannot respond to surgical treatment; More than two previous spinal operations; Excessive pre-operative disability and functional loss that confounds the LBOS; Poor psychosocial profile. Stringent application of rigid selection criteria might improve outcomes in lumbar spinal fusion so that clinical and radiological results correlate more closely. However, even with adherence to such rigid criteria, the outcome tool (LBOS) may be confounded and a more holistic assessment of outcome, including a more sensitive subjective assessment of satisfaction, might be a better measure.


Full Access
S. Gillin S. Crozier M. Pearcy

INTRODUCTION: An estimated 80% of all adults will experience back pain at some time during their life. To aid in the understanding of how the spine functions as a mechanical system and assist clinicians in their diagnosis this study produced 3D models of the muscles in the lumbar spine region. The models show selected muscles at rest and during controlled activities.

METHODS: The images were acquired on a Siemens Sonata 1.5T System using breathhold FISP sequences. Twenty slices of thickness 5 mm and zero separation were acquired using an in-plane resolution of .68 mm and Fast-Fourier-Transformed to 512 x 512. Single acquisitions were acquired per slice. Imaging time per posture (rest, extension, left rotation and right rotation) was approximately 17–20 seconds. All image series conformed to the DICOM Standard.

The code developed for this study was written in Interactive Data Language (IDL) Version 5.5 from Research Systems Inc (RSI).

Each slice from an image series was displayed to an Operator, who roughly selected the muscle(s) boundary. The user-selected points were then compared with the 24-neighbouring pixels, and the vertices moved to the minimum value in the 5x5 area, which corresponds to the muscle boundary. The adjusted region of interest was then displayed to the user for verification. Once the Operator had completed selection of the regions of interest in all slices, spatial smoothing was performed on the data, and 3D models of the muscles constructed. RESULTS: This analysis produces 3D images of the muscles in the lower back. The visualisation of the data enables different combinations of muscle and posture to be displayed. Typically, a muscle at rest is overlaid with one of the three controlled activities – extension, left or right extension. The 3D models can be displayed as either a meshed or solid object.

The 3D model is displayed in a window that enables an operator using a mouse to rotate, scale and/or translate the model.

To aid visualisation, the volume of each muscle of interest is calculated using the number of pixels within the region of interest, pixel spacing and slice thickness. The result, in mm3, is displayed alongside the 3D model.

DISCUSSION: The refinement of MR Imaging techniques for subjects in a variety of postures, and the development of post processing techniques provides a useful tool for all in the understanding of the mechanics of the lumbar spine. It is envisaged that this tool with further analysis will assist in determining if there is a link between muscle volume during movement and lower back pain.


A.G. Hood

INTRODUCTION: Tissue growth factors have been extensively investigated as agents for acceleration of wound repair. Individual recombinant molecules have shown promise in animal models, but in humans both safety and efficacy remain questionable1,2 and costs are substantial. Recently introduced technologies allow intra-operative collection of the full naturally occurring array of tissue growth factors contained in platelets and white cells.3 These preparations rely on the normal healing cascade for their performance, and their activity is limited solely to the wound site without undesirable proliferative or inappropriate tissue formation and no systemic effects. Numerous methodologies have been proposed for intra-operative preparation of autologous tissue growth factors for topical application, and an ever widening variety of approaches and formulations are available to the practitioner.3 Physicians trying to decide which technique to adopt can easily find themselves bewildered while attempting to sift through myriad proponent’s claims.4

PURPOSE: This presentation will review the state of the art, including: a summary of the role of autologous growth factors in bone fusion; a discussion of the importance of dosage and carrier matrix effects; an outline of the mechanics of intraoperative preparation; a survey of the capabilities of various techniques, and; an overview of in vitro, experimental and clinical studies. Audience members will receive a detailed understanding of the physiology, mechanics and clinical range of applicability for this newly emerging technology. This information will aid clinicians in choosing the most appropriate methodology for their practice.


Full Access
R.P. Williams R.A. Emery J. Dick B.G.S. Goss

INTRODUCTION: Regular review [1, 2] of cervical injuries occurring in rugby players is an important step toward maximising the safety of the players. It is hoped that the recognition of recurring patterns of injury would lead to appropriate rule modification by the regulatory bodies of the sport. Serious cervical injuries in rugby have been reported to occur by a range of mechanisms, including those involved with scrummaging, tackling, rucking and mauling.

Spinal flexion is the commonest mechanism of injury and has been associated with scrum engagement, scrum collapse, rucking or mauling, and mistimed tackling. The second most common mechanism of cervical spinal injury is hyper-extension. This commonly occurs during tackling, particularly the ‘gang tackle’ involving several participants simultaneously, where sudden deceleration of a player’s head may lead to cervical hyperextension, focal spinal stenosis and potential damage to the spinal cord by a “pincer” mechanism.

The most commonly reported levels of injury are C5/6 and C4/5 [3].

METHODS: A retrospective review of neck injuries presenting to a major spinal injuries facility and resulting from all codes of football (rugby union, rugby league, soccer, indoor soccer and touch) was conducted and 38 cases identified.

RESULTS: Of the 38 patients, 14 were injured playing rugby union, 15 rugby league, three soccer, one indoor soccer, one touch football and four were playing an unidentified code. Six players were injured while scrummaging, five rugby union and one rugby league. 21 people were injured as tacklees, four as tacklers and two with unspecified involvement in a tackle. One person was injured whilst “heading” the ball, and three people were injured in a non-contact or unspecified action. At final follow-up, four people were found to be quadriplegic (ASIA A), 10 quadriparetic (ASIA B – 0 C –1 and D –9) and 24 recovered completely (ASIA E).


D. Fender G.N. Askin

INTRODUCTION: Endoscopic techniques are an established technique for anterior correction and instrumentation of thoracic scoliosis. Deterioration in respiratory function post thoracotomy has been cited as a disadvantage of anterior approaches and led certain authors to recommend posterior methods1. Endoscopic techniques may reduce respiratory complications and respiratory compromise in both the short and long term.

METHODS: Thirty eight patients, seven male 31 female, mean age 17.3 years (11– 37 years) have undergone endoscopic scoliosis surgery under the senior author. Indication for surgery was idiopathic scoliosis 36 and an underlying syrinx 2. All patients undergoing endoscopic scoliosis surgery have a standard pre-operative assessment including respiratory function tests (RFTs). All patients have been followed up prospectively (mean 15 months, range 3 – 33 months) and standard data recorded. As part of this study we are in the process of performing follow up RFTs on all patients.

RESULTS: Pre-operatively no significant respiratory function compromise attributable to the scoliosis has been detected. Mean duration of intercostal drain was two days, one patient requiring reinsertion for a recurrent pneumothorax. No other major respiratory complication occurred. On average patients were fully mobile by day five and mean hospital stay was six days (4–10 days). Provisional RFTs post-operatively have shown no significant change.

DISCUSSION: Our provisional results indicate that endoscopic scoliosis correction and instrumentation do not lead to early respiratory complications or to a significant deterioration in respiratory function of the patient.


M. Kolban K.I. Balachowska S. Zacha L. Kolodziej

INTRODUCTION: Further development of extensive spinal surgical techniques forced surgeons to find drugs helpful in reducing blood lose during surgery. These drugs are necessary in surgical treatment in patients with congenital or acquired bleeding disorders. Recombinant FVIIa appears to be an efficient haemostatic product for surgery in patients suffering from bleeding disorder. Recombinant activated factor VII (rFVIIa) has recently been introduced for improving haemostasis in non-haemophiliac patients during extensive surgical procedures.

AIM: The present study evaluates the use of low dose of recombinant factor VIIa during scoliosis surgery and its influence on blood coagulation tests and haemostasis.

MATERIAL AND METHODS: 22 patients from evaluated group were treated with Cotrell-Dubosset distraction method with posterior spondylodesis and gibectomy during the same surgical procedure with bone grafts taken from patients iliac crest received a single 10 micrograms/kg dose of recombinant FVIIa given as a i.v. bolus.

Control group consists of 30 patients treated with use of identical surgical technique but without any factors influencing blood coagulation. Fibrinogen value, prothrombine time, APTT and INR value altogether with thrombocytes count were measured day before operation and 15 minutes, two, four and 12 hours after administration of rFVII.

RESULTS: Authors report effective haemorrhage control, decrease in prothrombine time and INR value, reduced thrombocytes count and stabile patients haemodynamics parameters. Changes in these parameters occurred 15 minutes after intravenous administration of recombinant VIIa factor, remained unchanged up to four hours after dosage and its normalisation were observed 12 hours after single intravenous bolus of 10 micrograms/kg of body mass. APTT and fibrinogen value remained unchanged.

CONCLUSION: Authors conclude that use of small doses of recombinant VIIa factor causes short and fast thrombin activation by relived tissue factor (TF), what effectively reduces bone ant tissue bleeding during extensive surgical procedures.

The use of recombinant VIIa factor shortens operation time and reduces number of blood transfusions.


A.F.M. McKee M.C. Oliver F. Qureshi A. Khurwal J. Shepperd

INTRODUCTION: Treatment of discitis using conventional methods can be prolonged and unrewarding. Patients can have prolonged pain and persistently elevated Inflammatory markers. We propose a new method of treatment of severe cases, and present two cases where this method has successfully been used.

METHOD: Once discitis has been diagnosed clinically and radiologically, a percutaneous discectomy of the infected level is performed. Matter is sent for microbiological analysis. An epidural catheter is then left in the infected disc space cavity. This is then used to administer appropriate antibiotics directly into the infected cavity. After one week the patient is converted on to intravenous antibiotics, for a further two weeks, then a prolonged course of oral antibiotics.

DISCUSSION: Discitis can be a difficult and unrewarding condition to treat. This novel method appears to be a new and effective mode of treatment, for both acute and chronic infections, although it does require further evaluation.


W. Sears

INTRODUCTION: Since Briggs and Milligan first described posterior lumbar interbody fusion (PLIF) in 1944, it has been a controversial technique. However, modern pedicle screw instrumentation and the use of intervertebral spreaders and implants have provided a powerful technique for the restoration of spinal balance in degenerative deformity.

This study assesses the functional outcomes and safety in a series of patients undergoing complete reduction and posterior interbody fusion (PLIF) of lumbosacral spondylolisthesis with interbody fusion spacers implanted using an Insert and Rotate technique.

METHODS: A prospective, non-randomised, observational study of pre- and post-operative data, in a series of 35 patients with lumbosacral degenerative or isthmic spondylolisthesis, between April 2001 and June 2002.

All patients underwent decompressive laminectomy followed by complete reduction of the spondylolisthetic deformity with the aid of intervertebral disc space spreaders and pedicle screw instrumentation. Wedge shaped spacers made from Carbon Fiber, Titanium mesh or PEEK plastic were then inserted on their sides and rotated 90 degrees to support the vertebral end plates prior to placing bone graft beside them, within the disc space.

Outcomes were measured using the Low Back Outcome Score (LBOS), SF-12, visual analogue pain scores (VAS) and patient satisfaction survey.

RESULTS: Of the 35 patients, 24 had degenerative spondylolisthesis and 11 were isthmic in type. 26 were Meyerding Grade I; seven were Grade II; one was Grade III and one was Grade IV. The indications for surgery included relief of foraminal stenosis in 26 and likely post-operative instability in 24. Average time of last follow-up was 7.4 ± 3.0 months. Data are available on 34 of the 35 patients at three months and 29 at six to twelve months (83%). Mean pre-operative VAS and LBOS were 5.1 ± 2.5 and 26.5 ± 16.9, respectively. Mean scores at last follow-up were 2.2 ± 2.4 and 45.6 ± 14.6 (p< 0.01 for both measures). At last follow-up, 30 of the 35 patients or 88.2% described their outcome as good or excellent. One patient considered himself worse. 91% said the procedure had been worthwhile but only 79% said they would have it again under similar circumstances.

There were no deaths. There were no interbody implant/PLIF related problems but five intraoperative problems related to pedicle screw placement with one screw loosening during slip reduction, requiring replacement. Post-operatively, three patients developed an ileus. One patient developed a probable wound infection with high fever which settled on antibiotics.

DISCUSSION: This series represents a recent subset of a much larger total series managed with this technique for symptoms associated with spondylolisthetic deformity (187 patients to date). The author has previously reported to the society on the clinical results of the technique but without the benefit of prospective pre-operative data. This smaller series appears to confirm the results of the earlier studies and suggests that PLIF using an Insert and Rotate technique can yield satisfactory clinical outcomes with high patient satisfaction and low levels of complications.


J. P. Smallhorn C. Adam G. Pettet M.J. Pearcy

INTRODUCTION: A computer model of the L4/5 human intervertebral disc is currently under development. An integral aspect of this model is the material properties assigned to its components. Detailed data on the material properties of the anulus fibrosus ground matrix are not available in the existing literature. To determine these properties, mechanical tests were carried out on specimens of anulus fibrosus harvested from sheep spines. The tests included unconfined uniaxial compression, simple shear and biaxial compression. Data on the strain required to cause permanent damage in the anulus ground matrix and data on the mechanical response of the anulus to repeated loading were obtained.

METHODS: Intervertebral discs were isolated from the lumbar spines of recently sacrificed sheep. These discs were sectioned into test specimens ensuring there were no continuous collagen fibres bearing load. The edge dimensions of the cubic specimens were 3 ± 0.2 mm. To ascertain the strain to initiate tissue damage, the specimens underwent successive loadings, which were carried out one hour apart to allow recovery. The maximum strain in each test was increased incrementally by 5% until a reduction in stiffness was observed in the following test. Separate tests were carried out to quantify and characterise the response of the anulus ground matrix in the three modes of loading and to strains greater than that which initiates damage.

RESULTS: The strains at which permanent tissue damage occurred were between 20 and 27% in uniaxial compression and between 25 and 35% in simple shear. Testing the specimen beyond these strains showed an obvious reduction in stiffness. The biaxial compression tests showed similar changes but did not result in such pronounced losses in stiffness. The material characteristics were reproducible up to 20% strain. Following deformation to higher strains the altered mechanics were also shown to be reproducible indicating that the matrix had been deranged but not failed.

DISCUSSION: Average physiological strains in the L4/5 intervertebral disc are in the order of 10–50% based on maximum deformations observed in vivo. The current results demonstrate that this strain will cause some permanent damage to the anulus ground matrix, however, the matrix will still be capable of carrying stress upon repeated loading. Thompson et. al1 found that people over the age of 35 all exhibited signs of disc degeneration. We hypothesise that the regenerative ability of the anulus ceases to function effectively as we age and the continual damage caused to the anulus tissue by daily activities may lead to the degenerative changes seen in the anulus.

Knowledge of the material characteristics up to 20% strain and following exposure to higher strains will enable a more realistic model of the intervertebral disc and the effects of degeneration to be studied.


E. Kyriakou L. Bilston M. Stoodley A. Brodbelt

INTRODUCTION: Post-traumatic syringomyelia typically occurs in the spinal cord adjacent to a region of arachnoiditis. This research tests the hypothesis that pressure pulses in the subarachnoid space (SAS) are higher adjacent to the arachnoiditis than in its absence. A fluid-structure interaction (FSI) analysis has been performed to study this behaviour under both normal physiological conditions and in the presence of arachnoiditis.

METHOD: A 2-dimensional axisymmetric cylindrical FSI model has been developed to represent the spinal cord and the SAS. CSF flow into the SAS is defined from MRI flow studies. Arachnoiditis is modelled as narrowing of the SAS. This model was based on a patient suffering from post-traumatic syringomyelia. Only the cervical region where arachnoiditis occurs has been modelled, that is from C1 to T1.

RESULTS: Pressures in the SAS adjacent to arachnoiditis are almost three times higher (7.2 Pa vs. 21.67 Pa) than without arachnoiditis, with peak pressure occurring at the time of peak fluid inflow from the foramen magnum.

DISCUSSION: The model supports the hypothesis that pressure pulses in the SAS are higher in the presence of the arachnoiditis than in normal unobstructed SAS. This elevated pressure may be implicated in syrinx formation.


Full Access
A.F.M. Mckee M.C. Oliver F. Qureshi S. Rajaratnam J. Shepperd

INTRODUCTION: We report a series of 90 patients enrolled in a prospective study of Dynesys stabilisation reviewed at 12 to 30 months.

The procedure involves, at each segment, cephalad and caudad pedicle screws connected with a polycarbo-urethane spacer and polyethylene cord. It achieves load relief and controlled flexion. Since 1996, 7000 procedures have been undertaken globally.

METHOD: Indications are analogous to consideration for fusion. Entry criteria included (1) unresolved and unacceptable lumbar back pain despite protracted conservative management and (2) definite pathology where symptoms could be abolished by anaesthetising the target segments.

Where root compression was present, a midline approach and posterior screw placement was used in conjunction with open decompression. With back pain alone a bilateral Wiltse approach and posterolateral placement was used.

All patients were assessed pre- and post-surgery with SF36, Oswestry Disability Index and pain analogue scores and Modified Zung. Standing radiographs were obtained post- surgery and at review. Follow-up was at six, 12, 24 and 52 weeks in addition to this review.

RESULTS: Follow-up was 100%. 89 patients survived. Mobilisation was achieved on day 1 and discharge usually by day 2. Based on the above outcome measures and patient satisfaction good to excellent results were achieved in 74% (66/89). Screw loosening or breakage occurred in 8%, and was associated with a poor result.

DISCUSSION: Dynesys flexible stabilisation offers a simple alternative to fusion with less potential for adjacent ‘Domino’ failure. It differs from tension ligament systems such as Graf. At this stage the results appear at least as good as a comparable cohort of fusion patients.

The present series is early, but gives grounds for encouragement. Screw loosening and failure are technical problems detracting from the result and require further development.

We are continuing to use the technique.


A.W. Watling M.A. Stoodley J. Tu A.R. Brodbelt

INTRODUCTION: Apoptosis has been observed following experimental contusive and transective spinal cord injury, but it is not known whether this is related to secondary excitotoxic injury or other factors. This study examines apoptosis after a purely excitotoxic injury and the relationship between apoptosis and syrinx formation.

METHODS: Twenty-four male Sprague-Dawley rats were divided into six groups. Twenty rats received four 0.5 μL injections of 24 mg/mL quisqualic acid and 1% Evans blue between the rostral C8 and caudal T1 level. Ten microliters of 250 mg/mL kaolin were then injected into the subarachnoid space. Animals were sacrificed at 1, 5, 10, 20 and 50 days following the injections. There were four control animals. Spinal cord tissue was frozen and sectioned, and damaged DNA was detected immunohistochemically by using anti-single-stranded DNA monoclonal antibody. The area and density of single strand DNA were semi-quantitated.

RESULTS: No significantly damaged DNA was found in the 1 day group. Light staining of single-stranded DNA was observed at C6, C7, T1 and T2 levels in 30% of the section area in the 5 and 10 day groups. Moderate staining of damaged DNA occurred at C7 and T1 levels in 25–30% of the section area at 20 day group. Syrinxes formed in this group. Heavy staining and larger syrinxes were noted in the 50 day group.

DISCUSSION: Apoptosis increased with time after excitotoxic injury. These findings suggest that apoptosis may play a pivotal role in syrinx pathogenesis.


R.M. Walters R. Rahmat R.J. Moore R.D. Fraser

INTRODUCTION: Infection can occur after any spinal procedure that involves entry into the disc and although it is not common, the potential consequences are serious. Treatment usually requires identification of the bacteria followed by a course of antibiotics. This treatment remains controversial since it is not clear whether antibiotics actually penetrate the disc and if so, whether they are effective, or even if the outcome would be the same without antibiotics.

For an antibiotic to be effective against the infecting organism it must diffuse through the disc matrix. Blood vessels that surround the disc facilitate the diffusion process, but with age this vascularity decreases and may impede diffusion.

The aims of the pilot study were to assess the effectiveness of antibiotic in treating infection in both normal and degenerate sheep discs and to measure the concentration of antibiotic in non-operated discs at varying ages.

METHODS: In each of six Merino wethers aged 12 weeks (n=3) and 24 months (n=3), two lumbar discs were “degenerated” by incising the posterolateral annulus with a scalpel blade. After four weeks all animals had discography with radiographic contrast that contained Staphylococcus aureus at the incised levels and at two non-incised levels. Seven days after infection four animals began IV antibiotic treatment with cephazolin sodium (David Bull Laboratories, Australia) for 21 days at a dose of 50 mg/kg/day. The antibiotic was chosen for effectiveness against S. aureus. One control animal from each age group did not receive any antibiotics, to follow the natural progression of infection. Lateral radiographs of the lumbar spine were taken at two, six and 12 weeks. At 12 weeks all sheep were given a single intravenous dose of cephazolin sodium as either a 1, 2 or 3 g dose. The sheep were then killed after 30 minutes. The spines were removed and prepared for light microscopy to assess pathology of the discs and for biochemical analysis of antibiotic concentration. Success of treatment was judged using histologic and radiographic features.

RESULTS: Discitis was evident radiologically as early as two weeks after inoculation in all animals. Histology at 12 weeks confirmed discitis in all discs regardless of treatment. Biochemistry results confirmed that antibiotic diffused throughout the disc but was more concentrated in the annulus than the nucleus. At all doses disc concentration of antibiotic was higher in lambs than sheep.

DISCUSSION: Treatment with cephazolin sodium at a dose of 50 mg/kg/day for 21 days administered from seven days after inoculation, did not prevent discitis. This does not appear to be due to inability of antibiotic diffusion into the disc.